Loading...
R-03-03-06-9B1 - 3/6/2003RESOLUTION NO. R- 03- 03- 06 -9B1 WHEREAS, the City of Round Rock has duly advertised for bids for the Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank Project, and WHEREAS, CB &I Constructors, Inc. has submitted the lowest responsible bid, and / WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to accept the bid of CB &I Constructors, Inc., Now Therefore BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS, That the Mayor is hereby authorized and directed to execute on behalf of the City a contract with CB &I Constructors, Inc. for the Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank Project. The City Council hereby finds and declares that written notice of the date, hour, place and subject of the meeting at which this Resolution was adopted was posted and that such meeting was open to the public as required by law at all times during which this Resolution and the subject matter hereof were discussed, considered and formally acted upon, all as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551, Texas Government Code, as amended. RESOLVED this 6th day of March, 2003. ST: 0 :\wdax \RESOLUTI \R3030681.weo /sc CHRISTINE R. MARTINEZ, City Secreta NYL•�ELL, Mayor City of Round Rock, Texas Bidder: CB &I - Landmark Bid Bond Y Y Bidder's Questionnaire Y Y Painting Contractor's Questionnaire Y Y Statement from Coatings Manufacturer Y Y Addenda 1 & 2 Acknowledged Y Y Tank Sketches/Foundation Design Y Y Tank Size 2.0 MG 2.7 MG 2.0 MG 2.7 MG Bid item # Description Total Price Total Price Total Price Total Price 1 Mobilization $ 27,500.00 $ 27,500.00 $ 100,000.00 $ 100,000.00 2 Silt Fencing $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 1,000.00 3 Construction Barrier Fencing $ 400.00 $ 400.00 $ 380.00 $ 380.00 4 Stabilized Construction Entrance $ 1,900.00 $ 1,900.00 $ 620.00 $ 620.00 5 Elevated Tank $ 1,601,100.00 $ 2,107,600.00 $ 1,717,375.00 $ 2,283,500.00 6 Altitude Valve Allowance $ 50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 5 50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 7 Tank Painting $ 208,500.00 $ 254,500.00 $ 150,000.00 $ 175,000.00 8 Pipe and Equipment Painting $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 9 Shrouding $ 38,000.00 $ 45,000.00 $ 5,500.00 $ 8,500.00 10 Remove 36 -inch, 24 -inch, & 16 -inch Piping $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 $ 5,750.00 $ 5,750.00 11 Remove 12 -inch Piping $ 1,800.00 $ 1,800.00 $ 3,675.00 $ 3,675.00 12 Relocate Existing 36 -inch Gate Valve $ 800.00 $ 800.00 $ 6,500.00 $ 6,500.00 13 Install 36 -inch Piping $ 85,000.00 $ 85,000.00 $ 69,000.00 $ 69,000.00 14 Install 24 -inch Piping $ 44,500.00 $ 44,500.00 $ 53,200.00 $ 63,825.00 15 Install 16 -inch Piping $ 11,500.00 $ 11,500.00 $ 27,750.00 $ 27,750.00 16 Connect 16 -inch Line to 12 -inch Line $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00 17 Install4 -inch Piping $ 1,800.00 $ 1,800.00 $ 2,250.00 $ 3,000.00 18 Trench and Excavation Safety Systems $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 1,000.00 19 Discharge Structure and Gabion Mattress $ 4,200.00 $ 4,200.00 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 20 Asphalt Drive and Ribbon Curbing $ 38,500.00 $ 38,500.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 21 Site Grading, Topsoiling, and Revegetation $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 22 Electrical, Instrumentation, and SCADA $ 59,000.00 $ 59,000.00 $ 45,000.00 $ 45,000.00 23 Removal Gravel Drive Turnaround (2.7 MG only) NA $ 500.00 NA $ 500.00 Total Base Bid Amount (Sum of Items Above): $ 2,193,000.00 $ 2,753,000.00 $ 2,274,000.00 $ 2,880,000.00 Deduct Bid Item Ded -1 Deduct for Alternate Completion Dates 50.00 $0.00 50.00 $0.00 Total Bid with Deduct Bid Item $ 2,193,000.00 $ 2,753,000.00 1 $ 2,274,000.00 $ 2,880,000.00 1 Bid Tabulation City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Bids Opened February 4, 2003 at 2:OOPM ON COMPANY I Mn SoLrctio ;S February 11, 2003 Mr. Don Rundell, P.E. City of Round Rock 2008 Enterprise Drive Round Rock,. TX 78664 Re: Barton Hill Elevated Storage. Tank - 2003 Recommendation to Award Contract Dear Mr. Rundell: On February 4, 2003, HDR Engineering assisted the City of Round Rock in opening bids for the above referenced project. Two bid proposals were received, with each proposal containing bids for a 2,000,000 - gallon tank and a 2,700,000 - gallon tank. The City will award only one tank size for construction. The total base bid prices for the 2,000,000- gallon tank were $2,193,000 and $2,274,000, and the total base bid prices for the 2,700,000- gallon tank were $2,753,000 and $2,880,000. A tabulation of the bids received is attached. The apparent low bidder for both tank sizes was CB &I Constructors, Inc. from Houston, Texas. HDR has reviewed the bid proposal submitted by CB &I Constructors and contacted several of their references. CB &I's bid proposal is accurate and complete and the company appears qualified and experienced in constructing tanks of similar size and type. In awarding the bid, however, the, City of Round Rock will need to decide which size tank will be constructed. We reviewed previous analyses of the City's water system in order to estimate the length of time each tank size would provide adequate storage before additional storage would be needed. The 2,000,000 - gallon tank, at a unit cost of $1.10 per gallon, is projected to provide adequate storage for about 11 years. Conversely, the 2,700,000- gallon tank, at a unit cost of $1.02 per gallon, is estimated to provide adequate storage for about 15 years. Based on the lower unit cost and extending the time before the City may need additional storage, we recommend constructing the 2,700,000 - gallon elevated storage tank. B ased on the information presented, we recommend that the City, of Round Rock accept the base bid of CB &I Constructors, Inc. in the amount of $2,753,000 for constructing the 2,700,000- gallon elevated storage tank. If the City elects to build the 2;000,000- gallon tank, we recommend the City accept CB&I's base bid in the amount of $2,193,000. We will prepare a Notice of Award letter and other contract documents to be. forwarded to CB &I Constructors, Inc. if the City of Round Rock concurs with this recommendation. HDR Engineering,lnc. 2211 South 1H-35- Suite 300 Austin. TX 78741 -3842 Phone: 15121912 - 5100 Fax:15121912 -5159 AwIhdrinc.com February l I, 2003 ' Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Recommendation to Award Contract Page 2 Please call me if you have any questions. Sincerely, HDR Engineering, Inc. Neil Graff, P.E, Project Manager enclosure PROPOSED BARTON HILL 2.7 MG ELEVATED TANK DATE: February 28, 2003 SUBJECT: City Council Meeting — March 6, 2003 ITEM: 9.B.1. Consider a resolution authorizing the mayor to execute a contract with CB &I Constructors for the Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank Project. Resource: Tom Clark, Director of Utilities History: The East Transmission Line Preliminary Engineering Report by HDR, modeled the City's water system demand scenarios at 31 MGD for Year 2005, 36.5 MGD for Year 2010 and 46.8 MGD for Year 2017 to determine what system improvements are required for each scenario and to determine the timing of needed improvements. The report identified the need for a 2.7 million - gallon storage tank on Barton Hill with an ultimate storage capacity of 8 MGD. This contract will construct a 2.7 MG Tank on Barton Hill at a cost of $1.02 per gallon, and is estimated to provide adequate elevated water storage for about 15 years. HDR and Staff recommend awarding the contract to the low bidder, CB &I Constructors, Inc., to construct a 2,700,000 - gallon elevated water storage tank on Barton Hill at a cost of $2,753,000. Funding: Cost: $2,753,000 Source of funds: Capital Project Funds (Self - Financed Utility) Outside Resources: CB &I Constructors, Inc. Impact: To maintain the integrity and reliability of our water system during peak summer demands. Benefit: To maintain the reliability of our water system's ability to meet the increasing demands related to our current growth. Public Comment: N/A Sponsor: N/A EXECUTED DOCUMENTS ADDENDA 1 & 2 INCLUDED APRIL 2003 Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 CONFORMED FOR CONSTRUCTION Construction Documents Project Manual January 2003 HDR Project No: 07225 -075 -036 FD HDR Engineering, Inc. EXECUTED DOCUMENTS ADDENDA 1& 2 INCLUDED APRIL 2003 Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 CONFORMED FOR CONSSTRUCTION Construction Documents Project Manual January 2003 HDR Project Ng. 07225-075 -036 1-D1 HDR Engineering, Inc. A'PROV ATT • EXECUTED DOCUMENTS ADDENDA 1 & 2 INCLUDED APRIL 2003 NEIL A. GRAPE q ,p 79287 4FSS�FTL &, �T Praiect, Manage r ._ Civil, Process and Mechanical m��?��'S�•JF rfi°r� 1 * . r a- s.......... "a7 y. y DAV!D f. €t ESiNOE� rr P, 52233 a�9j �FQlST£% . Electrical and Instrumentation City of Round Rock, Texas January 2003 HDR Project No: 07225- 075 -036 FiR Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Construction Documents Project Manual HDR Engineering, Inc. • • • Table of Contents DIVISION 0 - CONTRACTS AND CONDITIONS Sec. 1 Sec. 2 Sec. 3 Sec. 4 Sec. 5 Sec. 6 Sec. 7 NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID DOCUMENTS GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION REPORT POST BID DOCUMENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01060 PROJECT CONDITIONS EXHIBIT "A" — CONSTRUCTION SIGN 01340 SUBMITTALS EXHIBIT "A" — SHOP DRAWINGS TRANSMITTAL EXHIBIT "B" — O &M TRANSMITTAL EXHIBIT "C1" — EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE DATA SUMMARY EXHIBIT "C2 "- LUBRICATION SUMMARY 01451 QUALITY CONTROL 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SPECIAL CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 01601 JOB CONDITIONS 01640 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01650 FACILITY STARTUP 01710 CLEANING 01800 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02110 SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 02260 TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING 02270 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02275 GABIONS -RENO MATRESSES 02502 CONCRETE PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE VEHICULAR PAVING 02930 HYDRAULIC SEEDING DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03002 CONCRETE DIVISION 5 - METALS 05522 ALUMINUM RAILINGS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Banon Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 Table of Contents - 1 08334 OVERHEAD DOOR (ROLLING ALUMINUM) 08700 FINISH HARDWARE DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09905 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 09905 -A DAILY FIELD LOGS - COATINGS 09906 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS - STEEL WATER STORAGE TANKS DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10400 IDENTIFICATION, STENCILING, AND TAGGING SYSTEMS DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13210 COMPOSITE STYLE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK 13440 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 - FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT CERTIFICATION SHEET WITH EXAMPLE. ATTACHMENT 2 - INSTRUMENT CERTIFICATION SHEET WITH EXAMPLES. ATTACHMENT 3 - LOOP CHECK OUT SHEET WITH EXAMPLE. 13441 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS 13442 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS 13447 TELEMETRY SYSTEM DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 15061 PIPE: STEEL 15062 PIPE: DUCTILE 15090 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS 15100 VALVES: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 15101 GATE VALVES 15103 BUTTERFLY VALVES 15106 CHECK VALVES 15114 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRICAL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 16111 CONDUIT, CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS AND CONDUIT SUPPORTS 16115 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, DUCTS, MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES 16120 WIRE AND CABLE - 600 VOLT AND BELOW 16130 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16150 PANELBOARDS 16450 GROUNDING 16474 CONTROL EQUIPMENT & SEPARATELY MOUNTED DEVICES 16475 SAFETY SWITCHES 16510 LIGHTING 16640 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 07225 -075.036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 Table of Contents - 2 • • DIVISION Q CONTRACTS AND CONDITIONS • • 1.0 NOTICE TO BIDDERS 0 • • Sealed bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent, City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664, for furnishing all labor, material and equipment and performing all work required for the project titled Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 will be received until 2:00 P.M. on Tuesday, February 4, 2003 then publicly opened and read aloud at the City Hall Council Chambers at the same address. A prebid conference will be held at 2:00 P.M. on Tuesday, January 28, 2003 at 221 E. Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664. See Instructions to Bidders in the specifications for details on the prebid conference. Bid envelopes should state date and time of bid, project title and the words ",SEALED BID" No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any bids received after scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK NOTICE TO BIDDERS The project includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment required for the following: • The construction of a new 2.0 MG composite style elevated water storage tank along with related items such as sitework, paving, piping, valving, and other items required to complete the project identified for the completion of the new 2.0 MG tank. • The installation of all electrical equipment and installation and programming of a SCADA & TELEMETRY control system for communication. • The construction of a new 2.7 MG composite style elevated water storage tank, along with related items such as sitework, paving, piping, valving, and other items required to complete the project identified for the completion of the new 2.7 MG tank • The installation of all electrical equipment and installation and programming of a SCADA & TELEMETRY control system for communication. Note: BOTH tank sizes must be bid. The City of Round Rock will decide which tank size will be awarded for construction after the bids are evaluated. TYPE OF BID • Bid shall be on a unit price and lump sum basis for items identified in the Bid Documents, Section 2. DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS Copies of the Bid Documents are on file at the following plan houses: Associated General Contractors: Austin, Waco, San Antonio. F.W. Dodge Reports: Austin, San Antonio. Bids must be submitted on City of Round Rock bid forms and must be accompanied by an acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round Rock, Texas equal to five percent (5 %) of the total maximum bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications, and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained from HDR Engineering, 2211 South IH -35, Suite 300, Austin, TX 78741, (512- 912 -5100) beginning Monday, January 20, 2003 for a non - refundable charge of $100.00 per set. In case of ambiguity, duplication, or obscurity in the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received. The successful bidder will be expected to execute the standard contract prepared by the City of Round Rock, and to furnish performance and payment bonds as described in the bid documents. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers, workmen, and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock. Publish Dates: Round Rock I .Fader• January 20, 2003 January 23, 2003 January 27, 2003 • No partial sets of Specifications or Drawings will be issued. • All checks must be made payable to HDR F,ngincering, Inc, • Bid documents can be purchased or will be shipped upon receipt of payment. • Documents will be shipped the day following the request by courier for delivery on the next business day. • Refund policy: No refund for any Contract Documents will be made. • • • • • • 2.0 BID DOCUMENTS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • 1. Prior to submitting any proposal, bidders are required to read the plans, specifications, proposal, contract and bond forms carefully; to inform themselves by their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves of the accessibility of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work and the time required for its completion and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. • • 2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the plans, specifications, or other documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should notify at once the Engineer and obtain clarification or addendum prior to submitting any bid. 3. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and time named in the Notice to Bidders. Bids received after bid closing time will be returned unopened. 4. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes plainly marked "Sealed Bid" and showing the name of the project, the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time. 5. Bids shall be submitted on proposal forms furnished by the City of Round Rock. 6. All proposals shall be accompanied by a certified cashier's check upon a National or State bank in an amount not less than five percent (5 %) of the total maximum bid price, payable without recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute performance and payment bonds, as stipulated by item 11 below, within ten (10) days after notice of award of contract to him. Proposal guarantees must be submitted in the same sealed envelope with the proposal. Proposals submitted without check or bid bonds will not be considered. 7. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five (25) days after bids are opened, except those which the owner elects to hold until the successful bidder has executed the contract. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the successful bidder, will be returned within sixty (60) days. BD -1 8. Bidder must submit bids for the 2.0 MG tank and the 2.7 MG tank. The City will determine in its sole judgment which of the two tank capacities it will use. The award will be made to the lowest qualified responsive bidder for the size of tank selected by the City. 9. Until the award of the contract, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive technicalities; to advertise for new proposals; or to do the work otherwise when the best interest of the City of Round Rock will be thereby promoted. 10. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable (or unbalanced) prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids. 11. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the proposals, and no bidder may withdraw his proposal within said sixty (60) day period of time unless a prior award is made. 12. Within ten (10) days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the total contract price. If the total contract price is $25,000.00 or less, the performance and payment bonds will not be required. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas, with approval prior to bid opening, indicating it is authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds $100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed. BD -2 • • • • • • 13. If the total contract price is less than $25,000.00 the performance and payment bond requirement will be waived by the City of Round Rock. Payment will be made following completion of the work. 14. Failure to execute the construction contract within ten (10) days of written notification of award or failure to furnish the performance bond, or letter of credit if applicable, and payment bond as required by item 12 above, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of the annulment of the award, the proposal guarantee shall become the property of the City of Round Rock, not as a penalty, but as a liquidated damage. 15. No contract shall be binding upon the City of Round Rock until it has been signed by its Mayor after having been duly authorized to do so by the City Council. 16. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has furnished certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City of Round Rock, nor shall the contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The certificate of insurance form included in the contract documents must be used by the Contractor's insurer to furnish proof of insurance. Other forms will not be accepted. 17. Any quantities given in any portion of the contract documents, including the plans, are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the estimates. The basis for the payment shall be the actual amount of work done and /or material furnished. 18. Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the finished product under this contract. This contract is issued by an organization which is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section 151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City of Round Rock will issue an exemption certificate to the Contractor. The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased. The Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate. BD -3 In obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed; 1) The contract will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporate, materials to the City of Round Rock at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor; 2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City of Round Rock as soon as practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and 3) The designated representative of the City of Round Rock must be notified as soon as possible of the receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative. Where practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the City of Round Rock. 19. No conditional bids will be accepted. 20. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the City of Round Rock, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(c). 21. A prebid conference will be held at 2:00 P.M., January 28, 2003 at 221 E. Main Street, Round Rock Texas 78664. Representatives of the Owner and the Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. Attendance is strongly recommended. 22. Because of the unique and critical nature of this project, each prospective bidder shall submit as part of the Bid proposal, evidence that they meet certain requirements for relevant qualifications and experience. This information should be submitted on the attached Bidder's Qualifications Requirements form and meet the minimum requirements set forth therein. 23. Bidding: BD -4 • • • • • • 1. Each Bidder shall submit with Bid a detailed design sketch of the tank, showing all major dimensions, elevations, and thickness of the principal steel plates. 2. Each Bidder shall submit with Bid a detailed design of foundations, including dimensional layout and quantity of drilled shafts, if recommended. 3. The Contractor shall submit with his bid a written statement by the coatings manufacturer stating that the Contractor is familiar with the materials specified and has workers capable of performing the work specified herein. 4. Each Bidder shall complete and submit with Bid the Painting Contractor Questionnaire in Section 09905. 24. All electrical and instrumentation and programming must be provided by the Contractor, or by one subcontractor. Separate subcontractors for electrical and instrumentation work will not be allowed. 25. The Contractor shall be required to perform all work in accordance and complete compliance with all applicable safety and health and environmental regulations. Prior to beginning work a general health and safety plan along with occupational health programs addressing the items listed above shall be available The general safety and health plan shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. Accident Investigation Procedures 2. Emergency Procedures 3. Fall Protection 4. Hot Work 5. Hazard Communication 6. Personal Protective Equipment 7. Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators and Conveyors 8. Material Handling, Storage, Use and Disposal (Rigging) 9. Powered Platforms, Manlifts, and Vehicle Mounted Work 10. Fire Protection and Prevention 11. Respiratory Protection 12. Medical Surveillance 13. First Aid 14. Noise 15. Toolbox Safety Meetings BD -5 I• BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE, CB &I Constructors, Inc, as PRINCIPAL and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER ", in the penal sum of five percent (5 %) of the total amount of the bid of the PRINCIPAL submitted to the OWNER, for the work described below; for the payment of which sum in Iawful money of the United States of America, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. In no case shall the liability of the SURETY hereunder exceed the sum of $ The CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, THAT whereas, said PRINCIPAL has submitted the above mentioned bid to the OWNER, for construction for the work under the "PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BARTON HILL ELEVATED STORAGE TANK - 2003" for which bids are to be opened at the office of the OWNER on February 4, 2003 NOW THEREFORE, if the PRINCIPAL is awarded the contract, and within the time and manner required under the heading "Instructions to Bidders ", after the prescribed forms • are presented to him for signature, enters into a written agreement, substantially in the form contained in the Specifications, in accordance with the bid and files the two (2) bonds with the OWNER, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for Iabor and materials, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the OWNER and judgement is recovered, said SURETY shall pay all costs incurred by the OWNER in such suit, including a reasonable attorneys fee to be fixed by the Court. In WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this day of February 4, 2003 CB &I Constructors, Inc. Principa '' By: «�//tL;i "(Seal) CHRIS J. MARTELL SEE RESOLUTION OF AUTHORITY BD -7 St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company Surety: BY: ry� ' T (Seal) Diane M. 0' Attorney -in -Fact lot STATE OF COUNTY OF ■ ILLINOIS COOK On this 4th day of February Diane M. O'Leary •t. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company executed the within instrument, and acknowledged to me IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand aforesaid county, the day and year in this certifica ;?FFICIAL SEAL" • JE:"FREY M.LEADLEY Nu:,.° (i ublic State of Illinois : My ; ion Expires 10/12/05 , 2001 before me personally appeared , known to me to be the Attorney -in -Fact of , the corporation that that such corporation executed the same. my official seal, at my office in the above. Power of Attorney No. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 23575 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St, Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the Stale of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein colleceively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Ann Formhals, Brenda D. Hockberger, Debra Kohlman Diane M. O'Leary, Donna Wright, William Reidinger, Karen E. Bogard, Steven B. Cade, Matthew V. Buol, William T. Krum, Jeffrey M. Leadley and Sylvia Garcia POWER OF ATTORNEY of the City of Chicago State Illinois their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the • performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 22nd day of October Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company 'Stale of Maryland City of Baltimore On this 22nd day of October 2002 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Peter W Carman and Thomas E. Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, 5t, Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 1st day of July, 2006. 86203 Rev. 7 -2002 Printed in U.S.A. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certifieate Nn. 15 47818 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. 2002. PETER W. CARMAN, Vice President THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE, Assistant Secretary REBECCA EASLEY -ONOKALA, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United Stales Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force an effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s) -in -Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attomey(s) -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attomey or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorney(s) -in -Fact shall have the power and authority, and in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attomcy(s) -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I, Thomas E. Huibregtsc, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power ofAttomey executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. 4th February 2003 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 hereunto set my hand this day of Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary 1 To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800-421 -3880 and ask for the Power ofAttorney clerk. Please refer to the Power of Attorney number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached • • PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET i B NAME: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 JOB LOCATION: Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: FPhrnary 04 , 2003 Gentlemen: • Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the work on which he bids as provided by the attached supplemental specifications, and as shown on the plans for the construction of Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 and binds himself on acceptance of this proposal to execute a contract and bond for completing said project within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda (provide Addenda number and date sealed): • AddPncdnm #1 SPp1Pd 01/30/0 Addend µM *2 Sealed 2j3/03 Note: Bidder must submit bids for the 2.0 MG tank and the 2.7 MG tank. Separate Bid Schedules follow for each tank size. BD -8 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE • (Reference Section 01025 for description of Measurement and Payment) Bid Item Description Total Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Amount 1. 1 Lump Mobilization (maximum 5% of total bid) rtveNrY Seven, r7 Sum for FIVE HuNoReil dollars and ,'o cents. $ 27 S'oo • 2. 1,000 linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Silt Fencing. rwe�v YY f or Fitt& HuNo,2ED dollars and No cents. $ 2, 5 - oo 3. 190 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Construction Barrier Fencing. for FooL KvA DX eb dollars 1 and ,Jo cents. $ 4o0 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the installation, maintenance, and removal of the Stabilized Construction Entrance. for NiNernim uNote dollars and No cents. $ i,goo 5. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the construction related to the new 2.0 MG Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank. Work includes furnishing and installing a composite pedestal style elevated tank, all interior piping and equipment, and other Work as indicated on the drawings for complete construction of the 2.0 MG tank except as covered specifically by other bid items. for # dollars and No cents. $1 * aNE milt .,, S/X /- 1vivv2 olvE 'T}/O os,t bN E f /VND.e ED BD -9 • 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) 1 Allowance Amount included in Bid as an Allowance for Ordering and Installing the 24 -inch Altitude Valve. This allowance includes all materials, labor, equipment, and all items required for a complete installation of the altitude valve. For Fifty Thousand dollars And no cents. BD -10 $50,000.00 7. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting the Tank and Tank Accessory Components. This bid item does NOT include painting of piping and equipment. for - dollars and Ho cents. $ 20 + ,Soo Two N new/4r oUSq-vd r v6 Nui/J2E� 8. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting Piping, Equipment, and All Other Items not specifically covered in Bid Item No. 7. for Frye ruo 0-5.4,..a dollars and N cents. $ 5,00 •. 1 Lump Amount required for preparing a Shrouding Plan Sum and for installing, maintaining, and removing shrouding for tank painting work related to Bid Item 7. y-N N .R v E /G for 7 HOv5�0 dollars and N cents. $ Bs 000 10. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 36 -inch, 24 -inch, and 16 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. f rN ,•la dollars and N0 cents. $ 3, 500 11. 245 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 12 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for E161-4reeN uuaaazadollars and nro cents. $ goo • 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) :2. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum for Relocating the Existing 36 -inch Gate Valve and Valve Operator. for Eiekr lduAJ0keb dollars and n)v cents. $ Soo 13. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 36 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for F vE -N0 dollars and ,vo cents. $ 85 coo 14. 140 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 24 -inch Site Piping, Fittings and Valves. for Fa2TV F cu 0 aves. dollars F� ✓E HuNdC -, dollars and N0 cents. $ 44 Soo 15. 185 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 16 -inch Site • Piping, Fittings, and Valve, and Connection to the Existing 12 -inch Waterline. ELe VEN T}1ou5/Wb f or F, ✓E H uN4C -Eb dollars and ,vp cents. $ i I Go o 16. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Excavating and Installing Piping and Fittings to Connect the Existing 16 -inch Waterline to the Existing 12 -inch Waterline. for Two nE o us4-40 dollars and N o cents. 17. 75 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 4 -inch Site Piping, Fittings Valve. O ]js u. for E;b,+ dollars and ,✓a cents. $ I , g o o BD -11 $ Z 18. 1 19. 1 20. 1 21. 2 22. 1 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Amount required for Installing, Maintaining, and Removing approximately 1,105 linear feet of Trench Safety Systems, and approximately 9,680 -sf of Excavation Safety Systems. for Two. rug.: s.,+,vb dollars and N cents. 2.0 MG TANK TOTAL BID (Items 1 -22): Total Amount of Bid $ TLQ& M /L( /6/U ONE Ito G ), ,v ,,rery 77 /RE E 774or AAJ� (words) 2.0 MG TANK STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Materials: All Other Charges: Total: (Note: The total of the two items immediately above should equal Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for construction of the Discharge Structure and Gabion Mattress. ORT✓ T for F ,��NO dollars and ,vo cents. $ 4 zoo Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for construction of the Asphalt Drive and Ribbon Curb, including Subgrade Preparation. Tu, . rY e«N7 TNo «` o for F,ve Hu.�neE- d a rs and No cents. $ 38soo Acre Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for Final Site Grading, Topsoiling, and Re r e To usn,., for Fi ve ibAilDE.&6 dollars and N o cents. $ 3, Soo Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for installation of all Electrical, Instrumentation, and SCADA Equipment. F'F7Y for -TO) dollars and No cents. BD -12 / f 93 000 $ Z, poi) $ 511,600 $ Ie 17 -,boo $ z,, r 93 oo the 2.0 MG Tank Total Bid) 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) he 2.0 MG Tank Total Bid above is based on having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment within the following number of calendar days: • • Substantial Completion: 390 calendar days Final Completion: 450 calendar days The Owner will consider for construction of the 2.0 MG Tank the following alternate number of days for having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment: Alternate Substantial Completion: 435 calendar days Alternate Final Completion: 495 calendar days Ded -1. 1 Lump Amount to be deducted from the 2.0 MG Tank Total Bid Sum for having the work substantially complete within 435 calendar days and ready for final payment within 495 calendar days. for 0 dollars and ND cents. $ 0 BD -13 • Bid Item Description Total Item Ouantity Unit and Written Unit Price Amount 1. 1 Lump Mobilization (maximum 5% of total bid) rwe..,r'I seven) r, -EQ,.. -,JA Sum for rive HUNJQEP dollars and N. cents. $ 27, Soo • • 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Reference Section 01025 for description of Measurement and Payment) 2. 1,000 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal 1 of Silt Fencing. for i- & dollars and ".1 cents. 3. 190 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Construction Barrier Fencing. forFFua kuNoaet) dollars and ,'JO cents. $ 400 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the installation, maintenance, and removal of the Stabilized Construction Entrance. for N a7;EN kit/Haub dollars and No cents. $ I , el o0 5. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the construction related to the new 2.7 MG Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank. Work includes furnishing and installing a composite pedestal style elevated tank, all interior piping and equipment, and other Work as indicated on the drawings for complete construction of the 2.7 MG tank except as covered specifically by other bid items. for dollars and No cents. $ 2,t/07,boo '✓F TWD 1 1 4/L140,v onfe f/unlA/LC=b SEVER/ 77.10054yi /X AIUNl74-E-b BD -14 $ 2 /Coo • • • 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) 1 Allowance Amount included in Bid as an Allowance for Ordering and Installing the 24 -inch Altitude Valve. This allowance includes all materials, labor, equipment, and all items required for a complete installation of the altitude valve. For Fifty Thousand dollars And no cents. $50,000.00 7. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting the Tank and Tank Accessory Components. This bid item does NOT include painting of piping and equipment. for * dollars and 'Jo cents. $ Z54,Too .lf TWO WunOZED FIFTY Tv02 7 - /ou64J7 FIVE A /u,va,ec, 8. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting Piping, Equipment, and All Other Items not specifically covered in Bid Item No. 7. for rive 7N00S4n,6 dollars and No cents. $ 5, Oob 1 Lump Amount required for preparing a Shrouding Plan Sum and for installing, maintaining, and removing shrouding for tankpainting work related to Bid Item 7. for TKou54�D F F dollars and ,vD cents. $ 4 10. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 36 -inch, 24 -inch, and 16 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for H R o a...Fa dollars and No cents. $ 3,500 11. 245 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 12 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for ei reeN uuaDubdollars and N o cents. $ 1,s00 BD -15 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) 12. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum for Relocating the Existing 36 -inch Gate Valve and Valve Operator. for EwHr HuNp2a. dollars and No cents. $ 8oD • 13. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 36 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. E 16HTY ✓ E for rHovs ANa dollars and N. cents. $ 85 coo 14. 185 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 24 -inch Site Pipi and Valves. for F,VE /4ONoecr) liars and mo cents. $ 44, 5o0 15. 185 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 16 -inch Site • Piping, Fittings, and Valve, and Connection to the Existing 12 -inch Waterline. ELEVEN 774 1.. NA for ✓.vnaE:D dollars and No cents. Existing 12 -inch Waterline. for Two T3eaus dollars and tvo cents. BD -16 $ / /5oa 16. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Excavating and Installing Piping and Fittings to Connect the Existing 16 -inch Waterline to the $ •Z boo 17. 100 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 4 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valve. for El6# r a ✓razeedollars and ,ID cents. $ i, So© 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) • 18. 1 Lump Amount required for Installing, Maintaining, and Sum Removing approximately 1,175 linear feet of Trench Safety Systems, and approximately 13,480 -sf of Excavation Safety Systems. for Two 7u0✓s 0 dollars and No cents. $ .,, 000 19. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for construction of the Discharge Structure and Gabion Mattress. O RTY T wv for HuvA26¢ dollars and ,v. cents. $ 4 Zoo 20. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for construction of the Asphalt Drive and Ribbon Curb, r includingQ Subgrade Preparation. T YH ou for FIVE NuNDKE $ gilars 9 a jj and ,vo cents. $ 38, Soo 21. 2 Acre Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings • and as specified for Final Site Grading, Topsoiling, and Revegetation. for T"H ./c, E dollars and ,.ia cents. $ $soo 22. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for installation of all Electrical, Instrumentation, and SCADA Equipment. i/ FrY w,aE for 7 2�ousAn� dollars and Nv cents. $ 9 ooc 23. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Removal of the Gravel Drive Turnaround and Installing Fill. for FIVE fw,volct dollars and NE. cents. $ '5 o0 BD -17 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) 0.7 MG TANK TOTAL BID (Items 1 -23): Total Amount of Bid $ Lwa 1 1LLI AI SCVEA! f- ivAl bQeb fJF;y r7-/Re 77 (words) Substantial Completion: 420 calendar days Final Completion: 480 calendar days 2753 ®ma 2.7 MG TANK STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Materials: $ 730 CO€ All Other Charges: $ �, ®23 OOQ Total: $ 2 773 Oco (Note: The total of the two items immediately above should equal the 2.7 MG Tank Total Bid) The 2.7 MG Tank Total Bid above is based on having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment within the following number of calendar days: The Owner will consider for construction of the 2.7 MG Tank the following alternate number of days 410 Dr having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment: Alternate Substantial Completion: 465 calendar days Alternate Final Completion: 525 calendar days • Ded -1. 1 Lump Amount to be deducted from the 2.7 MG Tank Total Bid Sum for having the work substantially complete within 465 calendar days and ready for final payment within 525 calendar days. for yea dollars and A/c, cents. $ 0 BD -18 • • If this proposal is accepted for either tank size, the undersigned agrees to execute the contract and W rovide necessary bonds and insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders and commence ork within ten (10) days after written Notice to Proceed. BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions and Special Conditions within the number of calendar days below: 2.0 MG Tank Substantial Completion Final Completion Alternate Substantial Completion Alternate Final Completion OR 2.7 MG Tank Substantial Completion Final Completion Alternate Substantial Completion Alternate Final Completion BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Special Conditions as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified. Liquidated damages for failing to complete the Work indicated shall be assessed as indicated below: Substantial Completion $1,000/ day Final Completion $500/ day The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the proposal have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any informalities. Respectfully Submitted, Sia`A' ature Chris J. MarIa11 77451 R1naharry Hill f75, rrInrn,. TY 77385 Print Name Address BD -19 390 days 450 days 435 days 495 days 420 days 480 days 465 days 525 days CR.CT r„ncr r ^r=, Inc • • RIminAGG navalnrm.nt ManarJor itle for CHRIS J. MARTELL CB &I Constructors, Inc. Name of Firm 02 -04 -03 Date BD -20 Telephone 281 -29S -6666 See Resolution of Authority Secretary, if Contractor is a Corporation • • • CERTIFICATION OF RESOLUTION AND AUTHORITY I, Walter G. Browning, do hereby certify that I am the duly - elected and acting Secretary of CB &I Constructors, Inc., a Texas corporation, and that as such officer I am duly authorized to make this certificate in behalf of that corporation. I further certify that by consent in lieu of a meeting dated March 6, 2001, as authorized by Texas law, the Board of Directors of said corporation adopted the following resolution in accordance with the By -laws of said corporation: RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice - President, the Treasurer, or any regional sales manager, contracting manager, regional construction manager, manufacturing manager, project manager or business development manager heretofore or hereafter appointed by the Company or any other sales representative as may from time to time be designated by any one of the President, any Vice - President or the Treasurer, is authorized to make bids, prepare quotations and submit and receive proposals for contracts; to negotiate and sign contracts and other agreements, bid bonds, performance bonds, and other related documents; and to otherwise bind and obligate the Company in the conduct of its normal business. I further certify that the foregoing resolution is in full force and effect and that Chris J. Martell is a duly designated and authorized Rii i nPS' nevel opment Manager of CB &I Constructors, Inc. This certificate shall remain in full force and effect for ninety days from the date it bears, unless sooner revoked, but no such revocation shall be effective as to anyone dealing with any individual named in this certificate in reliance hereon unless written notice of such revocation has been received by the person so relying on this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereonto set my hand and the seal of CB &I Constructors, Inc., this 4th day of FPhriary , 20 0l • Walter G. Browning, Secretary CB&I Constructors, Inc. 01/29/03 15:04 0 254 9511 CBI WATER CONROE 002/002 5/16' PL DRYWELL 5'0 W/ 5/16' -9/16' PL NCZENII IINII1h■■■Ii■■I•.iii X11 I Hflh��� 1111111I��1lI► IIIIl BCL ELEV.: 1031A' 1/4' ROOF PL TCL C131 ELEV. = 952.5' (FLOOR 2700M CET / 49.5' BCL CB &I Water FOR ROUND ROCK, TX a division of CB &I Constructors, Inc. DF7509,001 TANK DIAMETER = 131,0'0 NET CAPACITY = 2,700,000 GAL SPECIFICATIONS AVWA D100, ACI 318 & ENDR. AWWA SNOW AT 25 PSF AWWA WIND AT 100 MPH NO SEISMIC CONCRETE DOME W/ 1/4' LINER PL 10'W x 1D'H INDOOR CONCRETE TOYER 60'0 0.D. 15' WALL THICKNESS W/ HORIZ 6 VERT RUSTICATIDNS 40' x 64' MANDOOR CONTR 138267 PAGE DF7509.001 DATE 1/28/03 BY KAB 01/29/03 08:47 W515 254 9511 CBI WATER CUNRUE WJUU4 /UUG 111 TOWER F"IIUNDATION in N R=46' -5' TOF ELEV = 949' 15' TOWER WALL 1170 CU. YDS. 4000 PSI CONCRETE 128,740 LBS. 9615 GR. 60 REINFORCING 5,000 PSF NET SOIL BRG W/ WIND LOAD CL R=29' -4 1/8' R5 R6 R7 RI 504 -011 EQ SPCD (2 LAYERS) R2 36 -89 CONT R3 NOT REQ'D EQ SPCD 84 NOT REQ'D CONT R5 246 -95 EQ SPCD W/ ACI STD 90' HOOK (10) (HALF EA. FACE) R6 6 -85 CONT (HALF EA. FACE) R7 238 -84 DOWELS x 2' -7' LONG. EQ SPCD BARS EMBEDDED 13' INTO RINGWALL 121 R2 NOTES A CONSTRUCTION JOINT MAY BE USED IF PROPERLY KEYED AND DOWELLED ROUGHEN BETWEEN RINGWALL AND FOOTING TO A1/4' AMPLITUDE PER ACI 318 SECTION 11.7.9. ADD 4 CU. YDS. AND 1000 LBS. REINFORCING FOR 0'W X O'L OH DOOR BLOCKOUT ADD 3930 LBS. FOR OVERHEAD DOOR. (INCLUDE 36 - 011 THREADED REDAR COUPLERS) ADD 900 LBS. FOR HARMER ADD FOR FLOOR, PIPE SUPPORTS, SPLASH PAD, ETC. PER PRDJ PLANS AND SPECS ADD 10 CU. YDS. AND 1200 LBS. FOR CBII ERECTION EQUIPMENT FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION = 9525' 6' CONCRETE SLAB W/ 44 2 2' C -C EA. WAY. PROVIDE 1/2' EXPANSION JOINT AT SLAB TO FOUNDATION AND AT SLAB PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE SAWCUT CONTROL JO NTS AT 18' MAX. R =4' -0' water SUBJECT; 27009 CET/ 131'x30'HR/ 60'Twr LOCATION ROUND ROCK, TX PREPARED BY/DATE' KAB 1 - 29 -03 CHECKED BY /DATE1 REVISION' CONTR,NQ 138267 FILE NO, 7509.001 PAGE N0, 4.0 • BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS 4IINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: Bidder shall have a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience as a construction company with a bonding capacity of at least $5,000,000. Bidder and subcontractors shall have substantial experience in the construction of composite water storage tanks. Tank manufacturer shall have their own fabricating plant and have designed, fabricated and erected a minimum of five (5) composite elevated storage tanks of equal or greater capacity, all in satisfactory operation for at least 5 years. Bidder shall complete the following questionnaire and submit additional information. The Bidder shall possess the knowledge, skill, training, and experience necessary and required to perform the work fully, properly, safely, and in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, standards and lawful orders, including without limitation those relating to the environment, health, safety, and labor. The Owner will evaluate bidder's qualifications to perform the work described herein based on the information from the bidder, and, if solicited by the Owner, the comments of parties who are familiar with the bidders role and performance on selected past projects. The Owner, at his/her sole discretion, may reject the bid of any bidder if the Minimum Requirements are not met, based on the Owner's evaluation of the information submitted, or for the following reasons: • Bidder provided insufficient, inaccurate, or incomplete information concerning past projects. uestionnaire: 1. Bidder Name: CR&T C'nnstrurtor, Tnr. 1979 to 1997 CBI Na -Con, Inc. 2. Years j business under present business name: 1 997 to PrPSant C.B &T Cnnst ors , Inc. 3. Attach a list of all similar projects completed in the past five years by Bidder and appropriate subcontractors. Provide the name of the Owner and Engineer for each project and include the name and telephone number of a contact person for each organization. 4. Attach a list of current projects. Provide the name of the Owner and Engineer for each project and include the name and telephone number of the contact person for each organization. Indicate the total value of each contract and the value of the work remaining. 5. Volume of gross construction business during the last three years: 2002 $ 370,116 *55.3% 2001 $ 361,256 *52.1% 2000 $ 167,163 * 35.9% 6. What percent of annual volume involves water tank construction? BD -1-9 2/ 7. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? No x Yes • If yes, explain: 8. Are you presently involved in any litigation or lawsuits involving construction work of any type? No x Yes Ifyes,explain: tha Water Tank Division of CB &I Constructors is not involved in any Litigation. 9. Has the company received an OSHA citation during the most recent 12 months? If Yes, then how many and for what? No Yes x Ifyes,explain: nna c- itatinn for 7 items: #1 Failure to secure compressed ga, rylinrlar anti 42 FailnrP to lahle a rnntainer of air tool oil. 10. Has the company experienced lost time accidents during the most recent 12 months? If Yes, then describe each accident and amount of time lost. No Yes x Ifyes,explain: Employee fell inside of tank. Estimated time off is 70 days. .1. Identify the individuals you propose to serve in the following functions and list the project ana contract value of the most recent project they served in the same capacity on: • Project Manager: Previous Project: Project Superintendent: Previous Project: 12. Identify your principal bank: Bank One, Chicago Contact Person: Nathan Block Phone: '112- 732 -2743 1.25 MG Composite Elevated Tank - Round Rock, TX Named later when uroiect is input into Master Schedule CRT SnparintPndenta average 22 vrs experience 13. Identify your bonding company /agent: Near North Insurance Brokerage, Inc. Contact Person: Bill Reidinger Phone: 312 - 280 -5560 14. Identify the subcontractors you propose to utilise and the functions the subcontractors are planned to perform, including the name, address, telephone number and a brief description of their experience: BD -29 2-2- eoNw4V AR • Painti - o idC 5TATE3 pg y E Cr/ vE Co 477IV65 LA , TX E1 Pctrical - T. r4 LeS C"om P4Ai y LLC rL OIe. ce Ti1l� • • civil /sitpwnrk - ZA-12K 1'10 AiI G -5T2 VCTao^/ BD-2-1- 23 CS5 LOCATION Ashland City, TN East Montgomery Util. Dist. James C. Hailey & Co. Limestone Co., AL Limestone CWA Gresham Smith & Partners Arkadelphia, AR City of Arkadelphia McClelland Consulting Engineers Pleasant View, TN Pleasant View Utility District James C. Hailey Rehoboth Beach, DE •ity of Rehoboth Beach, DE Davis, Bowen & Friedel, Inc. Crossett, AR City of Crossett, AR Larkin Group Bedford, TX City of Bedford, TX HNTB Corp. Plano, TX City of Plano, TX Shimek Jacobs & Finklea Houston, TX City of Houston Pate Engineers Hartselle, AL City of Hartselle, AL Paul B. Krebs & Assoc. Sanford, NC gip ity of Sanford, NC azen & Sawyer a division of CB &I Constructors, Inc. CB&I COMPOSITE ELEVATED TANKS IN UNITED STATES CAPACITY 1500 MG/148.0' TCL Richard Head Jimmy Hailey 1000 MG/200.0' TCL Bobby Chandler Keith Davis 1000 MG/127.75' TCL Dorinda Suitor Byron Hicks 1000 MG /170.5' TCL John Anthony Jimmy Hailey 1000 MG/179.8' TCL Hans Medlarz 750 MG/130.5' TCL James Ederington Brett McDaniel 2000 MG/155.0' TCL J.C. Wood Roxanne Pillar 2000 MG/114.5' TCL J.C. Wood John Birkhoff 1500 MG/ 159.0' TCL Walter Hams J.E. Pate 1000 MG/110.0' TCL Bruce Campbell Scott Hoke 1000 MG/133.0' TCL Vic Czar Jim Struve YEAR COMPLETED PRICE CB &I Water 2000 $ 1,153,000.00 (615) 307-3255 (615) 883 -4933 2000 $ 1,020,000.00 (256) 233 -6447 (615) 770-8391 2000 $ 112,000.00 (870) 246-5863 (501) 371-0272 2000 $ 1,061,500.00 (615) 746-5315 (615) 883-4933 (302) 424-1441 2000 (817) 952-2100 (817) 870 -1808 2000 (817) 941-7000 (214) 361 -7900 1999 (713) 754-0834 (713) 462-3178 2000 $ 1,305,126.00 2000 $ 663,900.00 (870) 364 -2188 (501) 968 -7707 $ 1,630,000.00 $ 2,685,000.00 $ 1,719,000.00 1999 $ 896,000.00 (205) 773 -3340 (205) 987 -7411 1999 $ 1,431,000.00 (919) 775-8301 (919) 883-7512 Page 1 of 6 CI LOCATION Greensboro, NC City of Greensboro, NC City of Greensboro, NC Sturevant, W Village of Sturevant, WI Crispell- Snyder, Inc. Painesville, OH City of Painesville, OH B & N Engineering Lanett, AL City of Lanett, Al Harmon Engineers Lees Summit, MO C ity of Lees Summit, MO Bums & McDonnell Wisconsin Rapids, WI City of Wisconsin Rapids, WI Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik Marbury, AL City of Marbury, AL Paul B. Krebs & Assoc. Carthage, MO City of Carthage, MO Allgeier, Martin & Assoc. Carthage, MO City of Carthage, MO Allgeier, Martin & Assoc. Bryan, TX City of Bryan slei NC 111/City of Raleigh, NC Piedmont Olsen & Hensley a division of CB &I Constructors, Inc. CB &I COMPOSITE ELEVATED TANKS IN UNITED STATES CAPACITY 1500 MG/180.0' TCL Richard Huffman Richard Huffman 750 MG/134.3' TCL Carolyn Milkie Doug Snyder 750 MG /100.0' TCL Bill Vargyas Joan Milhoan 1500 MG/121.0' TCL Bobby Williams Steve Kelly 2500 MG/153.75' TCL Bruce Hattig Bob Zion 2000 MG /148.0' TCL Dave Eserkahn Mark Rolfs 500 MG/166.0' TCL Tommy Hudson Clyde Chambliss 2500 MG /126.0' TCL Jerry Simmons Gene Spears 2500 MG/145.0' TCL Jerry Simmons Gene Spears 1000 MG/140.81' TCL Bruce Karr 2000 MG/197.0' TCL Dale Crisp Tyler Highfill YEAR COMPLETED 1999 (336) 323-2892 (336) 323-2892 1999 (414) 886-7200 (414) 723-5600 1999 (440) 352 -9301 (440) 951 -7050 1999 (334) 644 -2141 (334) 864 -9135 1999 (816) 969-7624 (816) 822 -3195 1999 (715) 422-9045 (651) 636 -4600 1999 (334) 755-7949 (334) 271-0986 1999 (417) 237 -7300 (417) 624-5703 1999 (417) 237 -7300 (417) 624 -5703 1998 (409) 361-3611 1998 (919) 890 -3400 (919) 782-5511 CB &I Water PRICE $ 1,382,000.00 $ 946,000.00 $ 822,600.00 $ 1,453,300.00 $ 2,067,000.00 $ 1,583,200.00 $ 614,000.00 $ 1,597,000.00 $ 1,648,000.00 $1,058,000.00 $ 1,910,000.00 Page 2 of 6 C a division of CB &I Constructors, Inc. CB&I COMPOSITE ELEVATED TANKS IN UNITED STATES YEAR LOCATION CAPACITY COMPLETED PRICE Hinesville, GA 2500 MG/97.2' TCL 1998 $ 1,418,000.00 City of Hinesville, GA Billy Edwards (912) 876 -3564 P.C. Simonton & Assoc. Paul Simonton (912) 368 -5212 White House, TN 1500 MG/131.5' TCL 1998 $ 1,152,650.00 White House Utility Dist. Bill Thompson (615) 672 -4110 White, Taylor & Walker Raymond White (615) 377 -1337 Fort Mill, SC 750 MG/128.0' TCL 1998 $ 984,323.00 City of Fort Mill Sam Griffin (803) 547 -2034 Williams Engineering Tim Kaiser (803) 324 -3192 Union, SC 1000 MG/123.7' TCL 1998 $ 912,300.00 City of Union T. D. Sherbert (864) 429 -1717 Rogers & Callcott Frank Callcott (864) 232 -1556 Eau Claire, WI 2000 MG/118.5' TCL 1998 41W ity of Eau Claire James Fearing (715) 839 -4916 Ayers & Assoc. Luke Amold (715) 834 -3161 Jefferson, WI 750 MG /84.5' TCL 1998 $ 778,000.00 Jefferson Water & Elect. Comm. Bruce Folbercht (920) 674 -7711 Crispell- Snyder, Inc. Doug Snyder (414) 723 -5600 MidWest City, OK 1000 MG/104.0' TCL 1998 City of Midwest Stuart Chai (405) 739 -1220 Triad Design Group Lynn Hines (405) 691 -4426 Ontario, OH 1000 MG/129/0' TCL 1998 Village of Ontario, OH Steven Einselen (419) 529 -3818 URS Griener Bob Schoaf (614) 464 -4500 Thomton CO 2000 MG/137.0' TCL 1997 City of Thomton, CO Jim Jensen (303) 538 -7332 Merrick & Co. Barney Fix (303) 751 -0741 Opelika, AL 2000 MG/133.0' TCL 1997 City of Opelika, AL Dan Hilger (334) 705 -5500 Paul B. Krebs & Assoc. Reg Harris (334) 987 -7411 Lafayette, LA 1000 MG /161.0' TCL 1997 ity/Parish Government James Meaux (318) 261 -8345 C. P. S. Engineers Inc. David Naomi (318) 235 -2431 CB &I Water $ 1,496,000.00 $ 1,088,000.00 $ 1,010,000.00 $ 1,464,500.00 $ 1,455,860.00 $ 1,083,300.00 Page 3 of 6 03! LOCATION El Paso, TX City of El Paso Parkhill, Smith & Cooper Rock Hill, SC City of Rock Hill HDR Engineers Junction City, KS City of Junction City Kw Valley Engineers Carrollton, TX City of Carrollton, TX Shimek, Jacobs & Finklea Pharr, TX �ity of Pharr, TX TCB, Inc. Harris Co. M.U.D. #5, Kingwood, TX TCB, Inc. Delevan, WI City of Delevan, WI Crispell- Snyder Hillsdale, MI Hillsdale Brd. of Pub. Util. Unknown Conway, AR Mun. Imp. Dist. 10 Crist Engineers Harris Co. M.U.D. #200 Houston, TX Unknown University Park, TX dy of University Park, TX lack & Veatch a division of CB &1 Constructors, Inc. CB&I COMPOSITE ELEVATED TANKS IN UNITED STATES CAPACITY 2000 MG/118.0' TCL Bert Juarez Sterling Freeman 1000 MG/130.0' TCL Brad Mcrea Scott Honeycutt 1000 MG/125.0' TCL Rodney Bames Sam Malinowsky 2000 MG /154.6' TCL Randy Walhood John Birkhoff 750 MG/126.0' TCL Emesto Silva Rudy Saucedo 1500 MG /170.0' TCL Jim Coker Cecil Allen 1000 MG/89.0' TCL Bob Schutt John Iseleb 1000 MG/135.0' TCL Unknown 750 MG/125.0' TCL Unknown Bemie McCoy 500 MG/140.0' TCL Unknown 2000 MG/155.25' TCL Bud Smallwood Bill Cherry YEAR COMPLETED 1997 (915) 594 -5533 (915) 533 -6811 1997 (803) 329 -5613 (803) 329-5900 1997 (913) 238 -3103 (913) 762 -5040 1997 (214) 466 -3200 (214) 361 -7900 1997 (210) 787 -7951 (210) 981 -6991 1996 (713) 358-2828 (713) 780 -4100 1996 (414) 728-3545 (414) 723 -5600 1996 Unknown 1996 Unknown (501) 664 -1552 1995 Unknown 1994 (214) 363 -1644 (972) 770 -1500 CB &I Water PRICE $ 1,782,000.00 $ 1,049,000.00 $ 817,444.00 $ 1,690,000.00 $ 1,280,000.00 $ 1,088,500.00 $ 747,000.00 $ 849,500.00 $ 524,000.00 $ 671,000.00 $ 2,042,500.00 Page 4 of 6 C131 LOCATION Plano, TX City of Plano, TX Shimek, Jacobs & Finklea Midland, TX City of Midland, TX Parkhill Smith & Cooper Waxahachie, TX Ellis C.W.C.I.D. #1 Shimek Jacobs & Finklea Forest Ridge, J.V. Austin, TX Unknown Princeton, OH •utler Co. Commissioners BBS Engineers Salem, VA City of Salem, VA Finkbeiner Pettis & Strout Sulphur Springs, TX City of Sulphur Springs, TX KSA Engineers Inc. Waco, TX City of Waco, TX Ada, OK City of Ada, OK FHC, Inc. Lebanon, TN Nashville Speedway USA Inc. Bledsoe Engineering LLC San Antonio, TX Holloman Corporation 'proves & Associates a division of CB &/ Constructors, Inc. CB &I COMPOSITE ELEVATED TANKS IN UNITED STATES CAPACITY 2000 MG/177.5' TCL Ed Smith John Birkhoff 2000 MG/132.35' TCL Kenneth Jones Kyle Womack 1500 MG/115.00' TCL Unknown Ron Conway 1000 MG/137.75' TCL Unknown 2000 MG/158.5' TCL Mike Foley Alan Smith 2500 MG/128.5' TCL Wesley Graham Stewart Lassiter 1000 MG/88.0' TCL Craig Vaughn Rebecca Wells 2000 MG/165' TCL Mark Hines 1000 MG /95.5' TCL David Hendricks Sam Blackburn 1000 MG /130' TCL Barry Brook Danny Bledsoe 2500 MG /91' TCL Jason Nikkels Brad Groves YEAR COMPLETED PRICE 1992 (972) 461-7000 (214) 361-7900 1990 (915) 685 -7100 (915) 697-1447 1988 Unknown (214) 361-7900 CB &I Water $ 2,467,000.00 $ 1,472,000.00 $ 1,006,100.00 1988 $ 758,900.00 Unknown 2002 (513) 887 -3079 $ 2,162,000.00 (513) 489 -0779 2001 $ 1,920,700.00 (540) 375 -3063 (336) 292 -2271 2001 $ 929,000.00 (903- 885 -7541 (903) 236 -7700 2001 $ 1,542,900.00 (254) 751-8540 2001 $ 978,000.00 (580) 436-8100 (918) 491-9995 2001 $ 834,000.00 (830) 606-4250 (615) 740 -9600 2001 $ 1,748,000.00 (830) 606 -4250 (210) 226-2922 Page 5 of 6 Cam[ LOCATION Cedar Hill, TX City of Cedar Hill, TX Shimek Jacobs & Finklea Winston- Salem, NC Winston- Salem/Forsyth Co. Arcadis Geraghty & Miller Alabaster, AL Alabaster Water Board Paul B. Krebs & Associates Foley, AL Riveria Utilities Humble, TX lawns Co. MUD No. 109 Brown & Gay Franklin, VA Isle of Wight Gannett Fleming Canton, MS Canton Municipal Utilities Comm. Williford Gearhart & Knight Falmouth, VA Town of Falmouth Tata & Howard Falmouth, VA Town of Falmouth Tata & Howard Falmouth, VA Town of Falmouth Tata & Howard Hawley, PA , emlock Farms Comm. Assoc. ntech Engineers a division of CB &I Constructors, Inc. CB &I COMPOSITE ELEVATED TANKS IN UNITED STATES CAPACITY 2000 MG/179.5' TCL Robert K. Franke Gary Hendricks 2000 MG/120' TCL Scott Angel Tyler Highfill 1500 MG /157' TCL Greg Allen Jason Dearing 2000 MG/138' TCL Richard Peterson Mike Dugger 1000 MG /137' TCL Owen Parker Joseph Samson 750 MG /140' TCL Wayne Roundtree Art Welland /Mike Luning 1500 MG/164.5' TCL John Wallace Mike McKenzie 2000 MG/139' TCL Raymond Jack Pat O'Neale 1000 MG/143' TCL Raymond Jack Pat O'Neale 1000 MG/148' TCL Raymond Jack Pat O'Neale 1000 MG/142' TCL Mike Sibio Dan Smith YEAR COMPLETED PRICE 2001 $ 1,964,000.00 (972) 291-5100 (214) 361 -7900 2001 $ 2,267,000.00 (336) 727 -8040 (919) 782 -5511 2001 (205) 663 -6155 (205) 987 -7411 2001 (334) 943-6744 (334) 943-5001 2001 (281) 540-1014 (281) 558-8700 2001 (757) 357-3191 (757) 873 -0768 2001 (601) 859-2921 (601) 859-3600 2001 (508) 548 -7611 x 228 (508) 946-1732 2001 (508) 548 -7611 x 228 (508) 946 -1732 2001 (508) 548 -7611 x 228 (508) 946-1732 CB &I Water $ 1,264,000.00 $ 1,347,000.00 $ 1,017,000.00 $ 1,451,000.00 $ 1,396,000.00 $ 2,020,000.00 $ 2,025,900.00 $ 1,490,500.00 2001 $ 1,030,324.00 (570) 775 -4200 (610) 373 -6667 Page 6 of 6 • 2/07/03 FRI 10:51 FAX 2812928878 Alympyx Troy St. Tours HDR Engineering Fax 512-912-5158 Phonic From: Chris Martell Pages: 10 Data: 2!7103 Re: Subcontractor Qualification — Barton Hill Elevated Tank Project Chicago Bridge & Iron Company Troy, Attached are subcontractor qualifications for the Barton Hill Elevated tank in Round Rock. • Sincerely, p Chris J. Martell 27351 Blueberry HIII 835 Conroe, Texas 77385 281 298 6666 FAX: 281 298 -8760 al Dot 02/07/03 FRI 10:51 FAX 2812928878 AlYMPYX FEB 13:27 FROM:OZARK MTN CONSTRUC 5017640494 • The Owner will evaluate bidder's qualifications to perform the work described herein based on the information from the bidder, and, if solicited by the Owner, the comments of parties who are familiar with the bidders role and performance on selected past projects. The Owner, at his/her sole discretion, may reject the bid of any bidder if the ivrinimum Requirements are not met, based on the Owner's I:velum:km of the information submitted, or for the following reasons: - Bidder provided insufficient. inaccurate, or incomplete information concerning past projects. clEtistaarirsa 2. Ilearsinbustnessumkrimmtentbminmenwne: Three (3) 3. Attach a list of all similar projects completed in the past fm 3201 by Bidder and appropriate subcontractors. Provide the name of the Owner turd Busies= for each project and include die name and telephone number of a contact person for each organization. sEE ATTACHTD LIST/ 4. Attach a hat of entreat projects. Provide the name of the Owner and Engineer for each project and include the name and telephone number of the contact person for each organization. Indicate the total value of each contract and the value of the work remaining. NOT These are too numerous to lint: hOreiffit, we will provide this List 5. l ira:a tilb business during the bat three years: 2002 52,750, 2001 Sg.noo.000 2000 $ 750.000 • 1. BD-19 TO:281292827B BIDDER'S OUALIFICATIONS REM/MEW-NTS lit002 P.002 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: Bidder Mall have a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience as a construction company with a bonding capacity of at least 55,000.000. Bidder and subcontractors shall have substantial experience in the construction of composite water storage tanks. Tank manufacturer shall have their own fabricating plant and have designed, fabricated and erected a minimum of five (5) composite elevated storage tanks or equal or master capacity, all in satisfactory operation fora least 5 years. Bidder shall complete the following questionnaire and submit additional information. The Bidder shall possess the Iaiowledge,shll, training and experience necessary and required to perform the work fnlly, property, safely, and in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, standards and lawful orders, including without limitation those relating te the environment, health, safety, and labor. Ilidderlklarne: ()mark Mountain construction 6. What percent of annual volurne involves water tank construction? 1 0% root! TSVZO stdur•v S1SVZSTITZ TVd •I:LI up co/goi.zo, 02/07/03 FRI 10:52 FAX 2812928878 Alyapyx FEB- 06-2003 13:27 FROM:OZARK MTN CONSTRUC 5017640494 TO:2812928878 • • RE: Barton Hill Tank, Round Rock, Texas Please note_ Additional references@ will be provided upon roiliest Project Greenwood, Indiana (1,000,000 Gallon Sphere) Subcontractor for: Owner: Engineer: BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS CB&I 1505 N. Division Plainfield, IL 60544 Protect Manager: Steve Brock (815 -439 -3100 Indiana- American Water Company Suite 201 555 East County Line Road Greenwood, IN 46143 Contact Persun: Allen DeBoy Phone: 317-885 -2444 Indiana - American Water Company Suite 201 555 East County Line Road Greenwood, IN 46143 Contact Person: Thomas "Ted" Nitta, Jr., PE Phone: 317 -885 -2444 Project: Danville, Indiana (750,000 Gallon Sphere) Subcontractor for: CB&I 1505 N. Division Plainfield, IL 60544 Project Manager: Steve Brock Phone: 815- 439.3100 Owner: Town of Danville, Indiana 147 West Main Street Danville, IN 46063-0158 Contact Person: Jim Russell Phone: 317- 538 -761 Engineer: R. E. Curry & Associates, Inc. 110 Commerce Drive Danville, IN 46122 Contact Person: Bob Curry Phone: 317- 745 -6995 Q1003 P.003 02/07/03 FRI 10:52 FAX 2812928878 AlYmpYx FF.B -06 13:27 FROM:02faRK MTN CONSTRUC 5017640494 10:2212920875 P•004 • • • Bidder Qualifications Requirements (Continued) RE: Barton Hill Tank, Round Rock, Texas Project: New Melle. Missouri (1,000,000 Gallon Sphere) Subcontractor for: CB&1 Water 9550 Rickman Road Clive, IA 50325 Contact Person: Darwyn Witte Phone: 515 -254 -9524 Owner. Public Water Supply District No. 2 of St. Charles County 100 Water Drive O'Fallon, Missouri 63366 Contact Person: Tim Geraghty Phone: 636- 561 -3737 Ext. 101 Enginceer- Metropolitan Engineering and Surveying P.O. Box 400 7301 Metropolitan Boulevard Barnhart, Missouri 63012 Mark W. Hubert, E.I.T. Phone: 636464.3860 Project: Crossville, Tennessee (1,000,000 Gallon Composite) Subcontract for: Owner: Engineer: Caldwell Tanks P.O. Box 35770 4000 Tower Road Louisville, Kentucky 40232 Project Manager. Jason St. Claire Phone: 502 -964 -3361 City of Crossville, Tennessee 99 Municipal Avenue Crossville, Tennessee 38555 Contact Person: Sally Oglesby, City Clerk Phone: 931 -456 -5680 Lamar Dunn & Associates, Inc. 3305 Maloney Road Knoxville, Tennessee 37920 Contact Person: Arthur Baker Phone: 865 -573 -7672 Page 2 0004 02/07/03 FRI 10:52 FAX 2812928878 Alympyx FEB-06-2003 13:27 FROM:OZARK MTN CONSTRUC 5017640494 • • • 7. Have you ever failed to complete auy work awarded to you? Noxx Yes _ If yes. explain: TO:2012926 S. .Are you presently involved in any litigation or lawsuits involving construction work of any type? No =Yes If yes, explain: e005 P.005 9. Has the company received an OSHA citation during the most recent 12 months? If Yes, then how many and for what? No Yes If yes, explain: 10. Has the company experienced lost time accidents during the most recent 12 months? If Yes. then describe each accident and amount of time lost. No YgYes Nye', explain: 11. Identify the individuals you propose to serve in the following fimetions and list the project in contract value of the most recent project they served in the same capacity on: I'rojectManager: Scott ppllpv (Vice - President, Ozark Mountain CoaetruCtion) PriVlOWPtoject: Nov Ne11e. Missouri -- $273,5 ProjectSnuperintendent wnntor Poliev (President, Ozark Mountain Construction) Previous Project: Greenwood. Indiana -- $147,200 12- Identify your principal bank VS Sant, Morrilton. Ark ansan C.ontaet Person: Rick Parris Phone: 501 -354 -4501 13. Identify your bonding company /agent: Contact Person: Phone: 14. Identify the subcontractors you propose to utilize and the functions the subcontractors are planned to perform, including the name, address, telephone number and a brief description of their experience: SEE ATTACHED 801:10n BD -20 HMV zo TAMMY at8srerrea Ard IT :LT OHM V0 /90 /t0 02/07/03 FRI 10:53 FAX 2812928878 Alympyx 2h006 FEB -06 - 13:27 FROM:OZARK MTN Ct7NSTRlIC 5017640994 TO:2e1292987B P. • • • RE: Barton Hill Tank, Round Rock, Texas Ozark Mountain Construction plans to use the following subcontractor : Construction Specialists of Central Texas, Inc. 384 Logan Ranch Road Georgetown, Texas 78626 Contact Person: John Krog Phone: 512- 930 -9373 Scope of Work: Site grading and installation of asphalt road. 02/07/03 FRI 10:53 FAX 2812928878 AlYmpYx 02/07/2003 09:47 2547933044 op/Op/43 FED 17:14 FAX 2812988878 Alsepsx TMORALESC0 PAGE 02 • BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS 003 MINIMUM REQt REMENTS: Bidder shall have a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience as a construction company with a bonding capacity of at least $5,000,000. Bidder and subcontractors shall have substantial experience in the construction of composite water storage tanks. Tank manufacturer shall have their own fabricating plant and have designed, fabricated and erected a minimum of five (5) composite elevated storage tanks of equal or greater capacity, all in satisfactory operation for at least 5 years. Bidder shall complete the following questionnaire and submit additional information. The Bidder shall possess the knowledge, skill, training, and experience necessary and required to perform the work fully, properly, safely, and in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances, roles, regulations, standards and lawful orders, including without limitation those relating to the environment, health, safety, and labor. The Owner will evaluate bidder's qualifications to perform the work described herein based on the information from the bidder, and, if solicited bytbe Owner, the comments of parties who are familiar With the bidders role and performance on selected past projects. The Owner, at his/her sole discretion. may reject the bid of any bidder if the Minimum Requirements are not met, based on the Owner's evaluation of the information submitted, or for the following reasons: - Bidder provided insufficient, inaccurate, or incomplete information concerning past projects. • Oueationaaire; 1. BidderName: T. Morales company. LLC 2. Years in business under present business name: 10 Year s 3. Attach a hat of all similar projects completed in the past five years by Bidder and appropriate subcontractors. Provide the name of the Owner and Engineer for each project and include the name and telephone number of a contact person for each organization. 4. Attach a list of current projects. Provide the name of the Owner and Eng nccr for each project and include the name and telephone number of the contact person for each organization. Indicate the total value of each contract and the value of the work remaining. 5. Volume of gross construction business during the last three years: 2002 $ $ ,3e1,000.00 2001 1 $1,652.000.00 2000 $ $1,235,000..00 6. What percent of annual volume involves water tank construction? 2% BD -19 1 1007 02/07/03 FRI 10:53 FAX 2812928878 Alympyx 1 008 02/07/2003 09:47 2547933044 TMORALESCO PAGE 03 • 7 • 0 2/ 0 1/03 WE» 17:14 FAX 2812928878 A171lPyx lI 004 Have you ever failed to complete ally work awarded to you? No x yes If yes, explain: 8. Are you presently involved in any litigation or lawsuits involving construction work of any type? No x Yes If yes, explain: 9. Has the company received an OSHA citation daring the most recent 12 months? If Yes, then bow many and for what? No x Yes _ If yet explain: 10. Has the company experienced lost time accidents during the most recent 12 months? If Yes, then describe each accident and amount of time lost. No Yes If yes, explain: 11. Identify the individuals you propose to serve in the following functions and list the project ano contract value of the most recent project they served in the same capacity on: Project Manager Randy M. Eldridge Previous Project: WCID #1 water Treatment Plant / $2,655,000.00 ProjectSupertnt ndent: Mike Hebert Previous Project: WCID #1 water Treatment Plant / $2,655,000.00 12. Idcntify year prinapal _njralNational Ban_IL2mmio e.. Tx Contact!erson: Wendell William Chairman Phone: 254- 774 -9308 13. Identifyyoarbondingcompany /agent: Ward Insurance / St. Paul Surety ContactPerson: Emily Mkeska, or John Ward Pbone: 254-771-5700 14. Identify the subcontractors you propose to utilize and the functions the subcontractors are planned to perform, including the name, address, telephone number and a brief description of their experience: T. Morales Company, LLC wil perform all required electrical and controls with our own forces. BD -20 x. IROratca .. unutp9ny, LLI. P..O. Box 859 O nce, Texas 76527 DESCRIPTION a LOCATION OF 1088 IN PROGRESS JOE NO. PROJECT START DATE PROJECT FINISH DATE CONTRACT PRICE 10,634,466 TOTAL BILLED TO DATE (INC. RET.) 4,746,186 FIRM CONTRACT J0AS (SEE DETAIL BELOW) COST + MARGIN JOBS (SEE DETAIL BELOW) 100,000 74,679 GRAM) TOTALS for ALL JOBS $10,734,466 $4,820,865 IIIRM CONTRACT JOBS DETAIL 155,000 155,000 Travis Cty MUD 4 Effluent Pond 2001001 02 -02 04-02 Ba arop Mcknionry Roughs Lift Station 2001002 02 -02 05 -02 19,588 19,588 Twin Creeks Raw Water Supply 2001003 02 -02 07 -02 121,329 121,329 Turk,RenPtunp Station 2001004 2001009 05-02 05-02 11,880 11,880 COA RTIJ Telelemetry 03 -02 07-02 238,315 234,931 WC1D#1 Bell COMM WTP 2001010 03 -02 06 -03 2,568,344 2.103,798 Travis Cty MUD 4 WTP 2001011 01 -02 11-02 243,750 240,065 Blvnas Salon 2002001 02.02 3 -02 9,500 9,500 _ Cedar Park OTPPhaseII 2002002 3 -02 3.03 753,885 662 TMC Mae Bldg 200203 4 -02 7 -02 144,000 144,000 WC/72 #J7 Rowed Mrn Pure" Station 2002004 4 -02 12 -02 152,743 146,802 Qu' and Road Pump Station 2002005 4 -02 4 -03 138,484 134,393 1-1 Bend PLC Replacement 200206 4 -02 5 -02 14,356 14,356 Wen aka I-Iigh School Lift Station 200207 4 -02 5 -02 23,987 23,987 Davis WTP Valve Replacement 200208 4-02 5 -02 299,623 299,623 Steiner Ranch Pump Station 200209 6 -02 6 -03 168,500 24,517 Mcxia WWTP 200210 6-02 8 -03 707,800 28,275 Gagetown WTP Expansion 200211 6 -02 7-03 505,800 25,322 Georgetown RWI 200212 6 -02 7 -03 420,000 34,000 Rauud Rock WTP 200213 9 -02 12-03 1,305,105 147,020 Bono WWTP 200214 9-02 9 -03 177,977 2,750 sm pLa WTP 200215 9-02 12 -03 1,348,200 109,725 . Camp Swift WTP 200216 10-02 10-03 181,500 27,940 Plugerville Pilot WTP 200217 10 -02 12 -02 24,600 24,600 Rivitaa lift Station Cedar Park 200218 11 -02 12-03 184,500 0 360 Generator Upgrade 200219 11 -02 12 -03 159,200 0 AR 1)avis Water Treatment Plant 200220 11-02 12 -03 330,000 0 Round Rork West Water Treatment Plant 200221 11.02 12 -03 226,500 0 02/07/03 FRI 10:54 FAX 2812928878 02/07/2003 09:47 2547933044 Alynlpyx THORALESCO PAGE 04 1j0os T. Morales Company, LLC F.,O. Box 859 Florence, Texas 76527 DESCRIPTION & LOCATION OP 1089 IN PROOELES9 , 10B NO. PROJECT START DATE PROIRCT FINISH DATE CONTRACT PRICE TOTAL BILLED TO DATE (INC. KT.) COST + MARGIN JOBS DICTA MISC SERVICE WORK, 2002 2002500 01-02 12 -02 100,000 74,679 NIISC SMALL CONTRACTS ($BP DBTAXL BELOW) TOTALS for T & M JOBS S100,000 $74,679 MISCELLANEOUS SMALL CONTRACTS DETAIL TOTALS for MISCELLANEOUS SMALL. CONTRACTS SO s0 02/07/03 FRI 10:54 FAX 2812928878 02/07/200 09:47 2547933044 Alympyx TMDRALESCO PAGE 05 'I010 \LS FOR FIRM CONTRACT JOBS 1 $10,634,466 $4,746,186 • * BONDED PROJF,C7S SHOWN BOLL) AND ITALICIZED. APPROXIMATE BACKLOG PERIOD END BONDED PORTION OF BACKLOG @ PERIOD END UNBONDED PORTION OF BACKLOG (4 PERIOD END 55,913,601 $3,117, 347 $2,796,254 • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 ULF STATES Protective Coatings, Inc. QUALIFICATION STATEMENT GULF STATES PAGE 13 STATEMENT OF BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS WORK IN PROGRESS SCHEDULE • COMPLETED PROJECTS, CASE HISTORIES RESUMES OF KEY PERSONNEL CURRENT FINANCIALS EQUIPMENT ON HAND 201 NORTH 18TH STREET LA PORTE, TEXAS 77571 PHONE: (281) 842 -7319 FAX: (281) 842 -7309 E -MAIL: gBpci ®awl .net • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 Financial References: Bonding: By: GULF STATES PAGE 14 STATEMENT OF BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS Date Organized: Type of Work Performed: Completed Projects: Work in Progress: Major Equipment Available: Resumes of Key Personnel: Jane 0. McKenzie, President November 2, 1989 Ground Storage and Elevated Tank Rehabilitation / Municipal Water Plant Construction and Repair / Abrasive Blasting / Welding and Fabrication / Protective Coating Applications(s) See Attached Schedule See Attached Schedule See Attached Schedule See Attached Schedule McNeely & Assoc., C.P.A. P.O. Box.5369 Galveston, Texas 77554 409/737 -1711 Mr. Mike Wisner Moody National Bank P.O. Box 1139 Galveston, Texas 77550 409/765 -5200 Mountbatten Surety Company, Inc. c/o Southern American Insurance Company 11823 Schmidt Road Cypress, Texas 77429 281/890 -9294, Al McClure Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc., its Principals, and Officers have never failed to complete work awarded, nor defaulted on any contract. The undersigned hereby authorizes and request any person, firm, or Corporation to furnish any information requested by the in verification ofthe recitals comprising this "Statement of Bidders Qualifications ". Date: = 1�aoh+`y 31 2403 02/03/2003 11:13 2018427305 GULF STATES PAGE 15 GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATINGS, INC. • WORK IN PROGRESS SCHEDULE YEAR 2003 Start Complete Contract Percent Remaining Jo No. googgILWItgang ,fig Date MM.! en C.o, b c1' 01 -181 C.B.& L- Water, Short, Texas Jan-03 Mar-03 $ 188,500.00 0% $ 186,500.00 01 -199 City of Friendswood, Texas Feb-02 Feb-03 $ 417,050.00 32% $ 134,900.00 02 -132 Caldwell- LaGrulla, Texas Mar-03 Apr -03 $ 50,750.00 0% 5 50,750.00 02 -136 Caldwell - Jacksonville, Texas Jan-03 Mar-03 $ 119,900.00 0% $ 119,900.00 02 -155 Village of Guttman, La. Feb.03 Mar-03 $ 84,390.00 0% $ 64,390.00 02 -157 Caldwell- St.Gabriel, La. Feb-03 Mar-03 $ 106,000.00 0% 5 106,000.00 02 -165 Caldwell- Diversified, Cov., La. Feb-03 Mar-03 $ 83,875.00 0% $ 83,675.00 02 -166 Caldwell-Oitton, Texas Feb-03 Mar-03 5 24,455.00 0% 5 24,455.00 02 -168 C8& I - El Paso Utilities Feb-03 Apr-03 5 158,805.00 0% $ 158,805.00 02 -186 City of Pasadena, Texas Sap-02 Apr-03 $ 584,000.00 25% $ 448,441.00 02 -190 Caldwell - Corbett W.S.C. Jan-03 Feb03 $ 42,850.00 0% $ 42,850.00 02 -201 Caldwell - City of Anson, Tex. Mar -03 Apr -03 $ 72,215.00 0% $ 72,215.00 02-205 Galveston County WCID #1 Oct-02 Jan-03 $ 239,800.00 27% $ 174,459.00 02-208 Caldwell - Rosharon, Texas Feb-03 Mar -03 5 54,400.00 0% $ 54,400.00 02 -209 Caldwell - St. Martin Pariah Mar-03 Apr -03 $ 89,000.00 0% $ 89,000.00 02-210 Clear Lake City 43 Oat-02 Dec.02 $ 150,350.00 25% $ 119,257.75 02 -214 City of Shatz, Texas Oct-02 Mar -03 $ 271,950.00 44% 5 180,610.00 02 -219 CB&I - Rockwall, Texas Oct-03 Jan-04 $ 194,740.00 0% $ 194,740.00 02.222 Fem Bluff, MUD, RndRodk, Tx. Nov-02 Fab-03 $ 237,000.00 0% S 237,000.00 02 -227 Caldwell - Moulton, Texas Apr -03 Jun -03 $ 114,700.00 0% $ 114,700.00 • 02 -228 Caldwell - Sebastian, Texas May-03 Jun-03 $ 37,905.00 0% $ 37,905.00 02-229 Timber Lane Utility District Dec-02 Feb03 $ 168,300.00 0% $ 188,300.00 02 -230 Caldwell - Universal City, Tex. Oct-03 Dec-03 5 105,000.00 0% $ 105,000.00 02 -231 City of Jersey Village, Texa $ 178,000,00 0% $ 178,000.00 02 -232 Univ.Tex: Ft Davis Obasrv. Jan-03 Mar-03 5 83,000.00 0% $ 83,000.00 02 -237 City of Del Rlo, Texas Jan-03 Mar-03 5 474,050.00 0% $ 474,050.00 02 -239 West Manorial M.U.D. Dec-02 Mar-03 $ 126,730.00 0% $ 128,730.00 02 -242 City of Round Rock, Texas Nov.02 Feb-03 $ 366.900.00 14% $ 316,265.00 02 -244 McGuire Iron -City of Sealy. Tx. May-03 Jul-03 5 60,800.00 0% $ 60,600.00 02 -245 Texas Parka & Wildlife Jan-03 Feb-03 $ 51,000.00 0% $ 51,000.00 03-101 Advance - Wickes Arkansas Jan-03 Mar -03 $ 151,060,00 0% $ 151',060.00 03-102 Caldwell - Murfreesboro, Ark. May-03 Jul-03 $ 85,500.00 0% $ 85,500.00 03-103 Advance - Rogers, Arkansas May Aug-03 $ 328,900.00 0% 5 326,900.00 03-105 Avoyelles Corr.Centr., La Feb-03 Mar -03 $ 33,500.00 0% § 33,500.00 03 -109 Lumberton, Tex. MUD Feb-03 May -03 $ 193,000.00 0% $ 193,000.00 • Work Under Contract: As of Jan-03 Total Work to be Completed: Work Completed 2002 on currant contracts: Total - Year To Date: " Notice of Award Low Bid - Award Pending $ 5,672,975.00 $ 5,005,858.00 $ 887,117.00 $ 5,672,975.00 G ULF-STATES Protective Coatings, Inc. • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 16 March 15, 2002 Re: Standard Qualification Statement We (G.S.P.C.I) or the following information in regards to our qualifications: 1. Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. was incorporated in the fall of 1989. 2. Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. currently has eleven (1 1) ground storage tanks and thirteen (13) elevated water storage tanks under contract ranging from 500,000 gallons to 2,200,000 gallons. Gulf States Protective Coatings completed twenty two (22) ground storage tanks and fourteen (14) elevated storage tanks during 2001, ranging from 100,000 gallons to 2,000,000 gallons. All of these tanks have been for municipal and State University water systems. 3. Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. through a stock owned Company, has been successfully removing, containing and controlling lead -based paints for a minimum of seven (7) years. Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. is a licensed lead abatement Company in the State of Louisiana See attached Contractors License. 4. All personnel involved in the removal of lead -based paint have at least one (1) year experience in lead paint removal. See attached qualification statement, resumes. 5. Company history information and a current financial statement are enclosed. 6. Project history including project description, owner and project engineer, including names and telephone numbers of representatives of the Owner and Engineer who are familiar with the projects are attached. We are enclosing an executed Qualification Statement, with attachments. 201 NORTH 18" STREET LA PORTE, TEXAS 77571 PHONE: (281) 842 -7319 FAX: (281) 842 -7309 E -MAIL: gapei @evl.net The work experience of the key individuals employed by Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc., is detailed on the resume portion of the qualification statement • • 02/03/2003 11 :13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 17 Our General Superintendents are Mr. Bernie Burns and Mr. William Patterson. Mr. Burns has twenty seven (27) years experience constructing, rehabilitating and repainting elevated and ground storage water tanks including employment with Chicago Bridge and Iron Company, Phoenix Tank Company, Pittsburg Tank Company and Caldwell Tank Company. Mr. Patterson has twenty (20) plus years rehabilitating and repainting ground storage and elevated water tanks Additional references for recently completed work would be as follows_ G.S.P.C_I. has recently completed rehabilitation on three ground storage tanks for the City of LaPorte. Texas. The contract stipulated completion within 105 calendar days. G_S.P.C.I. completed all three tanks and returned them to service in 55 days. The contact reference for the work is — Mr. Ray Mayo Water Production Dept City of LaPorte, Texas Phone (281) 867 -0892 G.S.P.C_I. is currently rehabilitating a 200,000 gallon elevated pedestal tank for the City of LaPorte, Texas. G_S.P.C.I. has recently completed the rehabilitation and repainting of a 100,000 gallon elevated water tank for Orange County WCID No. 2, in Orange, Texas. The contract references for this work would be — Mr. Jeffrey G. Beaver, P.E. Vice President Schaumberg & Polk, Inc. 8838 College Street, Suite 100 Beaumont, Texas 77707 Phone (409) 866 -0341 The inspector for the Orange County WCID No. 2, tank rehabilitation and repainting is: Mr. Jimmy D. Dunham, P.E. Water Tank Consulting Engineer 13141 Hill Road College Station, Texas 77845 Phone (979) 690-6555 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 18 • G.S.P.C.I. has recently completed the rehabilitation and repainting of a 300,000 gallon elevated water storage tank for the City of Richmond, Texas. The contact/reference for this work is — • Mr. James H. Schuma, P.E., Inc. 405 Liberty Street Richmond, Texas 77406 Phone (281) 342 -6836 We (G.S.P.C.I.) have recently completed the rehabilitation (with major structural repairs) and repainting of three 500,000 gallon ground water storage tanks. The contract was completed ahead of schedule and under budget. The contract/reference for the work is — Mr. John Stewart, Project Administrator City of Texas City, Texas Public Work Department 301 — 6 Street North, 2" Floor Texas City, Texas 77592 -2608 Phone (409) 643 -5810 We have recently completed a project for the complete rehabilitation and repainting of an elevated water sphere, bunt in 1950, for the Southeast Louisiana Hospital, State of Louisiana. Of interest in the performance of this project, we had to design, install and • operate a "by- pass" water system with a temporary 15,000 gallon hydro tank to support the hospital for the three months that the elevated tank was out of service. The contract/reference for the work is — Mr. Cecil Ruiz, Maintenance Mgr. Southeast Louisiana Hospital Hwy 190 East Mandeville, Louisiana 70448 Phone(504) 626 -6314 We are enclosing a "construction schedule" detailing work that we have completed this fiscal year and work that we have in progress. We would be happy to provide the names of additional City/Municipal representative and /or Engineering/Inspection firms. We (G.S.P.C.I.) are also enclosing "pre- approved qualification letters" from a few major municipalities in Texas to aid you in your qualification. I believe that we have flunished all oldie information requested. If you have any questions and/or if we may be of further service in any capacity, please advise. We look forward to working with you on this project. Sincerely, GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATINGS, INC. Mike Fowler, Director Safety and Regulatory Compliance • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 19 1 Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 201 N. 16 Street La Porte, TX 77511 Phone: 281 - 842 -7319 Fan: 281 -842 -7309 KEY PERSONNEL RESUMES Jane O. McKenzie President Certified SSPC -C3, Competent Person Qualifying Party: Louisiana Contractors License Business Law Abrasive Blasting and Painting, Commercial & Industrial Lead Abatement Principal. Administrator /President - Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 1987 Present Has led the company from its conception with two blasting and painting crews to its current state of eighteen crews capable of blasting, painting and shrouding ground storage tanks up to 10 million gallons and elevated storage tanks up to 3 million gallons. Travis R. McKenzie Vice President C.D.OJCorporate Secretary Certified SSPC - C3, Competent Person; OSHA Safety Training • Vice President, C.0.0.1 Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 2000 Present Directs operation for the entire company. Has been leading contract services since 1980, overseeing performance in executing contracts for oil and gas companies. Projects involved abrasive blasting, painting, welding and fabrication for onshore and offshore structures and plants. Expanded company to include municipal water plants and began to specialize in ground storage and elevated water tank construction and rehabilitation. Sustaining .member of NACE since 1966. Has managed numerous projects involving lead abatement. Mike Fowler General Manager Certified SSPC -C3, Competent Person 24 hour OSHA Safety Training NACE Level 1 Certified Carboline Polibrid Applicator Qualifying Party: Louisiana Contractor's License Mississippi Contractor's License Arkansas Contractor's License Business Law Lead Abatement Education: Graduated ITT Tech. Inst.- Associates Decree C.A.D. Technology 1992 General Manager /Gulf Stares Protective Coatings, Inc. 2000 Present 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 20 Has overseen the expansion oldie company since it was opened and has successfully fueled its growth by putting together experienced blasting and painting crews. Directs day - to-day operations including safety, coordination of work, scheduling equipment and quality control. Maintains constant communication with facility owners and owner's representatives to insure work exceeds owner's expectations. Director of Safety and Compliance 1998 -2000 Created safety program. Responsible for project submittals and maintaining compliance with specifications and regulations. Maintained certifications as required by various agencies and regulations including OSI-IA and TNRCC/TCEQ. Managed lead abatement projects. William Patterson Certified SSPC -C3 Competent Person NACE Levels 1 & 2 Coatings Inspection Certified Carboline Polibrid Applicator Has directly managed over thirteen multi-tank projects to date with Gulf States and is supervising three crews at any given time. Has developed a reputation within the company, with owners and general contractors for the quality of work completed and his vast field experience as it pertains to welding repairs, blasting, painting and shrouding complex elevated and ground storage tanks. Over 24 years experience in storage vessel construction, repair and rehabilitation including lead abatement and remediation. Burnie Bums Certified SSPC -C3 Competent Person Certified Welder/Welding Inspector Over 25 years experience in water storage tank construction and repair. Has worked for some of the most respected tank builders including PDM (now CB&I), Phoenix, Pittsburg and Advance. Oversees field welding operations as well as in -house fabrication of various tank appurtenances. Recognized throughout the industry for quality welding _ production. Considerable experience in water storage tank rehabilitation including lead abatement and remediation. Robert Tyson Project Superintendent Certified SSPC -C3 Competent Person 2000 - Present Certified Welder Over 35 years experience in abrasive blasting and painting ground storage and elevated water tanks for both new construction and rehabilitation projects. Has managed several lead -based paint abatement and remediation projects. Marvin Ray Tyson Project Superintendent Certified SSPC -C3 Competent Person 2000- Present • Certified Carboline Polibrid Applicator 2 General Superintendent 2001 - Present General Superintendent 2001- Present • 02/03/2003 11:13 2018427309 GULF STATES PAGE 21 • 21 years experience in blasting and painting projects for both ground storage and elevated water tanks. Has been praised for both the quality of work completed and the expeditious manner in which the scope of work is executed. Tevita Moeakiols Job Superintendent Certified SSPC -C3 Competent Person 2001- Present 25 years experience blasting and painting ground storage and elevated water tanks. Has previously overseen several Iead abatement projects. Training and experience in de- leading industrial structures including potable water tanks. Slone Moeakiola Job Superintendent Certified SSPC -C3 Competent Person 2001- Present 20 years experience in tank construction and repair as it relates to abrasive blasting and painting ground storage and elevated water tanks. Considerable experience in shrouding complex elevated tanks and structures. Training and experience in de- leading industrial structures including potable water tanks. Slone Saafi Job Superintendent 30 years experience managing abrasive blasting and painting crews for municipal water plant projects. Considerable experience in shrouding complex elevated tanks and structures. Training and experience in de- leading industrial structures including potable water tanks. Michael Davis Job Superintendent 16 years experience in abrasive blasting, painting and inspection of ground storage and elevated water tanks. Considerable experience in managing blasting and painting crews. Chris Berumen Project Manager Certified SSPC -C3, Competent Person Certified Carboline Polibrid Applicator 2 years experience with coatings application. Specializing in plural-component. 100% solid potable water linings and secondary containment. Responsibilities include project management and quality control through job site visits. 3 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 Letter of Good Standing THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TRAVIS Form 05 - 99/41 GULF STATES TotAs Conrrriou.ER'or PusuC Accour!rs CAROLE ne!TOn MAMMA - CO 1PIROLLCR - AU511n, TEXAS 79774 I, Carole Keeton Rylander, Comptroller of Public Accounts of the State of Texas, DO HERESY CERTIFY that according to the records of this office GIVEN UNDER MX NAND AND SEAL Or OFFICE in the City of Austin, this 12th day of August, 2002 A.D. CAROLE KEETON RYLANDER Comptroller of Public Accounts Taxpayer number: 17211824878 File number: 0154180800 August 12, 2002 CERTIFICATE ojj6CCOt3NT STATUS GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATINGS INC is, as of this date, in good standing with this office having no franchise tax reports or payments due at this time. This certificate is valid through the date that the next franchise tax report will be due May 15, 2003. This certificate is valid for the purpose of conversion when the converted entity is subject to franchise tax as required by law. This certificate is not valid for the purpose of dissolution, merger or withdrawal. PAGE 22 Page 1 of 1 http: / /ecpa.cpa. state. tx_ us/ coa /setvlet/cpa.app.coa.CoaLetter 8/12/02 • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 • March 20, 2002 ATTN MS JANE 0 McKENZIE GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATING INC 201 NORTH 16 ST LA PORTE TX 77571 RE: PREQUALIFICATION TO BID CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS Dear Ms. McKenzie: FORT T�H GULF STATES PAGE 23 Thank you for your submittal of information and data toward prcqualification to perform our work. We are pleased to advise you that your prequalitication for Tank Painting/ Repainting & Repair projects has been finalized and a bid limit of 52,351,710.00 has been established for your organization based on the tinancial data submitted. Prequalification and bid limit established above will remain current through 4/30/03, which is fifteen (16) months from the date of the most recent financial statement received, unless rescinded for cause. Should you desire prequalitication in the future beyond the date specified, submittal of updated tinancial data will be necessary for this department to establish a new bid limit. Please be advised that the plans and documents for the work to be performed by your company must be submitted to and approved by the City of Fort Worth Water Department, We appreciate your interest in our work and should you have some question in this or other matters within our purview. please do not hesitate to contact this office. Yours very truly, „ '1 4M S. Frank Crumb, P. E. Assistant Director cc: File WATER DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING SERVICES THE CITY OF FORT WORTH * 1801 THROCKmoRT0N SNOW' { FoRT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 871 * FAx (817) 871 -8195 L'. Pr,,i.a ,..yd.d nn� 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 • rOreenville • • January 2, 2002 Ms. Jane O. McKenzie. President Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 201 North 16`' Street La Porte, Texas 77571 Dear Ms. McKenzie: I wanted to include a separate letter commending Modesto Perez. 1 enjoyed working with both Bob Tyson and Modesto_ Modesto really worked hard on the Webb Street tower and I feel he went beyond normal expectations. He tried to make sure 1 was satisfied with his work on a regular basis and I appreciated his efforts. Sincerely, Larry Olson, Superintendent Greenville Water Treatment Plant 2821 Washington ytreet P.O. Box 1049 Greerwille.'Texas 75403.1049 GULF STATES PAGE 24 903457 3100 903 -457.3157 fax 903450.1492 metro • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2810427309 GULF STATES �I= KimlayHorn • and Associates, Inc. August 4, 2000 Wiz Mall & Facsimile # 281 -842 -7309 Jane McKenzie Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 201 N. 16 Street La Porte, TX 77571 Re: White Settlement, TX Repair & Repainting of Existing Ground Storage Tanks KHA No. 061040005 • Dear Ms. McKenzie: Thank you for your interest in the White Settlement project and for the prequalifiation information you provided. According to the information you provided, Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. has fulfilled the requirements and is prequalified to bid on this project. Please call if you have any questions. Very truly youra, KIMLEY -HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Jeff James, P.E. RIJ /LK L:tmj en,FI nm,aamntmr.,m ■ TEL 817 335 8511 MET 817 658 8158 FAX 817 935 5370 PAGE 25 • 3811, 1100 608 Cneny Street Fat Wont, Texas 78102.8803 Kimley -Horn • .,. . and Associates, Inc. • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 August 14, 2001 Via Mail & Facsimile # 281 442 -7309 Jane McKenzie Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 201 N. 16t Street La Porte, TX 77571 Re: Everman, TX Repair ■ Repainting of the Existing 0.75 MG Elevated and 1.2 MG Ground Storage Tanks KHA No. 061093000 Dear Ms. McKenzie: Thank you for your interest in the Everman project and for the prequaIi6ation information you provided. According to the information you provided, Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. has fulfilled the requirements and is prequalified to bid on this project. Please call if you have any questions. Very truly yours, KIMLEY -HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. Cole Webb, P.E. FCW:jlc P:1ee10C3. W UbYlUUlfe.dx • TEL 617 395 6511 MET 817 054 4266 FAX 817 336 5070 GULF STATES PAGE 26 • Sidle 1500 601 Chenry Street Fart north, Texas 76102.6808 SSPC the society for protective coatings CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION J ane Otemaa McKenzie • • Director of Society Operations Presider! Coral Springs, FL Location has successfully completed the course and exam C -3 Supervisor /Competent Person Training for Deleading of industrial Structures and is awarded Stan Liang 3.2 Continuing Education Units Chris Lovelace Instnulor(s) June 5 -8, 2000 Course Dates • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 JI:L. -20 00ITH1:1 OB 45 • MNB M..dy aUsm1Rantda JILL K, MALL VCeL .RR.sn W.r o-Nrtm July 20. 2000 To Whom it May Concern: Sincerely, 3111K. Hall Vice President MAIN OFFICE MOS CA WN, TMr TMSE I.NI?N•D4% GULF STATES MOODY NATIONAL BANK TEL 2SI 461 6011 Our customer. Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. maintains a commercial checking account with Moody National Bank that opened in June of this year with an average balance of low five (5) figures. Moody National Bank has approved a credit facility for Gulf Stites Protective Coating. Inc. of up to fi750 If you have any further questions. please contact the undersigned at (281)461 -9920 Ext. N6170. NORTH COUNTY we N.•11 LAq.. C. Tar 77612 ICED seta.= BRANCH OFFICES MEAT aLLYELTON WNOYEI WEST LA MM em ]COON MOM OF.N LADE PAGE 28 P. 002 • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 29 Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. 201 N. 16 Street LaPorte, Texas 77571 281 -842 -7319 Fax 281 -842 -7309 Commercial Account References Harry's Pump Service 402 Center Deer Park, Texas 77536 281 - 479 -4060 Fax 281- 479 -3834 Taemec Company, Inc. P.O. Box 931518 Kansas City, MO 64193 -1518 816 -483 -3400 Fax 816 -483 -3401 Sand Express P.O. Box 487 Columbus, Texas 78934 800 - 460 -8210 Fax 979- 732 -8295 Steel Supply P.O. Box 200979 Houston, Texas 77216 -0979 713 - 991 -7600 Fax 713 -991 -0022 Fischer's Hardware 1012 S. Broadway La Porte, Texas 77571 281 -470 -0171 Fax 281- 842 -7630 Moody National Bank P.O. Box 1139 Galveston Texas 77553 -1 139 281 -461 -9920 Fax 409- 762 -2375 Account 43030000297 Authority is granted to any of the above to release credit information regarding Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. % ~ `I .lane O. McKenzie, Presi Date • • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES EQUIPMENT BY CLASS TRAILERS 16' UTILITY TILT TRAILER 16' UTILITY STRAIT TRAILER 24' UTILITY COVERED CARGO TRAILER 12' UTLITY STRAIT TRAILER 32' GOOSENECK TRAILER (RATED AT 28,000# GVW TANDEM TRAILER) Our fleet of trailers reduces mobilization and demobilization time BLAST POTS 6 BAG BLAST POTS 8 TON TRAILER MOUNTED CANNED SANDS 6 TON TRAILER MOUNTED CANNED SANDS 6 TON TOW SKID CANNED SANDS 34 TON BULK SAND HOPPER Large inventory of blasting equipment alleviates job -site inconveniences for adjacent businesses and residences by reducing blasting time PUMPS 30:1 AIRLESS SPRAY PUMPS 45:1 AIRLESS SPRAY PUMPS 56:1 AIRLESS SPRAY PUMPS PLURAL COMPONENT PUMP CONVENTIONAL SPRAY POTS Ability to spray longer life 100% solids NSF approved interior linings and secondary containment materials TUGGERS 6 TON MR TUGGER 5 TON AIR TUGGER 4 TON AIR TUGGERS 3 TON AIR TUGGERS 1 TON AIR TUGGERS PAGE 30 • • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 31 AIR COMPRESSORS 825 CFM AIR COMPRESSOR 375 CFM AIR COMPRESSOR 185 CFM AIR COMPRESSOR WELDING MACHINES /GENERATORS MILLER BOBCAT GAS WELDING UNITS GENTEC WELDING /CUTTING TOOL KIT YAMAHA EDF 5200 GAS GENERATOR STAGING & CLIMBERS 14 EA. SKY CLIMBERS 6 EA. POWER LIFT PLATFORMS Can handle multiple tank sites at once for time sensitive plant rehabilitation projects SCAFFOLDING 18 EA. SCAFFOLDING GROUPS Compliments our staging capacity and aides multiple plant projects CONTAINMENT 6EA. CONTAINMENT GROUPS Can handle up to 3 million gallon elevated tanks or 10 million gallon ground storage tanks PRESSURE WASH/ HYDRO BLAST PUMPS 2100 psi POWERWASH UNITS 4000 psi HYDROBLAST UNIT POWER TOOL ABRADING EQUIPMENT SHROUDED RIGHT ANGLE GRINDER WITH VACUUM UNIT Vacuum unit allows for dust free power tool cleaning without shrouding HYDRO- PNUEMATIC TANKS 15,000 GALLON HYDRO - PNUEMATIC TANK 66,000 GALLON BOLTED STEEL GROUND STORAGE TANK Maintains pressure for installing bypass systems for hydro tank replacement or large capacity ground and elevated storage tank rehabilitation projects • • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 32 ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT 6 EA. TSP AIR SAMPLERS CALIBRATION UNIT CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR 4 EA. PERSONNEL AIR MONITORS 3 EA. SELF - CONTAINED LEAD DECONTAMINATION TRAILERS Gulf States Protective Coatings carefully monitors all job -site environmental conditions to ensure personnel safety and proper application setting • 1 • 02/03/2983 11:13 2818427309 2 3 PAINTING CONTRACTOR QUESTIONNAIRE 4 p l Co ' 5 Contactor Name: { r l '57 L ) D S~ L 111 C' `- �4 wf , (..•• • 6 Address: x171 l lam'` ^ cE� 7 Lit- kA I F% 7571 8 Telepbonc: (9- 4t 4 z- Z 19 9 Coamct U\S [ el'∎2-1 10 11 INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR: LIST EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO BE ASSIGNED TO 12" TIES PROJECT IF YOU ARE TFlE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER. 13 14 1. COMPRESSED AIR 15 A. Air Compressors 16 1. Manufacturer 14 a ET roll 4 a :] 17 Type: Screw ✓ Piston Rotary 18 Flow Rate g ZS CFM Pressure l 2-. PSI 19 Bow Many 0 4a (1) • 20 2. Mamrfaatotes Tayer%a1.1 kA-aD 21 Type: Screw '' Piston Rotary 22 Flow Rate 11 5 CFM Pressure 1 ?- S PSI Row MaIIV 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Cr 7225 - 01 1 5 - 03ti B. Compressed Air Surge Tanks 1. Size I (e. GULF STATES PAGE 33 END OF SECTION 2. Size I Le Cu. Ft Cu. Ft (7.48 Gal =1.0 Cu Pt.) C. Compressed Air 011 Filsers I. Sae TA. Sq Ft of Filter Area 2. Size 'ri3 '31.% G. L 21 S2 Sq Ft of Filter Area 3. Size 31. Y (a L IA RSq. pt. of Filter Asw a Sin TO... (V fe i SZSq_ Ft. of Filter Area City of Round Rocs: Banos Hill Elevated Storage Tank • 2003 . Jsnusry 2003 GULF STATES PAGE 34 C. j a La k -t000 . J�otslr2rt 1 D. Compressed Aix Dryers itiE KW/a- How Many • oaC Cl) 3 Size I. MO am Design Flow Rate 4 _ /i /Jr BTU/fir. (12,000 BT WIlr. 1.0 Ton) 5 2. Desiccant Type f - flow Many /' ) 6 Size At 1 r Cubic Feet 7 8 E. Compressed Air Hose (p 52c.49. 04 s � 9 1. Length SO t Sink k Ft Dia %Z Inches 10 2. Length 4 4 Ft Dia NIA' Inches 11 3. Length 'l a. Ft. Dia �y� Inches 12 4. Length 3 / I 4 PL Ft. Dia * lathes 13 5 Length Al (P Ft Dia WA Inches 14 15 II. SAND BLAST EQUIPMENT 16 A. Sand Blast Hose 1 S Sc •A' l 5 r� 17 1. Length TO i X I 70 p S L' Ft, Dia Oct lathes 18 2. Length .4 / k F Dia h /4, Inches 19 3. Length of l4 Ft. Dia .4 ? 4 r Inches • 20 21 B_ Sand Blast No=les / 22 1. Size ` ( e. de Dia. Typo- vemtai. or saaieht: No Units: 1p 23 2. Size al I ee Inside Dia. Type - veanui or straight: No. Units: $ 1 4 24 3. Size .1 1 Inside Dia. Type. venaai or straight Na. Units: XI 1 It 25 4. Size nl I k Inside Dia. Typo- vai tai or straight No. Units: 4 1/6' 26 No/ C C. Sand Blast Peat- N9 8 1. size 11 TWA 4 0041I Pi. No. Units 1a n C1) 29 2_ Size (400"4- ed Cu. Ft Na. Unita l2a1.0 1 30 3. Size GIs. Ft Ne. Urdu 31 32 D. Dandling' Conceals -No. Units 33 34 E, Air Fed Sandblast Hoods - No Units 35 36 • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 0722_1-015413c, City of R0, n0 Rock Enamel Hill Elevated Storage Tank -2003 - Away 2009 09905- 12 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 35 • 1 111. COATNG OR PAINT APPLICATION EQUIPMENT 2 3 A Airless Paint Pumps / 4 1. Mfg (- -+`A-CD Ratio Cie 1 I Flow, 3.M ,GPM 5 2. Mfg. c— . J Ratio % .• 1 Flow 1 •'1 GPM 6 3. Mfg. Ratio Flow GPM 7 8 Amass Spray Gans 9 i. Mfg. ron►co S No Units 4 10 2. Mfg. No Lints 11 12 C. Pewee Paint Mixers I3' 1. Air Driven Propeller Type — No. Units 14 2. Paint Can Sbaker Type — No. Units 4 14 15 16 D. Air Spray Paint Pots 17 1. Size 2. Gal with Powo oiser? YFS o10 No. Units 2. 1 8 2. Sias Gal with Powermiser? ]"ES or NO No. Units 19 • 20 S. Aaperay Paint Guns 21 1. Mf . iNa4;1 s No Units 22 2. Mfg. . No Units 23 24 F. Solvent Vapor Respirators — No.Units kacsii :C3 fer eke StZG 25 26 IV, VENTILATORS 27 n 28 A. Type C 0 { 1 J S FAN or AIR HORN CFM 17 d 29 E. Type FAN or AIR HORN CFM 30 C. Type FAN or AIR HORN CFM 31 • 07225- 07543n Clry orR amd Rock Bnanen 3016le+amd Sump Tank -2003 - January 2003 0503 - 13 • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 GULF STATES PAGE 36 V. DENUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT • 1 2. 3 A. Mfg. C- k r�. +,oc.�� No. Units Unit Gp :cry 4 000 e. F.M. 4 B. Mfg. W 11. No. Units 4.t II, Unit Capacity Pi 1A 5 C. Mfg. 0 - 1 1 No. Units Al Pe Unit Capacity . Al ) 4- 6 7 V1_ VACUUM RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 8 9 A. hfie. _ a 1k N o. Units a . 1 4 g- Amt. OfRecovery/AL d f- 10 B. Mfg. � No. Ulna 1.) � 1 e- A OfRecovccylS'- 'l ( - 11 C. Mfg- k No. Units • Amt. OfReM9esyait. 11 / l- 12 13. VTI. PERSONNEL 14 �+ `` o -[ 15 A. Fore�t0 -Naive %2E At l 1 Rla R,lkl��i ur1; nl S l ' [atoieh rUUme) xr 16 B. iead>paa -Nnme I1 rti I• (attach resume) 17 C. Number or Sandblasters L i 18 D. Number of Comers t " 19 F. Number of Helpers Z • 20 21 VX. EXPERIENCE IN FAIT AND COATING FOR OTHER MUNICIPAL 22 WATER DISTRICTS. LIST PREVIOUS PAINT AND COATING JOBS. SHOW 23 MUN2C AL CONTACT NUMBER., NAME OF MUNICIPAL'S INSPECTORS) ON Z4 3013 AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS COATED. Sec vi -A'. QJ44 :. A S1 M.e- 25 07 :g•n7 3.1116 City err Rama Rile Banos 11111 Elevated Stamp Tack - 2003 - loamy 2003 09905 -1• 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 e0 /07 /415th 1i:11 [I51a477e7e Ir+t'ntL THE BARRY GROUP, l.l.C. IS! }I W moot. SUI Its. NOUSIOII, 1r 77O1a -]i7/ in 211 415.111)110 FNt tat 115.1010 •S :Nta11G11OU1 TEXAS • IM.EPIMDf N1 NiriiSEATNlr•i 01 INFIFI COM7.N7 I55.5102 • April 4' ", 2001 Mr Travis McKenzie Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc 201 N 16' Street La Porte, Texas 17571 Re. Capabilities & Experience in the use of Tnemec Coating Systems GULF STATES PAGE 37 rutx nt To Whom It May Concern: The Management and Personnel of Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc have extensive knowledge in Tnemec "High Performance Coatings" Gulf States Protective Coatings, inc has successfully completed dozens of projects using Tnemec Coatings. We at Tnemec have full confidence in their knowledge, application capabilities and familiarity with Tnemec Coating technologies. If you have any questions or need additional information regarding "Gulf Stases" and their coating capabilities, please do not hesitate to contact me. Sincerely G Grady Graves ��f • • 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 un,OOo mua THE BARRY GROUP, L.L.(. 6706 WI1O(7FSf DIM. SOI1l 027171. 71110. 77 75079 771 977 973.6666 761t 977 673.6611 11ROIMIOUI I7115 INO(flNOINI 1611(Sl Nflfltlf of August 8, 2001 GULF STATES This letter is to c onfirm that Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. is familiar with Tnemec products.. We would highly recommend Gulf States on any Tnemec project. Gulf States has experience applying many of Tnemec'S products and 1s currently in good standing with Tnemec Company, Inc. If you have any questions or need any more information, please do not hesitate to call. Sinceerre p , ranee Reed Tnemec -Texas Cc: Grady Graves PAGE 38 02/03/2003 11:13 013/31 /211n1 11!49 •art -I 117n 2816427309 ! 13bW44'44 S Friday. August 31, 2001 Travis McKenzie Gulf States Protective Coatings 201 N. 16th ST. La Porte, TX 77571 To Whom It May Concern: Please let this lever serve as confirmation that Gulf States Protective Coatings, Inc. has applied Carboline Co. products on many projects in the past, including several potable water projects. Carboline Co, has no hesitation in Selling material to Gulf Coast and has had satisfactory dealings with their organization in the past. Sincerely, Chris Berumen GULF STATES PAGE 39 K1L� 57+11 I H HA1at 19.1 aertoll 7. Oamp• wpi...tislir. oafs. 9660 Wool Wlngsel • SURD 140 I9 iml i, TX 79041 71 /992.120a Fax 7131899.1990 ISO 9000 Replsrerea Company 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 e1 20/2003 02:32 17134734510 • The Sherwin Williams Company Industrial and Marine Coatings Monday, January 20, 2003 Mr. Chris 9erumen GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATINGS, Inc. 201 North 18 St. La Porte, TX 77571 To Whom It May Concam: This letter is to recognize Gulf States Protective Coatings, is in good standing with The Sherwin - Williams Company. Gulf States Protective Coatings and Sherwin - Williams have worked together successfully on several projects • nation wide. Guff States Protective Coatings is approved to apply Dura -Plate UHS. This letter is however, not an endorsement. The Sherwin- Williams Company does not endorse contractors. The Sherwin - Williams Company does fully stand behind all of our products, I hope this letter is helpful. If you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact me at (832) 549 -8842. Sincerely, /4 Trey Collier industrial and Marine Specialist The Sherwin Williams Company 10132 Buxton Houston, TX 77017 GULF STATES SHERWIN WILLIAMS PAGE 40 PAGE 02 02/03/2003 11:13 2818427309 Historically Underutilized Business Certification and Compliance Program CertificateNlD Number: 3200393509800 File /Vendor Number: 16419 Date of Approve: 07126/2002 Expiration Date: 07126/2004 faft Zrxas GULF STATES The Texas Building & Procurement Commission (TBPC) hereby certifies that • GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATINGS, INC. has successfully met the established requirements of the State of Texas Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Certification and Compliance Program to be recognized as a HUB. This certificate, printed 08/05102 supersedes any registration and certificate previously issued by the T$PC's HUB Certification and Compliance Program. If there are any changes regarding the information (i.e., business structure, ownership, day -to -day management, operational control, addresses, phone and fax numbers or authorized signatures) provided in the submission of the business' application for HUB certification with the TBPC, you must immediately (within 30 days of such changes) notify the TBPC's HUB Certification and Compliance Program in writing. The Commission reserves the right to conduct a compliance review at any time to confirm HUB eligibility. HUB certification may be suspended or revoked upon findings of ineligibility. PAGE 41 Paul A. Gibson, Supervisor HUB Certification & Compliance Texas Building & Procurement Commission (512) 305-9071 Note: In order for State agencies and institutions of higher education (universities) to be credited for utilizing this business as a HUB, they must award payment under the Certificate /VID Number identified above. Agencies and universities are encouraged to validate HUB certification prior to issuing a notice of award by accessing the Internet (http: /lwww.TBPC.state.ts.us/) of by contacting the TBPC's HUB Certification and Compliance Program at (888) 863-5881 or (512) 463 -5872. Small, Minority, Women Business Enterprise (SIM/WBE) Program has filed the appropriate affidavit with the South Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (SCTRCA) and is hereby certified, in accordance with SCTRCA Standards, as a SBE WEE This Certification Certificate must be updated annually by submission of a Compliance Affidavit. You are required to notify the SCTRCA within 30 days of any change in circumstances affecting your ability to meet size, minority /woman status, ownership, or control requirements and any material change in the information provided in the submission of the business' application for S/M/WBE certification. Certified in the following work categories: North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code(s): Water Supply and Irrigation Systems Other Heavy Construction Service Establishment Equipment and Supplies Wholesalers City of Austin Department of Small and Minority Business Resources certifies that GULF STATES PROTECTIVE COATINGS INC meets all the criteria established by City Ordinance #950713-D as amended, and so is duly registered as a Wnroan - Owned Business Enterprise, to do business with the City of Austin and its agents as such. This Certification is valid for three years. A„ Kstri: r ‘ - =� ) Lawson, Deputy Director epartment of Small and Minority Business Resources July 10, 2005 Expiration Date • To: • NOTICE OF AWARD Mr. Chris Martell CB &I Constructors, Inc. 27351 Blueberry Hill #35 Houston, Texas 77385 Project Description: City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 The OWNER has considered the Bid submitted by you for the above - described Work in response to its Notice to Bidders. You are hereby notified that your Base Bid in the amount of $2,753,000 for constructing a 2.7 -MG composite elevated storage tank was accepted by the City of Round Rock City Council at their March 6, 2003 meeting. After the Notice to Proceed is issued, you are to have the tank substantially complete within 420 days and ready for final payment within 480 days. Please indicate your acknowledgement of this notice by returning a signed copy. This Notice of Award is accompanied by five (5) copies of the unsigned Post Bid Documents. Please sign (but do not date) the Agreements and return them to HDR Engineering, Inc., Attn: Mr. Troy St.Tours, as soon as possible. The Owner will date the Agreement at the time of execution. You are also required by Article 3 of the General Conditions to furnish the CONTRACTOR'S Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and Certificates of Insurance. Please return five (5) executed originals of each document with the signed agreements. Note that Section 6.0 Special Conditions requires you to submit a Warranty Bond prior to final payment by the OWNER. The Bonds will become contract documents between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for other pertinent information relating to insurance. The Certificate of Insurance form included with Section 4.0 Post Bid Documents must be used. Alternative insurance certificate formats will not be accepted. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said bonds and other required documents within ten (10) days from the date of Notification of Award, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. In addition to the items described above, you are required to submit a critical path construction schedule and a schedule of values within 10 days of this notice and to submit a schedule of shop drawings /submittals within 15 days of the Notice to Proceed. Dated March 14, 2003. CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS OWNER ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged on this, the 2 '— day • of MA /2._ Oil , 2003. By: Title: BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER CHRIS J. MARTELL • • 3.0 GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION REPORT • • FUGRO SOUTH, INC. • • HDR Engineering, Inc. 2211 South IH -35 Suite 300, Forum Park Austin, Texas 78741 Attention: Mr. Richard A. Shoemaker, P.E. The purpose of this letter is to provide an alternative foundation depth and associated net allowable bearing pressure for the elevated tanks. A net allowable bearing pressure of 5,000 psf may be used for design of the circular shaped spread. footings or mat foundations founded on the tan and gray lean clay at a depth of at least 11 ft below the existing and final ground surface. The allowable net bearing pressure given includes a factor of safety of 3 with respect to general shear failure of the foundation soil. The foundation should be proportioned so that the maximum contact pressure under the combined effects of dead, live, and transient loads (including wind loads) does not exceed the allowable net bearing pressure. At the 2- million and 3- million gallon tank locations, the 11 -ft depth corresponds to elevations of about 937 ft and 940 ft, respectively. All other recommendations provided in our geotechnical report dated June 25, 2002 for the project should be followed during design and construction of the tank foundations. If you have any questions, please call. TCW(h \w \cV \L2808 - 3 - 01) Addendum Geotechnical Investigation Barton Hill Elevated Water Storage Tanks Round Rock, Texas Sincerely, FUGRO SOUT o "s C. Wesling Project Manager A member of the Fugro group of companies with offices throughout the world. 8613 Cross Park Drive - Austin, Texas 78754 Phone: 512- 977 -1800 Fax: - 512 - 973 -9966 Project No. 1001- 2808 -3 October 15, 2002 • FUGRO SOUTH, INC. • HDR ENGINEERING, INC. AUSTIN, TEXAS PRE11 111111 GRO GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION BARTON HILL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS ROUND ROCK WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TEXAS •l111,�, .etl(Ii, . iiiii � � u � 1 iii • FUGRO SOUTH, INC. • HDR Engineering, Inc. 2211 South IH -35 Suite 300, Forum Park Austin, Texas 78741 Attention: Mr. Richard A. Shoemaker, P.E. Attachment Distribution: HDR Engineering (Shoemaker) (4) File (2) Geotechnical Investigation Barton Hill Elevated Water Storage Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas Sincerely, FUGRO SO A member of the Fugro group of companies with offices throughout the world. 8613 Cross Park Drive Austin, Texas 78754 Phone: 512 - 977 -1800 Fax. 512- 973 -9966 Report No. 1001- 2808 -3 June 25, 2002 Submitted herewith is the report of the geotechnical investigation conducted for the proposed 2- million and 3- million gallon elevated water storage tanks at the Barton Hill site off CR 116 in Williamson County, Texas. The tanks will be constructed as part of the City of Round Rock's water system improvements project. In brief, the report contains a plan of borings, logs of borings, and the results of the laboratory tests along with recommendations for the design of the tank foundations. Fugro South, Inc. appreciates the opportunity to provide these geotechnical engineering services to the City of Round Rock and HDR Engineering. Fugro looks forward to future assignments. ,...+. . INC. i tPtE OF TF }1w . *0 2,04 C ; !: .............. S C WESLING ..s Thomas C. Westing, P.E. �9• 81589 14 Project Manager CVs,, CFNE --*** � le TCW(h \w \g \r\2002\R2808 -3) a"...Av, GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION BARTON HILL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANKS ROUND ROCK WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TEXAS Report to: HDR Engineering, Inc. Austin, Texas Submitted By: FUGRO SOUTH, fNC. June 2002 a GRe oremmastimi • FOUNDATION DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 4 Foundation Depth 4 Allowable Net Bearing Pressure 5 Resistance to Uplift Loads 5 Resistance to Lateral Loads 5 Vertical Movements 5 CONTENTS PAGE INTRODUCTION 1 AUTHORIZATION 1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1 FIELD INVESTIGATION 1 LABORATORY TESTING 2 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 Physiography 3 Geology 3 Site Stratigraphy and Engineering Properties 3 Groundwater 4 DESCRIPTION OF TANKS 4 EVALUATION 4 LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES ON BELOW- GROUND WALLS 5 FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS 6 Excavation 6 Subgrade Preparation 6 Backfill 7 Surface and Groundwater Control 7 CONDITIONS 8 ILLUSTRATIONS PLATE VICINITY MAP 1 PLAN OF BORINGS 2 LOGS OF BORINGS 3 - 8 KEYS TO TERMS AND SYMBOLS USED ON THE BORING LOGS 9 & 10 .7 .1 • vizzagoNom- • �• — � , Report No. 1001-2808-3 INTRODUCTION On May 17, 2002, Fugro South, Inc. initiated a geotechnical investigation for the proposed 2.0- million and 3.0- million gallon elevated water storage tanks. The two tanks will be part of the City of Round Rock's water system improvements project. The proposed tanks will be located at the Barton Hill site off CR 116 just north of CR 111 in Round Rock, Texas as shown on the Vicinity Map, Plate 1. HDR Engineering, Inc. is providing the civil engineer services for the City of Round Rock's water system improvements project. Fugro South, Inc. was retained by HDR Engineering to provide geotechnical engineering services. AUTHORIZATION The investigation was authorized by Mr. James K. Haney, P.E., Executive Vice President, and Mr. Richard Shoemaker, P.E., Vice President / Project Manager, HDR Engineering, Inc., with the execution of Amendment No. 1 to Subconsultant Agreement for City of Round Rock East Water Transmission Line — Phase I Improvements. Fugro's revised proposal, dated May 14, 2002, outlines the scope of services. PURPOSE AND SCOPE FIELD INVESTIGATION 1 The purpose of the investigation is to obtain subsurface information adequate for the selection of a suitable type of foundation with respect to cost and performance, compatible with the tank structures proposed, and the formulation of design criteria for the type of foundation selected. The scope of the investigation includes a field investigation phase for determining subsurface conditions and obtaining representative samples for classification and testing, a laboratory testing program to aid in the classification of subsurface materials, and the selection of foundation design criteria. Field sampling, laboratory testing, soil classifications and strata descriptions were in general accordance with methods, procedures, and practices set forth by the American Society for Testing and Materials, 2000 Annual Book of ASTM Standards where applicable. • The field investigation consisted of six 40- to 50 -ft deep borings, designated as B -1 through B -6. The locations of the borings are shown on the Plan of Borings, Plate 2. A Report No. 1001-2808-3 representative of Fugro South and HDR Engineering selected the boring locations is the field, and the boring locations were surveyed by Baker - Aiklen & Associates, Inc. at a later date. Pocket penetrometer values in tons per square foot, standard penetration test values in blows per foot, and core recovery and Rock Quality Designation (ASTM D 6032) values in percent, are shown on the Logs of Borings, Plates 3 through 8. Terms and symbols used on the boring logs are shown on Plates 9 and 10. HDR Engineering provided the ground surface elevations shown on the boring logs. The borings were drilled with a truck - mounted rig equipped with 1) continuous flight augers for advancing the holes dry and recovering disturbed samples (ASTM D 1452), 2) seamless push -tubes for obtaining soil samples of cohesive strata (ASTM D 1587), 3) split - barrel samplers and drive- weight assembly for obtaining representative samples and measuring the penetration resistance (N- values) of non - cohesive soil strata (ASTM D 1586), and 4) double -tube wireline core barrels equipped with diamond and /or carbide bits for obtaining 2 -inch diameter rock cores (ASTM D 2113). LABORATORY TESTING 2 ORO ter® The laboratory testing program included identification and classification testing of all strata encountered in the subsurface. Soil classification tests, including Atterberg -limit determinations (ASTM D 4318) and partial grain -size analyses (ASTM D 422), were conducted on representative samples of the soil strata. Strength tests, including unconsolidated undrained triaxial compression tests (ASTM D 2850) and unconfined compression tests (ASTM D 2166), were conducted on selected cohesive soil samples. The classification and compressive tests included natural water content determinations (ASTM D 2216); the compression tests also included unit dry weight determinations. The results of the tests are tabulated on the boring logs at recovery depths. Descriptions of strata made in the field at the time the borings were drilled were modified in accordance with results of laboratory tests and visual examination. All recovered soil samples were classified in general accordance with ASTM D 2487 and described as recommended in ASTM D 2488. The rock stratum was classified in general accordance with 'Rock Classification and Description ", Chapter 1, Section 5, NAVFAC DM -7. Classifications of the soils and finalized descriptions of both rock and soil strata are shown on the boring logs. Report No. 1001- 2808 -3 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Physiography The Barton Hill site is located on the west side of CR 116 about a quarter mile north of CR 111 in Round Rock, Texas. Vegetation at the site generally consists of short grasses. The site generally slopes down to the northeast with about 1 ft of fall across each of the proposed elevated water storage tank footprints. Geology According to the Geologic Atlas of Texas, Austin Sheet', the site is underlain by clay and clay shale of the Eagle Ford Formation. The Eagle Ford Formation is comprised of four members from youngest to oldest: South Bosque shale, Bouldin flags, Cloice shale, and Pepper shale. These members are typically not mapped separately, although a brief description of each member is provided in the following sentences. The South Bosque member is a calcareous, marly claystone, which is primarily montmorillonitic clay. The Bouldin flags member consists of interbedded montmorillonitic shale and limestone flags. The Cloice shale is a fissile, gray, montmorillonitic, silty shale formation. The Pepper shale is a montmorillonitic, noncalcareous, unctuous, black claystone, which on the weathered surface contains selenite and jarosite. The Eagle Ford clays and shales are highly plastic, with a high shrink/swell potential if subjected to moisture changes. Site Stratigraphy and Engineering Properties Subsurface conditions can best be understood by a thorough review of the boring logs presented on Plates 3 through 8. A brief summary of the subsurface conditions is presented in the following paragraphs. It should be noted that subsurface conditions are fairly uniform at the six boring locations. A surficial layer, about 1.2 to 3.3 ft thick, of dark brown fat clay (residual soil) was encountered at the six boring locations. The residual soil has measured plasticity indices of 48 and 55 percent. The dark brown fat clay is underlain by light reddish brown lean to fat clays (residual soil) with measured plasticity indices of 18 and 40 percent. The light reddish brown clay extends to depths between 3.0 and 5.4 feet. The light reddish brown clay is underlain by primarily tan and gray lean clay (weathered Eagle Ford). The 18- to 19.5 -ft sample at the boring B -1 location and the 13- to 15 -ft sample at 1 Barnes, V.E., (1974) Geologic Atlas of Texas, Austin Sheet, Bureau of Economic Geology, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas. 3 G RO EMEN Report No. 1001- 2808 -3 the boring B -5 location classify as fat clay. The tan and gray clay is calcareous, extends to depths between 22 and 26 ft, has measured plasticity indices ranging from 10 to 34 percent (average 20 percent), and measured shear strengths ranging from 1.5 to 2.9 ksf (average 2.1 ksf). The tan and gray lean clay is in turn underlain by tan and greenish gray fat clay (weathered Eagle Ford) that extends to the boring completion depths with one exception. At the boring B -3 location dark gray clayshale was encountered at a depth of 46.5 feet. The tan and greenish gray fat clay is blocky and has measured shear strengths ranging from 2.7 to 9.0 ksf (average 4.8 ksf). Groundwater E 1121 o Groundwater was encountered during dry advancement of borings B -1 through B -5 at depths between 31 and 39.5 feet. Groundwater was not encountered at the boring B -6 location. However, perched or transient groundwater could be encountered in shallow (less than 10 ft deep) excavations. Quantities of groundwater are generally affected by seasonal rainfall. DESCRIPTION OF TANKS According to HDR Engineering, Inc. the 2- million and 3- million gallon elevated water storage tanks will consist of a single concrete pedestal with steel bowl (composite style) type tank. Specific loads and dimensions (i.e. full weight, wind load, bowl diameter, bowl height, etc.) are unknown at this time. The tank loads will be transferred from the bowl and pedestal to the foundation. Additionally, a free - floating reinforced concrete slab will likely be constructed near the existing ground surface within the pedestal. EVALUATION Based upon anticipated loads, subsurface conditions at the site, and previous experience with similar type tanks, the proposed elevated water storage tanks can be supported on shallow foundations consisting of reinforced concrete circular shaped spread footings. The design of the foundations should consider the maximum applied bearing pressure and potential vertical movements due to swelling or compression of the foundation soils. FOUNDATION DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS Foundation Depth The reinforced concrete circular shaped spread footings should bear on relatively undisturbed tan and gray lean clay at a depth of at least 8 ft below existing and final ground surface. At the 2- million and 3- million gallon tank locations, the 8 -ft depth corresponds to 4 ORD • • Report No. 1001-2808-3 elevations of about 940 ft and 943 ft, respectively. This depth was selected to provide the allowable bearing pressure given in the next section and to reduce potential differential movements caused by moisture changes in the Eagle Ford clays. Allowable Net Bearing Pressure A net allowable bearing pressure of 3,500 psf may be used for design of the circular shaped spread footings founded on the tan and gray lean clay at a depth of at least 8 ft below the existing and final ground surface. The allowable net bearing pressure given includes a factor of safety of 3 with respect to general shear failure of the foundation soil. The foundation should be proportioned so that the maximum contact pressure under the combined effects of dead, live, and transient loads (including wind loads) does not exceed the allowable net bearing pressure. Resistance to Uplift Loads The ultimate resistance of a shallow foundation to uplift loads is limited to the weight of the foundation plus the weight of any soil directly above the foundation. The tank design engineer should apply an appropriate factor of safety to the ultimate uplift resistance. Resistance to Lateral Loads ORD Horizontal loads acting on the foundation will be resisted by friction between the foundation material and the base of the foundation and by passive earth pressure of soil in contact with the outer face of the foundation. For design purposes, the resistance due to passive soil pressure should be neglected. For a concrete foundation in good contact with the tan and gray lean clay an allowable coefficient of friction of 0.27 may be used to resist sliding. Vertical Movements Potential vertical movements of the Eagle Ford clays are difficult to estimate. Vertical movements will be a function of 1) long -term settlement due to the applied pressure, 2) potential shrink/swell due to moisture changes in the foundation soils, and 3) stress relief (rebound) of the soils after the excavation is made and prior to foundation construction. However, maximum vertical movements are expected to be on the order of 1 to 2 inches. LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES ON BELOW - GROUND WALLS The deformation condition imposed by a below - ground wall on the soil it retains has a significant influence on the coefficient of the horizontal earth pressure. The two general deformation conditions are "yielding" and "nonyielding ". "Yielding" walls are those that move 5 Report No. 1001-2808-3 enough to allow the retained soil to reach an active state of limit equilibrium. The active state of limit equilibrium is approached as the retaining wall moves away from the retained soil. " Nonyielding" walls are those that do not move, or move very little, usually because of restraint at the top or ends so that they are not free to tilt. Since deformation is prevented, the state of limit equilibrium is not approached, the shear strength of the soil is not developed, and the earth pressure remains equal to or near the at -rest pressure. The type of backfill and compaction procedures used will also have an influence on the coefficient of the horizontal earth pressure. Additionally, the accumulation of water in the backfilled cuts adjacent to the structure walls will influence the horizontal earth pressures. Excavation FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS 6 The below - ground pedestal wall will likely be nonyielding. Therefore, if the exterior of the tank is backfilled prior to backfilling the interior portion of the tank in accordance with the recommendations in the following section, the pedestal wall should be designed to resist an equivalent fluid unit weight of 120 pcf. Construction of the reinforced concrete circular shaped spread footing will include excavation through the residual soil and Eagle Ford clays. These soils classify as Type B soils in accordance with OSHA The maximum allowable slope for excavations less than 20 -ft deep for Type B soils is 1 horizontal to 1 vertical (1H:1V) It should be noted that, the design of construction slopes and any required retainage system for safety is the sole responsibility of the contractor. It should be noted that limestone flags will be encountered during excavation and will likely be difficult to excavate. Relatively heavy equipment, i.e. a Caterpillar D9 or equivalent, equipped with an adjustable parallelogram ripper, may be required to excavate the limestone flags. Subgrade Preparation The bottom of the excavations for the foundations should expose stiff to hard tan and gray lean clay soils. Any deleterious materials should be removed from within the tank footprints. The clays will be subject to disturbance due to wetting and drying of the exposed 2 Federal Register, Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 29 CFR Part 1926, Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Excavations: Final Rule, Dated October 31, 1989, page 45963. 3 lbid, page 45965. Report No. 1001-2808-3 subgrade. Therefore, the foundations should be cast the same day the excavations are completed. If this is impractical a seal slab of lean concrete should be placed over the exposed subgrade to protect it from construction disturbance and moisture variations. Prior to casting the foundations or seal slabs, the exposed subgrade should be proof rolled with a 25 -ton roller and observed by the geotechnical engineer. If poor or soft soils are encountered, the soils should be over - excavated and replaced with lean concrete. Backfill The backfill around the foundation up to the ground surface should consist of the tan and gray lean clays that are excavated. The lean clay fill should be placed in 6 -inch (compacted) lifts or less and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined using TxDOT Test Method TEX -114 -E at a moisture content within 0 to +3% of the optimum moisture content. The below grade, interior portion of the tank may be backfilled with a clean crushed stone with sizes ranging from about 1/2 to 1 -3/4 inches; this material should be approved by the geotechnical engineer of record prior to placement. The material should be placed in 8 inch lifts or less, and compacted with a minimum of four complete, overlapping passes over the entire surface with a hand operated vibratory plate compactor, until further passes will not result in greater densification. A geotextile (filter) fabric with a minimum weight of 8 oz/sq yd should be placed over the clean crushed stone. At least 18 inches of flexible base which generally conforms to TxDOT, Standard Specifications, Item 247, Type A, Grade 3, should be placed beneath the interior free floating concrete slab. The flexible base should be placed in 6 -inch (compacted) lifts or less and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined using TxDOT Test Method TEX - 113 -E. Hold moisture contents to within ±2% of the optimum moisture content. Surface and Groundwater Control Positive drainage away from the excavation should be established to prevent surface water from ponding within the excavation during construction and inside and around the completed foundation. It is essential to the future performance of the recommended foundation system that positive drainage of all surface water away from the foundations be included in the design of this project. Groundwater was encountered at depths between 31 and 39.5 ft at five of the six boring locations. However, depending an antecedent rainfall conditions, groundwater may be encountered at shallower depths during times of wet seasonal conditions. If groundwater seepage does occur in the construction excavation, this seepage can, more likely than not, be pumped from the excavation. 7 • Report No. 1001- 2808 -3 CONDITIONS GRO ea Since some variation was found in subsurface conditions at boring locations, all parties involved should take notice that even more variation may be encountered between boring locations. Statements in the report as to subsurface variation over given areas are intended only as estimations from the data obtained at specific boring locations. It is recommended that, upon completion of the plans and specifications and the incorporation of the recommendations herein, the geotechnical engineer be retained to review such plans to ensure proper interpretation and implementation of his recommendations in the interest of the best compromise between cost and performance. The professional services that form the basis for this report have been performed using that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised, under similar circumstances, by reputable geotechnical engineers practicing in the same locality. No other warranty, express or implied, is made as the professional advice set forth. Fugro's scope of work does not include the investigation, detection, or design related to the presence of any biological pollutants. The term 'biological pollutants' includes, but is not limited to, mold, fungi, spores, bacteria, and viruses, and the byproducts of any such biological organisms. The results, conclusions, and recommendations contained in this report are directed at, and intended to be utilized within, the scope of work contained in the agreement executed by Fugro South, Inc. and client. This report is not intended to be used for any other purposes. Fugro South, Inc. makes no claim or representation concerning any activity or condition falling outside the specified purposes to which this report is directed, said purposes being specifically limited to the scope of work as defined in said agreement. Inquiries as to said scope of work or conceming any activity or condition not specifically contained therein should be directed to Fugro South, Inc. for a determination and, if necessary, further investigation. 8 PLATES Report No: 1001 - 2808 -3 257 Project Site VICINITY MAP Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas GR O PLATE 1 Report No: 1001 - 2808 -3 Scale: 1" = 80' PLAN OF BORINGS Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas ORO PLATE 2 TYPE: Sample LOCATION: See Plate 2 DEPTH. FT SYMBOL SAMPLES LOWS PER FOOT OR EC /(RQD), % STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER ELEV./ DEPTH %'.LN31NO N3.LVM LIQUID LIMIT, % LASTICITY 4DEX(PI), % SSING NO. 1 SIEVE,% SSSING NO. 00 SIEVE,% JNIT DRY EIGHT, PCF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, TSF SURF. EL. 948.8 ft Job No. 1001- 2808 -3 Dark brown fat CLAY, hard, w/limestone fragments 4 5 +(P) and roots. CH (Residual Soil) 946.3 L ight reddish brown lean CLAY, very stiff CL r 2.5 4.5+(F) r (Residual _ Soil) r 945.6 3.2 71 37 10 100 91 4 0 (p) Tan and gray lean CLAY, stiff to hard, calcareous, _ w /weathered limestone flags. CL (Eagle Ford) 19 108 1.9(11) 20 104 1 5(0) - 10 I J 4.5 +(E) _ 15 I 8 47 -fat clay layer 18 to 20 ft 22 54 7.9 95 74 4.5 +() 20 I 27 44 71 100 78 4 5 +CP) 2 5 Q 923.8 Tan and greenish gray fat CLAY, hard, blocky, 25.0 I w /calcareous nodules and rust stains (Eagle Ford) 4.5 + (PL _ 3 0 - I 25 97 3 Rai - —35 I -seepage noted at 39.5 ft 4 5 +(P) — 40 908.8 40.0 - -- NOTES: 1) Boring was advanced dry and seepage was noted at 39.5 -ft depth. — 45 2) On completion of the drilling operation the hole was open to 40.0 ft and the water surface was noted at the 39.5 -ft depth. —7, C, G OF BORING B -1 Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas .. — p121X . 11 COMPLETION DEPTH: 40.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: See Note DRILL DATE: 5/21/02 U= Unconfined P= Pocket Penetrometer Q= Unconsolidated T= Torvane Undrained Triaxial PLATE 3 TYPE: Sample LOCATION: See Plate 2 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL SAMPLES LOWS PER FOOT OR EC /(RQD),% STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER ELEV./ DEPTH WATER DNTENT, % LIQUID LIMIT, % LASTICITY TDEX(PI),% ISSING NO. I SIEVE,% ,SSING NO. )0 SIEVE,% JNIT DRY EIGHT, PCF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, TSF SURF. EL. 948.5 ft Job No. 1001- 2808 -3 Y Dark brown fat CLAY, hard, w/limestone fragments 947 0 4 5+0 and roots. CH leanal 1.5 b brown reddish brown lean CLAY, hard. CL CLAY, 21 43 18 98 87 45 +(p) (Residual Soil) . 5 943.5 4 0 +(P) — 5 r Tan and gray lean CLAY, stiff to hard, calcareous, 5.0 w /weathered limestone flags. CL (Eagle Ford) I8 109 1,8(Q) 17 40 20 100 97 4 5 +1p) —10 15 21 49 78 J00 93 4.5 + (P) r 86 _ — 20 — 25 / 922.5 4.5 +(P) % Tan and greenish gray fat CLAY, hard, blocky, w /calcareous nodules and rust stains. (Eagle Ford) 26.0 _ _ 30 27 101 63(01 - seepage at 31.5 R _ 35 4.5 +(P) —40 - - -- 908.5 40.0 4 5 +�) NOTES: 1) Boring was advanced dry and seepage was noted - at the 31.5 41 depth. _ — 45 2) On completion of the drilling operation the hole was open to 40.0 ft and the water surface was - noted at the 31.5 -ft depth. - 3) The water surface in the hole was noted at the - 31.0 -ft depth on 5- 19 -02. — LOG OF BORING B -2 Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas COMPLETION DEPTH: 40.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: See Note DRILL DATE: 5/17/02 u 1,016 M4AESI U- Unconrmed P =Pocket Penetrometer Q =Uncmuolidated T— Torvaoe Undrained Maxie' PLATE 4 TYPE: Sample LOCATION: See Plate 2 13 . 111d3U SYMBOL SAMPLES BLOWS PER FOOT OR REC /(RQD), % STRATUM DESCRIPTION SURF. EL. 949.5 ft Job No. 1001 - 2808 -3 LAYER ELEV. DEPTH WATER CONTENT, % I LIQUID I LIMIT, % PLASTICITY INDEX(PI), % PASSING NO. 4 SIEVE,% PASSING NO. 200 SIEVE,% UNIT DRY WEIGHT, PCF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, TSF - 5 - _ — to _ - 15 — 20 - — 25 Dark brown fat CLAY, hard, w/limestone fragments and roots. CH (Residual Soil) 947 2 2.3 944.1 5.4 923.5 24 73 48 100 95 4 5+q_,1 r Light reddish brown lean CLAY, very stiff to hard. CL (Residual Soil) 2...5_Z- 4 -) 0 49 50/4" 50/2" Tan and gray lean CLAY, very stiff to hard, calcareous, w /weathered limestone flags. CL (Eagle Ford) 20 41 2 i 100 86 3 0(P) 45 ±(Pl 19 107 2 6(0)_ 16 76 19 88 65 4 ,5+ _ 30 _ - 35 - _ 40 —45 - - ,./. % /"' 50/5" Tan and greenish gray fat CLAY, very stiff to hard, blocky, w /calcareous nodules and rust stains. (Eagle Ford) NOTES: 1) Boring was advanced dry and seepage was noted at the 39.0 -ft depth. 2) On completion of the drilling operation the hole was open to 50.0 ft and the water surface was noted at the 49.5 -ft depth. 3) The water surface in the hole was noted at the 32.0 -ft depth on 5/19/02. 26.0 _ ° 903.0 24 108 3.5(( 5 + 4.5 ±(P1 Dark gray CLAYSHALE, low hardness, fissile. (Eagle Ford) 46.5 899.5 _ LOG OF BORING B -3 COMPLETION DEPTH: 50.0 ft DRILL DATE: 5/17/02 Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas DEPTH TO WATER: See Note U- Unconfined P= Pocket Penetrometer Q= Uncons Edged T= Torvane Undnin d Triaxial PLATE 5 TYPE: Sample LOCATION: See Plate 2 STRATUM DESCRIPTION LAYER ELEV./ DEPTH SURF. EL. 952.0 ft Job No. 1001 - 2808 -3 Dark brown fat CLAY, hard, w/limestone fragments 950 8 • +1• and roots. CH (Residual Soil) r 1.2 = = = =�� j Light reddish brown f a t CLAY with sand, very s t i ff . CH (Residual Soil) r 948.6 3.4 I I t t M �LM Tan and gray lean CLAY, stiff to hard, calcareous, /weathered limestone flags. CL Ford) ������ w (Eagle ::==:/imnini/MMIIIIMmuom — - -� - - - - - -� - - - - - -_ I -fat clay layer 13 to 15 ft IM t l Imo_[ I - - - ---- = = = = =�_____1 : :mss =�� 929.0 = = = = =Miii Tan a nd greenish gray fat CLAY, very stiffto hard, blocky, w /calcareous nodules and rust stains. CH 23.0 I♦MI♦ME=I♦ 1 = = = = =∎ - _ (Eagle Ford) MMINOMMEMMUMN_ IMMENNENNEME IJ - - - - - - - - =111111111111111111111•1•11•1111111111 - - - - - -� _ - 40 -- 2 912.0 40.0 = == =�M� 1111111•11111•1111111=1111111•1•11 NOTES: NEMME=MMOIMMEMI 1) Boring was advanced dry and seepage was noted MINMENNENNIMOM _ at the 39.5 -ft depth. MIN=1 = == _ - 45 2) On completion of the drilling operation the MNIU= =�� NIEMIIIIIIIIIIIIIII•1lMMIII - whole was open to 39.5 ft and dry. MMMMH=MIMEM/iMii 3) The water surface in the hole was noted at the 37.0 -ft depth on 5- 21 -02. ==� = == LOG OF BORING B -4 Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas � GRO emeseamodhaa COMPLETION DEPTH: 40.0 ft DRILL DATE: 5/20/02 DEPTH TO WATER: See Note U =Unconfined P Pocket Penetrometer Q= Unconsolidated T Toevane Undnined Triaxial PLATE 6 TYPE: Sample LOCATION: See Plate 2 J4 HJ4HU "IOHNLis SAMPLES BLOWS PER FOOT OR REC/(RQD),% STRATUM DESCRIPTION SURF. EL. 951.3 ft Job No. 1001- 2808 -3 LAYER ELEV./ DEPTH WATER CONTENT, % %'BFWI GInbil %'HAH1S I ON ONISSVd %'(Id)XHON1 A.LIOIZSV'Id PASSINGNO. 200 SIEVE,% UNIT DRY WEIGHT, PCF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, TSF — A Dark brown fat CLAY, hard, w/limestone fragments and roots. CH (Residual Soil) /— 949. 1 5 948.3 3 ' 0 11••••=1111•1111111111111111111 929.3 _ ______ I� �♦ ����� 4 5 +C �/4 Light reddish brown fat CLAY with sand, very stiff. CH (Residual Soil) - — 5 —10 - - - — 15 - _ � _ p / - ������� Tan and gray lean CLAY, very stiff to hard, calcareous, w /weathered limestone flags. CL (Eagle Ford) FINIETWAIN1101111111111ENTMI IIIMINIIIIIIII♦MI111111_ ����� i -- - - - -rI = = = = = ■■ - - - - - -_ ��1M��MI_ == = = = ■ _ Mi====.= - - - - - -_ = = ==1■1311 MI��� = ■� - 25 = - - 30 - — 35 - — 40 - _ - 45 - - - /� aE Tan and greenish gray fat CLAY, hard, block y, w /calcareous nodules and rust stains. (Eagle Ford) — NOTES: 1) Boring was advanced dry and seepage was noted at the 39.0 -ft depth. 2) On completion of the drilling operation the whole was open to 39.0 -ft and the water surface was noted at the 39.0 -ft. 3) The water surface in the hole was noted at the 34.0 -ft depth on 5- 21 -02. 22.0 911.3 40.0 � ====�� �M��!♦���II I♦� =MIM�� = ���=�� - - - - - -� r c - - - ••— • • = = =� �� � = = = =1111111INI1_ I♦M���I♦_ M111111111111111= ==I_ I♦MEMINI♦ =MIIIIII1111111 ���� =M � =IMENOMMEMMINNEM =NIMMINEMEMEMIN = =./MMN = = = =M�- _____■ — MMIE=1== =.11 ______— I♦� = = =�_ �����— G OF BORING B -5 Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas GRO COMPLETION DEPTH: 40.0 ft DEPTH TO WATER: See Note DRILL DATE: 5/20/02 U= Unconfined P= Pocket Penetrometer Q =Unconsolidated T= Torvane Undrained Triaxial PLATE 7 TYPE: Sample LOCATION: See Plate 2 LAYER Hl 9W 11l'1 WS OT (R( STRATUM DESCRIPTION ELEVI ATI CET O Tl iTI( ;X(I fNC 'sVE CHI )NI C D: FIT, RE! iNC ?SF DEPTH SURF. EL. 951.7 ft Job No. 1001- 2808 -3 Dark brown fat CLAY, hard, w/limestone fragments and roots. CH (Residual Soil) 26 86 55 00 97 4 5 +(P) 948.4 4 5 +(per - Light reddish brown fat CLAY with sand, very stiff. 3.3 4.5 +fP) CH (Residual Soil) r 947.0 \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ I I 50/3" - Tan and gray lean CLAY, very stiff to hard, calcareous, w /weathered limestone flags. CL 4.7 15 116 29(Q) _ (Eagle Ford) 22 29 11 94 59 4 5 +(P) D - 45 +P) _ _ - 15 - - - 4.5 +CR) - 20 - 927.7 - 25 f / Tan and greenish gray fat CLAY, very stiff to hard, blocky, w /calcareous nodules and rust stains. (Eagle Ford) 24.0 45 +P) _ 30- _ 27 96 3.6(() - 35 4 5 +(P) _ - 40 911.7 40.0 NOTE: Boring was advanced dry and groundwater _ _ - - was not encountered. - 45 - LOG OF BORING B -6 Barton Hill Elevated Water Tanks Round Rock Water System Improvements Round Rock, Texas COMPLETION DEPTH: 40.0 R DEPTH TO WATER: See Note DRILL DATE: 5/20/02 ORO U =Unconfined P- Pocket Penetrometer Q =Unconsolidated T =Torvanc Undrained Triaxial PLATE 8 TERMS & SYMBOLS USED ON BORING LOGS FOR SOIL ® CH, Fat Clay LL" CL, Lean Clay ® ML, Silt Fill, Unclassified SOIL TYPES E . SP, Poorly- Graded Sand SC, Clayey Sand GC, Clayey Gravel SM, Silty Sand SW, Well- Graded Sand GP, Poorly- Graded Gravel GM, Silty Gravel GW, Well- Graded Gravel SOIL GRAIN SIZE U.S.STANDARD SIEVE 6' 3" 3/4" 4 10 40 200 SAMPLER TYPES ' Seamless Push Tube Standard Penetration Test THD Cone Penetrometer Test BOULDERS COBBLES SILT CLAY 0 152 STRENGTH OF COHESIVE SOILS ) UNDRAINED CONSISTENCY SHEAR STRENGTH Kips Per Sq. Ft. Very Soft Less Than 0.25 Soft 0.25 to 0.50 Firm 0.50 to 1.00 Stiff 1.00 to 2.00 Very Stiff 2.00 to 4.00 Hard Greater Than 4.00 Description Criteria Stratified Alternating layers of varying material or color with layers at least 6 mm thick; note thickness Laminated Alternating layers of varying material or color with the layers Less than 6mm thick; note thickness Fissured Breaks along definite planes of fracture with little resistance to fracturing Slickensided Fracture planes appear polished or glossy, sometimes striated Blocky Cohesive soil that can be broken down into small angular lumps which resist further breakdown Lensed Inclusion of small pockets of different soils, such as small lenses of sand scattered through a mass of clay; note thickness Homogeneous Same color and appearance throughout GRAVEL SAND COARSE I FINE COARSEI MEDIUM I FINE fi.2 19.1 4 6 2.00 0.420 0.074 SOIL GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS • ASTM D 2488 TABLE 3 Criteria for Describing Moisture Condition Description Criteria Dry Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch Moist Damp but no visible water Wet Visible free water, usually soil is below water table NUMBER OF BLOWS PER FT., N 1) Peck, Hanson, and Thomburn, (1974) Foundation Enoineerinq. Description Criteria Criteria for Describing Inclusions Description Criteria .002 RELATIVE DENSITY 0-4 Very Loose 4-10 Loose 10-30 Medium 30-50 Dense Over 50 Very Dense . - 6R0 B ▪ otost00 Core Auger 1 Auger Sample DENSITY OF GRANULAR SOILS ASTM D 2488 TABLE 7 Criteria for Describing Structure ASTM 0 2488 Note 15 Criteria for Describing Percentages of Gravel, Sand and Fines Trace Particles are present but estimated to be less than 5 % Few 5 to 10 % Little 15 to 25 % Some 30 to 45 % Mostly 50 to 100 % Parting Inclusion c1/8' thick extending through sample Seam Inclusion 1/8" to 3" thick extending through sample Layer Inclusion '3" thick extending through sample PLATE 9 TERMS & SYMBOLS USED ON BORING LOGS FOR ROCK ® LIMESTONE HIGHLY WEATHERED LIMESTONE ® DOLOMITIC LIMESTONE HARDNESS ROCK TYPES NMI ON: DOLOMITE HIGHLY WEATHERED DOLOMITE GRANITE SANDSTONE SHALE CLAYSHALE Friable - Crumbles under hand pressure Low Hardness - Can be carved with a knife Moderately Hard - Can be scratched easily with a knife Hard - Can be.scratched with a knife with difficulty Void Cavities Vuggy Vesicular Porous Cavernous SOLUTION & VOID CONDITIONS Interstice; a general term for pore space or other opening in rock. Small solutional concavities. Containing small cavities, usually lined with a mineral of different composition from that of the surrounding rock. Containing numerous small, unlined cavities, formed by expansion of gas bubbles or steam during solidification of the rock. Containing pore, interstices, or other openings which may or may not interconnect. Containing cavities or caverns, sometimes quite large. Most frequent in limestones and dolomites. SPACING INCLINATION Very Close <2" Horizontal 0 - 5 Close 2" - 12" Shallow 5 - 35 Medium Close 1T- 3' Moderate 35 - 65 Wide >3' Steeply 65 - 85 Vertical 85 - 90 JOINT DESCRIPTION SAMPLER TYPES ' Seamless Push Tube Standard Penetration Test TxDOT Cone Penetration Test GRO Core Auger Auger Sample WEATHERING GRADES OF ROCKMASS TERM DESCRIPTION Slightly Discoloration indicates weathering of rock material and discontinuity surfaces. Moderately Less than half of the rock material is decomposed or disintegrated to a soil Highly More than half of the rock material is decomposed or disintegrated to a soil. Completely - All rock material is decomposed and /or disintegrated to soil. The original mass structure is still largely intact. Residual Soil All rock material is converted to soil. The mass structure and material fabric are destroyed. BEDDING THICKNESS (2) Very Thick Thick Thin Very Thin Laminated Thinly- Laminated REFERENCES: 1) British Standard (1981) Code of Practice for Site Investigation BS 5930 2) The Bridge Div., Tx. Highway Dept. Foundation Exploration & Deakin Manual 2nd Edition, revised June, 1974. >4 12 - 2" 0.08" - 12" >0 08" SURFACES Slickensided - Polished, grooved Smooth - Planar Irregular - Undulating or granular Rough - Jagged or pitted PLATE 10 • • • 4.0 POST BID DOCUMENTS • DO • • • THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § AGREEMENT I AGREEMENT, made and entered into this t.Q- day of , 2003, by and between (Owner) City of Round Rock, Texas of the State of Texas, acting through N ylt NgXv ce1 1 , Mayor, thereunto duly authorized so to do, hereinafter termed OWNER, and (Contractor) GC, A.'L CDr uctarS, of c.oe-1cO1. Texas, County of Mo N } R - 0 t-1(2._1 , and State of Texas, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by OWNER, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the said OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Further described as the work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereof, and in accordance with the Notice to Contractors, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Plans, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory material thereof, and the Specifications and Addenda therefor, as prepared by HDR Engineering, Inc. 2211 South IH 35, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78741, herein entitled the ENGINEER, each of which has been identified by the CONTRACTOR'S written . Proposal, the General Conditions of the Agreement, and the Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds hereof, and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) calendar days after the date written notice to do so have been given to him, and all Work will be Substantially . Complete after the date of the written Notice to Proceed and ready for final payment after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the General and Special Conditions, in accordance with the following number of days for the tank to be constructed as selected by the Owner : PBD -1 • • • 2.0 MG Tank N/A Substantial Completion Final Completion N/A Alternate Substantial Completion Alternate Final Completion 2.7 MG Tank X Substantial Completion Final Completion N/A Alternate Substantial Completion Alternate Final Completion The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the price or prices shown in the Proposal, which forms a part of this Contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Special Conditions of the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in the year and day first above written. CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (OWNER) BY: OR ATTEST: '41P t well Mayor PBD -2 BY: ATTEST: 390 days 450 days 435 days 495 days 420 days 480 days 465 days 525 days CU! CONSTRUCTORS, INC. (CONTRACTOR) (The following to be executed if the Contractor is a Corporation.) BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGEI CHRIS J. MARTEU & (Typed name) (Title) SEE RESOLUTION OF AUTHORITY Secretary, if Contractor is a Corporation or otherwise registered with the Secretary of State • I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Contractor herein; that , who signed this Contract on behalf of the Contractor was then (official title) of said Corporation, that said Contract was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation, that said Corporation by • authority of its governing body, and is within the scope of its corporate powers. Signed: SEE RESOLUTION OF AUTHORITY • Corporate Seal e PBD -3 • • 0) CERTIFICATION OF RESOLUTION AND AUTHORITY I, Walter G. Browning, do hereby certify that I am the duly- elected and acting Secretary of CB &I Constructors, Inc., a Texas corporation, and that as such officer I am duly authorized to make this certificate in behalf of that corporation. I further certify that by consent in lieu of a meeting dated March 6, 2001, as authorized by Texas law, the Board of Directors of said corporation adopted the following resolution in accordance with the By -laws of said corporation: RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice - President, the Treasurer, or any regional sales manager, contracting manager, regional construction manager, manufacturing manager, project manager or business development manager heretofore or hereafter appointed by the Company or any other sales representative as may from time to time be designated by any one of the President, any Vice - President or the Treasurer, is authorized to make bids, prepare quotations and submit and receive proposals for contracts; to negotiate and sign contracts and other agreements, bid bonds, performance bonds, and other related documents; and to otherwise bind and obligate the Company in the conduct of its normal business. I further certify that the foregoing resolution is in full force and effect and that Chris J. Martell is a duly designated and authorized Business Development Manager of CB &I Constructors, Inc. This certificate shall remain in full force and effect for ninety days from the date it bears, unless sooner revoked, but no such revocation shall be effective as to anyone dealing with any individual named in this certificate in reliance hereon unless written notice of such revocation has been received by the person so relying on this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereonto set my hand and the seal of CB &I Constructors, Inc., this 28th day of March , 20 03 • Walter G. Brownin . Secretary CB &I Constructors, Inc. • THE STATE OF TEXAS PERFORMANCE BOND • COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON Bond No. SY2634 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That CH &I Constructors, Inc. of the City of Conroe , County of Montg y , and State of Texas , as Principal, and st. Paul Fire and* authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS, (Owner), in the penal sum of ' billion Seven Hundred Fifty Three Th o usand dollars ($ 2,753,000.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: Marine insurance Company WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner dated the day of , 2003 to which the contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: • Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Contract, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials fumished by or workmanship of, the Principal in performing the work covered by said Contract and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the contract Completion Certificate and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. PBD -4 • • • PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the term of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 2003. CB &I Constructors, Inc. Principal Surety By: Diane M. O'Leary CHRIS J. MARTELL Attorney -in -Fact Title Title BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER 500 W. Madison, Suite 2600 Address 27351 BLUEBERRY HILL #35 CONROE, TX 77385 Resident Agent of Surety: Donnie Doan Printed Name McQueary Henry Bowles Troy 12700 Park Central, Suite 1700 Address Dallas TX 75251 City, State & Zip Code Signature PBD -5 St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company By: Address H Chicago, IL 60661 • PAYMENT BOND • • THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 PBD -6 Bond No. $Y2634 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Cssl Constructors, , oftheCity of Conroe County of Montgomery , and State of Texas as Principal, and St. Paul * authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals, are held and firmly bound unto TILE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Three Thousand Dollars ($ 2,753,000.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: *Fire and Marine Insurance Company WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of , 2003, to which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts, work, labor, equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. PAYMENT BOND (continued) • • Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect it's obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument this day of , 2003. CB&I Constructors, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance y Principal Surety By: CHRIS J. MARTELL Title Title BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER 500 W. Madison, Suite 2600 • Address 2.7351 BLUEBERRY HILL #35 CONROE, TX 77385 Resident Agent of Surety: Donnie Doan Printed Name McQueary Henry Bowles Troy 12700 Park Central, Suite 1700 Address Dallas City, State & Zip Code v01 ; v NI" Signature Writitk By: (� •w� lam. o Diane M. O'Leary TX 75251 PBD -7 Address Attorney -in -Fact Chicago, IL 60661 It STATE OF ILLINOIS COUNTY OF COOK On this day of , 2003 , before me personally appeared Diane M. O'Leary , known to me to be the Attorney -in -Fact of St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company , the corporation that executed the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same. IN WITNESS \ WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affix aforesaid county, the day and year in this certificate first r ' en abo sw aA 0000000004x44404004'44 e "OFFICIAL SEAL" JEFFREY M. LEADLEY (Notary Public) Not &y Public, State of Illinois My Cc +r.r ir. ;ion Expires 10/12/05 •444sxc .,aaaa4e.e4as4ea•:x y official seal, at my office in the ImeS l$UI • of the City of Chicago Stale Illinois their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have canoed this instrument to be signed and sealed this 28th day of January 2003 Power of Attorney No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian lnsurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company arc corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Ann Formhals, Brenda D. Hockberger, Debra Kohlman, Diane M. O'Leary, William Reidinger, Karen E. Bogard, Steven B. Cade, Matthew V. Buol, William T. Kronur', Jeffrey M Leadley and Sylvia Garcia State of Maryland City of Baltimore 23714 86203 Rev. 7 -2002 Printed in U.S.A. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal, My Commission expires the Ist day of July, 2006. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 1652518 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. PETER W, CARMAN, Vice President THOMAS E, HUIBREGTSE, Assistant Secretary On this 28 day of January 2003 before ore, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Peter W Carman and Thomas E. Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SL Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United Stares Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they. as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers, REBECCA EASLF.Y -ONOK ALA, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc, on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorncy(s )-in -Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and an behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seat of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power ofAttorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s) -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorney(s) -in -Fact shall have the power and authority, and in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. 1, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 hereunto set my hand this day of . Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assisi:. Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 - 421 -3880 and ask for the Power r fAttorney clerk. Please refer to the Power of Attorney number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. StF8ul Surety • • IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain information or make a complaint You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at 1-800- 252 -3439 You may write the Texas Department of insurance at P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # 1 -512 -475 -1771 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it to the following address: Mailing Address; Si. Paul Surety Claim P.O. Box 9689 Federal Way, WA 98063 -4689 Plyysical Address: St. Paul Surety Claixn 31919 First Avenue South Suite 100 Federal Way, WA 98003 You may also contact the St. Paul Surety Claire office by telephone at Telephone Number. 1 -253 - 945 -1545 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. lithe dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Depart tt of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. °STATE OF ILLINOIS COUNTY OF COOK On this day of , 2003 , before me personally appeared known to me to be the Attomey -in -Fact of St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company , the corporation that •ecuted the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same. Diane M. O'Leary IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and aforesaid county, the day and year in this certificate fi tRn� ?P4 @444 41444404 FlCIAL SEAL" Jr, :: :REY M. LEADLEY e' fdata:y 6'uhlic, Stste of Illinois a My G::• asicn Expires 10+12145 4.4.4,-,, e above. my official seal, at my offifer the (Notary Public) TheS uI • M of the City of Chicago State Illinois their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute. seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the • performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. uary IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 281 day of Jan 2003 • • 23714 Power of Attorney No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that SL Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St, Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the Stale of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies'), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Ann Fonnhals, Brenda D. Hockberger, Debra Kohlman, Diane M. O'Leary, William Reidinger, Karen E. Bogard, Steven B. Cade, Matthew V. Buol, William T. Krumm, Jeffrey M. Leadley and Sylvia Garcia Site of Maryland City of Baltimore 86203 Rev. 72002 Printed in U.S.A. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company On This 28 day of January 2003 before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Peter W Carman and Thomas E. Huibregtse. who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 1st day of July. 2006. POWER OF ATTORNEY United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. G " tifieate No. 1652517 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. PETER W. CARMAN, Vice President e THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE, Ass,stant Secrelary REBECCA EASLEY- ONOKALA. Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2. 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attorney(s) -in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Powers) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with thc Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographer. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached; and RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attorncy(s) -in -Fact shall have thc power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. 1, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this clay of e . Thomas E. Huibrcgtsc, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power ofAltorney, call 1- 800 -421 -3880 and ask for the Power ofAttorney Berk. Please refer to the Power of Attorney number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. 1 MAR. 26.20U 3 :35 /M CNA 03/24/0 WA:JJ .1.6:a• rt.^ 8642'. 10 aygsa,lNC /GREENVILLE RI NU. /49 N. h 0 ""' " "� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Date: 3 - 26 - 03 PRODUCER i COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE Ma Beattie Place A CONTINENTAL CASUALTY CO II/ Ka Liberty Square Suite 300 Greenville, SC 29601 I (864) 240 -5400 $ AMERICAN CAS CO READING PA INSURED CBE' Water, A Division ofC CBEI Constructors, Irtc. Venture Technology Center III i D 8701 New Trails Drive Suite 200 The Woodlands, TX 77380 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the Insured barred above is insured by the Companies listed above with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typta of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by the companies, and further hereinafter describer. Exceptions to the policies are noted below. CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE EXPMATIO1v L1MrrS LTR NUMBER DATE DATE GENERALLtABILI Y G1,247907650 02/01/01 — GENERAL AGGREGATE S 1;000,000 A 02/01/04 PRGDUGTS- COMProPAGG.s 1.000,000 PERSONAL & ADV. INJURYS 500,000 EACH OCCURRENCE S 500,000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any ono arc) $ 100,000 Max I1XPIRNSR (Any one person) S 5,000 "oromosNALIABRIrY ,_ 21.1#7271.5 76370 2 / 0 1 / Di — COciM8D S 600,000 02/01/04 BODILY INJURY (Per per'son)S A BODILY INJURY (Per necideat) $ • PItoI51 TY DAMAGE S EACH OCCURRENCE RYCFS$1rAB1131Y N/A A[:GRmY,ATE WDRKER.4 COMPENSATION W 1 68i 2ITT0 STAfITORY LIMITS S 100,000 AND EMPLOYBRS'LIABILITY 02/01 Ea(H *cdlowr s 100,000 UI$rACF.- POLICY LIMIT $ 100,000 B DISEASE - EACI1 EMPLOYEE $ PROFESSIONAL Mature e N/A DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSIL OCATIONSNEMI[:L rrevar XCErroNs CBI Contract #'138267 Project Locat1on: Round Rock, TX Job Description: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank — 2003 -, Cicy. of Round Rock, BIM Engineering, Inc. Fugro South, Liability' The City of Round Rock is named is additienalj insured with respect to all politics except 'Workers' Gozrlptn sation and Employers' the m and 'Professional Liability'. Should any of the above descr policies be canm re lled or changed before the expiration dare theof, g ponywL II mail shiny (30) days writmn notice to the certificate holder named below. CERTIFICATE HOLDER: City Manager of Round Rock 221 E Main Street Round RD* Texas 7$064 • PBD -8 SIGNATURE OF AUTHOPJZED REPRESENTATIVE lypedNamc: txJ�rxtet i"Jd La_✓~`f.... Title: yI>fr,, .f&r.y:d„, Gov av r- A /Pe'E tItL•` • StF9u1 Surety • • IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at 1- 800 -252 -3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714 -9104 FAX # 1- 512 -475 -1771 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it to the following address: Mailing Address: St Paul Surety Claim P.O, Box 4689 Federal Way, WA 98063 -4689 Physical Address: St Paul Surety Claim 31919 First Avenue South Suite 100 Federal Way, WA 98003 You may also contact the St. Paul Surety Claim office by telephone at: Telephone Number. 1 -253 - 945 -1545 PREMIUM OR CLAD MI DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first lith dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insuranc ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only a n d does not become a part or condition of the attached document, • • • 5.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS Note: These City of Round Rock standard documents have been modified as indicated herein. A strikc out indicates that language has been deleted from the City of Round Rock General Conditions. An underline indicates that the language has been added to the City of Round Rock General Conditions. • General Conditions of Agreement • • Contents 1. Definition of Terms 1.01 - Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 - Contract Documents 1.03 - Subcontractor 1.04 - Sub - Subcontractor 1.05 - Written Notice 1.06 - Work 1.07 - Extra Work 1.08 - Working Day 1.09 - Calendar Day 1.10 - Substantially Completed 1.11 - Furnish 2. Responsibilities of the Engineer and the Contractor 2.01 - Owner- Engineer Relationship 2.02 - Observation Professional Inspection by Engineer 2.03 - Payments for Work 2.04 - Initial Determinations 2.05 - Objections 2.06 - Lines and Grades 2.07 - Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 2.08 - Contractor's Understanding 2.09 - Character of Workers 2.10 - Contractor's Buildings 2.11 - Sanitation 2.12 - Shop Drawings 2.13 - Preliminary Approval 2.14 - Defects and Their Remedies 2.15 - Changes and Alterations 2.16 - Inspectors Resident Project Representative 2.17 - Substitutions or Approved Equal 3. General Obligations and Responsibilities 3.01 - Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible GC -1 3.02 - Ownership of Drawings 3.03 - Adequacy of Design 3.04 - Right of Entry 3. General Obligations and Responsibilities (cont'd) 3.05 - Collateral Contracts 3.06 - Discrepancies and Omissions 3.07 - Equipment, Materials and Construction Plant 3.08 - Damages 3.09 - Protection Against Accident to Employees and the Public 3.10 - Performance and Payment Bonds 3.11 - Losses from Natural Causes 3.12 - Protection of Adjoining Property 3.13 - Protection Against Claims of Subcontractors, etc. 3.14 - Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 3.15 - Laws and Ordinances 3.16 - Assignment and Subletting 3.17 - Indemnification 3.18 - Insurance 3.19 - Final Clean -Up 3.20 - Guarantee Against Defective Work Correction or Removal of Defective Work 3.21 - Testing of Materials 3.22 - Wage Rates 4. Prosecution and Progress 4.01 - Time and Order of Completion 4.02 - Extension of Time 4.03 - Hindrances and Delays 5. Measurement and Payment 5.01 - Quantities and Measurements 5.02 - Estimated Quantities 5.03 - Price of Work 5.04 - Partial Payments 5.05 - Use of Completed Portions 5.06 - Final Completion and Acceptance 5.07 - Final Payment 5.08 - Payments Withheld 5.09 - Delayed Payments GC -2 • • • • • • 6. Extra Work and Claims 6.01- Change Orders 6.02 - Minor Changes 6.03 - Extra Work 6.04 - Time of Filing Claims 6.05 - Continuing Performance 7. Abandonment of Contract 7.01- Abandonment by Contractor 7.02 - Abandonment by Owner 8. Subcontractors 8.01 - Award of Subcontracts for Portions of Work 8.02 - Subcontractual Relations 8.03 - Payments to Subcontractors 9. Separate Contracts 9.01 - Owner's Right to Award Separate Contracts 9.02 - Mutual Responsibility of Contractors 9.03 - Cutting and Patching Under Separate Contracts 10. Protection of Persons and Property 10.01 - Safety Precautions and Programs 10.02 - Safety of Persons and Property 10.03 - Location and Protection of Utilities 11. Termination 11.01- Termination by Owner for Cause 11.02 - Termination for Convenience GC -3 • General Conditions of Agreement • • 1. Definition of Terms 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer The Owner, the Contractor and the Engineer and those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his duly authorized representative. The Enginccr shall be understood to be thc Enginccr of thc Owner, and nothing contained in thc Contract actual -or agency relationship between the Enginccr and the Contractor. 1.02 Contract Documents The Contract Documents shall consist of the Notice to Contractors, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (when required), Special Bonds (when required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Construction Specifications, Plans and all modifications thereof incorporated in any such documents before the execution of the agreement. Drawings showing the details of the Work specified are designated "Drawings" or "Plans ", and together with the Specifications form an integral part of the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings, as referred to in Section 2.12 are not part of the Contract Documents. The Contract documcnts arc complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be us binding as if called by all. In casc of conflict between an nds, Special Bonds (if any), proposal, Special Conditions of thc Agreement, notice to Contractors, technical Spc Conditions of thc Agreement. GC -4 Any reference to standard specifications shall always imply the latest edition of such standard specification or specifications available at the time Notice inviting Contractors to bid is published unless otherwise indicated. The cross - referencing of specification sections is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Sub - Subcontractor 1.05 Written Notice 1.06 Work The term "Subcontractor," as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor. It includes one who furnishes material worked to special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked. The term "Sub- Subcontractor" means one who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the work at the site. It includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered to or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which, when so applied, have a well - known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 1.07 Extra Work The term "Extra Work" shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Engineer or the Owner to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work not indicated in the Plans and Specifications utilized to prepare Contractor's Bid proposal, implied by thc specifications, and not covered by thc Contractor's proposal, except as provided under "Changes and Alterations" herein. GC -5 • • • • 1.08 Working Day • • The term "Working Day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions, not under the control of the Contractor, will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. 1.09 Calendar Day The term "Calendar Day" is defined as any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.10 Substantially Completed The term "Substantially Completed" shall be understood to mean that the Work structure has been made suitable for use or occupancy or that the facility is in condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.11 Furnish Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide, Supply - The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean FURNISHING AND INCORPORATING IN THE WORK including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context." 2. Responsibilities of the Engineer and the Contractor 2.01 Owner Engineer Relationship The Engineer will be the Owner's representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Engineer as the Owner's representative during construction are as set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended or limited without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. The Engineer will advise and consult with the Owner, and all of the Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be issued through the Engineer. 2.02 Observation _ by Engineer The Engineer shall make periodic visits to the site to familiarize himself with the GC -6 progress of the executed work and to determine in general, if such work meets the essential performance and dcsign features and the technical and functional engineering requirements of the is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents; provided and except, however, that the Engineer shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspection of the quality or quantity of the work or be responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident thereto or in connection therewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement or any other Contract Document, the Engineer shall not be responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the Contractor, any Subcontractor or any of the Contractor's or Subcontractor's agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the work. 2.03 Payments for Work The Engineer shall review the Contractor's applications for payment and supporting data, determine the amount owed to the Contractor and recommend, in writing, payment to the Contractor in such amounts; such recommendation of payment to the Contractor constitutes a representation to the Owner of the Engineer's professional judgement that the work has progressed to the point indicated to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, but such recommendation of an application for payment to the Contractor shall not be deemed as a representation by the Engineer that the Engineer has made any examination to determine how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the contract price. 2.04 Initial Determinations The Engineer initially shall determine all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner relating to execution or progress of the work or interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Engineer's decision shall be rendered in writing within a reasonable time, which shall not be construed to be less than ten (10) days. 2.05 Objections In the event the Engineer renders any decision which, in the opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with the Engineer within thirty (30) days his written objection to the decision, and by such action may reserve the right to submit the question so raised to litigation as hereinafter provided. GC -7 • • • • 2.06 Lines and Grades Unless otherwise specified, all lines and gardcs shall be furnished by thc cngoincer or performsancc of this work, burt such suspension will be a sbrcif as practicable and the • • the Enginccr reasonable- notice of thc time a needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by thc Contractor, and in cast of carless destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., The Engineer shall provide a baseline and datum bench mark reference point. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall employ a registered engineer or licensed land surveyor acceptable to the Owner to give the Contractor lines and elevations for the Contractor's use in construction of the work. The registered engineer or licensed ish to thc Engineer, through thc Contractor, a signed plat ccrtifying to the location and elevations of thc Work indicating tics and closure to 2.07 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence The Contractor shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent English - speaking Superintendent and any necessary assistants to supervise and direct the work. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The Contractor is and at all times shall remain an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing his work under this contract, with full power and authority to select the means, method and manner of performing such work, so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements, the Owner and the Engineer being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the plans, specifications and contract. Likewise, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and other persons, as well as for the protection and safety of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional information concerning the work to be performed passing from or through the Engineer, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the Contractor to deviate from the plans and specifications; the intent of such drawings, GC -8 specifications and any other such information being to define with specificity the agreement of the parties as to the work the Contractor is to perform. The Contractor shall be fully and completely liable, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation, and use or non -use of all items and methods incident to performance of the contract, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, and similar items or devices used by him during construction. Any review of work in process, or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of plans and specifications, by the Engineer or the Owner, or any agent, employee, or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for temporary construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the Contractor to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being performed, as measured against the drawings and specifications constituting the contract, or for the purpose of enabling the Contractor to more fully understand the plans and specifications so that the completed construction work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the Contractor from full and complete responsibility for the proper performance of his work on the project, including but not limited to the propriety of means and methods of the Contractor in performing said contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Deviation by the Contractor from plans and specifications that may have been in evidence during any such visitation or observation by the Engineer, or any of his representatives, whether called to the Contractor's attention or not, shall in no way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said plans and specifications. 2.08 Contractor's Understanding It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this contract. The Contractor agrees that he will make no claim against the Owner or the Engineer if, in the prosecution of the work, he finds that the actual site or subsurface conditions encountered do not conform to those indicated by excavation, test excavation, test procedures, borings, explorations or other subsurface excavations. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner or the Engineer either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. GC -9 • • • • • • 2.09 Character of Workers The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Engineer shall inform him in writing that any workers on the work are, in his opinion, incompetent or - unfaithful or disorderly, or refuse instructions from the Engineer in the absence of the Superintendent, such worker shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Engineer's written consent. No illegal alien may be employed by any Contractor for work on this project, and a penalty of $500.00 per day will be assessed for each day and for each illegal alien who works for the Contractor at this project. 2.10 Contractor's Buildings The building of structures for housing workers, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only at such places as the Engineer shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 2.11 Sanitation Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Engineer, and their use shall be strictly enforced. 2.12 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other Contractor, four (4) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and /or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades, and the Engineer shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making desired corrections. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The Engineer's review of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the plans and specifications and GC -10 within the contract time. Such review by the Engineer shall be for the sole purpose of determining the general conformity of said shop drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the plans and specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the Engineer does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during the Contractor's performance hereunder. ENGINEER's check and review of Shop Drawings and Samples Standard Specifications and descriptive literature submitted by CONTRACTOR will be only for general conformance with design concept, except as otherwise provided, and shall not be construed as permitting any departure from the Contract Requirements relieving CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for any error in details, dimensions or otherwise that may exist in such submittals; constituting a blanket approval of dimensions, quantities, or details of the material or equipment shown; or approving departures from additional details or instructions previously furnished by ENGINEER. Such check or review shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the full responsibility of meeting all of the requirements of the Contract Documents. The contractor shall submit all Shop Drawings and Samples sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to allow ample time for checking, correcting, resubmitting and rechecking and to avoid any delay in progress of the Work. Shop drawings or Samples submitted shall be marked with the name of the Project, numbered, and bear the stamp of approval of the Contractor as evidence that the Shop Drawings and Samples have been reviewed and approved by the Contractor. Any Shop Drawings or Samples submitted without this stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all field dimensions and measurements, field construction criteria materials, catalog numbers and similar data and that he has reviewed, approved, and coordinated such submittals with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2.13 Preliminary Approval The Engineer shall not have the power to waive the obligations of this contract for the furnishing by the Contractor of good material, and of his performing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the plans and specifications. No failure or omission of the Engineer to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or GC -11 • • • • • material shall release the Contractor from the obligations to fully and properly perform the contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance upon the discovery of said defective work or material; provided, however, that the Engineer shall, upon request of the Contractor, inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in the event the material has been once accepted by the Engineer, such acceptance shall be binding on the Owner unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications for this work. Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re- examination by the Engineer, prior to final acceptance, and if found not in accordance with the plans and /or specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re- examination and replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. Otherwise, the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the Owner; provided that, where inspection or approval is specifically required by the specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the Contractor proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing, and replacing this work if so directed by the Engineer. 2.14 Defects and Their Remedies It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Engineer as unsuitable or not in conformity with the plans, specifications, or the intent thereof, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Engineer, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. 2.15 Changes and Alterations The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit in the line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying performance and payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 "Measurement and Payment ". If the amount of work is increased, and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under GC -12 this contract, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 "Measurement and Payment". Otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In the event the Owner makes such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall compensate the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expense incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 2.16 inspectors Resident Project Representatives The Engineer may provide one (or more) field Resident Project Representatives (RPRs) inspectors at the work site for the limited purpose of observing the work in progress and reporting back to the Engineer on the extent, nature, manner and performance of the work so that the Engineer may more effectively perform his duties hereunder. Such RPRs inspeeters may also communicate between the Engineer and the Contractor their respective reports, opinions, questions, answers and clarifications concerning the plans, specifications and work but shall not be deemed the agent of the Contractor for all purposes in communicating such matters. Such RPRs inspectors may confer with the Contractor or the Contractor's Superintendent concerning the prosecution of the work and its conformity with the plans and specifications but shall never be, in whole or part, responsible for or charged with, nor shall he assume any authority or responsibility for the means, methods or manner of completing the work or of the superintendence of the work or of the Contractor's employees. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such RPR inspector is not authorized by the Engineer or the Owner to independently act for either or answer on behalf of either, any inquiries of the Contractor concerning the plans, specifications or work. No RPR's inspector `s opinion, advice, interpretation of the plans or specifications of this contract, apparent or express approval of the means or methods or manner of the Contractor's performance of work in progress or completed, or discovery or failure to discover or object to defective work of materials shall release the Contractor from his duty to complete all work in strict accordance with the plans and specifications or stop the Owner or the Engineer from requiring that all work be fully and properly performed including, if necessary, removal of defective or otherwise unacceptable work and the re -doing of such work. 2.17 Substitutions or Approved Equal GC -13 • • • • • • Whenever the Contract Documents call for an article or an item of material or equipment and which is defined by describing a proprietary product or by using the name of a manufacturer, vendor, trade name, catalog number, or other reference, the term "or approved equal ", if not inserted, shall be implied. The specified articles materials, or equipment mentioned shall be understood as indicating the type, function, minimum standard of design, efficiency, and quality desired, and shall not be construed in such a manner as to exclude products of a comparable substance, quality, design, function, and efficiency. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents relative to approval of material and equipment before incorporation into the Work. The Contractor may request approval of substitute articles, materials, or equipment. The Engineer shall evaluate the articles, materials, or equipment offered and, on the basis of its opinion, shall make recommendations pertaining thereto in the best interests of the Owner. In the event of approval a written Addendum or Change Order, as appropriate, will be issued. 3. General Obligations and Responsibilities 3.01 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor with five (5) an adequate and rcrasonablo number of copies of all plans and specifications without expense to him and the Contractor shall keep one (1) copy of the same constantly accessible on the work, with the latest revisions noted thereon. 3.02 Ownership of Drawings All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer shall not be reused on other work, and, with the exception of the signed contract sets, are to be returned to him on request, at the completion of the work. All models are the property of the Owner. 3.03 Adequacy of Design It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent engineers and designers. It is therefore agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of the operations of the completed project provided that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show GC -14 that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto. 3.04 Right of Entry The Owner reserves the right to enter the property or location at which the works herein contracted for are to be constructed or installed, by such agent or agents as he may elect, for the purpose of inspecting the work or for the purpose of constructing or installing such collateral work as the Owner may desire. 3.05 Collateral Contracts The Owner agrees to provide, by separate contract or otherwise, all labor and material essential to the completion of the work specifically excluded from this contract, in such manner so as not to unreasonably delay the progress of the work or damage the Contractor, except where such delays are specifically mentioned elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner will attempt to coordinate the collateral work of utility companies regulated by City franchises, but the City shall not be responsible for delays or other damages to the Contractor which may result from their acts or omissions. 3.06 Discrepancies and Omissions The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer of any omissions or discrepancies found in the contract. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with generally accepted practices for construction. In the event of any discrepancies between the separate Contract Documents, the priority of interpretation defined under "Contract Documents" shall govern. In the event that there is still any doubt as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the contract, specifications or drawings, the Engineer shall define what is intended to apply to the work. 3.07 Equipment, Materials and Construction Plant The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work, whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and accepted. 3.08 Damages In the event the Contractor is damaged in the course of completion of the work by the GC -15 • • • • • • act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the Owner or the Engineer, thereby causing loss to the Contractor, the Owner agrees that he will reimburse the Contractor for such loss. In the event the Owner is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the Contractor, or should the Contractor unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the Owner becomes liable, then the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for such loss. 3.09 Protection Against Accident to Employees and the Public The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and municipal safety laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state, or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, and other safety devices. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, acting at his discretion as an independent contractor. In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and the Engineer of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining of medical reports and other documentation that defines the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to the Owner and the Engineer for their records. 3.10 Performance and Payment Bonds Unless otherwise specified, it is further agreed by the parties to the contract that the Contractor will execute separate performance and payment bonds, each in the sum of one hundred (100 %) percent of the total contract price, on standard forms for this purpose, guaranteeing faithful performance of the work and the fulfillment of any guarantee required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the contract. If the contract price is $25,000.00 or less, no payment or performance bond shall be required. It is agreed that the contract shall not be in effect until such performance and payment bonds are furnished and approved by the Owner. Unless otherwise specified, the cost of the premium for the performance and payment bonds shall be included in the price bid by the Contractor for the work under this GC-16 contract, and no extra payment for such bonds will be made by the Owner. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner, the surety company underwriting the bonds shall be licensed to write such bonds in the State of Texas. 3.11 Losses from Natural Causes Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance in the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 3.12 Protection of Adjoining Property The said Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties, in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the performance of the contract regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, but any such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising solely out of the existence or character of the work. 3.13 Protection Against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen and Furnishers of Machinery, Equipment and Supplies The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner, Engineer, and Engineer's Subconsultants and the Engineer harmless from all claims growing out the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workers, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When so desired by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the Owner has written notice, or may withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims. When satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, payments to the Contractor shall be resumed GC -17 • • • • • in full in accordance with the terms of this contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligation upon the Owner by either the Contractor or his surety. 3.14 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letter patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright rights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, Engineer, and Engineer's Subconsultants harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required by the Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then the Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless form any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by the Owner is known by the Contractor to be an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the Owner. 3.15 Laws and Ordinances The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinance and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, Engineer, and Engineer's Subconsultantsagainst any claim arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations whether by the Contractor or his employees, except where such violations are called for by the provisions of the Contract Documents. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing, and any necessary changes shall be prepared as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Engineer or Engineer's Subconsultants, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. In case the Owner is a body politic and corporate, the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contract, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 3.16 Assignment and Subletting GC -18 The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract and that he will not assign by Power of Attorney or otherwise, or sublet said contract without the written consent of the Engineer, and that no part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the Engineer or the Owner. The Contractor further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner as provided by this agreement. 3.17 Indemnification The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Engineer, and Engineer's Subconsultant and their respective officers, agents and employees, from and against all damages, claims, losses, demands, suits, judgements and costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such damage, claim, loss, demand, suit, judgment, cost or expense: 1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person including Contractor's employees and any Subcontractor's employees and any Sub - subcontractor's employees, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property including Contractor's property (other than the work itself) and the property of any Subcontractor of Sub - subcontractor including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and, 2. is caused in whole or in part by any intentional or negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any one of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer or Engineer's Subconsultants, their agents or employees arising out of the preparation of maps, plans, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or the approval of maps, plans, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications or the issuance of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Engineer or Engineer's Subconsultants, their agents or employees, provided such is the sole cause of the injury or damage. In any and all claims against the Owner, Engineer, or Engineer's Subconsultants, or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under GC -19 • • • • • • Paragraph 3.17 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.18 Insurance The Contractor shall carry insurance as follows for the duration of this contract. A. Statutory Workmen's Compensation. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ( "certificate ") - a copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self- insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC -81, TWCC -82, TWCC -83, or TWCC -84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's /person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ( "subcontractor" in § 406,096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, that meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44), for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. This coverage shall include the following GC -20 terms: (a) Employer's Liability limits of $100,000.00 for each accident is required. (b) "Texas Waiver of Our Right to Recover From Others" Endorsement WC 42 03 04 shall be included in this policy. ( c) Texas must appear in Item 3A of the Worker's Compensation coverage or Item 3C must contain the following: "As States except those listed in 3A and the States of NV, ND, OH, WA, WV, and WY." The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven (7) calendar days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) calendar days after the Contractor knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. GC -21 • • • • • The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts of filing of any coverage agreements, that meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44), for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; © provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) calendar days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and contractually require each person with whom it contracts to (g) (1) GC -22 perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. By signing this contract, or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self- insured, with the Commission's Division of Self- Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, and /or other civil actions. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor that entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with minimum Bodily Injury limits of $300,000 for each occurrence including like coverage for acts and omissions of Subcontractors and contractual liability coverage. C. Property Damage Insurance with minimum limits of $50,000 for each occurrence including like coverage for acts and omissions of Subcontractors and contractual liability coverage. D. Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, non - owned, and hired vehicles with minimum limits for Bodily Injury of $100,000 for each person and $300,000 for each occurrence and Property Damage minimum limits of $50,000 for each occurrence. Contractor shall require Subcontractors to provide Automobile Liability Insurance with same minimum limits. The Contractor shall not commence work at the site under this contract until he has obtained all required insurance and until such insurance has been approved by the Owner and the Engineer. The Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractors to commence work until all insurance required has been obtained and approved. Approval of the insurance by the Owner and the Engineer shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. The required insurance must be written by a company licensed to do business in Texas GC -23 • • • • • • at the time the policy is issued. In addition, the company must be acceptable to the Owner and all insurance (other than workers' compensation) shall be endorsed to include the Owner as an additional insured thereunder. The Contractor shall not cause any insurance to be cancelled nor permit any insurance to lapse. All insurance certificates shall include a clause to the effect that the policy shall not be cancelled or reduced, restricted or limited until ten (10) days after the Owner has received written notice as evidenced by return receipt of registered or certified letter. Certificates of insurance shall contain transcripts from the proper office of the insurer, evidencing in particular those insured, the extent of the insurance, the location and the operations to which the insurance applies, the expiration date, and the above - mentioned notice of cancellation clause. Insured shall be listed in the insurance coverage by specific name and not by genre. A listing of Engineer and Engineer's Subconsultants to be named as additional insured shall be as follows: 3.19 Final Clean - up HDR Engineering, Inc., 2211 S. IH -35, Ste. 300 Austin, Texas 78741 Fugro South, 8613 Cross Park Drive, Austin, Texas 78754 Baker - Aicklen & Assoc., 203 E. Main St., Ste. 201, Round Rock, Texas 78664 Upon the completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall dean and remove from the site of the work all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of the work in a neat and orderly condition at least equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. In the event the Contractor fails or refuses to clean and remove surplus materials and debris as above provided, the Owner or the Engineer may do so, or cause same to be done, at the Contractor's expense, and the reasonable cost thereof shall be deducted from the final payment. 3.20 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or GC -24 resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). If within one year after the date of Substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in these Conditions. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER GC -25 • • • • • • to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with this section, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work: and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. 3.21 Testing of Materials Unless otherwise specified, testing of all materials to be incorporated into the project will be as directed by the Engineer at the expense of the Owner. All retesting for work rejected on the basis of test results will be at the expense of the Contractor and the extent of the retesting shall be determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may require additional testing for failing tests and may require two (2) passing retests before acceptance will be made by the Owner. The testing laboratory will be designated by the Owner. All materials to be incorporated into the project must meet the requirements of these specifications. For manufactured materials such as reinforcing steel, expansion joint materials, concrete pipe, cement, miscellaneous steel, cast iron materials, etc., the Contractor will be required to furnish a manufacturer's certificate stating that the material meets the requirements specified for this project. GC -26 3.22 Wage Rates (Information From Chapter 2258 Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates a. The state or any political subdivision of the state shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection (a) does not apply to maintenance work. c. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if the worker is employed by a contractor or subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the state, a political subdivision of the state, or any officer or public body of the state or a political subdivision of the state. 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body or a subcontractor of the contractor shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A contractor or subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. c. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022. d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. 2258.051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract; and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the contractor under the contract, except that, the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without determination by the public GC -27 • • • • body that there is good cause to believe that the contractor has violated this chapter. WR1001 July 1997 • • Applicable wage rates are shown in Section 06 WAGE RATES of the SPECIAL CONDITIONS. 4. Prosecution and Progress 4.01 Time and Order of Completion It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the proposal: provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the Engineer may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the Work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 4.02 Extension of Time Should the Contractor be delayed in the completion of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Engineer, or of any employee of either, or by other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fires, and unusual delays by common carriers, or unavoidable cause or causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide justifies the delay, then an extension of time shall be allowed for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, the amount of the extension to be determined by the Engineer; provided, however, that the Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause of such delay. Adverse weather conditions will not be justification for extension of time on "Calendar Days" contracts. 4.03 Hindrances and Delays No claims shall be made by the Contractor for damages resulting from hindrances or GC -28 delays from any cause (except where the work is stopped by order of and for the convenience of the Owner) during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this contract. In case said work shall be stopped by the act of the Owner, then such expense as in the judgment of the Engineer is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor. 5. Measurement and Payment 5.01 Quantities and Measurements No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and /or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 5.02 Estimated Quantities This agreement, including the specifications, plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of such work done and material furnished. Where payment is based on the unit price method, the Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any differences which may be found between the quantities of work actually done, the material actually furnished under this contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the proposal; provided, however, that in case the actual quantity of any major item should become as much as twenty percent (20 %) more than, or twenty percent (20 %) less than the estimated or contemplated quantity for such items, then either party to this agreement, upon demand, shall be entitled to revised consideration upon the portion of the work above or below twenty percent (20 %) of the estimated quantity. A "Major Item" shall be construed to be any individual bid item incurred in the proposal that has a total cost equal to or greater that five percent (5 %) of the total contract cost, computed on the basis of the proposal quantities and the contract unit prices. Any revised consideration is to be determined by agreement between the parties, GC -29 • • • • otherwise by the terms of this agreement, as provided under "Extra Work". • • 5.03 Price of Work In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material, and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the completion of all work and on the delivery of all material embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the prices set forth in the proposal hereto attached, which has been made a part of this contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to receive such prices in full for furnishing all material and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also for all expense incurred by him, and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement. 5.04 Partial Payments On or before the first day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing the total value of the work performed up to and including the 25th day of the preceding month. The statement shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on the job site and to be included in the work and all partially completed work whether bid as a lump sum or a unit item which in the opinion of the Engineer is acceptable. The Engineer shall examine and approve or modify and approve such statement. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the 20th day of the current month the total amount of the approved statement, less five percent (5 %) of the amount thereof, which five percent (5 %) shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may by retained by the Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the Contractor, then the Owner may, upon written recommendation of the Engineer, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the Contractor; or the Contractor, at the Owner's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the Contractor shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment ". 5.05 Use of Completed Portions The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired. Such taking possession and use shall not be GC -30 deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation, extension of time, or both, as the Engineer may determine. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when, in the Contractor's opinion, the contract is "substantially completed" and when so notifying the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer in writing a detailed list of unfinished work. The Engineer will review the Contractor's list of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the Contractor has failed to include. The "substantial completion" of the structure or facility shall not excuse the Contractor from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5.06 Final Completion and Acceptance Within ten (10) days after the Contractor has given the Engineer written notice that the work has been completed, or substantially completed, the Engineer and the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work is found to be completed in accordance with the Contact Documents, the Engineer shall issue to the Owner and the Contractor his Certificate of Completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner to issue a Certificate of Acceptance to the Contractor or to advise the Contractor in writing of the reason for non - acceptance. 5.07 Final Payment Upon the issuance of the Certificate of Completion, the Engineer shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare final statement for the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the Contractor under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents, shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required. 5.08 Payments Withheld The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: GC -31 • • • • a) Defective work not remedied or other obligations hereunder not done. • • b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for material or labor. d) Damage to the Owner or another contractor's work, material or equipment. e) Reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount. f) Reasonable indication that the work will not completed within the contract time. g ) 5.09 Delayed Payments 6.01 Change Orders Other causes affecting the performance of the contract. When the above grounds are removed or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. Should the Owner fail to make payment to the Contractor of the sum named in any partial or final statement, when payment is due, then the Owner shall pay to the Contractor, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement, interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6 %) per annum, unless otherwise specified, from date due as provided under "Partial Payments" and "Final Payment," until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the Contractor growing out of such delay in payment. It is expressly agreed that delay by the Owner in making payment to the Contractor of the sum named in any partial or final statement shall not constitute a breach of this contract on the part of the Owner nor an abandonment thereof nor shall it to any extent or for any time relieve the Contractor of his obligations to fully and completely perform hereunder. 6. Extra Work and Claims Without invalidating this agreement, the Owner may at any time or from time to time order additions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authorized by a Change Proposal Request and subsequent Change Order to be prepared by the Engineer for execution by the Owner and the Contractor. The change order shall set forth the GC -32 basis for any change in contract price, as hereinafter set forth for extra work, and any change in contract time which may result from the change. In the event the Contractor shall refuse to execute a change order which has been prepared by the Engineer and executed by the Owner, the Engineer may in writing instruct the Contractor to proceed with the work as set forth in the change order and the Contractor may make claim against the Owner for extra work involved therein, as hereinafter provided. 6.02 Minor Changes The Engineer may authorize minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in contract price. These changes will be in the form of Work Change Directives for modifications involving no price or time adjustment to the Contract. If the Contractor believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by the Engineer involves extra work and entitles him to an increase in the contract price, the Contractor shall make written request to the Engineer for a written Change Proposal Request. In such case, the Contractor by copy of his communication to the Engineer or otherwise in writing shall advise the Owner of his request to the Engineer for a written Change Proposal Request and that work involved may result in an increase in the contract price. Any request by the Contractor for a change in contract price shall be made prior to beginning the work covered by the proposed change. 6.03 Extra Work It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the Contractor for work either added or deleted by a change order or for which a claim for extra work is made shall be determined by the unit prices upon which this contract was bid to the extent such work can be fairly classified within the various work item descriptions and for work items that cannot be so classified by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) is agreed upon before the extra GC -33 • • • • • • work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the "actual field cost" of the work, plus fifteen percent (15 %). In the event said extra work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost to the Contractor of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, also all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on performance and payment bonds and maintenance bonds, public liability and property damage and workers' compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by any law or ordinance, or directed or agreed to by the Owner. The Engineer may direct the form in which accounts of the "actual field cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the Engineer The Engineer or the Owner may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100 %), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practicable the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15 %) of the "actual field cost" to be paid the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "actual field cost" as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's camp or field office must be maintained primarily on account of such extra work; then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Engineer In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work, or as to the payment therefor, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep an accurate account of the "actual field cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby GC -34 preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to mediation or litigation. 6.04 Time of Filing Claims It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Engineer within thirty (30) days after the Engineer has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Engineer shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the Engineer's decision, any demand for mediation shall be filed with the Engineer and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the Engineer's final decision. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claims by either party, except claims by Owner for defective work or enforcement of warranties and except as noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. 6.05 Continuing Performance The Contractor shall continue performance of the contract during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. The production or delivery of goods, the furnishing of services and the construction of projects or facilities shall not be delayed, prejudiced or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner may otherwise agree in writing. 7. Abandonment of Contract 7.01 Abandonment by Contractor In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the Owner or the Engineer, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Engineer when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, then and in that case, where performance and payment bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the surety on the performance bond, or another contractor in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefor (except when used in connection with extra work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under Section 6 herein), it being understood that the use GC -35 • • of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. • • Where there is no performance bond provided or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for, within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (1) The Owner may thereupon employ such force of men and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to the Contractor, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such monies as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and /or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner, or (2) The Owner, under competitive bids taken after notice published as required by law, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case there is any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the surety shall be and remain bound therefor. However, should the cost to complete any such contract prove to be less than would have been the cost to complete under this contract, the Contractor and /or his surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as provided in Paragraph 5.06 hereinabove, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified by the Engineer as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the Contractor and his surety, whereupon the Contractor and /or his surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less GC -36 than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and /or his surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and /or his surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the Contractor and his surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice, the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies, which remain on the work, and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his surety, to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herein shall be opened to the Contractor and his surety. 7.02 Abandonment by Owner In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of work that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been wrought into the work. Thereupon, the Engineer shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Contractor (at the prices stated in the attached proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all extra work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the whole work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The Engineer shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this agreement and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this agreement. GC -37 • • • • • • 8. Subcontractors 8.01 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents or in the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after the award of the contract, shall furnish to the Engineer in writing for acceptance by the Owner and the Engineer a list of the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the work. The Engineer shall promptly notify the Contractor in writing if either the Owner or the Engineer, after due investigation, has objection to any Subcontractor on such list and does not accept him. Failure of the Owner or the Engineer to make objection promptly to any Subcontractor on the list shall constitute acceptance of such Subcontractor. The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor or any person or organization (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for portions of the work designated in the Contract Documents or in the Instructions to Bidders or, if none is so designated, with any Subcontractor proposed for the principal portions of the work who has been rejected by the Owner and the Engineer. The Contractor will not be required to contract with any Subcontractor or person or organization against whom he has a reasonable objection. If the Owner or the Engineer refuses to accept any Subcontractor or person or organization on a list submitted by the Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents or the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute and the contract amount shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate change order shall be issued; however, no increase in the contract amount shall be allowed for any such substitution unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting for acceptance any list or lists of names as required by the Contract Documents or the Instructions to Bidders. If the Owner or the Engineer requires a change of any proposed Subcontractor or person or organization previously accepted by them, the contract amount shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate change order shall be issued. The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization who has been accepted by the Owner and the Engineer, unless the substitution is acceptable to the Owner and the Engineer. 8.02 Subcontractual Relations All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an GC -38 appropriate written agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that: (1) preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Engineer under the contract with respect to the work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; (2) require that such work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; (3) (4) require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor where appropriate) in sufficient time so that the Contractor may comply in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner; (5) 8.03 Payments to Subcontractors require submission to the Contractor of the applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment in accordance with this contract; obligate each subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this section. A copy of all such subcontract agreements shall be filed by the Contractor with the Engineer before the Subcontractor shall be allowed to commence work. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an amount directly based upon the value of the work performed and allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's work, less the percentage retained from payments to the Contractor. The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors. If the Engineer fails to approve a payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a particular Subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay the Subcontractor on demand made at any time after the Certificate for Payment should otherwise have been issued, for his work to the extent completed, less the retained percentage. GC -39 • • • • • The Engineer may, on request and at his discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on account of work done by such Subcontractors. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to such Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required. 9. Separate Contracts 9.01 Owner's Right to Award Separate Contracts The Owner reserves the right to award other contracts in connection with other portions of the project under these or similar conditions of the contract. When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the project, "the Contractor" in the contract documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract. 9.02 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's work. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the project, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner or initiates an proceeding allowed hereunder on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees and court costs or other costs which the Owner has incurred. GC -40 9.03 Cutting and Patching under Separate Contracts The Contractor shall be responsible for any cutting, fitting and patching that may be required to complete his work, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any work of any other contractors by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Engineer. Any costs caused by defective or ill -timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 10. Protection of Persons and Property 10.01 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. 10.02 Safety of Persons and Property The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: (1) all employees on the work and all other persons who may be affected thereby: (2) all the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors; and (3) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, fences, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and GC -41 • • • • shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. • • All blasting, including methods of storing and handling explosives and highly inflammable materials, shall conform to federal, state, local laws and ordinances. All city ordinances shall be complied with even though some or all of the blasting is done outside the city limits unless the applicable ordinance is in conflict with the law of the jurisdiction where the action is being taken. The following is a list of requirements in addition to federal, state, and local laws and ordinances: 1. The Contractor shall furnish the City of Round Rock with a Certificate of Blasting Insurance in the amount of $300,000.00 for each contract, at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to using explosives. A blasting permit must be obtained from the city at least five (5) days prior to use of explosives. If blasting is covered under the Contractor's General Insurance Certificate for each contract, a separate blasting certificate will not be required. 2. The following public utility companies and city departments will be notified by the Contractor, on every occasion, at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the use of explosives: Water and Wastewater, Electric, Gas, Telephone and the City Engineering Department. 3. Explosive materials to be used shall be limited to blasting agents and dynamite, unless prior approval of other materials is obtained in writing from the Engineering Department. 4. During blasting, all reasonable precautions shall be taken to protect pedestrians, passing vehicles, and public or private property. Blasting mats or protective cover shall be used when required by the City Inspector, the permit, or by safe blasting practices. 5. All explosives shall be stored in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 5.200, of the City Code. 6. The Director of Engineering or his representative shall have the right to limit the use of explosives and /or blasting methods which in his opinion are dangerous to the public or nearby property of any kind 7. The Contractor, at his expense, shall promptly repair or replace all items known to be damaged as a result of blasting. All claims of damage shall be investigated by the City of Round Rock or by consulting firms approved by the city. GC -42 11. Termination 8. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records throughout the blasting operations showing the type explosive used, number of holes, pounds per hole, depth of hole, total pounds per shot, delays used, date and time of blast and initials of the inspector. The Contractor is fully responsible for all claims resulting from his blasting operation. All damage or loss to any property referred to in this article caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, except damage or loss attributable solely to faulty drawings or specifications or solely to the acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of them, and not attributable in any degree to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Owner and the Engineer. 10.03 Location and Protection of Utilities Notwithstanding any other provision of this contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public utility lines and utility customer service lines in the work area. The Contractor shall exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the Contractor's work or storage areas. Upon request, the Owner shall provide such information as it has about the location and grade of water, sewer, gas, and telephone and electric lines and other utilities in the work area but such information shall not relieve or be deemed to be in satisfaction of the Contractor's obligation hereunder, which shall be primary and nondelegable. Any such lines damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be immediately repaired by the Contractor or he shall cause such damage to be repaired at his expense. 11.01 Termination by Owner for Cause Conditions for termination are as follows: Without prejudice to any other legal or equitable right or remedy which it would otherwise possess hereunder or as a matter of law, City shall be entitled by giving Contractor five (5) days prior written notice to terminate this contract in its entirety at any time: If the Contractor becomes insolvent, voluntarily files for bankruptcy, is the subject of an involuntary petition for bankruptcy commenced by its creditors, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or GC -43 • • • • • • becomes the subject of any other proceeding commenced under any statute or law for the relief of debtors; or If a receiver trustee or liquidator of any of the property or income of Contractor shall be appointed; or If Contractor: Shall fail to prosecute the work or any part thereof with diligence necessary to insure its progress and completion as prescribed by the time schedules; and Shall fail to take such steps to remedy such default within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from City; or If Contractor: Shall fail for any reason other than the failure by City to make payments called upon when due, and Shall fail to take such steps to remedy such default within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from City; or If Contractor: Shall commit a substantial default under any of the terms, provisions, conditions, or covenants contained herein; or Shall fail to take such steps to remedy such default within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from City; or In the event of such termination, Contractor shall only be paid its reimbursable costs incurred prior to the effective date of the termination notice and shall not be entitled to receive any further fixed fee payments hereunder and shall be further subject to any claim City may have against Contractor under other provisions of this agreement or as a matter of law, including the refund of any overpayment of reimbursable costs and/or fixed fee. If this Contract is terminated for cause, the City shall have the right but shall not be obligated to complete the work itself or by others; and to this end, City shall be entitled to take possession of and use such equipment and materials as may be on the job site, and to exercise all rights, options, and privileges of Contractor under its subcontracts, purchase orders, or otherwise; and Contractor shall promptly assign such rights, options and privileges to City. If City elects to complete the work itself or by others, pursuant to the foregoing, the City will reimburse City for all costs incurred by City (including, without limitation, applicable, general, and administrative expenses, and field overhead, and the cost of necessary equipment, materials, and field labor) in correcting work by Contractor which fails to meet contract requirements. Nothing contained in the preceeding sections shall require City to pay for any work which is unsatisfactory as determined by the Director or which is not submitted in compliance with the terms of this Contract. City shall not be required to make any payments to Contractor when Contractor is in default under this Contract, nor shall this Article constitute a waiver of any right, at law and at equity, which City may have if Contractor is in default, including the right to bring legal action for damages or to force GC -44 specific performance of this Contract. 11.02 Termination for Convenience In connection with the work outlined in the Contract, it is agreed and fully understood by Contractor, that City may cancel or indefinitely suspend further work hereunder or terminate this Contract either for cause as outlined above, or for the convenience of City, upon fifteen (15) days written notice to Contractor, with the understanding that immediately upon receipt of said notice all work and labor being performed under this Contract shall cease. Contractor shall invoice City for all work satisfactorily completed and shall be compensated in accordance with the terms of this Contract for work accomplished prior to the receipt of said notice. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. After receipt of a notice of termination and acceptance otherwise directed by City, Contractor shall, in good faith, and to the best of his ability, do all things necessary, in the light of such notice and of such request and implementation thereof as City may make to assure the efficient proper closeout of the terminated work (including the protection of City property). Among other things, the Contractor shall, except as otherwise directed or approved by City: 1. Stop the work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination. 2. Place no further orders for subcontracts for services, equipment or materials, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work as is not terminated. 3. Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. 4. Assign to City, in the manner and to the extent directed by it, al right title, and interest of Contractor under the orders or subcontracts so terminated; in which case, City shall have the right to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of such termination of such orders and /or subcontracts. 5. With the approval of City, settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination or orders and subcontracts. 6. Deliver to City, all documents, property, plans, field surveys, maps, cross sections and other data, designs and work related to the Project shall become the property of the City upon termination of this Contract, in a reasonably organized form, without restriction on future use. Should City subsequently contract with a new contractor for continuation of services under this Project, Contractor shall cooperate in providing information. 7. In the event of such termination, no cost incurred after the effective date of the notice of termination shall be treated as reimbursable costs unless it relates to carrying out the unterminated portion or taking closeout measures. GC -45 • • • • • 6.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS • • SECTION 01- INFORMATION 01 -01 ENGINEER • • The word "Engineer" in these Specifications shall be understood as referring to the City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664, Engineer of the Owner, or the Engineer's authorized representative to act in any particular position for the Owner. 01 -02 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED The Agreement will be prepared in not less than five (5) counterpart (original signed) sets. Owner will furnish Contractor two (2) sets of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications and four (4) sets of Plans free of charge, and additional sets will be obtained from the Engineer at commercial reproduction rates plus 20% for handling. 01 -03 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under these Plans and Specifications shall be governed by any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the Owner. 01 -04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME The Contractor agrees that time is of the essence for this Contract and that the definite value of damages which would result from delay would be incapable of ascertainment and uncertain, so that for each day of delay beyond the number of days herein agreed upon for the completion of the work herein specified and contracted for, after due allowance for such extension of time as is provided for under the provisions of Section 4.02 of the General Conditions, the Owner may withhold permanently from the Contractor's total compensation, not as penalty but as liquidated damages of the following amounts: Substantial Completion of Bid Items $ 1,000 /day Final Completion of Bid Items $ 500 /day SC -2 01 -05 LOCATION The location of work shall be as mentioned in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated on Plans. 01 -06 USAGE OF WATER All water used during construction shall be provided by the City. The City shall specify the location from which the Contractor is to procure water. The Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring fire hydrant meter, including meter deposit, from the City and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring, storing, transporting and using water during construction. The Contractor shall strive to use that amount of water which is reasonable to perform the work associated with this contract and shall endeavor to avoid excessive waste. The Contractor will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that unnecessary or excessive waste is occurring during construction. 01 -07 PAY ESTIMATES If pay estimates from the Contractor are not received by the Engineer on or before the time specified in Section 5.04 of the General Conditions, then the pay estimate will not be processed and will be returned to Contractor. SECTION 02- SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 02 -01 CROSSING UTILITIES Prior to commencing the work associated with this contract, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make arrangements with the Owners of such utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense, however, where such is not the case, the Contractor will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02 -02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor will be responsible for providing his own utility services while performing the work associated with this contract. No additional payment will be made for this item. SC -3 • • • • 02 -03 GUARANTEES The Contractor warrants the materials and workmanship and that the work is in conformance with the plans and specifications included in this contract for the period that the Warranty Bond, as outlined in Section 04 of the Special Conditions, is in effect. Upon notice from Owner, the Contractor shall repair defects in all construction or materials which develop during specified period and at no cost to Owner. Neither final acceptance, Certificate of Completion, final payment nor any provision in Contract Documents relieves Contractor of above guarantee. Notice of observed defects will be given with reasonable promptness. Failure to repair or replace defect upon notice entitles Owner to repair or replace same and recover reasonable cost thereof from Contractor. • 02 -04 MINIMUM WAGE SCALE Contractors are required to pay prevailing wage rates to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on behalf of the City engaged in the construction of public works. The wage rate for these jobs shall be the general prevailing wage rates for work of a similar character. This applies to Contractors and Subcontractors. The Contractors and Subcontractors shall keep and make available records of workers and their wages. Contractors and Subcontractors shall pay the prevailing wage rates as adopted by the Owner. There is a statutory penalty of $60.00 per worker per day or portion of a day that the prevailing wage rate is not paid by the Contractor or any Subcontractor. 02 -05 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The Owner has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the Owner may be required to change and /or delete any items which he may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. Contractor shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract, the Owner reserves the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. SC -4 02 -06 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The Owner shall provide a project representative to review the quality of materials and workmanship. 02 -07 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the Owner, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the Engineer. 02 -08 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND The Owner will pay for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, provided the Application for Payment is accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 02 -09 "AS- BUILT" DRAWINGS The Contractor shall mark all changes and revisions on all of his copies of the working drawings during the course of the Project as they occur. Upon completion of the Project and prior to final acceptance and payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer one set of his working drawings, dated and signed by himself and his project superintendent and labeled as "As- Built", that shows all changes and revisions outlined above and that shows field locations of all above ground appurtenances including but not limited to valves, fire hydrants and manholes. These as -built drawings shall become the property of the Owner. Each appurtenance shall be located by at least two (2) horizontal distances measured from existing, easily identifiable, immovable SC -5 • • • • appurtenances such as fire hydrants or valves. Property pins can be used for as- builts tie -ins provided no existing utilities as previously described are available. Costs for delivering as -built drawings shall be subsidiary to other bid items. 02 -10 LAND FOR WORK Owner provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to done, right -of -way for access to same and such other lands which are designated for use of Contractor. Contractor provides, at his expense and without liability of Owner, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations, temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 02 -11 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on Plans, present obstructions to grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, etc., as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will make arrangements with the owner of the utility to be moved and have it moved. The costs of any utility relocations will be at the Contractor's sole expense. Owner will not be liable for relocations costs or damages on account of delays due to changes made by owners of privately owned utilities which hinder progress of the work. 02 -12 CONSTRUCTION STAKING All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Plans. This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. SECTION 03- TRAFFIC CONTROL • Access shall be provided for residents and emergency vehicles at all times. SC -6 When it becomes necessary to restrict access (including impacting traffic on streets or highways), the Contractor shall request approval from the Owner. If approved, Contractor shall notify all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire Department, E.M.S.; Public Works, etc.) and comply with the requirements of each entity. If traffic is impacted, as a minimum, at the end of each day two lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The Contractor shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. Traffic plans shall be designed and sealed by an engineer licensed in the state of Texas. 'all be considered subsidiary to other bid items and no additional compensation shall b„ given for complying with this Special Condition. SECTION 04- WARRANTY BOND Per City of Round Rock Ordinances, a two (2) year Warranty Bond naming the City of Round Rock as obligee will be required for public streets constructed without lime stabilization of subgrade material when the Plasticity Index of the subgrade is above 20. Warranty Bond shall remain in effect for two (2) years from date of City of Round Rock acceptance of improvements. Such bonds shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as surety or other surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner prior to final payment. A one (1) year Warranty Bond in the amount of one hundred (100 %) percent of the contract price will be required for all other improvements and shall be submitted prior to final payment. Such bonds shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as surety (and acceptable according to the latest list of companies holding certificates of authority from the Security of the Treasury of the United States) or other surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner prior to final payment. SECTION 05- INSURANCE Section 3.18 of the General Conditions of the Agreement is hereby amended to include the following: 3.18 Insurance SC -7 • • • • • • Contractor shall carry insurance in the following types and amounts for the duration of this Contract, which shall include items owned by Owner in care, custody and control of Contractor prior and during construction and warranty period, and furnish Certificates of Insurance along with copies of policy declaration pages and all policy endorsements as evidence thereof: a. Statutory Worker's Compensation and minimum $100,000 Employers Liability Insurance. b. Commercial General Liability Insurance with minimum limits of $500,000 per occurrence and $1,000,000 Aggregate or $500,000 for this designated project and $100,000 Fire Damage. c. Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, nonowned and hired vehicles with minimum limits for Bodily Injury of $250,000 for each person and $500,000 for each occurrence and Property Damage limits of $100,000 or Combined Single Limit of $600,000. d. On all new or remodeling building projects: All Risk Builders Risk Insurance for insurable building projects shall be insured in the amount of the contract price for such improvements. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk Insurance required under this section, except as to such rights as they may have in the proceeds of such insurance. Contractor shall require similar waivers by Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors. e. Owner and Contractor's Protective Policy. The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of this contract and until all work under said contract has been completed and accepted by the Owner, an Owner's and Contractor's Protective Policy which co- insures the Owner and the Owner's agents and employees with the same Commercial General Liability coverage as described above, entitled "Commercial General Liability Insurance." When offsite storage is permitted, policy will be endorsed for transit and off site storage in amounts sufficient to protect property being transported SC -8 or stored. This insurance shall include, as insured, City of Round Rock, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the work, as their respective interest may appear. If insurance policies are not written for amount specified in b. and c. above, Contractor is required to carry an Excess Liability Insurance Policy for any difference in amounts specified. Contractor shall be responsible for deductibles and self insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. Any self insured retention shall not exceed ten percent of minimum required limits. All deductibles or self insured retentions shall be disclosed on Certificate of Insurance required above. Contractor shall not commence work at site under this Contract until he has obtained required insurance and until such insurance has been reviewed by Owner's Contract Administration Office. Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractors to commence work until insurance required has been obtained and approved. Approval of insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease liability of Contractor hereunder. Insurance to be written by a company licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time policy is issued and acceptable to owner. Contractor shall produce an endorsement to each effected policy: 1. Naming City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664 as additional insured (except Workers' Compensation and Builders Risk). 2. That obligates the insurance company to notify Joanne Land, City Secretary, City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664 of any and all changes to policy 30 days prior to change. 3. That the "other" insurance clause shall not apply to Owner where City of Round Rock is an additional insured shown on policy. It is intended that policies required in this agreement, covering both SC -9 • • • Owner and Contractor, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. • • Contractor shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during term of this Contract or as required in the Contract. If Contractor is underwritten on a claim -made basis, the retroactive date shall be prior to, or coincident with, the date of this Contract and the Certificate of Insurance shall state that coverage is claims made and also the retroactive date. Contractor shall maintain coverage for duration of this Contract and for two years following completion of this Contract. Contractor shall provide the City annually a Certificate of Insurance as evidence of such insurance. It is further agreed that Contractor shall provide Owner a 30 day notice of aggregate erosion, an advance of the retroactive date, cancellation and /or renewal. It is also agreed that Contractor will invoke the tail option at request of Owner and the Extended Reporting Period (ERP) premium shall be paid by Contractor. Owner reserves the right to review insurance requirements of this section during effective period of the Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverages and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by Owner based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions or the claims history of the industry as well as Contractor. Owner shall be entitled, upon request, and without expense, to receive copies of policies and all endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations or exclusions, except where policy provisions are established by law or regulation binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any of such policies. Actual losses not covered by insurance as required by the section shall be paid by Contractor. SECTION 06- WAGE RATES SC -10 GENERAL DECISION TX020043 03/01/2002 TX43 Date: March 1, 2002 General Decision Number TX020043 Superseded General Decision No. TX010043 State: TEXAS Construction Type: HEAVY HIGHWAY County(ies): BELL CORYELL TRAVIS BEXAR GUADALUPE WILLIAMSON BRAZOS HAYS COMAL MCLENNAN Heavy (excluding tunnels and dams) and Highway Construction Projects (does not include building structures in rest area projects). *NOT TO BE USED FOR WORK ON SEWAGE OR WATER TREATMENT PLANTS OR LIFT /PUMP STATIONS IN BELL, CORYELL, McLENNAN AND WILLIAMSON COUNTIES. Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/01/2002 COUNTY(ies): BELL CORYELL TRAVIS BEXAR GUADALUPE WILLIAMSON BRAZOS HAYS COMAL MCLENNAN SUTX2042A 03/26/1998 Rates AIR TOOL OPERATOR 8.08 ASPHALT HEATER OPERATOR 11.00 ASPHALT RAKER 8.00 ASPHALT SHOVELER 7.97 BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER 11.00 CARPENTER 10.80 CONCRETE FINISHER - PAVING 9.57 SC -11 Fringes • • • • CONCRETE FINISHER - STRUCTURES 8.83 CONCRETE RUBBER 8.52 ELECTRICIAN 16.25 FLAGGER 6.86 FORM BUILDER - STRUCTURES 8.77 Rates FORM LINER - PAVING & CURB 8.00 FORM SETTER- PAVING & CURB 8.68 FORM SETTER- STRUCTURES 8.73 LABORER- COMMON 7.12 LABORER- UTILITY 7.99 MECHANIC 12.15 OILER 11.40 SERVICER 8.44 PAINTER - STRUCTURES 10.00 PIPE LAYER 8.27 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR 9.70 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 9.26 BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 7.12 BULLDOZER 9.28 CONCRETE CURING MACHINE 7.79 • CONCRETE FINISHING MACHINE 11.00 CONCRETE PAVING SAW 9.79 SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR 11.15 CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL 10.12 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR TRUCK MOUNTED 15.00 FRONT END LOADER 8.86 HOIST - DOUBLE DRUM & LESS 10.81 MIXER 7.12 MIXER - CONCRETE PAVING 11.00 MOTOR GRADER FINE GRADE 12.37 MOTOR GRADER 11.14 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE 8.31 PLANER OPERATOR 15.75 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT -MIX PAVEMENTS 7.73 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL OTHER FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING 7.33 ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF PROPELLED 7.17 • SCRAPERS 8.38 SC -12 Fringes TRACTOR - CRAWLER TYPE TRAVELING MIXER TRENCHING MACHINE, HEAVY WAGON - DRILL/BORING MACHINE REINFORCING STEEL SE'V'ER PAVING 9.40 7.92 9.92 8.00 14.50 Rates REINFORCING STEEL SE'V'ER STRUCTURES 10.61 STEEL WORKER - STRUCTURAL 11.73 SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 8.55 WORK ZONE BARRICADE 8.29 SIGN INSTALLER 7.97 TRUCK DRIVER - SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 8.32 TRUCK DRIVER - SINGLE AXLE HEAVY 7.954 TRUCK DRIVER - TANDEM AXLE SEMI- TRAILER 8.02 TRUCK DRIVER - LOWBOY/FLOAT 10.12 WELDER 11.02 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: SC -13 Fringes * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. • • • • • With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION SC -14 GENERAL DECISION TX020018 07/26/2002 TX18 Date: July 26, 2002 General Decision Number TX020018 Superseded General Decision No. TX010018 State: TEXAS Construction Type: BUILDING County(ies): TRAVIS BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories). (Use current heavy & highway general wage determination for paving & utilities Incidental to building construction). Modification Number 0 1 2 COUNTY(ies): TRAVIS CARP1266A 04/01/2001 CARPENTERS: Carpenters (All other work - Including Acoustical Installation and Drywall Framing/Hanging, Including Metal Studs) Millwrights ELECO520A 06/05/2002 ELECTRICIANS (Including Low Voltage Wiring for Computers, Fire /Smoke Alarms and Telephones) Publication Date 03/01/2002 06/07/2002 07/26/2002 SC -15 Rates 18.60 19.46 Rates 23.40 Fringes 2.71 2.71 Fringes 2.40+10% • • • • * ELEV0133A 07/01/2002 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANICS 22.655 7.455 +a a - Employer contributes 8% of basic hourly rate for over 5 years service and 6% of basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years service as Vacation Pay Credit. Also 7 paid holidays - New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day. IRON0482D 06/01/2002 Rates Fringes IRONWORKERS - STRUCTURAL (Excluding Metal Building Erection) 16.65 4.65 PAIN1008A 07/01/2001 Rates Fringes GLAZIERS 17.60 4.59 • PLUMO286A 06/01/2001 Rates Fringes PLUMBERS (Excluding HVAC Work 20.57 4.81 PIPEFI I'1ERS (Including HVAC Work) 20.57 4.81 SHEE0067E 07/01/2000 Rates Fringes SHEET METAL WORKERS (Including HVAC Duct Work) 21.06 5.71e SUTX1213A 02/24/1997 BRICKLAYER (Excluding Caulking and Waterproofing) • CARPENTERS (Formbuilding Only) SC -16 Rates 13.25 13.20 Fringes Rates CAULKERS 13.05 CEMENT MASON 10.22 HVAC MECHANIC (Excluding Duct or Pipe Work) IRONWORKER: Reinforcing SC -17 11.83 10.00 LABORERS: Brick Tender 8.00 Common 7.57 Fringes 1.14 PAINTERS: Brush 10.06 .31 Drywall Finishing 9.00 Spray 9.70 .19 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Backhoe 11.11 1.92 Crane 12.50 2.03 Front End Loader 11.33 SOFT FLOOR LAYER 10.00 SPRINKLER FITTER 14.00 TILE SETTER 13.00 1.55 TILE SETTER FINISHER 10.00 TRUCK DRIVER (Lowboy) 8.00 WATERPROOFER 12.13 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. • • • • Unlisted classifications needed for work not included withinthe scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses • • (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 SC -18 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION SC -19 • • • • • 7.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • • ITEM 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK • • The work covered by these Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: The item number designation shown in parentheses adjacent to captions herein is a reference to City of Austin Standard Specifications. STREET, WATER. SEWER AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS The current City of Austin Standard Specifications as adopted and amended by the City of Round Rock and the current City of Austin Erosion and Sedimentation Control Manual are hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein and they shall be applied to this project except as modified in these Specifications and on the Plans. Wherever the term "City of Austin" is used in the Austin Specifications, it shall be construed to mean the City of Round Rock. Wherever the term "Engineer" is used in the Austin Specifications, it shall be construed to mean the City of Round Rock. TS -1 ITEM 2 CONTROL OF WORK 2.01 CLEAN -UP 2.01.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE 2.01.2 BACKWORK 2.02 GRADING During construction the Contractor shall keep the site free and clean from all rubbish and debris and shall clean -up the site promptly when notified to do so by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, maintain the streets and roads free from dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public using the thoroughfare, or the occupants of adjacent properties. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done, and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the Contractor's operations, shall be immediately removed. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the amount of clean -up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should such a condition exist, the Engineer may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the Engineer's satisfaction. The Contractor shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and satisfactory condition approved by the Engineer. TS -2 • • • • ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW 3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK • • The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the Engineer, representatives of all governmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the Owner's authorized representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking of this Contract. 3.02 NOTIFICATION The Engineer and Owner must be notified a minimum of 24 -hours in advance of beginning construction, testing, or requiring presence of the Engineer, project representative, or Owner's representative. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor reference points and benchmarks that, in the Engineer's opinion, provide sufficient information for the Contractor to perform construction staking. 3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES, MARKS, ETC. All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks, property corners, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of destruction or removal during the course of this project, such stakes, marks, property corners, etc., shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. TS -3 ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION 4.01 WORK IN FREEZING WEATHER Portions of the work may continue as directed by the Engineer. 4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees, plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the Contractor may remove trees and plants for construction right -of -way but only with approval of the Engineer. 4.03 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection, reference and resetting of property corner monuments if disturbed. 4.04 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL The Contractor shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of surplus material, such as rock, trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials. 4.05 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide additional space as necessary for his operations and storage of materials. TS -4 • • • • ITEM 5 MATERIALS 5.01 TRADE NAMES • • Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker, patentee, manufacturer, or dealer, such designations shall be taken as intending to mean and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the Engineer in his sole discretion. 5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP No material which has been used by the Contractor for any temporary purpose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent of the Engineer. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the owner to discriminate against an equal product of another manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality for performance, and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent ", "proper" or "equal to" are used, they shall be understood to mean that the item referred to shall be "proper ", the "equivalent" of, or "equal to" some other item, in the opinion or judgement of the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples. Notwithstanding that the words "or equal to" or other such expressions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is approved in writing by the Engineer, and the Engineer will have the right to require the use of such specifically designated material, article or process. TS -5 f r • • • 2 3 PART 1- GENERAL SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 1.1 Payment will be made for items of Work as indicated in the Bid, and for which measurement has 5 been specified in the Sections of Specifications. No separate payment will be made for any work for 6 which payment has not been specified, and such work shall be considered as incidental to and 7 included in the various Bid item prices. 8 A. BID ITEM NO. 1 Payment for Mobilization shall be considered to be performed after Owner 9 approval of bonds and insurance, and after 90% of Contractor's equipment is on site. 10 Mobilization shall not exceed 5% of the Total Amount Bid. Measurement: Lump Sum. 11 B. BID ITEM NO. 2 Payment furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing Silt Fencing. 12 Measurement: Linear Feet. 13 C. BID ITEM NO. 3 Payment for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing Construction 14 Barrier Fencing. Measurement: Linear Feet. 15 D. BID ITEM NO. 4 Payment for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing Stabilized 16 Construction Entrance. Measurement: Lump Sum. 17 E. BID ITEM NO. 5 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 18 construction of either a new 2.0 MG or 2.7 MG Composite Pedestal Style Elevated Water 19 Storage Tank. Items include but are not limited to all material, labor, fabricating, delivering and 20 erecting a composite concrete pedestal elevated water storage tank. Work shall include all 21 foundation design and construction necessary to support tank design criteria and geotechnical 22 recommendations. Work includes cleaning, flushing and disinfection of the tank and 23 miscellaneous items related to the tank construction not specifically included in other bid items. 24 Measurement: Lump Sum. 25 F. BID ITEM NO. 6 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for ordering 26 and installing the 24 -inch Altitude Valve. Work includes all materials, labor, equipment, and all 27 items required for a complete installation. Measurement: Allowance: $50,000.00. 28 G. BID ITEM NO. 7 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for Painting 29 the Tank bowl, pedestal, tank vents and hatches, doors, and all other tank appurtenance items. 30 Work includes all materials, labor, equipment, shop preparation and applications, field 31 preparation and applications, testing, dehumidification, coatings inspector costs for travel, 32 lodging, and subsistence for travel to and from the shop, and all items required to paint the tank. 33 Measurement: Lump Sum. 34 H. BID ITEM NO. 8 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for painting 35 the all exposed interior and exterior piping, equipment, other items not specifically included in 36 Bid Item No. 7. Measurement: Lump Sum. 37 I. BID ITEM NO. 9 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 38 preparing a Shrouding Plan and installing, maintaining, and removing Shrouding related to Bid 39 Item No. 7. Measurement: Lump Sum. 40 J. BID ITEM NO. 10 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 41 Excavating and Removing Existing 36 -inch, 24 -inch, and 16 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. 42 Measurement: Linear Feet. 43 K. BID ITEM NO. 11 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 44 Excavating and Removing Existing 12 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. Measurement: Linear Feet. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01025 -1 1 L. BID ITEM NO. 12 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 2 Relocating the Existing 36 -inch Gate Valve and Valve Operator, including valve box, and all 3 items needed to completely reinstall the 36 -inch gate valve after relocated. Measurement: Lump 4 Sum. 5 M. BID ITEM NO. 13 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 6 Excavating and Installing 36 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. Includes materials, trenching as 7 required, polywrap, restrained joints, coatings and linings, pipe bedding, any dewatering 8 necessary, and all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete installation. 9 Measurement: Linear Feet. 10 N. BID ITEM NO. 14 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 11 Excavating and Installing 24 -inch Site Piping , Fittings, and Valves. This Bid Item is for 24 -inch 12 piping that is under the pedestal slab and in the yard. Includes materials, trenching as required, 13 polywrap, concrete encasement, restrained joints, coatings and linings, pipe bedding, any 14 dewatering necessary, and all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete 15 installation. Measurement: Linear Feet. 16 O. BID ITEM NO. 15 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 17 Excavating and Installing I6 -inch Site Piping , Fittings, and Valves and Connection to the 18 Existing 12 -inch Waterline. Includes materials, trenching as required, polywrap, concrete 19 encasement, restrained joints, coatings and linings, pipe bedding, any dewatering necessary, and 20 all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete installation. Measurement: 21 Linear Feet. 22 P. BID ITEM NO. 16 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 23 Excavating and Installing Piping and Fittings to Connect the Existing 16 -inch Waterline to the 24 Existing 12 -inch Waterline. Includes transportation of materials, trenching as required, 25 polywrap, concrete encasement, restrained joints, coatings and linings, pipe bedding, any 26 dewatering necessary, and all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete 27 installation. Measurement: Lump Sum. 28 Q. BID ITEM NO. 17 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 29 Excavating and Installing 4 -inch Site Piping , Fittings, and Valve. This Bid Item is for 4 -inch 30 piping that is under the pedestal slab and in the yard. Include materials, trenching as required, 31 polywrap, concrete encasement, restrained joints, coatings and linings, pipe bedding, any 32 dewatering necessary, and all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete 33 installation. Measurement: Linear Feet. 34 R. BID ITEM NO. 18 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 35 designing, installing, maintaining, and removing Trench Safety Systems and Excavation Safety 36 Systems. Measurement: Lump Sum. 37 S. BID ITEM NO. 19 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 38 construction of the Discharge Structure and Gabion Mattress. Includes excavation, soil work, fill 39 material, concrete and forms, rebar, aluminum railing and mounting hardware, gabion mattresses 40 and all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete installation. 41 Measurement: Lump Sum. 42 T. BID ITEM NO. 20 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 43 construction and installation of the Asphalt Drive and Ribbon Curbing. Includes excavation, soil 44 work, subbase and flexbase material and compaction, grading, asphalt, concrete and forms, 45 rebar, connection with County Road 116 and any repairs needed for restoration, and all other 46 materials, equipment, and other items required for complete installation. Measurement: Lump 47 Sum. 48 U. BID ITEM NO. 21 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for Final 49 Site Grading, Topsoiling, and Revegetation. Includes any and all work required to establish new 50 vegetation. Measurement: Acre. 07225- 075-036 City of Round Rock Barton 1-1ill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01025 - 2 • • • • • • 1 V. BID ITEM NO. 22 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 2 construction and Installation of all Electrical, Instrumentation, and SCADA Equipment. Includes 3 electrical permits and all other materials, equipment, and other items required for complete 4 installation. Measurement: Lump Sum. 5 W. BID ITEM NO. 23 Payment for all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for 6 Removal of the Existing Gravel Drive Turnaround and Installing Fill. Includes fill placement 7 and compaction. Measurement: Lump Sum. 8 1.2 PAYMENT 9 A. Payment will be made in accordance with the requirements outlined in the General Conditions. 10 Within (10) days after Notice of Award, CONTRACTOR will file with ENGINEER a schedule 11 of values consisting of a balanced price segregation of the lump sum bid items similar to the 12 various subdivisions of the general and detailed specifications, the sum of which shall equal the 13 lump sum bid. Once approved by the ENGINEER, the schedule of values will become the basis 14 for progress payments based on a percent complete of each item in the schedule. Specifier: 15 Make reference to specific tag numbers or location within PART 2 of the Specification, not in 16 this Article. 17 1. The Schedule shall provide level of detail required to pay for all items indicated on the 18 Contract Drawings and specified within the Contract Documents for all Work to be 19 performed. Engineer shall review schedule and determine final level of detail for schedule 20 such that all Work is accounted for and not lumped together in such a way as to create 21 difficulty in estimating progress payments. 22 2. As applicable, the following shall be the minimum level of top line detail required for 23 segregation of costs. Each item will have sub - classifications as appropriate. 24 a. Mobilization 25 b. Submittals 26 c. Silt Fencing 27 d. Construction Barrier Fencing 28 e. Stabilized Construction Entrance 29 f. Engineering Design 30 g. Fabrication 31 h. Foundation 32 i. Pedestal 33 j. Tank Erection/Installation 34 k. Prime Coating Application 35 1. Finish Coating Application — Interior 36 m. Finish Coating Application - Exterior 37 n Painting — Pipe and Equipment 38 o. Dehumidification 39 p. Shrouding 40 q. Interior Process Piping and Valves 41 r. 24 -inch Altitude Valve 42 s. Site Piping Removal (as broken down on bid form at a minimum) 43 t. Site Piping Installation (as broken down on bid form as a minimum) 44 u. Site Piping Connection (s) (as broken down on bid form as a minimum) 45 v. 36 -inch Gate Valve Relocation 46 w. Trench Safety 47 x. Excavation Safety 48 y. Discharge Structure 49 z. Gabion Mattress 50 aa. Asphalt Drive 51 bb. Ribbon Curbing 52 cc. Grading /Topsoiling/Revegetation 53 dd. Cathodic Protection System 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01025 - 3 1 ee. Site Electrical 2 ff. Instrumentation and SCADA 3 gg. Disinfection/Testing 4 hh. Gravel Drive Turnaround Removal and Fill 5 ii. Project Management and Superintendent 6 3. Once approved, the Schedule of Values will be the basis for Payments. Pay applications 7 must be reviewed in the field and initialed by the Resident Project Representative prior to 8 submitting to the Engineer. 9 4. Pay applications shall include copies of updated progress schedules as required in Section 10 01060. 11 END OF SECTION 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01025 - 4 • • • • • 1 01I14 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 A. A preconstruction conference shall be held after award of Contract. Engineer will notify the 7 Contractor as to the date and time of the conference 2 weeks in advance of the proposed date. 8 Contractor's Project Manager and Project Superintendent and Contractor's Subcontractor 9 Representatives shall attend. 10 1.2 PROJECT SIGNS 11 A. Furnish and install one of each of the following signs: 12 1. Engineer's sign shown as Exhibit A attached to this Specification. 13 2. Contractor's standard sign approved by Owner. 14 B. Install in location approved by Owner. 15 C. Signs not listed in this Specification permitted only upon approval of Owner. 16 1.3 PROJECT OFFICE 17 A. In view of the type of project at hand, it is understood that a project field office may or may not 18 exist. If one is established, the Contractor should provide for the following equipment for 19 correspondence: 20 1. Telephone. 21 2. Telecopy. 22 3. Mailing address 23 24 In addition, the Contractor should assure attendance at this office or notify the Engineer 25 otherwise. 26 27 B. Regardless of the establishment of a project field office, the Contractor shall be required to 28 provide a single project manager for the project to be the single point of contact throughout the 29 duration of the Contract. The Contractor's Project Manager will be responsible for attending 30 project meetings, providing timeline and cost schedule updates, coordinating shop drawing 31 review submittals, and any other coordination or correspondence required for the Project. 32 1.4 DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR USE 33 A. Owner will fumish contract documents to Contractor as stated in 01 -02 of the Special 34 Conditions. 35 1.5 PROJECT PHOTOGRAPHS 36 A. At least once each month during construction of the Work, provide a professional photographer 37 to take progress pictures as directed by Engineer. Furnish two glossy prints (approximately 8 x 38 10 IN) and each negative, with all rights of reproduction, to Owner. Provide number of 39 photographs as follows: 40 1. Three photos per month, at the tank site. 41 2. Four color aerials taken at each of the following, at the tank site: 42 a. At point which foundation work is underway. 43 b. At point which elevated tank is under erection. 07225 -075 -036 SECTION 01060 PROJECT CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01060 -1 1 c. At point which elevated tank is being top- coated. 2 d. At point when site is finished graded and project is past substantial completion. 3 B. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate photographer with Engineer's Representative. 4 C. Photographically impose a site plan key map on each photograph in the upper right hand comer 5 and show by arrow the subject and the direction from which the photograph was taken. Date all 6 photographs. 7 1.6 TESTING 8 A. Payment for Soil, Concrete and Other Testing: 9 1. Soils and concrete testing: The Owner will pay for "Passing" soils and "Passing" concrete 10 tests on the Project. Costs of corrective action, costs of "Failing" soils and concrete tests, 11 and cost of testing associated with establishment of mix design are the sole responsibility of 12 the Contractor. 13 2. Other testing: Required testing, testing procedures, reports, certificates, and costs associated 14 with all phases of securing required satisfactory test information which may be required by 15 individual sections of Specifications or Drawings are the full responsibility of the 16 Contractor. 17 3. Owner will provide testing and inspection for all painting and coatings application. Owner 18 will pay for all passing tests. Cost of corrective actions and costs of failing tests are the sole 19 responsibility of the Contractor. 20 4. Upon test failure, Engineer may require two (2) passing tests before acceptance. 21 22 1.7 ORDER OF CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 23 A. General 24 1. Construction operations will be scheduled to allow the Owner uninterrupted operation of 25 existing adjacent facilities. Coordinate connections with existing work to ensure timely 26 completion of interfaced items. 27 2. At no time shall Contractor or his employees modify operation of the existing facilities or 28 start construction modifications without approval of the Owner except in emergency to 29 prevent or minimize damage. 30 3. Within 10 days after award of Contract, submit for approval a critical path type schedule. 31 Account for schedule of Subcontracts. Include proper sequence of construction, various 32 crafts, purchasing time, shop drawing approval, material delivery, equipment fabrication, 33 startup, demonstration, and similar time consuming factors. Show on schedule as a 34 minimum, earliest starting, earliest completion, latest starting, latest finish, and free and 35 total float for each task or item. 36 4. Evaluate schedule bi- weekly. Update, correct, and rerun schedule and submit to Engineer in 37 triplicate with pay application to show rescheduling necessary to reflect true job conditions. 38 When shortening of various time intervals is necessary to correct for behind schedule 39 conditions, indicate actions to implement to accomplish work in shortest schedule. 40 Information shall be submitted to Engineer in writing with revised schedule. 41 5. If Contractor does not take necessary action to accomplish work according to schedule, 42 Contractor may be ordered by Owner in writing to take necessary and timely action to 43 improve work progress. Order may require increased work forces, extra equipment, extra 44 shifts or other action as necessary. Should Contractor refuse or neglect to take such action 45 authorized, under provisions of this contract, Owner may take necessary actions including, 46 but not necessarily limited to, withholding of payment and termination of contract. 47 a. If it is determined by the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR is not maintaining 48 anticipated progress, then the OWNER may withhold approval of the monthly progress 49 payment. 50 b. Wherever it becomes apparent from the monthly Updated Progress Schedule evaluation 51 that any milestone interface completion dates and/or Contract completion dates will not 52 be met, the CONTRACTOR shall take some or all of the following action. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barron Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01060 - 2 • • • • • • 1 1) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as shall eliminate the 2 backlog of work. 3 2) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, work days per work 4 week, or the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the 5 foregoing sufficient to eliminate the backlog of work. 6 3) Reschedule work items to achieve concurrency of accomplishment. 7 c. Under no circumstances will the addition of equipment or construction forces, 8 increasing the working hours, or any other method, manner, or procedure to return to 9 the current CONTRACTOR's construction schedule be considered jurisdiction for 10 Contract modification or treated as an acceleration. 11 6. Upon receipt of approved "Work Schedule," within 10 days, submit to Engineer an 12 estimated payment schedule by each month of project duration. Include a composite curve 13 to show estimated value of work complete and stored materials less specified retainage. 14 Establish key months when work will be 50, 80, 90, and 100 percent complete. During the 15 course of work, update with new composite curves at key months or whenever variation is 16 expected to be more than plus or minus 10 percent. Retain original or previous composite 17 curves as dashed curves on all updates. Include a heavy plotted curve to show ACTUAL 18 payment curve on all updates. 19 20 B. Sequence of Construction 21 1. The existing 500,000- gallon standpipe must remain in service at all times. 22 2. All tie -ins must be coordinated with the Owner at least seven (7) days in advance. Water 23 demand conditions may dictate that connections be made during nighttime hours and within 24 a specified maximum time to be determined at the time of the work. 25 3. The Sequence of Construction should progress to accomplish the work in accordance with 26 the following requirements: 27 a. Complete construction of the new 2 MG or 2.7 MG composite pedestal style elevated 28 storage tank, as selected by the OWNER, including internal piping, drain piping, 29 telemetry, electrical work, and other improvements indicated on drawings for complete 30 construction. 31 b. Modify the existing site piping and install the new site piping that will provide water 32 for the new 2 MG or 2.7 MG elevated storage tank, and pressure test, disinfect, and 33 flush the site piping. 34 c. Fill the new 2 MG or 2.7 MG elevated storage tank, disinfect, and complete start-up 35 and testing. 36 d. Complete site work and remainder of project items. 37 C. Project Construction Coordination 38 1. There are other projects being constructed in conjunction with the Work included in this 39 Project. In addition, other construction activities may occur adjacent or within the limits of 40 Construction to support this Project. These activities include: 41 a. East Water Transmission Line — Phase 1 (by others). 42 1) The 48 -inch line will be constructed along Westinghouse Road and connect to an 43 existing 36 -inch line at the Westinghouse Road/ County Road 116 intersection. 44 The existing 36 -inch line delivers water to the Barton Hill Tank site from County 45 Road 116. 46 2) An existing 18 -inch water line providing service to and from the existing Barton 47 Hill 500,000 gallon standpipe will be plugged at the Barton Hill Tank site 48 (southwest corner). After the 18 -inch line is plugged, service to and from the 49 standpipe will be via piping modifications and new site piping shown on the 50 drawings for this project. 51 3) Delays in constructing the new elevated storage tank and related site improvements 52 could result in delays of the East Water Transmission Line — Phase 1 project. The 53 Contractor shall coordinate and schedule construction activities so as to not cause 54 delays to this concurrent project. 0725- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01060 -3 1 b. Georgetown Utility Services — Power pole installation and electrical drop. 2 1) A new electrical drop will be installed to provide service to the new elevated 3 storage tank. 4 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS 5 A. The Engineer will conduct construction meetings involving: 6 1. Contractor's project manager. 7 2. Contractor's project superintendent. 8 3. Owner's designated representative(s). 9 4. Engineer's designated representative(s). 10 5. Contractor's subcontractors as appropriate to the work in progress. 11 B. Meetings will be conducted monthly, or as needed. 12 C. The Engineer will take meeting minutes and submit copies of meeting minutes to participants 13 and designated recipients identified at the Preconstruction Conference. Corrections, additions or 14 deletions to the minutes shall be noted and addressed at the following meeting. 15 D. The Engineer will schedule meetings for convenient time frame. 16 E. The Engineer will have available at each meeting full chronological files of all previous meeting 17 minutes. 18 F. The Contractor shall have available at each meeting up -to -date record drawings. 19 G. Contractor will provide status report, schedule, review, schedule recovery efforts, and 20 coordination needs. 21 1.9 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 22 A. Contractor shall be responsible for negotiations of any waivers or altemate arrangements 23 required to enable transportation of materials to the site. 24 B. Contractor is required to maintain site security to avoid vandalism and destruction of City 25 property. If required, the Contractor shall include in Bid Proposal, the costs associated with 26 providing temporary security fencing around all active work areas not otherwise enclosed at the 27 site. If required, the Contractor shall provide security fencing/gating plan to Engineer for review. 28 1.10 WORK HOURS 29 A. Unless approved otherwise by Owner, allowable work hours shall be Monday through Friday 30 from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. No weekend or holiday work will be allowed. 31 1.11 HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL 32 A. If during the course of construction, evidence of deposits of historical or archeological interest is 33 found, the Contractor shall cease operations affecting the find and shall notify Owner. No further 34 disturbance of the deposits shall ensue until the Contractor has been notified by Owner that 35 Contractor may proceed. Compensation to the Contractor, if any, for lost time or changes in 36 construction resulting from the find, shall be determined in accordance with changed or extra 37 work provisions of the Contract Documents. 38 1.12 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY 39 A. The Owner requires that all electrical, instrumentation, and telemetry equipment procurement 40 and installation (including SCADA programming) be provided under the responsibility of one 41 entity, Multiple subcontractors for various portions of this work will not be allowed. This work 42 may be performed by the Contractor's own forces or by a single subcontractor. 43 1.13 SUPERINTENDENCE 07225 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01060 - 4 • • • • • 1 A. At all times during the progress of the work, Contractor shall assign a competent superintendent 2 thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer. The 3 superintendent shall be onsite at all times that a subcontractor is working on the site and will 4 ensure the work is being performed according to the Contract Documents. 5 1.14 SITE ACCESS 6 A. The access gates to the site must be locked at all times the site is not occupied. Ensure the Owner 7 can access and enter the site at all times. Contractor will provide a separate lock at the gate that 5 will be linked between the Owner's lock and chain. 9 1.15 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN 10 A. See Section 01451. 11 1.16 HEALTH AND SAFTEY PLAN 12 A. Prior to beginning work Contractor shall prepare and make available to the Owner a health and 13 safety plan along with occupational health programs. See Instruction to Bidders for minimum 14 requirements. 15 16 07225 - 075 -030 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01060 - 5 • • • CONSTRUCTION SITE FOR BARTON HILL ELEVATED STORAGE TANK - 2003 HDR Engineering, Inc. CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 1 �S PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TO REPORT PROBLEMS CALL: 218 -5555 AWARDED CONTRACTOR'S LOGO 8' -0" m m0 X -I W z -o D CD C] 0 • • 1 01I14 2 SECTION 01340 3 SUBMITTALS 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. General: 7 1. Section Addresses: 8 a. Mechanics and administration of the submittal process for shop drawings, operation and 9 maintenance manuals, and miscellaneous submittal items. 10 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Sections in Divisions 2 through 16 identifying required submittals. 14 1.2 DEFINITIONS 15 A. Shop Drawings: 16 1. See General Conditions. 17 2. Product data and samples are Shop Drawing information. 18 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 19 1. Submittals other than Shop Drawings: 20 2. Representative types of miscellaneous submittal items include but are not limited to: 21 a. Construction schedule. 22 b. Concrete, soil compaction, and pressure test reports. 23 c. Installed equipment and systems performance test reports. 24 d. Manufacturer's installation certification letters. 25 e. Warranties. 26 f. Service agreements. 27 g. Construction photographs. 28 h. Survey data. 29 1.3 TRANSMITTALS 30 A. Shop Drawings, Samples and Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 31 1. Transmit all submittals to: 32 33 HDR Engineering, Inc. 34 2211 S. HI-35, Ste. 300 35 Austin, Texas 78741 36 Attn: Troy St. Tours 37 38 2. Utilize two copies of attached Exhibit "A" to transmit all shop drawings, product data, and 39 samples. 40 3. Utilize two copies of attached Exhibit "B" to transmit all Operation and Maintenance 41 Manuals. 42 4. All transmittals must be from Contractor and bear his approval stamp. Transmittals will not 43 be received from or returned to subcontractors. 44 a. Shop drawing transmittal stamp shall read "(Contractor's Name) has satisfied 45 Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's 46 review and approval as stipulated under General Conditions Paragraph 2.12 ". 47 Transmittals will not be received from or returned to subcontractors. 07225-075-056 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01340 - 1 1 b. Operation and Maintenance Manual transmittal stamp may be Contractor's standard 2 approval stamp. 3 5. Provide submittal information defining specific equipment or materials utilized on the 4 project. Generalized product information not clearly defining specific equipment or 5 materials to be provided will be rejected. 6 6. Calculations required in individual specification sections will be received for information 7 purposes only and will be returned stamped "E. Engineers Review Not Required" to 8 acknowledge receipt only. 9 7. Submittal schedule: 10 a. Schedule of shop drawings: 11 1) Submitted and approved within 15 days of receipt of Notice to Proceed. 12 2) Account for multiple transmittals under any specification section where partial 13 submittals will be transmitted. 14 b. Shop drawings: 15 1) Submitted and approved prior to 25 percent completion. 16 c. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Equipment Record Sheets: 17 1) Initial submittal within 60 days after date shop drawings are approved. 18 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 19 1. Transmit under Contractors standard letter of transmittal or letterhead. 20 2. Submit in triplicate or as specified in individual specification section. 21 3. Transmit to: 22 23 HDR Engineering, Inc. 24 2211 S. RI-35, Ste. 300 25 Austin, Texas 78741 26 Attn: Troy St. Tours 27 28 4. Provide carbon copy of letter of transmittal to Owner's Project Representative. 29 1.4 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS 30 A. Shop Drawings: 31 1. Scope of any letter of transmittal: 32 a. Limited to one Specification Section. 33 b. Do not submit under any Specification Section entitled (in part) "Basic Requirements ". 34 2. Numbering letter of transmittal: 35 a. Indicate on the transmittal form both the specification section that the information is 36 being submitted for and the numeric number of the submittal. 37 b. Number all submittals consecutively. 38 3. Describing transmittal contents: 39 a. Provide listing of each component or item in submittal capable of receiving an 40 independent review action. 41 b. Identify for each item: 42 1) Manufacturer and Manufacturer's drawing or data number. 43 2) Contract Document tag number(s). 44 4. Resubntittals: 45 a. Number with original root number and a suffix letter starting with "A" on a (new) 46 duplicate transmittal form. 47 b. Do not increase the scope of any prior transmittal. 48 c. Account for all components of prior transmittal. 49 1) If items in prior transmittal received "A" or "B" Action code, list them and indicate 50 "A" or "B" as appropriate. 51 a) Do not include submittal information for items with prior "A" or "B" Action in 52 transmittal. 53 2) Indicate "Outstanding -To Be Resubmitted At a Later Date" for any prior "C" or 54 "D" Action item not included in resubmittal. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01340 - 2 • • • • • 1 a) Obtain Engineer's prior approval to exclude items. 2 5. Provide four copies of each submittal for Engineer plus the number required by the 3 Contractor. The number of copies required by the Contractor will be defined at the 4 Preconstruction Conference, but shall not exceed four. 5 6. When necessary to provide large size sheet submittals, fold submittals such that they may be 6 easily stored in a legal style folder. 7 7. Provide clear space (3 IN SQ) for Engineer stamping of each component defined in 1.4 -A.4. 8 8. Contractor shall not use red color for marks on transmittals. Duplicate all marks on all 9 copies transmitted, and ensure marks are photocopy reproducible. Outline Contractor marks 10 on reproducible transparencies with a rectangular box. 11 9. Transmittal contents: 12 a. Coordinate and identify shop drawing contents so that all items can be easily verified 13 by the Engineer. Clearly identify with arrows, highlight, etc. which materials are to be 14 provided. 15 b. Identify equipment or material use, tag number, drawing detail reference, weight, and 16 other project specific information. 17 c. Provide sufficient information together with technical cuts and technical data to allow 18 an evaluation to be made to determine that the item submitted is in compliance with the 19 Contract Documents. 20 d. Submit items like equipment brochures, cuts of fixtures, product data sheets or catalog 21 sheets on 8 -1/2 x 11 IN pages. Indicate exact item or model and all options proposed. 22 e. Include legible scale details, sizes, dimensions, performance characteristics, capacities, 23 test data, anchoring details, installation instructions, storage and handling instructions, 24 color charts, layout drawings, parts catalogs, rough -in diagrams, wiring diagrams, 25 controls, weights and other pertinent data. Arrange data and performance information in 26 format similar to that provided in Contract Documents. Provide, at minimum, the detail 27 provided in the Contract Documents. 28 f. If proposed equipment or materials deviate from the Contract Drawings or 29 Specifications in any way, clearly note the deviation and justify the said deviation in 30 detail m a separate letter immediately following transmittal sheet. 31 g. Acknowledges that the products submitted comply with the requirements of the 32 standards referenced. 33 B. Samples: 34 1. Identification: 35 a. Identify sample as to transmittal number, manufacturer, item, use, type, project 36 designation, tag number, Standard Specification section or drawing detail reference, 37 color, range, texture, finish and other pertinent data. 38 b. If identifying information cannot be marked directly on sample without defacing or 39 adversely altering samples, provide a durable tag with identifying information securely 40 attached to the sample. 41 2. Include application specific brochures, and installation instructions. 42 3. Provide Contractor's stamp of approval on samples or transmittal form as indication of 43 Contractor's checking and verification of dimensions and coordination with interrelated 44 work. 45 4. Resubmit samples of rejected items. 46 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 47 1. Number transmittals for Operation and Maintenance Manual with original root number of 48 the approved shop drawing for the item. 49 2. Submit two copies until approval is received. Upon approval, submit five final copies. 50 3. Identify resubmittals with the original number plus a suffix letter starting with "A." 07225- 075 -050 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01340 -3 1 4. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals printed on 8 -1/2 x 11 IN size heavy first 2 quality paper with standard three -hole punching and bound in stiff metal hinged binder 3 constructed as a three -ring style. Provide binders with titles on front and on spine of binder. 4 Tab each section of manuals for easy reference with plastic- coated dividers. Provide index 5 for each manual. Provide plastic sheet lifters prior to first page and following last page. 6 5. Reduce drawings or diagrams bound m manuals to an 8 -1/2 x 11 IN or 11 x 17 IN size. 7 However, where reduction is not practical to ensure readability, fold larger drawings 8 separately and place in vinyl envelopes which are bound into the binder. Identify vinyl 9 envelopes with drawing numbers. 10 6. Transmittal Content: 11 a. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manuals is applicable but not necessarily 12 limited to: 13 1) Equipment listed in the following spec sections: 14 a) Section 13210 — Composite Style Elevated Water Storage Tank 15 b) Section 13441 — Control Loop Descriptions 16 c) Section 13442 — Primary Elements and Transmitters 17 d) Section 13447 — Telemetry System 18 e) Section 15101 — Gate Valves 19 f) Section 15103 — Butterfly Valves 20 g) Section 15106 — Check Valves 21 h) Section 15114 — Miscellaneous Valves 22 i) Division 16 — Electrical 23 j) Section 16640 — Cathodic Protection 24 2) Any other major equipment. 25 3) Equipment used with electrical motor loads of 1/6 HP nameplate or greater. 26 4) Any other specialized equipment including valves and instrumentation and control 27 system components for HVAC and process systems such as meters, recorders, and 28 transmitters. 29 5) Valves greater than 12 IN DIA. 30 b. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the 31 following detailed information, as applicable: 32 1) Description of equipment system operation, each manual shall include all 33 equipment and appurtenances for the entire system included in a specification 34 section. 35 2) Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, limiting operations. 36 3) Assembly, disassembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking 37 instructions. 38 4) Operating instructions for start-up, routine and normal operation, regulation and 39 control, shutdown, and emergency conditions. 40 5) Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 41 6) Guide to "troubleshooting." 42 7) Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 43 8) Outline, cross - section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and electrical 44 diagrams, including elementary diagrams, wiring diagrams, connection diagrams, 45 word description of wiring diagrams and interconnection diagrams. 46 9) Test data and performance curves. 47 10) A list of recommended spare parts with a price list and a list of spare parts 48 provided under these specifications. 49 11) Copies of installation instructions, parts lists or other documents packed with 50 equipment when delivered. 51 12) Instrumentation or tag numbers relating the equipment back to the Contract 52 Documents. 53 13) Include a filled -out copy of the Equipment Record Sheet, Exhibits Cl and C2 as 54 the first page(s) of each Operation and Maintenance Manual. Complete 55 maintenance requirements in detail. Simple reference to the Manual is not 56 acceptable. 072 25 - 075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01340 - 4 • • • • • • 1 14) For equipment items involving components or subunits, an Equipment Record 2 Sheet for each operating component or subunit is required. 3 c. The operations and maintenance manuals shall be edited to reflect only equipment and 4 appurtenances supplied for this project. Any references to other types, makes and 5 models shall be edited or removed from the manual. 6 1.5 ENGINEER'S REVIEW ACTION 7 A. Shop Drawings and Samples: 8 1. Items within transmittals will be reviewed for overall design intent and will receive one of 9 the following actions: 10 a. A - FURNISH AS SUBMITTED. 11 b. B - FURNISH AS NOTED (BY ENGINEER). 12 c. C - REVISE AND RESUBMIT. 13 d. D - REJECTED. 14 e. E - ENGINEER'S REVIEW NOT REQUIRED. 15 2. Transmittals received will be initially reviewed to ascertain inclusion of Contractor's 16 approval stamp. Drawings not stamped by the Contractor or stamped with a stamp 17 containing language other than that specified in Paragraph 1.3- A.4.a., will not be reviewed 18 for technical content and will be returned without any action. 19 3. Transmittals returned with Action "A" or "B" are considered ready for fabrication and 20 installation. If for any reason a transmittal that has an "A" or "B" Action is resubmitted, it 21 must be accompanied by a letter defining the changes that have been made and the reason 22 for the resubmittal. Destroy or conspicuously mark "SUPERSEDED" all documents having 23 previously received "A" or "B" Action that are superseded by a resubmittal. 24 4. Transmittals with Action "A" or "B" combined with Action "C" (Revise and Resubmit) or 25 "D" (Rejected) will be individually analyzed giving consideration as follows: 26 a. The portion of the transmittal given "C" or "D" will not be distributed (unless 27 previously agreed to otherwise at the Preconstruction Conference). One copy or the one 28 transparency of the "C" or "D" drawings will be marked up and returned to the 29 Contractor. Correct and resubmit items so marked. 30 b. Items marked "A" or "B" will be fully distributed. 31 c. If a portion of the items or system proposed are acceptable, however, the major part of 32 the individual drawings or documents are incomplete or require revision, the entire 33 submittal may be given "C" or "D" Action. This is at the sole discretion of the 34 Engineer. In this case, some drawings may contain relatively few or no comments or 35 the statement, "Resubmit to maintain a complete package." Distribution to the Owner 36 and field will not be made (unless previously agreed to otherwise). 37 5. Failure to include any specific information specified under the submittal paragraphs of the 38 specifications will result in the transmittal being returned to the Contractor with "C" or "D" 39 Action. 40 6. In addition to calculations stamped and returned "E. Engineer's Review Not Required ", 41 other transmittals such as submittals which the Engineer considers as "Not Required," 42 submittal information which is supplemental to but not essential to prior submitted 43 information, or items of information in a transmittal which have been reviewed and received 44 "A" or "B" Action in a prior transmittal, will be returned with Action "E. Engineer's Review 45 Not Required." 46 7. Samples may be retained for comparison purposes. Remove samples when directed. Include 47 in bid all costs of furnishing and removing samples. 48 8. Approved samples submitted or constructed, constitute criteria for judging completed work. 49 Finished work or items not equal to samples will be rejected. 50 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 51 1. Engineer will review and indicate one of the following review actions: 52 a. ACCEPTABLE. 53 b. FURNISH AS NOTED. 54 c. REVISE AND RESUBMIT. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01340 - 5 1 d. REJECTED. 2 2. Acceptable submittals will be retained with the transmittal form returned with a request for 3 five additional copies. 4 3. Deficient submittals will be returned along with the transmittal form which will be marked 5 to indicate deficient areas. 6 7 END OF SECTION 8 0 7225-075-03 6 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01340 - 6 • • • Project Name: Date Received: Project Owner Checked By. Contractor: HDR Engineering, Inc. Log Page: Address Attn: Address: Attn: HDR No Spec Section: Drawing /Detail No, isr ReSub. Sub. Date Transmitted: Previous Transmittal Date: Item No. No. Copies Description Manufacturer MfrNendor Dwg or Data No. Action Taken i Remarks: • • • ha * The Action Designated Above is in Accordance with the Following Legend: A - Furnish as Submitted E - Engineer's review not required. 1. Submittal not required. C - Revise and Submit 2. Supplemental information. Submittal retained for 1. Not enough information for review . informational purposes only. 2. No reproducibles submitted. 3. Information reviewed and approved on prior 3. Copies illegible. submittal. 4. Not enough copies submitted. 4. See Comments. B - Furnish as Noted Comments 5. Wrong sequence number. 6. Wrong resubmittal number. 7. Wrong spec section. 8. Wrong form used. 9. See Comments. Distribution: Contractor 0,225 -0 7 75 -030 EXHIBIT A Shop Drawing Transmittal No. D - Rejected By Date File Field Owner I Other City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 Exhibit A . 1 Project Name: Date Received: Project Owner: Checked By: Contractor. Owner: Log Page: Address: Attn: Address: Attn: HDR No.: 1st. Sub. ReSub. Date Transmitted: Previous Transmittal Date: No. Copies Description of Item Manufacturer Dwg. or Data No. Action Taken' Remarks: • • • I-D:1 EXHIBIT B O &M Manual Transmittal No. - (Spec Section) (Series) The Action Designated Above is in Accordance with the Following Legend: Comments: A - Acceptable, Provide five additional Copies B - Furnish as Noted C - Revise and Resubmit This Operation and Maintenance Manual Submittal is deficient in the following area: 1. Equipment record sheets. 2. Functional description. 3. Assembly, disassembly, installation, alignment, adjustment & checkout instructions. 4. Operating instructions. By Date Distribution: Contractor U File U Field U Owner U Other u 07225 -075 -036 5. Lubrication & maintenance instructions. 6. Troubleshooting guide. 7. Parts list and ordering instructions. S. Organization (index and tabbing). 9. Wiring diagrams & schematics specific to installation. 10. Outline, cross section & assembly diagrams. 11. Test data & performance curves. 12. Tag or equipment identification numbers. 13. Other - see comments. D - Rejected City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 Exhibit — "B" - 1 Equipment Maintenance Data Summary Project Name Page of Equip. Description Date Installed Date Started Equip. Location Cost Estimated Life 'roject Equip. Tag No. Shop Dwg. Trans. No. Spec. Sec. 'Equip. Manuf, Manuf. Address hone _oval Vendor Vendor Address Phone BREAK -IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS (INITIAL OIL CHANGES, ETC.) D W M Q 5 A - loure PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS D W M Q S A Hours RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA Part No. Part Name Quantity Equip. Make Serial No. ID No Model No. Frame No. HP V. Amp. HZ PH RPM SF Duty Code Ins. Cl. Des. Type Nema 2 Anti. Temp. Rise Rating Misc. MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA Equip. Make Serial No. ID No. Model No Frame No. HP RPM Cap. Size TDH Imp. Sz. Des. CFM P51 Assy. No. Case No. Misc. Lubricant information on following page hDa • • • 07225-075-036 EXHIBIT C1 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 Equipment Maintenance Data Summary - 1 Equipment Record Page 1 of 2 Lubrication Summary Equipment Description I Project Equip. Tag No. Page of Lubricant Point ISO Luis! Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAES ISO n 1 Lubi Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAES ISO n Lulu Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAES ISO n I Lubi Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO n 1 Lubi Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAE# ISO n 1 Lobe Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAES 150 n I Mks Manufacturer Product AGMA# SAES ISO n I-D:1 rit0M Point Lubricant Point Lubriran Point Lubriran Point Luhricant Point Lubricant Point 07225- 075 -036 EXHIBIT C2 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 Lubrication Summary - 1 Equipment Record Page 2 of 2 • • • 1 2 3 PART 1 GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 01451 QUALITY CONTROL 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. This section describes the requirements for quality control necessary for the execution of 7 this contract. Requirements within the following subject areas are included: 8 a. Submittals 9 b. General Quality Control 10 c. Workmanship 11 d. Manufacturer's Instructions 12 e. Manufacturer's Certificates 13 f. Mockups 14 g. Manufacturer's Field Services 15 h. Testing Laboratory Services 16 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 17 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 18 2. Division 1 — General Requirements. 19 3. Division 2 — Site Work. 20 4. Division 3 — Concrete. 21 5. Division 5 — Metals 22 6. Division 8 — Doors and Windows 23 7. Division 9 - Finishes. 24 8. Division 10 — Specialties 25 9. Division 13 — Special Construction. 26 10. Division 15 — Mechanical. 27 11. Division 16 — Electrical. 28 1.2 SUBMITTALS 29 A. See Section 01340. 30 B. Submit items as defined elsewhere in this section. 31 1.3 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL 32 A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain control over SUBCONTRACTORS, suppliers, 33 manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce work of a 34 specified quality. 35 B. The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit for acceptance by OWNER a detailed project 36 specific Quality Control (QC) plan. The CONTRACTOR's QC plan shall be received and 37 formally accepted before any construction begins. In some cases, this requirement can be met 38 by an interim plan. This first submission by the CONTRACTOR shall include, as a minimum, a 39 general plan for quality control, plus the specifics for the work which is about to begin. The 40 CONTRACTOR shall also state familiarity with specifications and plans (i.e., shoring plans) and 41 assure properly skilled personnel are in place prior to construction. A final acceptable plan must 42 be received within a reasonable time. The plan shall be job - specific and shall address any 43 unusual or unique aspects of the job or activity for which it is written and as a minimum include. 44 1. Signature Sheet 45 a. Provide the title, signature, and phone number of the plan preparer and his/her 46 corporate authority. 07225- 075430 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01451 - 1 1 2. Qualification Of Personnel 2 a. Identify the QC personnel to be assigned lead responsibility on the project and lead 3 individuals for subCONTRACTOR and supplier QC personnel. Define the applicable 4 QC qualifications, training and experience, of each listed individual. 5 3. Purpose 6 a. A written statement as to what the CONTRACTOR's understanding is of a 7 CONTRACTOR QC Plan for this specific project. 8 4. Policy 9 a. A written statement of the CONTRACTOR's established written policy on Quality 10 Control. 11 5. Organization 12 a. A organization chart identifying individuals and titles of the CONTRACTOR's lead 13 personnel for this specific project included Project Superintendent, Project Manager, 14 and Quality Control Manager and the chain -of- command from project personnel to 15 corporate control personnel. Chart shall indicate relationship with 16 subCONTRACTORs and commercial testing firms. 17 6. Procedures 18 a. Written procedures with respect to issues including: 19 b. Control of Onsite Construction 20 c. Receiving and Warehousing 21 d. Offsite Inspection 22 e. Inspection Documentation 23 f. Drawing and Document Control 24 g. Materials Certification 25 h. Workmanship Inspection 26 i. Calibration of Equipment 27 j. Final Inspection and Tests 28 k. Revision Policy 29 7. Testing Methods 30 a. Written definition of the means and methods CONTRACTOR, subCONTRACTOR and 31 suppliers will use to accomplish quality control testing. 32 8. Recording Forms 33 a. Copies of CONTRACTOR's standard forms that will be used to document the quality 34 control process and testing. 35 9. Quality Control Procedures 36 a. Written procedures CONTRACTOR shall use in the accomplishment of the specific 37 project to demonstrate: 38 b. Surveillance of SubCONTRACTOR Operations 39 c. Inspection of Acceptance Procedures 40 d. Inspection of Discrepancy Procedures 41 e. Testing Procedures 42 10. Definable Features Of Construction Control 43 a. A graphic illustration that identifies all definable features of construction work, the 44 anticipated start and completion data, as well as their dependence on other definable 45 features. 46 C. Quality Assurance (QA) is the means by which OWNER assures that the completed project 47 complies with the quality established by the construction contract documents. The OWNER will 48 assure that the Quality Control (QC) will be accomplished through reviews, observation and 49 tests by the OWNER's construction observer, design engineer, consultant or any other authorized 50 OWNER representative." 51 1.4 WORICNIANSHIP 52 A. CONTRACTOR will comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or 53 specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship is required. 07225 -075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01451 -2 • • • • • • 1 B. CONTRACTOR will produce work that meets or exceeds workmanship standards described in 2 these specifications. 3 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 4 A. CONTRACTOR shall comply with published instructions in full detail, including each in -step 5 sequence recommended by the manufacturer. In the event that these instructions conflict with 6 these specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain clarification from the OWNER. 7 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES 8 A. CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer certificates that guarantee compliance with the 9 specified requirements when indicated by these specifications. 10 1.7 MOCKUPS 11 A. CONTRACTOR shall erect and remove full scale mockups of selected assemblies at the project 12 site when required by these specifications. 13 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES 14 A. As specified in Section 01650 and when required in respective specification sections, the 15 CONTRACTOR will require manufacturers to provide qualified personnel to observe field 16 conditions; conditions of surfaces and previous installations; quality of workmanship; start-up of 17 equipment; test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate 18 recommendations. 19 B. CONTRACTOR shall submit written report to the Consultant listing manufacturer's 20 observations and recommendations. 21 1.9 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 22 A. Anticipated testing required: 23 1. Concrete, soil, asphalt, coating, and any others as requested by Owner. 24 B. Owner will pay for all passing tests. Cost of corrective action and costs of failing tests are sole 25 responsibility of Contractor 26 C. See individual specification sections. 27 D. Provide reports to the OWNER that conforms to the requirements contained in Section 01340, 28 "Submittals" giving observations and results of tests, indicating compliance or non - compliance 29 with standards and with these specifications. 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 32 33 07225- 075136 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01451 - 3 • • • 1 94L07 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Addresses: 7 1. Minimizing the pollution of air, water, or land; control of noise, the disposal of solid waste 8 materials, and protection of deposits of historical or archaeological interest. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 SUBMITTALS 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 3.1 INSTALLATION 07225- 075 -036 SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SPECIAL CONTROLS 13 A. Shop Drawings: 14 1. See Section 01340. 15 1 Prior to the start of any construction activities submit: 16 a. A detailed proposal of all methods of control and preventive measures to be utilized for 17 environmental protection. 18 b. A drawing of the work area, haul routes, storage areas, access routes and current land 19 conditions including trees and vegetation. 20 c. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by the Texas Pollutant 21 Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit meeting Phase II criteria for 22 Small Construction Activities (disturbing less than 5 acres). 23 d. Notice of Intent (NOI) as required by the TPDES General Permit. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 27 A. Employ and utilize environmental protection methods to comply with the requirements herein. 28 Contractor shall select the appropriate controls unless otherwise listed herein. Obtain all 29 necessary permits and fully observe all local, state, and federal regulations. 30 13. Land Protection: 31 I. Except for any work or storage area and access routes specifically assigned for the use of 32 the Contractor, the land areas outside the limits of construction shall be preserved in their 33 present condition. Contractor shall confine his construction activities to areas defined for 34 work within the Contract Documents. 35 2. Manage and control all borrow areas, work or storage areas, access routes and embankments 36 to prevent sediment from entering nearby water or land adjacent to the work site. 37 3. Restore all disturbed areas including borrow and haul areas and establish permanent type of 38 locally adaptable vegetative cover. 39 4. Unless earthwork is immediately paved or surfaced, protect all side slopes and backslopes 40 immediately upon completion of final grading. 41 5. Plan and execute earthwork in a manner to minimize duration of exposure of unprotected 42 soils. City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01560 - ] 1 6. Except for areas designated by the Contract Documents to be cleared and grubbed, the 2 Contractor shall not deface, injure or destroy trees and vegetation, nor remove, cut, or 3 disturb them without approval of the Engineer. Any damage caused by the Contractor's 4 equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition at the 5 Contractors expense. 6 C. Surface Water Protection: 7 1. Since Owner nor Engineer control construction means, methods, scheduling, or work 8 practices, Owner will not provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan as required by 9 TPDES General Permit. Contractor will create SWPPP tailored to meet construction and 10 that meets TPDES requirements. 11 2. Contractor shall submit SWPPP that has been prepared by qualified person and meeting 12 TPDES regulations. 13 3. The controls shown on the Drawings and specified in Section 02270 are minimums. SWPPP 14 shall enhance these controls as needed. 15 4. Contractor shall submit a copy of Notice on Intent (NOI) filed with the Texas Commission 16 on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), and a completed NOI ready for Owner if required. 17 5. Utilize, as necessary, erosion control methods to protect side and backslopes, minimize and 18 the discharge of sediment to the surface water leaving the construction site as soon as rough 19 grading is complete. These controls shall be maintained until the site is ready for final 20 grading and landscaping or until they are no longer warranted and concurrence is received 21 from the Engineer. Physically retard the rate and volume of runon and runoff by: 22 a. Implementing structural practices such as diversion swales, terraces, straw bales, silt 23 fences, berms, storm drain inlet protection, rocked outlet protection, sediment traps and 24 temporary basins. 25 b. Implementing vegetative practices such as temporary seeding, permanent seeding, 26 mulching, sod stabilization, vegetative buffers, hydroseeding, anchored erosion control 27 blankets, sodding, vegetated swales or a combination of these methods. 28 c. Providing Construction site with graveled or rocked access entrance and exit drives and 29 parking areas to reduce the tracking of sediment onto public or private roads. 30 d. Discharges from the construction site shall not contain pollutants at concentrations that 31 produce objectionable films, colors, turbidity, deposits or noxious odors in any 32 receiving stream or waterway. 33 D. Solid Waste Disposal: 34 1. Collect solid waste on a daily basis. 35 2. Provide disposal of degradable solid waste to an approved solid waste disposal site. 36 3. Provide disposal of nondegradable solid waste to an approved solid waste disposal site or in 37 an alternate manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies. 38 4. No building materials wastes or unused building materials shall be buried, dumped, or 39 disposed of on the site. 40 E. Fuel and Chemical Handling: 41 1. Store and dispose of chemical wastes in a manner approved by regulatory agencies. 42 2. Take special measures to prevent chemicals, fuels, oils, greases, herbicides, and insecticides 43 from entering drainage ways. 44 3. Do not allow water used in onsite material processing, concrete curing, cleanup, and other 45 waste waters to enter a drainage way(s) or stream 46 4. The Contractor shall provide containment around fueling and chemical storage areas to 47 ensure that spills in these areas do not reach waters of the state. 48 F. Control of Dust: 07223-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01560 - 2 • • • • • • 1 1. The control of dust shall mean that no construction activity shall take place without 2 applying all such reasonable measures as may be required to prevent particulate matter from 3 becoming airborne so that it remains visible beyond the limits of construction. Reasonable 4 measures may include paving, frequent road cleaning, planting vegetative groundcover, 5 application of water or application of chemical dust suppressants. The use of chemical 6 agents such as calcium chloride must be approved by the Owner. 7 2. Utilize methods and practices of construction to eliminate dust in full observance of agency 8 regulations. 9 3. The Engineer will determine the effectiveness of the dust control program and may request 10 the Contractor to provide additional measures, at no additional cost to Owner. 11 G. Control of Air Quality During Tank Coating 12 1. The control of blasting media and coating overspray shall be done by providing shrouding 13 or other means for all work performed during application of coating in the field. Contractor 14 shall provide a shrouding and environmental safety plan per the Specifications. 15 H. Burning: 16 1. Do not bum material on the site. If the Contractor elects to dispose of waste materials by 17 burning, make arrangements for an off -site burning area and conform to all agency 18 regulations. 19 I. Control of Noise: 20 1. Control noise by fitting equipment with appropriate mufflers. 21 J. Completion of Work: 22 1. Upon completion of work, leave area in a clean, natural looking condition. 23 2. Ensure all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of 24 required permanent work are removed. 25 3. All environmental controls shall remain in place until revegetation had been reestablished to 26 the satisfaction of the Owner's acceptance. Contractor shall remove and dispose of all 27 environmental controls. 28 K. Historical Protection: 29 1. If during the course of construction, evidence of deposits of historical or archaeological 30 interests are found, cease work affecting find and notify Engineer. Do not disturb deposits 31 until written notice from Engineer is given to proceed. 32 2. The Contractor will be compensated for lost time or changes in construction to avoid the 33 find based upon normal change order procedures. 34 3. No activity which may affect a State Archaeological Landmark is authorized until the 35 Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has 36 previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or 37 archaeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may 38 encounter unanticipated cultural or archaeological deposits during construction. 39 4. If archaeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations are 40 begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify 41 Owner, and the Texas Historical Commission (512- 463 - 6096). The Contractor shall take 42 reasonable steps to protect and preserve discoveries until they have been inspected by the 43 Owner's representative. The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical 44 Commission and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or 45 permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of 46 the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner. 47 48 07225- 075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01560 - 3 • • • 1 92B17 2 SECTION 01600 3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Scheduling of product delivery. 8 2. Packaging of products for delivery. 9 3. Protection of products against damage from: 10 a. Handling. 11 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments. 12 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 C. Payment: 16 1. No payment will be made to Contractor for equipment or materials not properly stored and 17 insured or without approved shop drawings. 18 a. Previous payments for items will be deducted from subsequent progress estimate(s) if 19 proper storage procedures are not observed. 20 1.2 DELIVERY 21 A. Scheduling: 22 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to 23 avoid prolonged storage. 24 B. Packaging: 25 1. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 26 containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental 27 damage. 28 C. Identification: 29 1. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item, and installation location. 30 D. Protection and Handling: 31 1. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION 34 3.1 PROTECTION, STORAGE AND HANDLING 35 A. Manufacturer's Instruction: 36 1. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 37 a. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 38 storage. 39 b. Handle products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and 40 instructions. 41 2. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01600 - 1 1 3. When space heaters are provided in equipment, connect and operate heaters during storage 2 until equipment is placed in service. 3 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Inspect Deliveries: 5 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. Reject all products 6 or equipment that are damaged, used, or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on Project. 7 B. Monitor Storage Area: 8 1. Monitor storage area to ensure suitable temperature and moisture conditions are maintained. 9 END OF SECTION 072 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 0]600 -2 • • • • • • 2 3 4 PART1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Job conditions. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS 12 A. Prior to installation of material, equipment and other work, verify with Subcontractors, material 13 or equipment manufacturers, and installers that the substrate or surface to which those materials 14 attach is acceptable for installation of those materials or equipment. (Substrate is defined as 15 building surfaces to which materials or equipment is attached to i.e., floors, walls, ceilings, etc.). 16 B. Correct unacceptable substrate until acceptable for installation of equipment or materials. 17 18 I 00D28 0722= -075 -036 SECTION 01601 JOB CONDITIONS END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01601 - 1 • • • 1 90E10 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 07225-07 -036 SECTION 01640 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. The procedure for requesting substitution approval for a product which is specified by 8 descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to one or more of the following: 9 a. Name of manufacturer. 10 b. Name of vendor. 11 c. Trade name. 12 d. Catalog number. 13 2. This Section does not address substitutions for major equipment. See "Instructions to 14 Bidders." 15 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of The Contract. 17 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18 C. Requests for Substitution - General: 19 1. Base all bids on materials, equipment, and procedures specified. 20 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of 21 references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. When 22 this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other 23 products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, 24 provided said products are capable of accomplishing the same tasks as the products 25 specifically indicated. 26 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable. 27 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, Contractor represents: 29 1. He has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in 30 all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 31 2. He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified. 32 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include building 33 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for work to be 34 complete in all respects. 35 4. He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise. 36 1.3 DEFINITIONS 37 A. Product: Manufactured material or equipment. 38 1.4 PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING SUBSTITUTION 39 A. Considered after award of Contract. 40 B. Written requests through Contractor only. 41 C. Transmittal Mechanics: City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01640 - 1 1 1. Follow the transmittal mechanics prescribed for shop drawings in Section 01340. Product 2 substitution will be treated in a manner similar to "deviations," as described in paragraph 3 1.04 -A.9.f of Section 01340. List the letter describing the deviation and justifications on the 4 transmittal form in the space provided under the column with the heading 5 "DESCRIPTION." Include in the transmittal letter, either directly or as a clearly marked 6 attachment, the items listed in paragraph D below. 7 D. Transmittal Contents: 8 1. Product identification: 9 a. Manufacturer's name. 10 b. Telephone number and representative contact name. 11 c. Specification section or drawing reference of originally specified product, including 12 discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents. 13 2. Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with 14 Contract Documents. 15 3. Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics 16 including but not necessarily limited to: 17 a. Size. 18 b. Composition or materials of construction. 19 c. Weight. 20 d. Electrical or mechanical requirements. 21 4. Product experience: 22 a. Location of past projects utilizing product. 23 b. Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects 24 knowledgeable concerning proposed product. 25 c. Available field data and reports associated with proposed product. 26 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 27 6. Data relating to changes in cost. 28 7. Samples: 29 a. At request of Engineer. 30 b. Full size if requested by Engineer. 31 c. Held until substantial completion. 32 d. Engineer not responsible for loss or damage to samples. 33 1.5 APPROVAL OR REJECTION 34 A. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the Engineer. 35 B. Engineer reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of 36 specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 37 C. In event substitution results in a change of Contract price or time, provisions in General 38 Conditions will be applied for adjustment. 39 D. Substitutions will be rejected if: 40 1. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval. 41 2. Requests are not made in accordance with this Section. 42 3. In the Engineer's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design. 43 4. In the Engineer's opinion, substitution is not equal to original product specified or will not 44 perform adequately the function for which it was intended. 45 END OF SECTION 07225 - 075_036 City of Round Rock Barton Hi]] Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01640 -2 • • • • • • 1 01I17 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Procedures and actions, required of the Contractor, which are necessary to achieve and 8 demonstrate Substantial Completion. 9 2. Requirements for Substantial Completion Submittals. 10 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 13 — Special Construction. 14 4. Section 15 - Mechanical. 15 1.2 DEFINITIONS 16 A. Pre - Demonstration Period: The period of time, of unspecified duration after initial construction 17 and installation activities during which Contractor, with assistance from manufacturer's 18 representatives, performs in the following sequence: 19 1. Finishing type construction work to ensure the Project has reached a state of Substantial 20 Completion. 21 2. Equipment startup. 22 3. Personnel training. 23 B. Demonstration Period: A period of time, of specified duration, following the Pre - Demonstration 24 Period, during which the Contractor initiates process flow through the facility and starts up and 25 operates the facility, without exceeding specified downtime limitations, to prove the functional 26 integrity of the mechanical and electrical equipment and components and the control interfaces 27 of the respective equipment and components comprising the facility as evidence of Substantial 28 Completion. 29 C. Substantial Completion: See Division 0, General Conditions. 30 1.3 SUBMITTALS 31 A. Submit in the chronological order listed below prior to the completion of the Pre - Demonstration 32 Period. 33 1. Master operation and maintenance training schedule: 34 a. Submit 30 days (minimum) prior to first training session for Owner's personnel. 35 b. Schedule to include: 36 1) Target date and time for Owner witnessing of each system initial startup. 37 2) Target date and time for Operation and Maintenance training. 38 3) Target date for initiation of Demonstration Period. 39 c. Submit for review and approval by Owner. 40 d. Include holidays observed by Owner. 41 e. After initial schedule submittal, review schedule planning coordination at each monthly 42 progress meeting and provide updated training schedules. 43 1) Provide a status report and schedule -to- complete for requirements prerequisite to 44 manufacturer's training. 45 2) Identify initial target dates for individual manufacturer's training sessions. 07225-075-036 SECTION 01650 FACILITY STARTUP City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01650 - 1 1 f. Provide a minimum 7 days' notice of rescheduled training session not conducted on 2 master schedule target date for any reason. 3 g. Schedule to be resubmitted until approved. 4 2. Substantial Completion Submittal: 5 a. File Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection. 6 b. Approved Operation and Maintenance manuals received by Engineer minimum 1 week 7 prior to scheduled training. 8 c. Written request for Owner to witness each system pre - demonstration startup. Request to 9 be received by Owner minimum 1 week before scheduled training of Owners personnel 10 on that system. 11 d. Equipment installation and pre - demonstration startup certifications. 12 e. Letter verifying completion of all pre - demonstration startup activities including receipt 13 of all specified items from manufacturers or suppliers as final item prior to initiation of 14 Demonstration Period. 15 1.4 COST OF STARTUP 16 A. Contractor to pay all costs associated with Facility startup. 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 GENERAL 20 A. Facility Startup Divided into Two Periods: 21 1. Pre - Demonstration Period including: 22 a. Completion of construction work to bring Project to a state of Substantial Completion. 23 b. Startup of Equipment. 24 c. Training of Personnel. 25 d. Completion of the filing of all required submittals. 26 e. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection. 27 2. Demonstration Period including: 28 a. Demonstration of functional integrity of Facility. 29 3.2 PRE - DEMONSTRATION PERIOD 30 A. Completion of Construction Work: 31 1. Complete the work to bring the Project to a state of substantial completion. 32 B. Equipment Startup: 33 1. Requirements for individual items of equipment are included in Divisions 2 through 16 of 34 these Specifications. 35 2. Prepare the equipment so it will operate properly and safely and be ready to demonstrate 36 functional integrity during the Demonstration Period. 37 3. Perform Equipment Startup to extent possible without introducing product flow. 38 4. Introduce product flow to complete Equipment Startup for the following equipment: 39 a. Control Valves. 40 b. Telemetry. 41 c. Cathodic Protection. 42 d. Other equipment as noted by Engineer. 43 5. Procedures include but are not necessarily limited to the following: 44 a. Test or check and correct deficiencies of: 45 1) Power, control, and monitoring circuits for continuity prior to connection to power 46 source. 47 2) Voltage of all circuits. 07225 -075 -1136 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01650 -2 • • • • • • 1 3) Phase sequence. 2 4) Cleanliness of connecting piping systems. 3 5) Alignment of connected machinery. 4 6) Vacuum and pressure of all closed systems. 5 7) Lubrication. 6 8) Valve orientation and position status for manual operating mode. 7 9) Piping for integrity using product flow. 8 10) Pumping equipment using product flow. 9 11) Instrumentation and control signal generation, transmission, reception, and 10 response. See Section 13442 and 13447. 11 12) Tagging and identification systems. 12 13) All equipment: Proper connections, alignment, calibration and adjustment. 13 b. Calibrate all safety equipment. 14 c. Manually rotate or move moving parts to assure freedom of movement, 15 d. Perform other tests, checks, and activities required to make the equipment ready for 16 Demonstration Period. 17 e. Documentation: 18 1) Prepare a log showing each equipment item subject to this paragraph and listing 19 what is to be accomplished during Equipment Startup. Provide a place for the 20 Contractor to record date and person accomplishing required work. Submit 21 completed document before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion 22 certification. 23 6. Obtain certifications, without restrictions or qualifications, and deliver to Engineer: 24 a. Manufacturer's equipment installation check letters. 25 b. Instrumentation Supplier's Instrumentation Installation Certificate. 26 C. Personnel Training: 27 1. See individual equipment specification sections. 28 2. Conduct all personnel training after completion of Equipment Startup for the equipment for 29 which training is being conducted. 30 3. Field and/or classroom training requirements: 31 a. Hold training on -site, or at location to be coordinated with Owner. 32 b. Notify each manufacturer specified for on -site training that the Owner reserves the right 33 to video record any or all training sessions. Organize each training session in a format 34 compatible with video recording. 35 c. Training instructor: Factory trained and familiar with giving both classroom and 36 "hands -on" instructions. 37 d. Training instructors: Be at classes on time. Session beginning and ending times to be 38 coordinated with the Owner and indicated on the master schedule. Normal time lengths 39 for class periods can vary, but brief rest breaks should be scheduled and taken. 40 e. Organize training sessions into maintenance verses operation topics and identify on 41 schedule. 42 f. Plan for minimum class attendance of 10 people at each session and provide sufficient 43 classroom materials, samples, and handouts for those in attendance. 44 g. Instructors to have a typed agenda and well prepared instructional material. 45 h. In the on -site training sessions, cover the information required in the Operation and 46 Maintenance manuals submitted according to Section 01340 and the following areas as 47 applicable. 48 1) Operation of equipment. 49 2) Lubrication of equipment. 50 3) Maintenance and repair of equipment. 51 4) Troubleshooting of equipment. 52 5) Preventive maintenance procedures. 53 6) Adjustments to equipment. 54 7) Inventory of spare parts. 55 8) Optimizing equipment performance. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Stooge Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01650 - 3 1 9) Capabilities. 2 10) Operational safety. 3 11) Emergency situation response. 4 12) Takedown procedures (disassembly and assembly). 5 i. Address above paragraphs 1), 2), 8), 9), 10), and 11) in the operation sessions. Address 6 above paragraphs 3), 4), 5), 6), 7), and 12) in the maintenance sessions. 7 j. Maintain a log of classroom training provided including: Instructors, topics, dates, time, 8 and attendance. 9 D. Complete the filing of all required submittals: 10 1. Shop drawings. 11 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 12 3. Training material. 13 E. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection of Project: 14 1. File the notice when the following have been completed: 15 a. Construction work (brought to state of Substantial Completion). 16 b. Equipment Startup. 17 c. Personnel Training. 18 d. Submittal of required documents. 19 2. Engineer will review required submittals for completeness within 14 calendar days of 20 Contractor's notice. If complete, Engineer will complete inspection of the Work, within 14 21 calendar days of Contractor's notice. 22 3. Engineer will inform Contractor in writing of the status of the Work reviewed, within 14 23 calendar days of Contractor's notice. 24 a. Work determined not meeting state of Substantial Completion: 25 1) Contractor: Correct deficiencies noted or submit plan of action for correction 26 within 5 days of Engineer's determination. 27 2) Engineer: Reinspect work within 5 days of Contractor's notice of correction of 28 deficiencies. 29 3) Reinspection costs incurred by Engineer will be billed to Owner who will deduct 30 them from final payment due Contractor. 31 b. Work determined to be in state of tentative Substantial Completion: Engineer to prepare 32 tentative "Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion." 33 c. Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion: 34 1) Certificate tentatively issued subject to successful Demonstration of functional 35 integrity. 36 2) Issued for Project as a whole. 37 3) Issued subject to completion or correction of items cited in the certificate (punch 38 list). 39 4) Issued with responsibilities of Owner and Contractor cited. 40 5) Executed by Engineer. 41 6) Accepted by Owner. 42 7) Accepted by Contractor. 43 d. Upon successful completion of Demonstration Period, Engineer will endorse certificate 44 attesting to the successful demonstration, and citing the hour and date of ending the 45 successful Demonstration Period of functional integrity as the effective date of 46 Substantial Completion. 47 3.3 DEMONSTRATION PERIOD 48 A. General: 49 1. Demonstrate the functional integrity of the mechanical, electrical, and control interfaces of 50 the respective equipment and components comprising the facility as evidence of Substantial 51 Completion. 52 2. Duration of Demonstration Period: 168 consecutive hours. 07225 -075 -1136 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01650 - 4 • • • • • • 1 3. If, during the Demonstration Period, the aggregate amount of time used for repair, 2 alteration, or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected 3 equipment or system inoperative exceed 10 percent of the Demonstration Period, the 4 demonstration of functional integrity will be deemed to have failed. In the event of failure, a 5 new Demonstration Period will recommence after correction of the cause of failure. The 6 new Demonstration Period shall have the same requirements and duration as the 7 Demonstration Period previously conducted. 8 4. Conduct the demonstration of functional integrity under full operational conditions. 9 5. Owner will provide operational personnel to provide process decisions affecting plant 10 performance. Owner's assistance will be available only for process decisions. Contractor 11 will perform all other functions including but not limited to equipment operation and 12 maintenance until successful completion of the Demonstration Period. 13 6. Owner reserves the right to simulate operational variables, equipment failures, routine 14 maintenance scenarios, etc., to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual 15 backup systems and alternate operating modes. 16 7. Time of beginning and ending any Demonstration Period shall be agreed upon by 17 Contractor, Owner, and Engineer in advance of initiating Demonstration Period. 18 8. Throughout the Demonstration Period, provide knowledgeable personnel to answer Owner's 19 questions, provide final field instruction on select systems and to respond to any system 20 problems or failures which may occur. 21 9. Provide all labor, supervision, utilities, chemicals, maintenance, equipment, vehicles or any 22 other item necessary to operate and demonstrate all systems being demonstrated. 23 24 07225-075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01650 -5 • • • 1 90H17 2 SECTION 01710 3 CLEANING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Intermediate and final cleaning of Work not including special cleaning of closed systems 8 specified elsewhere. 9 13. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING 13 A. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those 14 materials. 15 13 SCHEDULING 16 A. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process 17 will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 MATERIALS 20 A. Cleaning Agents: 21 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned. 22 2. New and uncontaminated. 23 3. For Manufactured Surfaces: Material recommended by manufacturer. 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 CLEANING - GENERAL 26 A. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 27 B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing 28 authorities. 29 C. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary 30 drains or sewers. 31 D. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 32 E. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate 33 manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies. 34 F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 35 G. Do not drop or throw materials from heights greater than 4 FT or less than 4 FT if conditions 36 warrant greater care. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01710 - 1 1 H. On completion of work, leave area in a clean, natural looking condition. Remove all signs of 2 temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 3 I. Do not burn on -site. 4 3.2 INTERIOR CLEANING 5 A. Cleaning During Construction: 6 1. Keep work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in 7 existing facility operations. 8 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 9 3. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. Continue vacuum 10 cleaning on an as- needed basis, until substantial completion. 11 B. Final Cleaning: 12 1. Complete immediately prior to Demonstration Period. 13 2. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign 14 materials from sight- exposed surfaces. 15 3. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 16 4. Wash and shine glazing and minors. 17 5. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 18 6. Ventilating systems: 19 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during 20 construction. 21 b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 22 construction. 23 7. Replace all burned out lamps. 24 8. Broom clean process area floors. 25 9. Mop office and control room floors. 26 3.3 EXTERIOR (SITE) CLEANING 27 A. Cleaning During Construction: 28 1. Construction debris: 29 a. Confine in strategically located container(s): 30 1) Cover to prevent blowing by wind. 31 2) Haul from site minimum once a week. 32 b. Remove from work area to container daily. 33 2. Vegetation: 34 a. Keep weeds and other vegetation trimmed to 3 IN maximum height. 35 3. Soils, sand, and gravel deposited on paved areas and walks: 36 a. Remove as required to prevent muddy or dusty conditions. 37 b. Do not flush into storm sewer system. 38 B. Final Cleaning: 39 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site: 40 a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 41 2. Clean paved roadways. 42 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 43 A. Immediately prior to Demonstration Period, conduct an inspection with Engineer to verify 44 condition of all work areas. 45 END OF SECTION 072 25 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01710 - 2 • • • • • • 1 02A14 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 25 1.3 DEFINITIONS 12 A. Referenced Standards: 13 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 14 a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 15 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 16 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 17 b. A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc- Coated 18 Welded and Seamless. 19 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 20 a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 21 b. 90A, Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 22 4. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.(SMACNA). 23 B. Obtain prior approval from Engineer when any opening larger than 100 SQ IN must be made in 24 existing or newly completed construction. 28 B. Washdown Areas: Areas having floor drains or hose bibs. 26 A. Hazardous Areas: Areas shown in the Contract Documents as having Class I or Class II area 27 classifications. SECTION 01800 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. All openings and penetrations m construction. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 1.4 SUBMITTALS 30 A. Shop Drawings: 31 1. See Section 01340. 32 2. For each structure provide dimensioned or scaled (minimum 1/8 IN = 1 FT) plan view 33 drawings containing the following information: 34 a. Vertical and horizontal location of all required openings and penetrations. 35 b. Size of all openings and penetrations. 36 c. Opening type, 37 d. Seal type. 38 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions for standard manufactured products. 39 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 40 2.1 MATERIALS 41 A. Pipe Sleeves: Steel, ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01800 - 1 1 B. Backing Rod and Sealant: 2 1. Expanding urethane foam with polyurethane finish sealant. The following requirements 3 apply to the expanding foam: 4 a. One or two component fire rated moisture cured expanding urethane. 5 b. Shall not contain formaldehyde. 6 c. Density: Minimum 1.5 pcf. 7 d. Minimum 70 percent closed cell content. 8 e. R -value minimum 5.0/IN. 9 f. Flame spread: Less than 25. 10 g. Smoke developed: Less than 25. 11 C. Modular Mechanical Seals: 12 1. Acceptable Manufacturers. 13 a. Link -Seal. 14 2. 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers. 15 D. Sheet Metal Sleeves: Steel, ASTM A36, 12 GA. 16 E. Commercial Wall Castings: 17 1. For Unclassified Areas both sides of penetration: 18 a. Ductile Iron, class equal to connecting piping system. 19 2. For Wet/Corrosive Areas either side of penetration: 20 a. Stainless Steel, 304L. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION 23 A. Perform HVAC penetrations in accordance with NFPA 90A. 24 B. Perform electrical penetrations in accordance with NFPA 70, Article 501. 25 C. Install sleeves and castings in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter #6. 26 D. Hot dip galvanize (or paint in accordance with Section 09905) all steel sleeves installed. 27 E. When mechanical or electrical work cannot be installed as structure is being erected, provide and 28 arrange for building -in of boxes, sleeves, insets, fixtures or devices necessary to permit 29 installation later. Lay out chases, holes or other openings which must be provided in masonry, 30 concrete or other work. 31 F. Where pipes, conduits or ducts pass through floors in washdown areas, install sleeves with top 3 32 IN above finish floors. In non - washdown areas, install sleeves with ends flush with finished 33 surfaces. 34 G. Where pipes, ducts or conduits pass through existing floors in washdown areas and sleeves 35 cannot be integrally cast, utilize drip sleeve detail as shown on Drawings. 36 H. Size sleeves, blockouts and cutouts which will receive sealant seal such that free area to receive 37 sealant is minimized and seal integrity may be obtained. 38 I. For insulated piping and ducts, size sleeves, blockouts and cutouts large enough to accommodate 39 full thickness of insulation. 40 J. Do not cut into or core drill any beams, joists, or columns. 41 K. Do not install sleeves in beams, joists, or columns. 42 L. Do not install recesses in beams, joists, columns, or slabs. 43 M. Field Cutting and Coring: 44 1. Saw or core drill with non - impact type equipment. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01800 - 2 • • • • • • 1 2 3 4 2. Mark opening and drill small 3/4 IN or less holes through structure following opening outline. 3. Sawcut opening outline on both surfaces. Knock out within sawcuts using impact type equipment. Do not chip or spall face of surface to remain intact. 5 N. Precast - Prestressed Concrete Construction: 6 1. Do not cut openings nor core drill vertically or horizontally through stems of members. 7 2. Do not locate or install sleeves or recess sleeves vertically or horizontally through or in 8 stems of members. 9 3. Cast openings and sleeves into flanges of units. 10 4. Cast openings larger than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimension in units at time of 11 manufacture. 12 5. Cast openings smaller than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimensions in flanges of 13 units at time of manufacture or field cut. 14 0. Where alterations are necessary or where new and old work join, restore adjacent surfaces to 15 their condition existing prior to start of work. 16 P. Provide waterstop plate /anchor flange for piping, ducts, castings and sleeves cast -in -place in 17 concrete. 18 1. For fabricated units, weld plate to sleeve, pipe, or ductwork. 19 2. For commercial castings, cast water stop /anchor with wall pipe. 20 3. Plate is to be same thickness as sleeve, pipe, casting or ductwork. 21 4. For fabricated units, diameter of plate or flange to be 4 IN larger than outside diameter of 22 sleeve, pipe or ductwork. 23 5. For commercial castings, waterstop /anchor size to be manufacturer standard. 24 6. Provide continuous around entire circumference of sleeve, pipe, or ductwork. 25 Q. Use full depth expanding foam sealant for seal applications into hazardous areas and 26 applications where multiple pipes, conduits, etc. pass through single sleeve. Use full depth 27 compressible sealant for applications involving single components passing through sleeves and 28 for penetrations into non hazardous area. 29 R. Do not make duct or conduit penetrations below high water levels when entering or leaving 30 tankage, wet wells, or other water holding structures. 31 S. Modular Mechanical Seals: 32 1. Utilize one seal for concrete thickness less than 8 IN and two seals for concrete, 8 IN thick 33 or greater. 34 2. Utilize two seals for piping 16 IN diameter and larger if concrete thickness permits. 35 3. Install seals such that bolt heads are located on the most accessible side of the penetration. 36 T. Where area is blocked out to receive sheet metal sleeve at later date: 37 1. If blockout size is sufficient to allow placement, utilize dowels for interface of initially 38 placed concrete and sleeve encasement concrete which is placed later. 39 a. Size blockout based on sleeves size required plus 4 to 6 IN each side of sleeve for 40 concrete encasement. 41 b. Provide # 4 dowels at 12 IN spacing along each side of blockout with minimum of two 42 dowels required per side. 43 2. If blockout size is not sufficient to allow placement of dowels, provide keyway along sides 44 of blockout. 45 a. Size blockout based on sleeve size required plus 2 to 4 IN each side of sleeve for 46 concrete encasement. 47 U. For interior wall applications where backer rod and sealant are specified, provide backer rod and 48 sealant at each side of wall. 49 3.2 SCHEDULES 50 A. Furnish openings and sealing materials in accordance with the schedules shown in the drawings. 07225- 075 -0.6 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 01800 -3 y ll55 h Qn, fi X J Y 1Y Y5Y J .xY, SITE WORD • • • 1 96H09 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Site clearing, tree protection, stripping topsoil and demolition. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02200 - Earthwork. 12 4. Section 02260 - Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 13 5. Section 02270 - Soil Erosion and Sediment Control. 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 PREPARATION 17 A. Protect existing trees and other vegetation to remain against damage. 18 1. Do not smother trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within 19 drip line. 20 2. Avoid foot or vehicular traffic or parking of vehicles within drip line. 21 3. Provide temporary protection as required. 22 B. Repair or replace trees and vegetation damaged by construction operations. 23 1. Repair to be performed by a qualified tree surgeon. 24 2. Remove trees which cannot be repaired and restore to full- growth status. 25 3. Replace with new trees of minimum 4 IN caliper. 26 C. Provide barricades, coverings, and other protection necessary to prevent damage to existing 27 improvements. 28 1. Protect improvements on adjoining properties as well as those on Owner's property. 29 2. Restore any improvements damaged by this work to original condition, as acceptable to 30 Owner or other parties or authorities having jurisdictions. 31 3.2 SITE CLEARING SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING 32 A. Topsoil Removal: 33 1. Strip topsoil to depths encountered. 34 a. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. 35 b. Stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main 36 root system. 37 c. Separate from underlying subsoil or objectionable material. 38 2. Stockpile topsoil where directed. 39 a. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 40 b. Seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. 41 3. Do not strip topsoil m wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. 42 4. Borrow topsoil: 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02110 - I 1 a. Reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN DIA, weeds and roots. 2 B. Clearing and Grubbing: 3 1. Clear from within limits of construction all trees not marked to remain. 4 a. Include shrubs, brush, downed timber, rotten wood, heavy growth of grass and weeds, 5 vines, rubbish, structures and debris. 6 2. Grub (remove) from within limits of construction all stumps, roots, root mats, logs and 7 debris encountered. 8 3. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material 9 unless further excavation on earthwork is indicated. Place fill material in horizontal layers 10 not exceeding six inches loose depth and thoroughly compact to a density equal to adjacent 11 original ground. 12 4. No areas outside the construction easement shall be cleared and grubbed. 13 C. Disposal of Waste Materials: 14 I. Do not bum combustible materials on site. 15 2. Remove all waste materials from site. 16 3. Do not bury organic matter on site. 17 3.3 ACCEPTANCE 18 A. Upon completion of the site clearing, obtain Engineer's acceptance of the extent of clearing, 19 depth of stripping and rough grade. 20 END OF SECTION 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02110 - 2 • • • • • 1 02A14 2 SECTION 02200 3 EARTHWORK 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Earthwork and foundation preparation. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Division 2 — Site Work. 12 4. Section 13210 — Composite Style Elevated Water Storage Tank 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 16 a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 17 b. D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard 18 Effort (12,400 ft-lb/f13). 19 c. D1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 20 Modified Effort (56,000 ft- lbf/f(2,700 kN- m/m)). 21 d. D2487, Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil 22 Classification System. 23 e. D2786, Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven 24 Fabrics: Diaphragm. 25 f. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory 26 Table. 27 g. D4254, Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative 28 Density. 29 h. D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 30 2. Texas Department of Transportation, Division of Materials and Tests (TxDOT): 31 a. TEX- 113 -E, Determination of Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Base Materials. 32 1.3 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Shop Drawings: 34 1. See Section 01340. 35 2. Product technical data including: 36 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 37 b. An excavation and foundation installation plan indicating the Contractor's methodology 38 for installing the foundations per the recommendations of the Soils Engineer. Note, the 39 tank manufacturer is responsible for the tank foundation design which will be based on 40 the Geotechnical Report. 41 3. Certifications of laboratory retained by Contractor to perform soils analysis. 42 4. Test reports: 43 a. Soils inspection and testing results including but not limited to all required for 44 designating soil and determining all soil properties necessary for classifying soil 45 strength, gradation, and indices. 46 B. Samples: 47 1. Submit samples and source of fill and backfill materials proposed for use. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 1 1 2. Submit samples and source of borrow materials proposed for use. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 MATERIALS 4 A. Fill and Backfill: Selected material approved by Engineer from site excavation or from off site 5 borrow. See the Geotechnical Report. 6 B. Granular Fill Under Tank Interior Floor: Clean crushed rock with sizes ranging from % -inch to 7 1 %- inches. See Geotechnical Report. 8 C. Granular Fill Drainage Structure: 9 1. Conform to ASTM C33, Size No.67. 10 D. Flexible Base Material: Flexible base material shall conform to TxDOT Standard 11 Specifications, Item 247, Type A 12 I. Access road work: Grade 1 or 2. 13 2. Below tank interior slab: Grade 3. 14 E. Road Subbase Material: 15 1. 3" to 5" washed rock. 16 F. Geotextile Filter Fabric: 17 1. Nonwoven type. 18 2. Minimum weight: 8 oz/sq yd. 19 3. Equivalent opening size: 50 -100 (U.S. Standard Sieve). 20 4. Permeability coefficient (cm/second): 0.07 minimum, 0.30 maximum. 21 5. Grab strength: 90 LBS minimum in either direction in accordance with ASTM D4632 22 requirements. 23 6. Mullen burst strength: 125 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM D3786 requirements. 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 PROTECTION 26 A. Protect existing surface and subsurface features on -site and adjacent to site as follows: 27 1. Provide barricades, coverings, or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to 28 existing items indicated to remain in place. 29 2. Protect and maintain bench marks, monuments or other established reference points and 30 property comers. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at own expense to full satisfaction of 31 Owner and controlling agency. 32 3. Verify location of utilities. Omission or inclusion of utility items does not constitute non- 33 existence or definite location. Secure and examine local utility records for location data. 34 a. Take necessary precautions to protect existing utilities from damage due to any 35 construction activity. 36 b. Repair damages to utility items at own expense. 37 c. In case of damage, notify Engineer at once so required protective measures may be 38 taken. 39 4. Maintain free of damage, existing sidewalks, structures, and pavement, not indicated to be 40 removed. Any item known or unknown or not properly located that is inadvertently 41 damaged shall be repaired to original condition. All repairs to be made and paid for by 42 Contractor. 43 5. Provide full access to public and private premises, fire hydrants, street crossings, sidewalks 44 and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 45 6. Maintain stockpiles and excavations in such a manner to prevent inconvenience or damage 46 to structures on -site or on adjoining property. 07225-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 2 • • • • • • 1 7. Avoid surcharge or excavation procedures which can result in heaving, caving, or slides. 2 B. Salvageable Items: Carefully remove items to be salvaged, and store on Owner's premises unless 3 otherwise directed. 4 C. Dispose of waste materials, legally, off site. Burning, as a means of waste disposal, is not 5 permitted. 6 3.2 SITE EXCAVATION AND GRADING 7 A. The work includes all operations in connection with excavation, borrow, construction of fills and 8 embankments, rough grading, and disposal of excess materials in connection with the 9 preparation of the site(s) for construction of the proposed facilities. 10 B. Excavation and Grading: Perform as required by the Contract Drawings. 11 1. Contract Drawings may indicate both existing grade and finished grade required for 12 construction of Project. Stake all units, structures, piping, roads, parking areas and walks 13 and establish their elevations. Perform other layout work required. Replace property corner 14 markers to original location if disturbed or destroyed. 15 2. Refer to recommendations of geotechnical report for preparation of ground surface for 16 embankments or fills. 17 3. Protection of finish grade: During construction, shape and drain embankment and 18 excavations. Maintain ditches and drains to provide drainage at all times. Protect graded 19 areas against action of elements prior to acceptance of work. Reestablish grade where 20 settlement or erosion occurs. 21 C. Borrow: Provide necessary amount of approved fill compacted to density equal to that indicated 22 in this Specification. Include cost of all borrow material in original proposal. Fill material to be 23 approved by Engineer prior to placement. 24 D. Construct embankments and fills as required by the Contract Drawings: 25 1. Construct embankments and fills at locations and to lines of grade indicated. Completed fill 26 shall correspond to shape of typical cross section or contour indicated regardless of method 27 used to show shape, size, and extent of line and grade of completed work. 28 2. Provide approved fill material which is free from roots, organic matter, trash, frozen 29 material, and stones having maximum dimension greater than 6 IN. Ensure that stones larger 30 than 4 IN are not placed in upper 6 IN of fill or embankment. Do not place material in layers 31 greater than 8 IN loose thickness. Place layers horizontally and compact each layer prior to 32 placing additional fill. 33 3. Compact by sheepsfoot, pneumatic rollers, vibrators, or by other equipment as required to 34 obtain specified density. Control moisture for each layer necessary to meet requirements of 35 compaction. 36 3.3 ROCK EXCAVATION 37 A. All rock excavation shall be unclassified and no separate payment will be made. 38 3.4 USE OF EXPLOSIVES 39 A. Blasting with any type of explosive is prohibited. 40 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 41 A. Moisture density relations, to be established by the Engineer required for all materials to be 42 compacted. 43 B. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with Specifications. 44 Minimum testing requirements will be as follows: 45 1. Compaction testing for spreadfooting shall be at a minimum of one test per 30 -foot 46 circumference on scarified excavated subgrade. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 3 1 2. Compaction testing for fill and backlit] shall be at a minimum of every 30 -CY placed or 2 2 tests per lift of placement. 3 3. Compaction testing for utilities installed shall be at a minimum of 1 test per lift per material 4 for each 50 -LF of buried utility installed. Compaction requirements for utilities are 5 specified in Section 02221. 6 C. Contractor shall give minimum of 48 HR advance notice to Soils Engineer when ready for 7 compaction or subgrade testing and inspection. 8 D. Should any compaction density test or subgrade inspection fail to meet Specification 9 requirements, Contractor shall perform corrective work as necessary to correct the problem. 10 E. Contractor shall pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from 11 failing compaction density tests. 12 3.6 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS 13 A. Obtain approval from Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior 14 to subsequent operations. 15 B. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction 16 requirements. Dewatering will not be paid for separately and costs for dewatering should be 17 included in the base bid if Contractor deems necessary. 18 C. Remove frozen, loose, wet, or soft material and replace with approved material as directed by 19 Engineer. 20 D. Where subgrade is deemed unstable by Engineer, stabilize subgrade per recommendations of 21 geotechnical report. 22 E. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the following requirements: 23 1. Sitework: 24 25 LOCATION MINIMUM COMPACTION DENSITY 26 27 UNDER PAVED AREAS, 28 SIDEWALKS AND PIPING: 29 30 Cohesive Soils 100 percent, ASTM D698 31 32 UNPAVED AREAS 33 34 Cohesive Soils 95 percent, ASTM D698 35 36 2. Structures: 37 38 LOCATION MINIMUM COMPACTION DENSITY 39 40 Inside of structures under 100 percent, ASTM D698 41 foundations, under equipment 42 support pads, under slabs -on -grade 43 and scarified existing subgrade 44 under fill material 45 46 Outside structures next to walls, 92 percent, ASTM D698 47 piers, columns and any other 48 structure exterior member 49 50 3. Specific areas: 51 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 4 • • • • • • 1 LOCATION MINIMUM COMPACTION DENSITY 2 3 Outside structures under 100 percent, ASTM D698 4 equipment support foundations 5 6 Granular fill under base slabs 75 percent relative density 7 with pressure valves, and per ASTM D4253 and D4254 8 under building floor slabs -on -grade 9 3.7 EXCAVATION, FILLING, AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES 10 A. General: 11 1. In general, work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, excavation for structures and 12 retaining walls, removal of underground obstructions and undesirable material, backfilling, 13 filling, and fill, backfill, and subgrade compaction. 14 2. Obtain fill and backfill material necessary to produce grades required. Materials and source 15 to be approved by Engineer. Excavated material approved by Engineer may also be used for 16 fill and backfill. 17 3. In this Section of the Specifications, the word "foundations" includes footings, base slabs, 18 foundation walls, mat foundations, grade beams, piers and any other support placed directly 19 on soil. 20 4. In the paragraphs of this Section of the Specifications, the word "soil" also includes any 21 type of rock subgrade that may be present at or below existing subgrade levels. 22 B. Excavation Requirements: 23 1. General. Do not commence excavation for foundations for structures until: 24 a. Engineer approves: 25 1) The removal of topsoil and other unsuitable and undesirable material from existing 26 subgrade. 27 2) Density and moisture content of site area compacted fill material meets 28 requirements of specifications. 29 3) Site surcharge or mass fill material can be removed from entire construction site or 30 portion thereof. 31 4) Surcharge or mass fill material has been removed from construction area or 32 portions thereof. 33 b. Engineer grants approval to begin excavations. 34 2. Dimensions: 35 a. Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated or specified. 36 b. Allow additional space as required for construction operations and inspection of 37 foundations. 38 3. Removal of obstructions and undesirable materials in excavation includes, but is not 39 necessarily limited to, removal of old foundations, existing construction, unsuitable 40 subgrade soils, expansive type soils, and any other materials which may be concealed 41 beneath present grade, as required to execute work indicated on Contract Drawings. If 42 undesirable material and obstructions are encountered during excavation, remove material 43 and replace as directed by Engineer. Construction of the reinforced concrete circular spread 44 footing for the elevated tank will include excavation through the surficial clays on site. 45 4. The bottom of the excavation for the foundation should extend to supporting soils 46 recommended in the Geoteclmical Report and included in the tank manufacturer's 47 foundation design. Level off bottoms of excavations to receive foundations, floor slabs, 48 equipment support pads, or compacted fill. Remove loose materials and bring excavations 49 into condition to receive concrete or fill material as required by the foundation design. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 5 1 5. The clays will be subject to disturbance due to wetting and drying of the exposed subgrade. 2 Therefore, the foundation should be cast the same day the excavation is completed. If this is 3 impractical a seal slab of lean concrete should be placed over the exposed subgrade to 4 protect it from construction disturbance and moisture variations. Prior to casting the 5 foundation or seal slab, the exposed subgrade should be proof rolled with a 25 ton roller and 6 observed by the geotechnical engineer. If poor or soft soils are encountered, the soils should 7 be over - excavated and replaced with lean concrete. 8 6. Notify Engineer as soon as excavation is completed in order that subgrades may be 9 inspected within same day. Do not commence further construction until subgrade under 10 compacted fill material, under foundations, under floor slabs -on- grade, under equipment 11 support pads, and under retaining wall footings has been inspected and approved by the 12 Engineer as being free of undesirable material, being of compaction density required by this 13 specification, and being capable of supporting the allowable foundation design bearing 14 pressures and superimposed foundation, fill, and building loads to be placed thereon. 15 Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect subgrade below fill material both prior to 16 and after subgrade compaction. 17 a. Place fill material, foundations, retaining wall footings, floor slabs -on- grade, and 18 equipment support pads as soon as weather conditions permit after excavation is 19 completed, inspected, and approved and after forms and reinforcing are inspected and 20 approved. Before concrete or fill material is placed, protect approved subgrade from 21 becoming loose, wet, frozen, or soft due to weather, construction operations, or other 22 reasons. Protect with a seal slab of lean concrete to be placed over the exposed 23 subgrade as directed by the Engineer. 24 7. Dewatering: Where groundwater is or is expected to be encountered during excavation, 25 install a dewatering system to prevent softening and disturbance of subgrade below 26 foundations and fill material, to allow foundations and fill material to be placed in the dry, 27 and to maintain a stable excavation side slope. Groundwater shall be maintained at least 3 28 FT below the bottom of any excavation. Review soils investigation before beginning 29 excavation and determine where groundwater is likely to be encountered during excavation. 30 Employ dewatering specialist for selecting and operating dewatering system. Keep 31 dewatering system in operation until dead load of structure exceeds possible buoyant uplift 32 force on structure. Dispose of groundwater to an area which will not interfere with 33 construction operations or damage existing construction. Install groundwater monitoring 34 wells as necessary. Shut off dewatering system at such a rate to prevent a quick upsurge of 35 water that might weaken the subgrade. No additional payment will be made for the costs 36 associated with dewatering. 37 8. Subgrade stabilization: If subgrade under foundations, fill material, floor slabs -on- grade, or 38 equipment support pads is in a frozen, loose, wet, or soft condition before construction is 39 placed thereon, remove frozen, loose, wet, or soft material and replace with approved 40 compacted material as directed by Engineer. Provide compaction density of replacement 41 material as stated in this specification section. Loose, wet, or soft materials, when approved 42 by Engineer, maybe stabilized by a compacted working mat of well graded crushed stone. 43 Compact stone mat thoroughly into subgrade to avoid future migration of fines into the 44 stone voids. Remove and replace frozen materials as directed by Engineer. Method of 45 stabilization shall be performed as directed by Engineer. Do not place further construction 46 on the repaired subgrades, until the subgrades have been approved by the Engineer. 47 9. Do not place floor slabs -on -grade including equipment support pads until subgrade below 48 has been approved, piping has been tested and approved, reinforcement placement has been 49 approved, and Contractor receives approval to commence slab construction. Do not place 50 building floor slabs -on -grade including equipment support pads when temperature of air 51 surrounding the slab and pads is or is expected to be below 40 DegF before structure is 52 completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 DegF. 53 10. Protection of structures: Prevent new and existing structures from becoming damaged due to 54 construction operations or other reasons. Prevent subgrade under new and existing 55 foundations from becoming wet and undermined during construction due to presence of 56 surface or subsurface water or due to construction operations. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 6 • • • • • 1 11. Shoring: Shore, sheet pile, slope, or brace excavations as required to prevent them from 2 collapsing. Remove shoring as backfilling progresses but only when banks are stable and 3 safe from caving or collapse. No additional payment will be made for costs associated with 4 shoring. 5 12. Drainage: Control grading around structures so that ground is pitched to prevent water from 6 running into excavated areas or damaging structures. Maintain excavations where 7 foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads or fill material are to be placed free of 8 water. Provide pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during 9 construction. Should any water be encountered in the excavation, notify Engineer. Provide 10 free discharge of water by trenches, pumps, wells, well points, or other means as necessary 11 and drain to point of disposal that will not damage existing or new construction or interfere 12 with construction operations. 13 13. Frost protection: Do not place foundations, slabs -on- grade, equipment support pads, or fill 14 material on frozen ground. When freezing temperatures may be expected, do not excavate to 15 full depth indicated, unless foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads, or fill material 16 can be placed immediately after excavation has been completed and approved. Protect 17 excavation from frost if placing of concrete or fill is delayed. 18 a. Where a concrete slab is a base slab -on -grade located under and within a structure that 19 will not be heated, protect subgrade under the slab from becoming frozen until final 20 acceptance of the Project by the Owner. 21 b. Protect subgrade under foundations of a structure from becoming frozen until structure 22 is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 DegF. 23 C. Fill and Backfill Inside of Structure and Below Foundations, Base Slabs, Floor Slabs, Equipment 24 Support Pads and Piping: 25 1. General: Subgrade to receive fill or backfill shall be free of undesirable material as 26 determined by Engineer and scarified to a depth of 6 IN and compacted to density specified 27 herein. Surface may be stepped by at not more than 12 IN per step or may be sloped at not 28 more than 2 percent. Do not place any fill or backfill material until subgrade under fill or 29 backfill has been inspected and approved by Engineer as being free of undesirable material 30 and compacted to specified density. 31 2. Obtain approval of fill and backfill material and source from Engineer prior to placing the 32 material. 33 3. Granular fill under floor slabs -on- grade: Place all floor slabs -on -grade on a minimum of 6 34 IN of granular fill unless otherwise indicated. 35 4. Vapor barrier: Install a continuous vapor barrier under floor slabs -on- grade. Vapor barrier 36 to be a minimum 4 -mil thick polyethylene sheet sized to cove the complete width of the 37 slab -on- grade. 38 5. Fill and backfill placement: Prior to placing fill and backfill material, optimum moisture and 39 maximum density properties for proposed material shall be obtained from Engineer. Place 40 fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. 41 Compact material by means of equipment of sufficient size and proper type to obtain 42 specified density. Use hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls. Do 43 not place fill and backfill when the temperature is less than 40 DegF and when subgrade to 44 receive fill and backfill material is frozen, wet, loose, or soft. Use vibratory equipment to 45 compact granular material; do not use water. 46 6. Where fill material is required below foundations, place fill material, conforming to the 47 required density and moisture content, outside the exterior limits of foundations located 48 around perimeter of structure the following horizontal distance whichever is greater: 49 a. As required to provide fill material to indicated finished grade. 50 b. 5 FT. 51 c. Distance equal to depth of compacted fill below bottom of foundations. 52 d. As directed by Engineer. 07225 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 7 1 7. The below grade, interior portion of the elevated tank may be backfilled with a clean 2 crushed stone with sizes ranging from about 1/2 to 1 -3/4 inches; this material should be 3 approved by the Engineer of record prior to placement. The material should be placed in 8 4 to 10 inch lifts and compacted with a minimum of four complete, overlapping passes over 5 the entire surface with a hand operated vibratory plate compactor, until further passes will 6 not result in greater densification. A geotextile (filter) fabric with a minimum weight of 8 7 oz/sq yd should be placed over the clean crushed stone. At least 18 inches of flexible base 8 which generally conforms to TxDOT, Standard Specifications, Item 247, Type A, Grade 3, 9 should be placed beneath the interior free floating concrete slab. The flexible base should 10 be placed in 6 inch (compacted) Lifts or less and compacted to at least 95 percent of the 11 maximum dry density determined using TxDOT Test Method TEX- 113 -E. Hold water 12 contents to within 2% of the optimum. 13 D. Filling and Backfrlling Outside of Structures. This paragraph of these specifications apply to fill 14 and backfill placed outside of structures above bottom level of both foundations and piping but 15 not under paving. Provide material as approved by Soils Engineer for filling and backfilling 16 outside of structures. 17 1. Fill and backfill placement: Prior to placing fill and backfill material, obtain optimum 18 moisture and maximum density properties for proposed material from Soils Engineer. Place 19 fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. 20 Compact material with equipment of proper type and size to obtain density specified. Use 21 only hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls and retaining walls. 22 Do not place fill or backfill material when temperature is less than 40 DegF and when 23 subgrade to receive material is frozen, wet, loose, or soft. Use vibratory equipment for 24 compacting granular material; do not use water. 25 2. Backfilling against walls: 26 a. Do not backfill around any part of structures until each part has reached specified 28- 27 day compressive strength and backfill material has been approved. Do not start 28 backfilling until concrete forms have been removed, trash removed from excavations, 29 pointing of masonry work, concrete finishing, dampproofmg and waterproofing have 30 been completed. 31 b. Do not place fills against walls until floor slabs at top, bottom, and at intermediate 32 levels of walls are in place and have reached 28 -day required compressive strength to 33 prevent wall movement. 34 c. Bring backfill and fill up uniformly around the structures and individual walls, piers, or 35 columns. 36 3. The backfill around the foundation of the elevated tank up to the ground surface should 37 consist of the tan and gray lean clay that was excavated. The lean clay fill should be placed 38 in 6 -inch (compacted) lifts or less and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry 39 density determined using TxDOT Test Method TEX -114 -E at a moisture content within 0 to 40 +3% of the optimum moisture content. 41 E. Backfilling Outside of Structures Under Piping or Paving: When backfilling outside of structures 42 requires placing backfill material under piping or paving, the material shall be placed from 43 bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving at the density required for fill under 44 piping or paving as indicated in this Section. This compacted material shall extend transversely 45 to the centerline of piping or paving a horizontal distance each side of the exterior edges of 46 piping or paving equal to the depth of backfill measured from bottom of excavation to underside 47 of piping or paving. Provide special compacted bedding or compacted subgrade material under 48 piping or paving as required by other sections of these Specifications. 49 3.8 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 50 A. Erosion Control: Conduct work to minimize erosion of site. Construct stilling areas to settle and 51 detain eroded material. Remove eroded material washed off site. 07225.075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 8 • • • • • • 1 B. Surface Water Control: Positive drainage away from the excavation should be established to 2 prevent surface water from ponding within the excavation during construction and inside and 3 around the completed foundation. Since highly expansive soil conditions occur at this site, it is 4 essential to the future performance of the recommended foundation system that positive drainage 5 of all surface water away from foundation be included in the design of this project. 6 Groundwater was not observed during dry advancement of the borings at this site. However, 7 groundwater may be encountered, during times of wet seasonal conditions. If groundwater 8 seepage does occur in the construction excavation, this seepage can, more likely than not, be 9 pumped from the excavation. 10 11 07225 -075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02200 - 9 • • • 1 02A14 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Excavation, trenching, backfilling and compacting for all underground utilities. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Division 2 — Site work. 12 4. Division 15 - Mechanical. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 16 a. T99, The Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 LB Rammer and a 12 IN 17 Drop. 18 b. T180, Moisture - Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. 19 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 20 a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 21 b. D558, Moisture - Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. 22 c. D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard 23 Effort (12,400 ft-lb/R3). 24 d. D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 25 Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf /f(2,700 kN- m/m)). 26 e. D2487, Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil 27 Classification System. 28 f. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory 29 Table. 30 g. D4254, Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. 32 13. Qualifications: 33 1. As needed, hire an independent soils laboratory to conduct in -place moisture - density tests 34 for backfilling to assure that all work complies with this Specification. 35 2. Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas for design of trench shoring 36 systems or other trench safety plans. 37 1.3 DEFINITIONS 38 A. Excavation: 39 1. All excavation will be defined as unclassified. 40 1.4 SUBMITTALS 41 A. See Section 01340. 42 B. Submit test reports and fully document each with specific location or stationing information, 43 date, and other pertinent information. 44 C. Submit respective pipe or conduit manufacturer's data regarding bedding methods of installation 45 and general recommendations. 072 -075 -030 SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02221 - 1 1 D. Submit sieve analysis reports on all granular materials. 2 E. Retain the services of a registered professional Engineer to design trench shoring systems or 3 other trench safety plans as required by law. 4 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS 5 A. Avoid overloading or surcharge a sufficient distance back from edge of excavation to prevent 6 slides or caving. Maintain and trim excavated materials in such manner to be as little 7 inconvenience as possible to public and adjoining property owners. 8 B. Provide full access to public and private premises and fire hydrants, at street crossings, 9 sidewalks and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 10 C. Protect and maintain bench marks, monuments or other established points and reference points 11 and if disturbed or destroyed, replace items to full satisfaction of Owner and controlling agency. 12 D. Verify location of existing underground utilities. Take precaution to avoid damaging existing 13 utilities. Contractor is responsible for costs associated with repairing any damages to existing 14 utilities. 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 MATERIALS 17 A. Backfill Material: 18 1. As approved by Engineer. 19 a. Free of rock cobbles, roots, sod or other organic matter, and frozen material. 20 b. Moisture content at time of placement: 3 percent plus /minus of optimum moisture 21 content as specified in accordance with ASTM D1557. 22 B. Subgrade Stabilization Materials: Provide subgrade stabilization material consisting of gravel or 23 crushed rock with the following gradation: 24 Sieve Size 2 2 IN 1 IN /2 IN No. 4 Percent Passing by 100 95 -100 35 -70 10 -30 0 -5 Weight 25 C. Embedment Materials: 26 1. As approved by the Engineer. 27 2. Granular bedding material: 28 a. ASTM C33, gradation 67 (3/4 IN to No. 4 sieve) defined below: 29 Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 072 075 - 036 1IN 3/4 IN 3 /8IN No. 4 No. 20 100 90 -100 20 -55 0 -10 0 30 D. Cement Stabilized Embedment: 31 1. Granular material shall have the following grain -size characteristics: 32 Sieve Size No. 4 No. 10 No. 40 No. 200 33 Percent Passing 55 -100 30 -80 10 -40 0 -10 34 (Material shall not contain more than 150 ppm chlorides) 35 2. Cement content to be 6 to 7 percent by dry weight. 36 3. Place in 6 to 8 inch thick loose lift and compact to not less than 98% of maximum dry 37 density, as determined by ASTM D558 procedure. Compact within three hours of mixing. 38 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02221 - 2 • • • 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 GENERAL • • 3 A. Remove and dispose of unsuitable materials as directed by Soils Engineer to site provided by 4 Owner. 5 3.2 EXCAVATION 6 A. Unclassified Excavation: 7 1. Remove rock excavation, clay, silt, gravel, hard pan, loose shale, and loose stone as required 8 for complete and satisfactory installation of utility. All rock excavation will be considered 9 unclassified. No additional payment will be made for rock excavation. The lump sum price 10 bid for tank will include all excavation, trenching, and backfilling. 11 B. Trench Excavation: 12 1. Excavate trenches by open cut method to depth shown on Drawings and necessary to 13 accommodate work. 14 2. Remove topsoil material as defined in Section 02260 and keep separate from remaining 15 excavated material. Reuse topsoil at top ofbackfill and grade to match adjacent ground. In 16 all cases, depth of topsoil shall be a minimum of 4 -IN. 17 3. Open trench outside buildings; units, and structures: 18 a. No more 100 LF. 19 b. Field adjust limitations as weather conditions dictate. 20 4. Any trench or portion of trench, which is opened and remains idle for 7 calendar days, or 21 longer, as determined by the Owner, may be directed to be immediately refilled, without 22 completion of work, at no additional cost to Owner. Said trench may not be reopened until 23 Owner is satisfied that work associated with trench will be prosecuted with dispatch. 24 5. Observe following trenching criteria: 25 a. Trench size. 26 1) Excavate width to accommodate free working space. 27 2) Maximum trench width at top of pipe or conduit may not exceed outside diameter 28 of utility service by more than indicated on Drawings. 29 3) Cut trench walls vertically from bottom of trench to 1 FT above top of pipe, 30 conduit, or utility service. 31 4) Keep trenches free of water. Include cost of dewatering in original proposal. 32 6. Excavation for Appurtenances: 33 a. 12 IN (minimum) clear distance between outer surface and embankment. 34 b. See Section 02200 for applicable requirements. 35 3.3 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR PIPE LAYING 36 A. Over- Excavation: 37 1. Backfill and compact to 90 percent of maximum dry density per ASTM D698. 38 2. Backfrll with granular bedding material as option. 39 B. Rock Excavation: 40 1. Excavate minimum of 6 IN below bottom exterior surface of the pipe or conduit. 41 2. Backfill to grade with suitable earth or granular material. 42 3. Form bell holes in trench bottom. 43 C. Subgrade Stabilization: 44 1. Stabilize the subgrade when directed by the Owner. 45 2. Observe the following requirements when unstable trench bottom materials are encountered. 46 a. Notify Owner when unstable materials are encountered. 47 1) Define by drawing station locations and limits. 48 b. Remove unstable trench bottom caused by Contractor failure to dewater, rainfall, or 49 Contractor operations. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02221 -3 1 1) Replace with subgrade stabilization with no additional compensation. 2 3.4 BACKFILLING METHODS 3 A. Do not backfill until tests to be performed on system show system is in full compliance to 4 specified requirements. 5 B. Compact trench backfill: 6 1. Furnish where indicated on Drawings, specified for trench embedment conditions and for 7 compacted backfill conditions up to 12 IN above top of pipe or conduit. 8 2. Comply with the following: 9 a. Place backfill in lifts not exceeding 8 IN (loose thickness). 10 b. Hand place, shovel slice, and pneumatically tamp all carefully compacted backfill. 11 c. Observe specific manufacturer's recommendations regarding backfilling and 12 compaction. 13 d. Compact each lift to specified requirements. 14 e. Avoid displacing joints and appurtenances or causing any horizontal or vertical 15 misalignment, separation, or distortion. 16 C. Water flushing for consolidation is not permitted. 17 D. Backfilling for Electrical Installations: 18 1. Modify for electrical installation as follows: 19 a. Observe notes and details on electrical drawings for fill in immediate vicinity of direct 20 burial cables. 21 3.5 COMPACTION 22 A. General: 23 1. Place and assure bedding, backfill, and fill materials achieve an equal or "higher" degree of 24 compaction than undisturbed materials adjacent to the work. 25 2. In no case shall degree of compaction below "Minimum Compaction" specified be accepted. 26 B. Compaction Requirements: Unless noted otherwise on Drawings or more stringently by other 27 sections of these Specifications, comply with following trench compaction criteria: 28 29 MINIMUM COMPACTIONS 30 31 LOCATION SOIL TYPE DENSITY 32 33 1. Embedment Material: 34 35 All Locations Cohesionless Soils 75 percent of max 36 relative density by ASTM 37 D4253 and D4254 38 39 40 2. Trench Backfill: 41 42 Under pavements Cohesive soils 100 percent of max 43 roadways surfaces, dry density by 44 driveways, sidewalks, ASTM D698 45 within highway 46 right -of -ways 47 48 Cohesionless soils 75 percent of relative 49 density by ASTM D4253 50 and D4254 51 07225- 075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02221 - 4 • • • • • • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Under turfed, sodded, plant seeded, non- traffic areas 8 9 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Cohesive soils Cohesionless soils 95 percent of max dry density by ASTM D698 70 percent of relative density by ASTM D4253 and D4254 10 A. Testing: 11 1. Owner will perform in -place moisture - density tests as deemed necessary. 12 2. Tests will be performed through recognized testing laboratory established by Owner. 13 3. Additional tests will be performed until compaction meets or exceeds requirements. 14 4. Costs of "Passing" tests paid by Owner. 15 5. Cost associated with "Failing" tests shall be paid by Contractor. 16 6. Assure Owner has immediate access for testing of all soils related work. 17 7. Compaction testing for utilities installed shall be at a minimum of 1 test per lift per material 18 for each 50 -LF of utility installed. 19 8. Ensure excavations are safe for testing personnel. 20 21 07225- 075 -U36 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02221 - 5 • • • 1 01I17 2 3 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Topsoiling and finished grading. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02110 - Site Clearing. • 12 4. Section 02200 - Earthwork. 13 5. Section 02270 - Soil Erosion and Sediment Control. 14 6. Section 02930 — Hydraulic Seeding. 15 C. Location of Work: All areas within limits of grading and all areas outside limits of grading 16 which are disturbed in the course of the work. 17 1.2 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Shop Drawings: 19 1. See Section 01340. 20 B. Project Data: 21 1, Test reports for furnished topsoil. 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 MATERIALS 24 A. Topsoil: 25 1. Original surface soil typical of the area. 26 2. Existing topsoil stockpiled under Section 02110. 27 3. Capable of supporting native plant growth. 28 2.2 TOLERANCES 29 A. Finish Grading Tolerance: 0.1 FT plus /minus from required elevations. 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 PREPARATION 32 A. Correct, adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 33 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 34 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 35 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 36 4. Bring all sub - grades to specified contours, even and properly compacted. 37 B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN, minimum. 38 C. Remove all stones and debris over 2 IN in any dimension. 07225-U75-036 SECTION 02260 TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02260 - 1 1 3.2 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW 2 A. Reviewed by Engineer in Section 02110, Site Clearing. 3 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL 4 A. Do not place when subgrade is wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. 5 B. Spread to compacted depth of 4 IN for all disturbed earth areas. 6 C. If topsoil stockpiled is less than amount required for work, furnish additional topsoil at no cost to 7 Owner. 8 D. Provide fmished surface free of stones, sticks, or other material 1 1N or more in any dimension. 9 E. Provide finished surface smooth and true to required grades. 10 F. Restore stockpile area to condition of rest of finished work. 11 3.4 ACCEPTANCE 12 A. Upon completion of topsoiling, obtain Engineer's acceptance of grade and surface. 13 B. Make test holes where directed to verify proper placement and thickness of topsoil. 14 END OF SECTION 07225 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02260 - 2 • • • PHYSICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS Filtering Efficiency 85% (min.) Tensile Strength at 20% (max.) Elongation Standard Strength: 30 Ib /lin. in. (min.) Extra Strength: 501b /lin. M. (min.) • • • 1 96H09 2 SECTION 02270 3 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Soil erosion and sediment control. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02110 — Site Clearing. 12 4. Section 02200 — Earthwork. 13 5. Section 02930 — Hydraulic Seeding. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. Erosion control standards: "Standards and Specifications for Soil Erosion and Sediment 17 Control in Developing Areas" by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation 18 Service, College Park, Maryland. 19 2. City of Austin Erosion and Sediment Control Manual. 20 1.3 DEFINITIONS 21 A. Temporary Diversions: A temporary ridge or excavated channel or combination ridge and 22 channel constructed across sloping land on a predetermined grade. 23 B. Sediment Fence (Silt Fence): A temporary sediment barrier consisting of filter fabric buried at 24 the bottom, stretched, and supported by posts. 25 C. Seeding: Preparation of topsoil and planting of vegetation to prevent soil erosion. Includes 26 placement of permanent erosion control blankets if needed. 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 2.1 MATERIALS 29 A. Temporary Diversion: Use soil available at site, seed, lime, fertilizer. 30 13. Sediment Fence (Silt Fence): 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 07225 1. Use a synthetic filter fabric or a pervious sheet of polypropylene, nylon, polyester, or polyethylene yarn, which is certified by the manufacturer or supplier as conforming to the requirements shown in Table No. 1. Synthetic filter fabric should contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 to 120 degrees F. TABLE NO. 1 City of Round Rock Barton 1011 Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02270 - 1 2 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 PREPARATION Slurry Flow Rate I 0.3 gal/sq. ft. /min. (min.) C. Seeding: See Section 02930. 5 A. Prior to General Stripping Topsoil and Excavating: 6 1. Install perimeter dikes and swales. 7 2. Excavate and shape sediment basins and traps. 8 3. Construct pipe spillways and install stone filter where required. 9 4. Machine compact all berms, dikes and embankments for basins and traps. 10 5. Install straw bales where indicated. 11 a. Provide two stakes per bale. 12 b. First stake angled toward previously installed bale to keep ends tight against each other. 13 B. Construct sediment traps where indicated on Drawings during rough grading as grading 14 progresses. 15 C. Temporarily seed basin slopes and topsoil stockpiles: 16 1. Rate: 1/2 LB /1000 SF. 17 2. Reseed as required until good stand of grass is achieved. 18 3.2 INSTALLATION 19 A. Temporary Diversions: 20 1. Remove and dispose of vegetation or other objectionable material. 21 2. Excavate parabolic, trapezoidal, or V- shaped channel with a side slope of 2:1 or flatter, 3:1 22 where vehicles cross. 23 3. A permanent vegetative cover is required for diversion channels with grades between 0.2 24 and 3 %. 25 4. Ensure that the minimum cross - section meets all design requirements and that the top of the 26 dike is not lower at any point than the design elevation plus the specified settlement. 27 5. Provide sufficient room around diversions to permit regrading and clean-out. 28 6. Vegetate the ridge immediately after construction, unless it will remain in place less than 30 29 working days. 30 B. Sediment Fence (Silt Fence): 31 1. Construct the sediment barrier of the specified synthetic filter fabrics. 32 2. Ensure that the height of the sediment fence does not exceed 18 inches above the ground 33 surface. (Higher fences may impound volumes of water sufficient to cause failure of the 34 structure.) 35 3. Construct the filter fabric from a continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid 36 joints. When joints are necessary, securely fasten the filter cloth only at a support post with 37 overlap to the next post. 38 4. Support standard strength filter fabric by wire mesh fastened securely to the upslope side of 39 the posts using heavy -duty wire staples at least 1 inch long, or the wires. Extend the wire 40 mesh support to the bottom of the trench. 41 5. When a wire mesh support fence is used, space posts a maximum of 8 ft. apart. Support 42 posts should be driven securely into the ground to a minimum of 18 inches. 43 6. Extra strength filter fabric with 6 -foot post spacing does not require wire mesh support 44 fence. Staple or wire the filter fabric directly to posts. 45 7. Excavate a trench approximately 4 inches wide and 8 inches deep along the proposed line of 46 posts and upslope from the barrier. 47 8. Backfill the trench with compacted soil or gravel placed over the filter fabric. 48 9. Do not attach filter fabric to existing trees. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02270 - 2 • • • • • • 2 A. Temporary Diversions: 3 1. Inspect weekly and, after every rainfall, remove sediment from the flow area and repair the 4 diversion ridges. Also check and maintain outlets. 5 2. When the protected area is permanently stabilized, remove the ridges and the channel to 6 blend with the natural ground level and appropriately stabilize it. 7 B. Sediment Fence (Silt Fence): 8 1. Inspect sediment fences at least once a week and after each rainfall. Make any required 9 repairs immediately. 10 2. Should the fabric of a sediment fence collapse, tear, decompose, or become ineffective, 11 replace it promptly. Replace burlap every 60 days. 12 3. Remove sediment deposits as necessary to provide adequate storage volume for the next 13 rain and to reduce pressure on the fence. Take care to avoid undermining the fence during 14 cleanout. 15 4. Remove all fencing materials and unstable sediment deposits and bring the area to grade. 16 Stabilize it after the contributing drainage area has been properly stabilized. 17 C. Hydraulic Seeding. See Section 02930. 18 3.4 UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION 19 A. Eliminate basins, dikes, traps, etc. 20 B. Grade to finished or existing grades. 21 C. Fine grade all remaining earth areas, then seed and mulch. 22 D. Remove silt fence. 23 24 1 3.3 MAINTENANCE 07225-075-050 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02270 -3 • • • 1 2 3 PART1 GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. General: 6 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for the installation of all Reno 7 mattress type gabions with appurtenant items in accordance with provisions of the Contract 8 Documents. 9 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or 10 miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, 11 secure and complete installation. 12 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. ASTM International (ASTM): 17 a. A975 -97 Standard Specification for Double - Twisted Hexagonal Mesh Gabions and 18 Reno Mattrersses. 19 b. A641 -97, Standard Specification for Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 20 1.3 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Shop Drawings: 22 1. See Section 01340. 23 2. Product technical data including: 24 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 25 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions for geotextile and gabions. 26 3. Certifications. 27 4. Source quality control test results. 28 5. Scaled plan layout showing sizing and location of all baskets used to construct all the shown 29 work. Do not start gabion construction until the Engineer has approved shop drawings. 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 MATERIALS SECTION 02275 GABIONS -RENO MATRESSES 32 A. Geotextile. 33 L 8 oz /sy, needle-punched, non-woven, polypropylene. 34 2. Approval of the geotextile to be used shall be obtained from the Engineer prior to 35 installation. 36 3. Geotextile material shall be new, first run quality products designed and manufactured 37 specifically for the purposes of this work and shall have been satisfactorily demonstrated by 38 prior use to be suitable and durable for such purposes. 39 4. Maximize geotextile roll length to provide the largest manageable sheet for the fewest field 40 laps. 41 5. Geotextile shall be ultraviolet stabilized and shipped and stored in opaque and watertight 42 wrappings. 43 6. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following products and 44 manufacturers are acceptable for the geotextile: 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 • January 2003 02275 - 1 1 a. TG700 by Evergreen Technologies, Inc. 2 b. Mirafi 180N by TC Nicolon. 3 c. FX -80HS by Carthage Mills. 4 d. 4508 or 4553 by Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Co. 5 B. Gabions shall be heavily galvanized steel wire mesh baskets of approved sizes intended for 6 filling with stones as manufactured by MacCafem Gabions, Inc., or Terra Aqua Gabions, Inc., 7 or approved equal. 8 C. Stone. 9 1. The gabions shall be filled with hard, durable, clean angular 3" to 4" stone. All stone shall 10 be hard, durable, clean and angular. The stones shall be field stones or rough uneven quarry 11 stones of approximately rectangular shape. Each individual stone shall be hard and angular 12 and of such quality that it will not disintegrate on exposure to water or weathering and it 13 shall be suitable in all other respects for the purpose intended as determined by the 14 Engineer. The specific gravity of the individual stones shall be at least 2.4 . 15 2.2 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS 16 A. Gabions. 17 1. Gabions shall be manufactured in such a manner that their sides, ends, lid and diaphragm(s) 18 can be assembled to form rectangular units of specified dimensions. 19 2. Gabions shall be of a single unit construction containing diaphragms spaced at 3 feet. The 20 front, base, back and lid shall be woven into a single unit. The ends and diaphragm(s) shall 21 be factory connected to the base. 22 3. All perimeter edges of the mesh forming the gabion shall be securely selvedged so that the 23 joints obtained have at least the same strength as the wire mesh itself. 24 4. The gabion length shall be 1.2 or 2 times its horizontal width. The horizontal width shall 25 not be less than 6 feet. However, all gabions furnished by the manufacturer shall be of 26 uniform width. Where the gabion length exceeds 1 -1/2 times its horizontal width, the 27 gabion shall be equally divided into cells by diaphragm(s) of the same mesh and gauge as 28 the gabion body. 29 a. Mesh/stone 30 1) All mesh openings shall be hexagonal in shape. 31 2) Mesh openings shall measure approximately 2 14 x 3 ''/ inches with 3 IN to 4 IN 32 stone or measure approximately 3 14 x 4 inches with 4 IN to 6 IN stone . 33 b. Mesh joints: All joints shall be flexible and double twisted to prevent unraveling. 34 c. Galvanizing: All steel wire mesh used shall be galvanized having a minimum amount 35 of zinc coating of 0.80 OZ /SQ FT of wire, and complying with Federal Specification 36 (QQ -W -461 g, Class 3). 37 5. All dimensions are subject to a tolerance limit of plus /minus 3 percent of manufacturer's 38 specified sizes. 39 a. Mesh wire: The steel wire mesh shall be U.S. Gauge No. 13 after galvanization . 40 b. Selvedge wire: The selvedge wire, running through all the edges (perimeter wire), shall 41 be U.S. Gauge No. 11 after galvanization. 42 c. Lacing wire: The wire, necessary for assembling and lacing the gabion units, shall be 43 U.S. Gauge No. 13 after galvanization . 44 d. Tensile strength of all wire used for manufacturing the gabions and lacing wire shall 45 range from 60,000 to 80,000 psi in accordance with Federal Specifications (QQ -W -461 46 g, Class 3). 47 e. Load test shall be conducted in accordance with Federal Specifications (QQ -4 -461 g, 48 Class 3). 49 f. Elongation test shall be conducted in accordance with Federal Specifications 50 (QQ -W-461 g, Class 3). 07225 - 075 -035 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02275 - 2 • • • • • 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 PREPARATION 3 A. Base Preparation: 4 1. Upon completion of the subgrade, the Contractor shall prepare the gabions' base to the lines 5 and grades shown in the Drawings to provide a firm and uniform bearing for the entire 6 length of the structure. 7 3.2 GEOTEXTILE INSTALLATION 8 A. The Contractor shall install geotextile between all gabion surfaces and soil materials as shown in 9 the plans. The geotextile should be placed and aligned over the soil base or gabion surface in a 10 manner which will assure minimum handling. Separate sections of the geotextile should each be 1 I properly aligned and overlap the adjacent section by approximately twelve (12) inches. Any 12 portion of geotextile which may become damaged during installation must be removed or 13 repaired as recommended by the geotextile manufacturer. 14 3.3 GABION INSTALLATION 15 A. The Contractor shall install, assemble and fill with approved stone the heavily galvanized steel 16 wire gabions in accordance with this specification and to the grades and lines shown in the plans. 17 B. The gabions shall be placed directly on the geotextile. Minor punctures and scuffing caused by 18 the placement of the gabions shall be kept to a minimum. Major tears as determined by the 19 Engineer shall be patched as recommended by the geotextile manufacturer. 20 C. The Contractor shall assemble the gabions in strict accordance with the procedures specified by 21 the manufacturer. Such procedures shall be submitted along with the shop drawings for the 22 gabions. 23 D. The individual gabion units, when properly located, shall be assembled into a monolithic 24 structure by lacing together adjacent units, along the perimeter of their contact surfaces. Where 25 the gabion structures require more than one tier, the upper empty gabion tier shall also be laced 26 to the top of the lower one. 27 E. The gabions shall be filled with hard, durable, clean stone, and shall meet these specifications 28 and be approved by the Engineer prior to placement. Gabions shall be filled one at a time by 29 hand placing the rock. Two connecting wires shall be placed between each layer along all 30 exposed faces of the gabion structures. All connecting wires shall be looped around two mesh 31 openings and the wire terminals shall be securely twisted to prevent their loosening. Where 32 shown on the drawings or otherwise directed by the Engineer, the gabion mesh shall be cut, 33 folded and wired together to suit existing site conditions. The mesh must be cleanly cut and the 34 surplus mesh cut out completely, or folded back and neatly wired to an adjacent gabion face . 35 F. The Contractor's gabion supplier shall assign a representative to supervise the installation of the 36 gabions. The representative shall supervise installation for a minimum of one working day. The 37 Contractor shall bear the expense of the supplier's representative for the duration of the 38 supervision period. 39 40 07225 - 075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02275 - 3 • • • 1 02A14 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 02502 CONCRETE PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Concrete pavement and sidewalk. 8 13. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements.. 11 3. Section 02200 — Earthwork. 12 4. Section 03002 — Concrete. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 16 a. M74, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 17 b. M148, Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 18 c. M153, Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint 19 Fillers (ASTM D1752) for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 20 d. M171, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 21 e. M182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenef. 22 f. M213, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers (ASTM D1751) 23 for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 24 g. M224, Protective Coatings for Portland Cement Concrete. 25 h. M233, Boiled Linseed Oil Mixture for Treatment of Portland Cement Concrete. 26 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 27 a. 211, Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 28 b. 214, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results for Concrete. 29 c. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. 30 d. 306R, Cold Weather Concreting. 31 e. 316, Standard Specifications for Concrete Pavement and Concrete Bases. 32 f. 325, Recommended Practice for the Design of Concrete Pavements. 33 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 34 a. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete 35 Reinforcement. 36 b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete 37 Reinforcement (Including Supplementary Requirements Si). 38 c. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 39 d. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 40 e. C174, Measuring Length of Drilled Concrete Cores. 41 f. C227, Standard Test Methods for Potential Alkali Reaction. 42 g. C289, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali- Silica Reactivity of Aggregates 43 (Chemical Method). 44 h. C295, Practice for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. 45 i. C309, Standard Specification Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing 46 Concrete. 47 j. D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard 48 Effort (12,400 ft- lb /ft3). 07220 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 1 1 k. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory 2 Table. 3 1. D4254, Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative 4 Density. 5 m. D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete 6 Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding Bituminous Type). 7 n. DI752, Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Preformed 8 Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 9 4. Federal Specification (FS): 10 a. SS -S -1614, Sealants, Joint, Set-Fuel-Resistant, Hot - Applied for Portland Cement and 11 Tar Concrete Pavements. 12 b. TT -S 00227 E(3), Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Multi- Component (for 13 Calking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures. 14 1.3 SUBMITTALS 15 A. Shop Drawings: 16 1. See Section 01340. 17 2. Product technical data including: 18 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 19 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 20 3. Mix design(s) in accordance with Part 2 and Section 03002. 21 4. Qualifications of concrete installer. 22 5. Drawings detailing all reinforcing. 23 6. Scaled cross section detail of crown template with dimensions showing off sets from level 24 line. 25 7. Concrete pavement joint pattern for paved areas. 26 8. Test reports: 27 a. See Section 03002. 28 B. Samples: 29 1. See Section 01340. 30 2. Samples of fabricated jointing materials and devices. 31 PART2 PRODUCTS 32 2.1 MATERIALS 33 A. Portland Cement: 34 1. ASTM C150, Type I or II. 35 B. Aggregates: 36 1. Flex Base conforming to TxDOT Standard Specifications, Item 247, Type A Grade 1 or 2. 37 C. Water: 38 1. Potable quality. 39 D. Admixtures: 40 1. Comply with Section 03002. 41 E. Reinforcing Bars: 42 1. ASTM A615, Grade 60. 43 F. Welded Wire Fabric: 44 1. ASTM A185. 45 2. Flat. 46 3. Clean, free from dirt, scale, rust. 47 G. Preformed Joint Filler: 07225 -075 -0.6 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 2 • • • • • • 1 1. Non - extruding cork, self - expanding cork, sponge rubber or cork rubber. 2 2. AASHTO M153 or M213. 3 H. Hot - Poured Joint Sealing Material: 4 1. Fed Spec SS -S -1614. 5 I. Sidewalk Joint Sealant: 6 1. Two compound polyurethane. 7 2. Class A, Type 1. 8 3. Self - leveling. 9 4. Non- tracking. 10 5. Fed Spec TT -S 00227 E(3). 11 J. Membrane Curing Compound: 12 1. ASTM C309. 13 K. Cover Materials for Curing: 14 1. Burlap: 15 a. AASHTO M182. 16 b. Minimum Class 2, 8 OZ material (1 YD x 42 IN). 17 2. Polyethylene film: 18 a. AASHTO M171. 19 L. Paper Subgrade Cover: 20 1. AASHTO M74 or polyethylene film, AASHTO M171. 21 M. Concrete Treatment: 22 1. Boiled linseed oil mixture. 23 2. AASHTO M233. 24 N. Forms: 25 I. Steel or wood. 26 2. Size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and able to retain horizontal 27 and vertical alignment. 28 3. Free of distortion and defects. 29 4. Full depth. 30 5. Metal side forms: 31 a. Minimum 7/32 IN thick. 32 b. Depth equal to edge thickness of concrete. 33 c. Flat or rounded top minimum 1 -3/4 IN wide. 34 d. Base 8 IN wide or equal to height, whichever is less. 35 e. Maximum deflection 1/8 IN under center load of 1,700 LBS. 36 f. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends. 37 2.2 MIXES 38 A. Mix design to provide 4,000 psi 28 -day compressive strength. 39 B. Comply with Section 03002. 40 PART 3 - EXECUTION 41 3.1 PREPARATION 42 A. Subgrade Preparation: 43 1. Prepare using methods, procedures, and equipment necessary to attain required compaction 44 densities, elevation and section. 45 2. Scarify and recompact top 6 IN of fills and embankments which will be under paved areas. 46 3. Remove soft or spongy areas. 47 4. Replace with aggregate material. 07225 075 - 036 City of Round Rock Baron Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 3 1 5. Compact to the densities outlined in Section 02200. 2 6. Assure moisture content is within limits prescribed to achieve required compaction density. 3 7. Following compaction, trim and roll to exact cross section. Check with approved grading 4 template. 5 8. Testing: See Section 02200. 6 B. Aggregate Course: 7 1. Place material in not more than 2 IN thick layers. 8 2. Spread, shape, and compact all material deposited on the subgrade during the same day. 9 3. Compact as required in Section 02200. 10 C. Loose and Foreign Material: 11 1. Remove loose and foreign material immediately before application of paving. 12 D. Appurtenance Preparation: 13 1. Provide for joint construction as detailed and dimensioned on Drawings. 14 2. Adjust manholes, inlets, valve boxes and any other utility appurtenances to design grade. 15 a. Secure to elevation with concrete. 16 b. Place concrete up to 5 IN below design grade. 17 3. Headers: 18 a. Construct at open ends of pavements. 19 b. Use same concrete to construct headers as that used in the abutting structure. 20 c. Extend header full width of pavement and crown same as pavement. 21 4. Clean and oil forms. 22 3.2 INSTALLATION 23 A. Concrete Production: 24 1. Comply with Section 03002. 25 B. Forms: 26 1. Form support: 27 a. Compact soil foundation and cut to grade to support forms and superimposed machine 28 loads. 29 b. Use bearing stakes driven flush with bottom of form to supplement support as 30 necessary. 31 c. Do not use earth pedestals. 32 2. Staking forms: 33 a. Joint forms neatly and tightly. 34 b. Stake and pin securely with at least three pins for each 10 FT section. 35 3. Clean and oil forms prior to placement of concrete. 36 4. Set forms sufficiently in advance of work (minimum of 24 HRS) to permit proper 37 inspection. 38 5. Previously finished concrete pavement or sidewalk contiguous with new work may serve as 39 side form when approved by Engineer. 40 C. Reinforcing: 41 1. Locate longitudinal edge bars between 3 and 6 IN from edge of slab. 42 2. Lap mats one full space. 43 3. Tie end transverse member of upper mat securely to prevent curving. 44 4. Lap non - welded bars 12 IN minimum. 45 5. Support: 46 a. Place bars and heavy mats securely on chairs at called -for height. 47 b. Place other fabric on the first of a two- course pour and cover promptly with final pour, 48 or place fabric by a fabric- placer if procedure is reviewed and approved by Engineer. 49 D. Joints: 50 1. Hold joint location and alignment to within ±1/4 IN. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 4 • • • • • • 1 2. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previously placed slab to within ±1 /8 IN, with tooled 2 radius of 1/4 IN. 3 3. Metal keyway joints: 4 a. Formby installing metal joint strip left in place. 5 b. Stake and support like side form. 6 c. Provide dowels or tie bars. 7 4. Weakened plane joints: 8 a. Tooled joints: 9 1) Form groove in freshly placed concrete with tooling device. 10 2) Groove dimensions shall be 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root. 11 b. Sawed joints: 12 1) Saw 1/4 IN groove in green concrete. 13 2) Commence sawing as soon as concrete is hard enough to withstand operation 14 without chipping, spalling or tearing, regardless of nighttime or weather. 15 3) Thoroughly wet surface to protect membrane cure and recoat afterward. 16 4) Complete saw cutting before shrinkage stresses cause cracking. 17 c. Locate at 6 FT intervals. 18 5. Stake in place load transfer device for expansion joints consisting of dowels: 19 a. Supporting and spacing means and premolded joint filler as per Drawing details. 20 b. Provide preformed joint filler at all junctions with existing sidewalk or other structures. 21 6. Install construction joints at end of days work or wherever concreting must be interrupted 22 for 30 minutes or more. 23 7. Thoroughly clean and fill joints with joint sealing material as specified. 24 8. Fill joints without overflowing onto pavement surface. 25 9. Upper surface of filled joint to be flush to 1/8 IN below finish surface. 26 E. Place Concrete: 27 1. Comply with Section 03002. 28 2. Construct driveway openings, ramps, and other features as per Drawing details. 29 F. Finishing: 30 1. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section, slightly above grade, so 31 that consolidation and finishing will bring to final Drawing elevations. 32 2. Maintain uniform ridge full width with first pass of first screed. 33 3. Pavement and similar surfaces: 34 a. Float by longitudinally reciprocating float, passing gradually from edge to edge. 35 b. Assure successive advances do not exceed half the length of the float. 36 c. Test level of slab with minimum 10 FT straightedge. 37 d. Fill depressions with fresh material, consolidate and refinish. 38 e. Cut down high areas and retest. 39 f. Belt surface with two -ply canvas belt, using transverse strokes while advancing along 40 center line. 41 g. Provide final finish by full width burlap or carpet drag, drawn longitudinally. 42 h. Keep drag clean to avoid build up and consequent scarring. 43 i. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger, 44 j. Retest with straightedge and if pavement shows deviation of more than 1/8 IN in 10 FT, 45 remove and replace. 46 4. Curb and similar surfaces: 47 a. Bring curb to grade by running straightedge over steel templates with sawing motion. 48 b. Float surface with a wood float to draw cement to surface. 49 c. Broom finish after floating. 50 d. Tool edges with suitable edger. 51 e. Upon removal of forms, fill honeycombed or unevenly filled sections immediately with 52 cement mortar. 53 f. Assure that expansion joints are cleared of concrete. 54 5. Sidewalk and similar surfaces: 07225- 075 -056 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 5 1 a. Test with 6 FT straightedges equipped with long handles and operated from off the 2 sidewalk. 3 b. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface, 4 c. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks but to produce a uniform granular or 5 sandy texture. 6 d. Broom fmish after floating. 7 e. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger. 8 f. Provide exposed aggregate surfaces in areas indicated on the Drawings. 9 g. Provide method such as abrasive blasting, bush hammering, or surface retarder 10 acceptable to the Engineer. 11 G. Curing: 12 1. Apply membrane curing compound complying with ASTM C309, and in accordance with 13 manufacturer's directions but at a minimum rate of 200 SF per gallon. 14 2. Apply curing compound within 4 HRS after finishing or as soon as surface moisture has 15 dissipated. 16 3. Cure for minimum of 7 days. 17 4. When average daily temperature is below 50 DegF, provide insulative protection of 12 IN 18 minimum thickness loose dry straw, or equivalent, for 10 days. 19 5. Linseed oil sealant: 20 a. For concrete pavement or sidewalk, seal surface with linseed oil. 21 b. Apply linseed oil to clean surface as per AASHTO M224 after concrete has cured for 1 22 month. 23 c. Apply first application at minimum rate of 67 SY per gallon. 24 d. Apply second application to a dry surface at minimum rate of 40 SY per gallon. 25 H. Protection of Concrete: 26 1. Protect concrete surfaces and appurtenances from traffic for minimum of 14 days. 27 2. Repair or replace parts of concrete surfaces damaged by traffic, or other causes, occurring 28 prior to fmal acceptance. 29 3. Protect concrete pavement against public traffic, construction traffic and traffic caused by 30 employees and agents. 31 4. No equipment shall be driven or moved across concrete surfaces unless such equipment is 32 rubber -tired and only if concrete is designed for and capable of sustaining loads to be 33 imposed by the equipment. 34 5. Do not drive over new or existing concrete with tracked vehicles and equipment. 35 I. Opening to Traffic: 36 1. After 14 days, pavement may, at Owner's discretion, be opened to traffic if job cured test 37 cylinders have attained a compressive strength of 3,000 LBS per square inch when tested in 38 accordance with ASTM standard methods. 39 2. Prior to opening to traffic, clean and refill joints as required with the specified filler 40 material. 41 J. Clean Up: 42 1. Assure clean up work is completed within 2 weeks after pavement has been opened to 43 traffic. 44 2. No new work will begin until clean up work has been completed, or is maintained within 2 45 weeks after pavement has been opened to traffic. 46 K. Pavement Patching: 47 1. Comply with material and density requirements as mentioned elsewhere in this 48 Specification except provide minimum 6 IN aggregate immediately below the patch. 49 2. Place pavement patch providing a thickened edge. 50 3. Assure that patch in plane of "cold" joint has a thickness 6 IN greater than that of the 51 existing pavement. 52 4. Extend patch under existing pavement for a distance of 6 IN minimum. 53 5. Fill void under existing pavement with concrete. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 6 • • • • • • 1 6. Undercut existing pavement 6 IN all around patch and to a depth of 6 IN. 2 7. Prior to placing patch, sawcut edge of existing concrete to 1/4 depth and remove to provide 3 a vertical face for a straight and true joint. 4 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 A. Provide test cylinders in accordance with Section 03002. 6 7 07225- 075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02502 - 7 • • • 1 96H09 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Asphaltic concrete vehicular paving. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02200 - Earthwork 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 1.3 SUBMITTALS 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 MATERIALS 07225 -075.036 SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE VEHICULAR PAVING 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. Construction standards: State of Texas, Department of Transportation (TxDOT), "Standard 15 Specifications for the Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges, "1995 ", as amended 16 to date 17 a. Item 340, Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 18 b. Item 247, Flexible base 19 c. Item 310, Prime Coat (Asphaltic Material only) 20 2. Texas Department of Transportation, Division of Materials and Tests (TxDOT): 21 a. TEX- 113 -E, Determination of Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Base Materials. 22 B. Miscellaneous: 23 1. Should conflicts arise between standard specifications of government agencies mentioned 24 herein and Contract Documents, Contract Documents shall govern. 26 A. Shop Drawings: 27 1. Product technical data including: 28 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 29 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 30 2. Asphalt design mix. 33 A. Asphaltic Concrete: Per TxDOT 340 as it relates to materials and methods only. 34 1. Type D surface course with AC 20 asphaltic cement. 35 B. Flexible Base: Per TxDOT 247 as it relates to materials and methods only. 36 1. Type A, Grade 1 37 C. Prime Coat: Per TxDOT 310 as it relates to materials and methods only. 38 1. Type MC -30. City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02513 -1 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLATION 3 A. Construct to line, grade and section as shown on Drawings and in accordance with referenced 4 State Specifications. 5 B. Install to a compacted layer of base course to depth indicated on Drawings. Place in 6 -IN 6 maximum lifts. Compact to 100% of maximum density in accordance with ASTMD698. 7 C. Spread a prime coat uniformly on compacted aggregate base course at rate of 0.10 to 0.15 GAL 8 per square yard. 9 D. Install compacted asphaltic concrete surface course to depth indicated on Drawings. 10 E. Tolerance of Finished Grade: +0.10 FT from required elevations. 11 END OF SECTION 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02513 - 2 • • • • • • 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 02930 HYDRAULIC SEEDING 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Seeding of all excavations, fills, and graded and disturbed areas resulting from construction 7 activities. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 I. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 — General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02110 — Site Clearing. 12 4. Section 02260 — Topsoiling and Finished Grading. 13 5. Section 02270 — Soil Erosion and Sediment Control. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS). 17 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 18 a. D997, Drop Test for Loaded Cylindrical Containers. 19 b. D2028, Standard Specification for Cutback Asphalt. 20 3. Standard Methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 21 4. United States Department of Agriculture, (USDA): 22 a. Federal Seed Act. 23 1.3 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Shop Drawings: 25 1. See Section 01340. 26 2. Product technical data including: 27 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 28 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 29 c. Signed copies of vendor's statement for seed mixture required, stating botanical and 30 common name, place of origin, strain, percentage of purity, percentage of germination, 31 and amount of Pure Live Seed (PLS) per bag. 32 3. Certification: 33 a. Certify each container of seed delivered will he labeled in accordance with Federal and 34 State Seed Laws and equals or exceeds Specification requirements. 35 4. Other documents: 36 a. Copies of invoices for fertilizer used on Project showing grade furnished, along with 37 certification of quality and warranty. If Engineer determines fertilizer requires sampling 38 and testing to verify quality, testing will be done at Contractor's expense, in accordance 39 with current methods of Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Upon 40 completion of Project, a final check of total quantities of fertilizer used will be made 41 against total area seeded. If minimum rates of application have not been met, 42 Contractor will be required to distribute additional quantities to make up minimum 43 application specified. 44 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02930 - 1 PART2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 MATERIALS 3 A. Water: Water free from substances harmful to grass or plant growth. Provide water from source 4 approved by Engineer prior to use. 5 B. Topsoil: See Sections 02110 and 02260. 6 C. Grass Seed Mix. 7 1. Fresh, clean, new -crop seed label in accordance with USDA Federal Seed Act m effect on 8 date of bidding in the proportions indicated below for general seeding. 9 a. Mixture 1: For application in all project areas. 10 11 COMMON NAME LBS PURE LIVE SEED (PLS) PER ACRE 12 COMMON NAME RATE - (LBS PURE LIVE SEED (PLS) PER ACREI 13 Green Sprangletop 2.0 14 Side Oats Grama (Haskell) 4.0 15 Bermuda Grass (hulled) 10.0 16 17 2. Provide adequate quantities of seed to meet pure live seed (PLS) application rate specified 18 considering percentages of purity and germination. 19 3. Fumish seed in sealed standard containers labeled with producer's name and seed analysis. 20 4. Do not use seed that has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged. 21 D. Fertilizer: Complete, soluble fertilizer, uniform in composition, dry and free - flowing, part of the 22 elements of which are derived from organic sources. 23 1. Containing the following percentages of Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), and Potassium (K): 24 16- 20 -10, respectively. 25 2. Cyanic compound or hydrated lime are not permitted in mixed fertilizers. 26 3. Provide fertilizer uniform in composition, free flowing and suitable for application with 27 approved equipment delivered to site in bags or other sealed containers, each fully labeled 28 and bearing the name and warranty of the producer. 29 4. Store in weatherproof container or storage place and in such a manner that the fertilizer is 30 kept dry and its effectiveness not impaired. 31 5. If and when bulk delivery and spreading of fertilizer is authorized, provide with a notarized, 32 written affidavit certifying weight and analysis of the fertilizer. 33 E. Mulch for Hydraulic Seeding: Cellulose Fiber Mulch produced from grinding clean, whole 34 wood chips with a labeled ash content not to exceed 7 %, designed for use in conventional 35 hydraulic mulching of grass seed with fertilizers and other additives. Mulch shall be such that 36 when applied, will form a moisture - retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. 37 F. Erosion Control Blanket: 100% straw with lightweight photo - degradable netting on both sides. 38 Netting sewn on 3 IN center or less. Minimum roll width 7.5 FT. Approved products include: 39 1. Straw Mat by Erosion Control Systems, Northport, AL. 40 2. S2 Straw Blanket by Bon Terra America, Moscow, ID. 41 3. SFB 1 Straw Blanket by Contech Construction Products, Inc. 42 4. S150 Straw Blanket by North American Green, Inc. 43 5. Or approved equal. 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 3.1 SOIL PREPARATION 46 A. General: 47 1. Limit preparation to areas that will be planted soon after. 48 2. Provide facilities to protect and safeguard all persons on or about premises. 07225 - 075 - 039 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02930 -2 • • • • • • 1 3. Verify location and existence of all underground utilities. Take necessary precaution to 2 protect existing utilities from damage due to construction activity. Repair all damages to 3 utility items at sole expense. 4 4. Provide facilities such as protective fences and/or watchmen to protect work from 5 vandalism. Contractor to be responsible for repairs due to vandalism until acceptance of 6 work in whole or in part. 7 5. Apply seed, mulch, and fertilizer prior to installation of erosion control blankets. 8 B. Preparation of Soil for Seeding: 9 1. Loosen surface to minimum depth of 2 IN with a double disk or other suitable device if soil 10 has become hard and compacted. Remove stones over 1 IN m any dimension and sticks, 11 roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter. 12 2. Prior to applying fertilizer, loosen areas to be seeded with a double disc or other suitable 13 device if the soil has become hard or compacted. Correct any surface irregularities in order 14 to prevent pocket or low areas that will allow water to stand. 15 3. Grade areas to a smooth, even surface with a loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, 16 remove ridges and fill depressions, as required to meet finish grade tolerances. Limit fine 17 grading to areas which can be planted soon after preparation. Rake prior to hydromulching 18 to provide uniform textured surface. 19 4. Restore areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and 20 before planting. 21 5. Final grading tolerances specified in Section 02270 must be achieved prior to seeding. 22 3.2 HYDROSEEDING AND MULCHING 23 A. Seed within seven (7) days of completion of topsoiling and finished grading and prior to soil 24 retention blanket installation to minimize potential for erosion. 25 B. Optimum seeding dates are March 1 to September 15 for warm season grasses. Seeding shall be 26 done whenever weather and soil conditions are favorable. If Contractor completes earthwork 27 after September 15 and prior to March 1, Contractor shall provide temporary seeding with a 28 mixture listed below until final seeding can be accomplished per this Section: 29 1. September 16 to February 28: Winter Rye at a rate of 50.0 lbs. pls /acre. 30 C. Do not use seed that is wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged. 31 D. Application Rates: 32 1. Seed: See Paragraph 2.1C. Adjust actual application rates as necessary depending on PLS 33 of seed delivered to the project to achieve the application rates specified. 34 2. Fertilizer: 100 lbs of Nitrogen per acre (dry weight). 35 3. Cellulose Fiber Mulch: 4,000 lbs /acre (dry weight). 36 E. Uniformly distribute the seed mixture over all areas to receive hydroseeding. All varieties of 37 seed, fertilizer, and cellulose fiber may be distributed at the same time at the specified rate after 38 being mixed and agitated in the hydroseeding machine for at least ten (10) minutes in order to 39 provide a homogeneous mixture. Apply the mixture as a water slurry and achieve an even, solid 40 cover. Mixture shall be dyed green to allow visual metering of its application. 41 F. Protect all areas not to receive hydroseeding mixture adjacent to the work from direct or over - 42 spray. Do not allow hydroseeding overspray on structure. 43 G. Seed mixture shall be prepared immediately prior to application, and shall be promptly applied 44 once mixed. Seed mixture that, in the opinion of the Engineer, is old shall be wasted at the 45 Contractor's expense. 46 3.3 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET 47 A. Install erosion control blanket in areas as shown on the Drawings or any location with a slope 48 equal to or steeper than 10 percent. 49 B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation for "critical area" installations. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02930 - 3 1 C. Minimize side overlaps by using widest roll widths available from manufacturer. 2 3 3.4 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION 4 A. General: 5 1. Begin maintenance of seeded areas immediately after each portion is seeded and continue 6 until final acceptance or for a specific time period as state below, whichever is the longer. 7 2. Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and watering equipment as required to 8 convey water from water sources and to keep seeded areas uniformly moist as required for 9 proper growth. 10 11 B. Seeded Areas: 12 1- Maintain by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, and other operations such as 13 rolling, regrading, and reseeding as required to establish a smooth, uniform area, free of 14 weeds and eroded or bare areas. 15 2. Repair damage to erosion control blanket using same materials and methods. 16 3. Protect all seeded areas from erosion, rutting, or other damage. Correct all damage that 17 occurs by applying fresh topsoil and reseeding using same materials and methods specified. 18 4. Lay out temporary watering system and arrange watering schedule to avoid walking over 19 muddy and newly seeded areas. Use equipment and water to prevent puddling, water erosion, 20 and displacement of seed or mulch. 21 5. Any seeded area not showing sufficient growth within the 12 -month project warranty period 22 shall be prepared and reseeded by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 23 "Sufficient Growth" is defined as 85% cover with no bare areas exceeding 15 SF in area. 24 END OF SECTION 07225-07= -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 02930 - 4 • • • PI ONC ETE . 5 • • • 1 02A14 2 SECTION 03002 3 CONCRETE 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Cast -in -place concrete and grout. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 13210 — Composite Style Elevated Water Storage Tank. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 15 a. 116R, Cement and Concrete Terminology. 16 b. 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass 17 Concrete. 18 c. 212.3R, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 19 d. 304R, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 20 e. 304.2R, Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. 21 f. 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. 22 g. 306R, Cold Weather Concreting. 23 h. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 24 i. 347R, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 25 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 26 a. A82, Standard Specification Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 27 b. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete 28 Reinforcement. 29 c. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete 30 Reinforcement (Including Supplementary Requirements Si). 31 d. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 32 e. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 33 f. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 34 Specimens. 35 g. C94, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 36 h. C138, Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) 37 of Concrete. 38 i. C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 39 j. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 40 k. C157, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar 41 and Concrete. 42 1. C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 43 m. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 44 n. C173, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 45 Volumetric Method. 46 C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 47 Pressure Method. 48 p. C260, Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 07225-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 1 1 q. C289, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali- Silica Reactivity of Aggregates 2 (Chemical Method). 3 r. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing 4 Concrete. 5 s. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 6 t. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. 7 u. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan 8 for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. 9 v. D994, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete 10 (Bituminous Type). 11 w. D1056, Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded 12 Rubber. 13 x. D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete 14 Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 15 y. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of 16 Materials Used in Construction. 17 3. United States Army Corps of Engineers (COE): 18 a. CRD -0572, Polyvinyl Waterstops. 19 4. Federal Specification (FS): 20 a. CEGS 03300, Vegetable Fiber. 21 B. Quality Control: 22 1. Concrete testing agency. 23 a, Contractor to employ and pay for services of a testing laboratory to 24 1) Perform materials evaluation. 25 2) Design concrete mixes. 26 b. Concrete testing agency to meet requirements of ASTM E329. 27 2. Do not begin concrete production until proposed concrete mix design has been approved by 28 Engineer. 29 a. Approval of concrete mix design by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of his 30 responsibility to provide concrete that meets the requirements of this Specification. 31 3. Adjust concrete mix designs when material characteristics, job conditions, weather, strength 32 test results or other circumstances warrant. 33 a. Do not use revised concrete mixes until submitted to and approved by Engineer. 34 4. Perform structural calculations as required to prove that all portions of the structure in 35 combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely 36 support its own weight plus the loads placed thereon. For additional requirements, reference 37 Section 13210, "Composite Style Elevated Water Storage Tank ". 38 C. Qualifications: 39 1. Ready mixed concrete batch plant certified by National Ready Mixed Concrete Association 40 (NRMCA). 41 2. Formwork, shoring and reshoring for slabs and beams except where cast on ground to be 42 designed by a professional engineer currently registered in the state where the project is 43 located. 44 1.3 DEFINITIONS 45 A. Per ACI 1 16R except as modified herein: 46 1. Concrete fill: Non - structural concrete. 47 2. Concrete Testing Agency: Testing agency employed to perform materials evaluation, design 48 of concrete mixes or testing of concrete placed during construction. 49 3. Exposed concrete: Exposed to view after construction is complete. 50 4. Indicated: Indicated by Contract Documents. 51 5. Lean concrete: Concrete with low cement content. 52 6. Nonexposed concrete: Not exposed to view after construction is complete. 53 7. Required: Required by Contract Documents. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 2 • • • • • • 1 8. Specified strength: Specified compressive strength at 28 days. 2 9. Submitted: Submitted to Engineer. 3 1.4 SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings: 5 1. See Section 01340. 6 2. Concrete mix designs proposed for use. Concrete mix design submittal to include the 7 following information: 8 a. Sieve analysis and source of fine and coarse aggregates. 9 b. Test for aggregate organic impurities. 10 c. Test for deleterious aggregate per ASTM C289. 11 d. Proportioning of all materials. 12 e. Type of cement with mill certificate for cement. 13 f. Type of fly ash with certificate of conformance to specification requirements. 14 g. Slump. 15 h. Air content. 16 i. Brand, type, ASTM designation, and quantity of each admixture proposed for use. 17 j. 28 -day cylinder compressive test results of trial mixes per ACI 318 and as indicated 18 herein. 19 k. Shrinkage test results. 20 1. Standard deviation value for concrete production facility. 21 3. Product technical data including: 22 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 23 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 24 4. Manufacturer and type of joint filler, joint sealant, curing agent and chemical floor hardener. 25 5. Manufacturer and type of bonding and patching mortar and bonding adhesive used at 26 construction joints. 27 6. Manufacturer and type of nonshrink grout and the cure /seal compound required for the 28 nonshrink grout. 29 7. Reinforcing steel: Show grade, sizes, number, configuration, spacing, location and all 30 fabrication and placement details. 31 a. In sufficient detail to permit installation of reinforcing without having to make 32 reference to Contract Drawings. 33 b. Obtain approval of shop drawings by Engineer before fabrication. 34 c. Mill certificates. 35 8. Strength test results of in place concrete including slump, air content and concrete 36 temperature. 37 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 38 A. Storage of Material: 39 1. Cement and fly ash: 40 a. Store in moistureproof, weathertight enclosures. 41 b. Do not use if caked or lumpy. 42 2. Aggregate: 43 a. Store to prevent segregation and contamination with other sizes or foreign materials. 44 b. Obtain samples for testing from aggregates at point of batching. 45 c. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. 46 d. Do not use bottom 6 IN of stockpiles in contact with ground. 47 e. Allow sand to drain until moisture content is uniform prior to use. 48 3. Admixtures: 49 a. Protect from contamination, evaporation, freezing, or damage. 50 b. Maintain within temperature range recommended by manufacturer. 51 c. Completely mix solutions and suspensions prior to use. 52 4. Reinforcing steel: 53 a. Support and store all rebars above ground. 07225- 075 -056 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 3 1 B. Delivery: 2 1. Concrete: 3 a. Prepare a delivery ticket for each load for ready -mixed concrete. 4 b. Truck operator shall hand ticket to Engineer at the time of delivery. 5 c. Ticket to show: 6 1) Mix identification mark. 7 2) Quantity delivered. 8 3) Amount of each material in batch. 9 4) Outdoor temp in the shade. 10 5) Time at which cement was added. 11 6) Numerical sequence of the delivery. 12 7) Amount of water added. 13 2. Reinforcing steel: Ship to jobsite with attached plastic or metal tags with permanent mark 14 numbers. 15 a. Mark numbers to match shop drawing mark number. 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 18 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 19 acceptable: 20 1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout: 21 a. Sika "SikaGrout 212." 22 b. Gifford Hill "Supreme Grout." 23 c. Master Builders "Masterflow 713." 24 2. Epoxy grout: 25 a. Master Builders "Brutem MPG." 26 b. Euclid Chemical Company, "High Strength Grout." 27 c. Fosroc, "Conbextra EPHF ". 28 3. Expansion joint fillers: 29 a. Permaglaze Co. 30 b. Rubatex Corp. 31 c. Williams Products, Inc. 32 4. W aterstops, PVC: 33 a. Greenstreak Plastic Products, Inc. 34 b. W.R.Meadows, Inc. 35 c. Burke Company. 36 5. Form coating: 37 a. Richmond "Rich Cote." 38 b. Industrial Lubricants "Nox -Crete Form Coating." 39 c. Protex "Pro- Cote." 40 6. Prefabricated forms: 41 a. Simplex "Industrial Steel Frame Forms." 42 b. Symons "Steel Ply." 43 c. Universal "Uniform." 44 7, Chemical sealer: 45 a. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 46 b. Euclid Chemical Co. 47 c. Dayton Superior. 48 2.2 MATERIALS 49 A. Portland Cement: Conform to ASTM C150. 50 B. Fly Ash: 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 4 • • • • • • 1 1. ASTM C618, Class F or Class C. 2 2. Nonstaining. 3 a. Hardened concrete containing fly ash to be uniform light gray color. 4 3. Maximum loss on ignition: 4 percent. 5 4. Compatible with other concrete ingredients. 6 5. Obtain proposed fly ash from a source approved by the State Highway Department in the 7 state where the Project is located for use in concrete for bridges. Single source required. 8 C. Admixtures: 9 1. Air entraining admixtures: ASTM C260. 10 2. Water reducing, retarding, accelerating admixtures, and high range water reducers 11 (superplasticizers): 12 a. ASTM C494 Type A through E. 13 b. Conform to provisions of ACI 212.3R. 14 c. Do not use retarding or accelerating admixtures unless specifically approved in writing 15 by Engineer and at no cost to Owner. 16 d. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 17 e. Use chloride free admixtures only. 18 3. Maximum total water soluble chloride ion content contributed from all ingredients of 19 concrete including water, aggregates, cementitious materials and admixtures by weight 20 percent of cement: 21 a. 0.10 all concrete. 22 4. Do not use calcium chloride. 23 5. Pozzolanic admixtures: ASTM C618. 24 6. Provide admixtures of same type, manufacturer and quantity as used in establishing required 25 concrete proportions in the mix design. 26 D. Water: Potable, clean, free of oils, acids and organic matter. 27 E. Aggregates: 28 1. Normal weight concrete: ASTM C33, except as modified below. 29 2. Fine aggregate: Clean natural sand. 30 a. No manufactured or artificial sand. 31 3. Coarse aggregate: Crushed rock, natural gravel, or other inert granular material. 32 a. Maximum amount of clay or shale particles: 1 percent. 33 4. Gradation of coarse aggregate: 34 a. Lean concrete and concrete topping: Size #7. 35 b. All other concrete: Size #57 or #67. 36 F. Concrete Grout: 37 1. Nonshrink nonmetallic grout: 38 a. Nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining, premixed with only water to be added. 39 b. Grout to produce a positive but controlled expansion. 40 c. Mass expansion not to be created by gas liberation. 41 d. Minimum compressive strength of nonshrink grout at 28 days: 6500 psi. 42 2. Epoxy grout: 43 a. 3- component epoxy resin system. 44 1) Two liquid epoxy components. 45 2) One inert aggregate filler component. 46 b. Each component packaged separately for mixing at jobsite. 47 G. Reinforcing Steel: 48 1. Reinforcing bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60. 49 2. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185. 50 a. Minimum yield strength: 60,000 psi. 51 3. Column spirals: ASTM A82. 52 H. Forms: 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 . 5 1 1. Prefabricated or job built. 2 2. Wood forms: 3 a. New 5/8 or 3/4 IN 5 -ply structural plywood of concrete form grade. 4 b. Built -in -place or prefabricated type panel. 5 c. 4 x 8 FT sheets for built -in -place type except where smaller pieces will cover entire 6 area. 7 d. When approved, plywood may be reused. 8 3. Metal forms: 9 a. Metal forms excluding aluminum may be used. 10 b. Forms to be tight to prevent leakage, free of rust and straight without dents to provide 11 members of uniform thickness. 12 4. Tank manufacturer's standard forms meeting requirements of Section 13210. 13 5. Chamfer strips: Clear white pine, surface against concrete planed. 14 6. Form ties: Removable end, permanently embedded body type with cones on outer ends not 15 requiring auxiliary spreaders. 16 a. Cone diameter: 3/4 IN minimum to 1 IN maximum. 17 b. Embedded portion 1 IN minimum back from concrete face. 18 c. If not provided with threaded ends, constructed for breaking off ends without damage to 19 concrete. 20 d. Provide ties with built -in waterstops at all walls that will be in contact with process 21 liquid during plant operation. 22 7. Form release: Nonstaining and shall not prevent bonding of future fmishes to concrete 23 surface. 24 I. Waterstops: 25 1. Plastic: Corp of Engineers Specification CRD -0572. 26 2. Serrated with center bulb. 27 3. Thickness: 3/8 IN. 28 4. Length (general use): 6 IN unless indicated otherwise. 29 5. Expansion joints: 30 a. Length: 9 IN. 31 b. Center bulb: 1 IN OD x 1/2 IN ID. 32 6. Provide hog rings or grommets spaced at maximum 12 IN OC along the length of the water 33 stop. 34 7. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications at all changes of direction, intersections and 35 transitions leaving only straight butt splices for the field. 36 J. Chairs, Runners, Bolsters, Spacers, and Hangers: 37 1. Stainless steel, epoxy coated, or plastic coated metal. 38 a. Plastic coated: Rebar support tips in contact with the forms only. 39 40 K. Vapor Barrier: Clear 6 -mil thick polyethylene conforming to ASTM C171. 41 L. Membrane Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type I -D. 42 1. Resin based, dissipates upon exposure to UV light. 43 2. Curing compound shall not prevent bonding of any future coverings, coatings or finishes. 44 3. Curing compounds used in water treatment plant construction to be nontoxic and taste and 45 odor free. 46 M. Expansion Joint Filler: 47 1. In contact with water or sewage: 48 a. Closed cell neoprene. 49 b. ASTM D1056, Class SC (oil resistant and medium swell) of 2 to 5 psi compression 50 deflection (Grade SCE41). 51 2. Exterior driveways, curbs and sidewalks: 52 a. Asphalt expansion joint filler. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 - 03002 - 6 • • • • • 15 1 b. ASTM D994. 2 3. Other use: 3 a. Fiber expansion joint filler. 4 b. ASTMD1751. 5 2.3 CONCRETE MIXES 6 A. General: 7 1. All concrete to be ready mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94. 8 2. Provide concrete of specified quality capable of being placed without segregation and, when 9 cured, of developing all properties required. 10 3. All concrete to be normal weight concrete except where lightweight concrete is indicated on 11 Drawings. 12 B. Strength: 13 1. Provide specified strength and type of concrete for each use in structure(s) as follows: 14 16 20 SPECIFIED TYPE WEIGHT STRENGTH* Concrete Fill Normal weight 4000 psi Lean Concrete Normal weight 4000 psi Concrete Topping Normal weight 4000 psi & Lightweight All other general use Normal weight 4000 psi Concrete *Minimum 28 -day compressive strength. 17 C. Air Entrainment: Provide air entrainment in all concrete resulting in a total air content percent by 18 volume as follows: 19 MAX AGGREGATE SIZE 1 IN or 3/4 IN 1/2 1N TOTAL AIR CONTENT PERCENT 5 to 7 5 1/2 to 8 21 1. Air content to be measured in accordance with ASTM C231, ASTM C173, or ASTM C138. 22 D. Slump: 4 IN maximum, 1 IN minimum. 23 1. Measured at point of discharge of the concrete into the concrete construction member. 24 2. Concrete of lower than minimum slump may be used provided it can be properly placed and 25 consolidated. 26 3. With high range water reducers (superplasticizers): 27 a. Maximum concrete slump before addition of admixture to be 3 IN. Maximum slump 28 after addition to be 8 IN. 29 4. Pumped concrete: 30 a. Provide additional water at batch plant to allow for slump loss due to pumping. 31 b. Provide only enough additional water so that slump of concrete at discharge end of 32 pump hose does not exceed maximum slump specified above. 33 5. Determine slump per ASTM C143. 34 E. Selection of Proportions: 35 1. General - Proportion ingredients to: 36 a. Produce proper workability, durability, strength, and other required properties. 37 b. Prevent segregation and collection of excessive free water on surface. 38 2. Minimum cement contents and maximum water cement ratios for concrete to be as follows: 39 07225 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 7 MINIMUM CEMENT, LB /CY MAXIMUM WATER SPECIFIED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE, IN CEMENT RATIO BY STRENGTH 1/2 3/4 1 WEIGHT 4000 psi 611 611 611 0.45 1 2 a. Maximum water cement ratio for concrete mix containing high range water reducers 3 (superplasticizers) to be 0.40. 4 5 3. Substitution of fly ash: 6 a. Maximum of 25 percent by weight of cement at rate of 1 LB fly ash for 1 LB of 7 cement. 8 4. Sand cement grout: 9 a. Three parts sand. 10 b. One part Portland cement. 11 c. Entrained air: Six percent plus or minus one percent. 12 d. Sufficient water for required workability. 13 e. Minimum 28 -day compressive strength: 3,000 psi. 14 5. Submit mix design data as required by this specification section. 15 6. Normal weight concrete: Proportion mixture to provide desired characteristics using one of 16 methods described below: 17 a. Method 1 (Trial Mix): Per ACI 318, Chapter 5, except as modified herein. 18 1) Air content within range specified above. 19 2) Record and report temperature of trial mixes. 20 3) Proportion trial mixes per ACI 211.1. 21 b. Method 2 (Field Experience): Per ACI 318, Chapter 5, except as modified herein: 22 1) Field test records must be acceptable to Engineer to use this method. 23 2) Test records shall represent materials, proportions and conditions similar to those 24 specified. 25 7. Required average strength to exceed the specified 28 -day compressive strength by the 26 amount determined or calculated in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.3 of 27 ACI 318 using the standard deviation of the proposed concrete production facility as 28 described in Paragraph 5.3.1 of ACI 318. 29 F. Allowable Shrinkage: 0.048 percent per ASTM C157. 30 G. ASTM C -94 Jobsite Water Addition: 31 1. Establish the maximum allowable slump and water - cementitious material ratio by the 32 project specification. 33 2. Determine the concrete slump from the point of concrete discharge at the truck. 34 3. Add an amount of water such that the maximum slump or water- cementitious material ratio 35 according to the specification is not exceeded. 36 4. Measure and record the amount of water added 37 5. Mix the concrete for 30- revolutions of the mixer drum speed. 38 6. Do not add water if: 39 a. the maximum water - cementitious material ratio is reached, 40 b. the maximum slump is obtained, and 41 c. more than 0.25 cu. yd. Has been discharged from the mixer. 42 7. If the maximum permissible water - cementitious material ratio has been reached then a 43 water- reducing admixture or superplasticizer shall be used to increase slump, if required. 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 3.1 FORMING AND PLACING CONCRETE 46 A. General: 07225- 075 -056 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 8 • • • • • 1 1. Contractor is responsible for design and erection of formwork. 2 2. Construct formwork so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, 3 alignment, elevation and position. 4 a. Allowable tolerances: As recommended in ACI 347R. 5 3. Provide slabs and beams of minimum indicated depth when sloping foundation base slabs or 6 elevated floor slabs to drains. 7 a. For slabs on grade, slope top of subgrade to provide floor slabs of minimum uniform 8 indicated depth. 9 b. Do not place floor drains through beams. 10 B. Openings: Provide openings in formwork to accommodate work of other trades. 11 1. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. 12 C. Chamfer Strips: Place 3/4 IN chamfer strips in forms to produce 3/4 IN wide beveled edges on 13 permanently exposed comers of members. 14 D. Reinforcement: 15 1. Position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. 16 2. Locate and support with chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. 17 3. Set wire ties so ends do not touch forms and are directed into concrete, not toward exposed 18 concrete surfaces. 19 4. Lap splice lengths: ACI 318 Class B top bar tension splices unless indicated otherwise on 20 the Drawings. 21 5. Extend reinforcement to within 2 IN of concrete perimeter edges. 22 a. If perimeter edge is earth formed, extend reinforcement to within 3 IN of the edge. 23 6. Unless otherwise indicated, provide minimum concrete cover as follows: 24 a. Concrete deposited against earth: 3 IN. 25 b. Formed surfaces exposed to weather or in contact with earth: 2 IN for reinforcing bars 26 #6 or larger; 1-1/2 IN for reinforcing bars less than #6. 27 c. Formed surfaces exposed to or located above any liquid: 2 IN. 28 d. Interior surfaces: 1 -1/2 IN for beams, girders and columns; 3/4 IN or bar diameter, 29 whichever is greater, for slabs, walls and joists. 30 7. Do not weld reinforcing bars. 31 8. Welded wire fabric: 32 a. Install welded wire fabric in maximum practical sizes. 33 b. Splice sides and ends with a splice lap length measured between outermost cross wires 34 of each fabric sheet not less than: 35 1) One spacing of cross wires plus 2 IN. 36 2) 1.5 x development length. 37 3) 6IN. 38 c. Development length: ACI 318 basic development length for the specified fabric yield 39 strength. 40 E. Construction, Expansion, and Contraction Joints: 41 1. Provide at locations indicated. 42 2. Locate wall vertical construction joints at 30 FT maximum centers and wall horizontal 43 construction joints at 10 FT maximum centers. 44 3. Locate construction joints in floor slabs and foundation base slabs so that concrete 45 placements are approximately square and do not exceed 2500 SF. 46 4. Locate construction joints in columns and walls: 47 a. At the underside of beams, girders, haunches, drop panels, column capitals, and at floor 48 panels. 49 b. Haunches, drop panels, and column capitals are considered part of the supported floor 50 or roof and shall be placed monolithically therewith. 51 c. Column based need not be placed monolithically with the floor below. 52 5. Locate construction joints in beams and girders: 53 a. At the middle of the span, unless a beam intersects a girder at that point. 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 9 1 b. If the middle of the span is at an intersection of a beam and girder, offset the joint in the 2 girder a distance equal to twice the beam width. 3 c. Provide satisfactory means for transferring shear and other forces through the 4 construction joint. 5 6. Locate construction joints in suspended slabs: 6 a. At or near the center of span in flat slab or T -beam construction. 7 b. Do not locate a joint between a slab and a concrete beam or girder unless so indicated 8 on Drawings. 9 7. Install construction joints in beams, slabs, and girders perpendicular to the planes of their 10 surfaces. 11 8. At least 48 HRS shall elapse between placing of adjoining concrete construction. 12 9. Thoroughly clean and remove all laitance and loose and foreign particles from construction 13 joints. 14 10. Before new concrete is placed, coat all construction joints with an approved bonding 15 adhesive used and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 16 F. Embedments: 17 1. Set and build in anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is 18 attached to, or supported by concrete. 19 2. Use setting diagrams, templates and instructions for locating and setting. 20 3. Secure waterstops in correct position using hog rings or grommets spaced along the length 21 of the waterstop and wire tie to adjacent reinforcing steel. 22 G. Preparation: 23 1. Clean and adjust forms prior to concrete placement. 24 2. Tighten forms to prevent mortar leakage. 25 3. Coat form surfaces with form release agents prior to placing reinforcing bars in forms. 26 H. Placing Concrete: 27 1. Place concrete in compliance with ACI 304R and 304.2R. 28 2. Place in a continuous operation within planned joints or sections. 29 3. Begin placement when work of other trades affecting concrete is completed. 30 4. Place concrete by methods which prevent aggregate segregation. 31 5. Do not allow concrete to free fall more than 4 FT. 32 6. Where free fall of concrete will exceed 4 FT, place concrete by means of tremie pipe or 33 chute. 34 I. Consolidation: 35 1. Consolidate all concrete using mechanical vibrators supplemented with hand rodding and 36 tamping, so that concrete is worked around reinforcement and embedded items into all parts 37 of forms. 38 J. Protection: 39 1. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes. 40 2. In cold weather comply with ACI 306R except as modified herein. 41 a. Do not place concrete on frozen ground or in contact with forms or reinforcing bars 42 coated with frost, ice or snow. 43 b. Minimum concrete temperature at the time of mixing: 44 072234175 OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE CONCRETE TEMPERATURE AT PLACEMENT (IN SHADE) AT MIXING Below 30 DegF 70 DegF Between 30-45 DegF 60 DegF Above 45 DegF 50 DegF 45 46 c. Do not place heated concrete that is warmer than 90 DegF. 47 d. If freezing temperatures are expected during curing, maintain the concrete temperature 48 at or above 50 DegF for 7 days or 70 DegF for 3 days. City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 10 • • • • • • 1 e. Do not allow concrete to cool suddenly. 2 3. In hot weather comply with ACI 305R except as modified herein. 3 a. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 DegF at 4 time of placement. Determine concrete temperature at the point of discharge from the 5 tuck. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, 6 provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using 7 liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Cover steel reinforcement with 8 water- soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature 9 immediately before embedding in concrete. 10 b. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade before placing concrete. Keep 11 subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 12 c. Prevent plastic shrinkage cracking due to rapid evaporation of moisture. 13 d. Do not place concrete when the actual or anticipated evaporation rate equals or exceeds 14 0.2 LBS /SF/HR as determined from ACI 305R, Figure 2.1.5. 15 K. Curing: 16 1. Begin curing concrete as soon as free water has disappeared from exposed surfaces. 17 2. Cure concrete by use of moisture retaining cover, burlap kept continuously wet or by 18 membrane curing compound. 19 3. Provide protection as required to prevent damage to concrete and to prevent moisture loss 20 from concrete during curing period. 21 4. Provide curing for minimum of 7 days. 22 5. Form materials left in place may be considered as curing materials for surfaces in contact 23 with the form materials except in periods of hot weather. 24 6. In hot weather follow curing procedures outlined in ACI 305R. 25 7. In cold weather follow curing procedures outlined in ACI 306R. 26 8. If forms are removed before 7 days have elapsed, finish curing of formed surfaces by one of 27 above methods for the remainder of the curing period. 28 9. Curing vertical surfaces with a curing compound: Cover vertical surfaces with a minimum 29 of two coats of the curing compound. 30 a. Allow the preceding coat to completely dry prior to applying the next coat. 31 b. Apply the first coat of curing compound immediately after form removal. 32 c. Vertical surface at the time of receiving the first coat shall be damp with no free water 33 on the surface. 34 d. A vertical surface is defined as any surface steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal. 35 L. Form Removal: 36 1. Remove forms after concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal 37 operations or lack of support. 38 2. Where no reshoring is planned, leave forms and shoring used to support concrete until it has 39 reached its specified 28 -day compressive strength. 40 3. Where reshoring is planned, supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has 41 sufficient strength to safely support its own weight and loads placed thereon. 42 a. While reshoring is underway, no superimposed loads shall be permitted on the new 43 construction. 44 b. Place reshores as soon as practicable after stripping operations are complete but in no 45 case later than the end of working day on which stripping occurs. 46 c. Tighten reshores to carry their required loads. 47 d. Leave reshores in place until concrete being supported has reached its specified 28 -day 48 compressive strength. 49 3.2 CONCRETE FINISHES 50 A. Tolerances: 51 1. Class A: 1/8 IN in 10 FT. 52 2. Class B: 1/4 IN in 10 FT. 53 B. Surfaces Exposed to View: 07225.075 -0 to City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 11 1 1. Provide a smooth finish for exposed concrete surfaces and surfaces that are: 2 a. To be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. 3 b. Scheduled for grout cleaned finish. 4 2. Remove fins and projections, and patch voids, air pockets, and honeycomb areas with 5 cement grout. 6 3. Fill tie holes with nonshrink nonmetallic grout. 7 C. Surfaces Not Exposed to View: 8 1. Patch voids, air pockets and honeycomb areas with cement grout. 9 2. Fill tie holes with nonshrink nonmetallic grout. 10 D. Grout Cleaned Finish: 11 1. Mix one part Portland cement and 1 -1/2 parts fine sand with sufficient bonding agent/water 12 mixture to produce a grout with the consistency of thick paint. 13 a. White Portland cement shall be substituted for gray Portland cement to produce a color 14 that matches color of surrounding concrete as determined by trial patch for areas not to 15 be painted. 16 2. Wet surface of concrete to prevent absorption of water by grout and uniformly apply grout 17 with brushes or spray gun. 18 3. Immediately scrub the surface with a cork float or stone to coat and fill air bubbles and 19 holes. 20 4. While grout is still plastic, remove all excess grout by working surface with rubber float, 21 sack or other approved means. 22 5. After the surface whitens from drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap. 23 6. Keep final fmish damp for a minimum of 36 HRS after final rubbing. 24 E. Slab Float Finish: 25 1. After concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled, do no further work 26 until ready for floating. 27 2. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to 28 permit operation. 29 3. During or after first floating, check planeness of entire surface with a 10 FT straightedge 30 applied at not less than two different angles. 31 4. Cut down all high spots and fill all low spots during this procedure to produce a surface 32 within Class B tolerance throughout. 33 5. Refloat slab immediately to a uniform sandy texture. 34 F. Troweled Finish: 35 1. Float finish surface. 36 2. Next power trowel, and finally hand trowel. 37 3. Produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects with first hand troweling. 38 4. Perform additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. 39 5. Final trowel when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. 40 6. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling. 41 7. Leave finished surface essentially free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance 42 and plane to a Class A tolerance. 43 8. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings remove any defects of sufficient magnitude 44 that would show through floor covering by grinding. 45 G. Broom Finish: Immediately after concrete has received a float finish as specified, give it a 46 transverse scored texture by drawing a broom across surface. 47 3.3 GROUT 48 A. Preparation: 49 1. Nonshrinking nonmetallic grout: 50 a. Clean concrete surface to receive grout. 51 b. Saturate concrete with water for 24 HRS prior to grouting. 52 2. Epoxy grout: Apply only to clean, dry, sound surface. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 12 • • • • • • 1 B. Application: 2 1. Nonshrinking nonmetallic grout: 3 a. Mix in a mechanical mixer. 4 b. Use no more water than necessary to produce flowable grout. 5 c. Place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6 d. Completely fill all spaces and cavities below the bottom of baseplates. 7 e. Provide forms where baseplates and bedplates do not confine grout. 8 f. Where exposed to view, finish grout edges smooth. 9 g. Except where a slope is indicated on Drawings, finish edges flush at the baseplate, 10 bedplate, member, or piece of equipment. 11 h. Protect against rapid moisture loss by covering with wet rags or polyethylene sheets. 12 i. Wet cure grout for 7 days, minimum. 13 2. Epoxy grout: 14 a. Mix and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 15 b. Completely fill all cavities and spaces around dowels and anchors without voids. 16 c. Obtain manufacturer's field technical assistance as required to ensure proper placement. 17 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 18 A. Owner will employ and pay for services of a concrete testing laboratory to perform testing of 19 concrete placed during construction. 20 1. Contractor to cooperate with Owner in obtaining and testing samples. 21 B. Tests During Construction: 22 1. Strength test - procedure: 23 a. Four cylinders, 6 IN DIA x 12 IN high, will be taken from each sample per ASTM 24 C172 and C31. 25 b. Cylinders will be tested per ASTM C39: 26 1) One at 7 days. 27 2) Two at 28 days. 28 3) One to be held for testing at 56 days if required. 29 2. Strength test - frequency: 30 a. Not less than one test each day concrete placed. 31 b. Not less than one test for each 50 CY or major fraction thereof placed in one day. 32 c. Not less than one test for each type of concrete poured. 33 d. Not less than one test for each concrete structure exceeding 2 CY volume. 34 3. Slump test: Per ASTM C143. 35 a. Determined for each strength test sample. 36 b. Additional slump tests may be taken. 37 4. Air content: Per ASTM C231, C173, and C138. 38 a. Determined for each strength test sample. 39 5. Temperature: Determined for each strength test sample or more frequently is conditions 40 warrrant. 41 C. Evaluation of Tests: 42 1. Strength test results: Average of 28 -day strength of two cylinders from each sample. 43 a. If one cylinder manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding, handling, curing or 44 testings, strength of remaining cylinder will be test result. 45 b. If both cylinders show any of above defects, test will be discarded. 46 D. Acceptance of Concrete: 47 1. Strength level of each type of concrete shall be considered satisfactory if both of the 48 following requirements are met: 49 a. Average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the required 50 specified 28 -day compressive strength. 51 b. No individual strength test falls below the required specified 28 -day compressive 52 strength by more than 500 psi. 07225 -073 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 -January 2003 03002 - 13 1 2 3 4 3.5 SCHEDULES 2. If tests fail to indicate satisfactory strength level, perform additional tests and/or corrective measures as directed by Engineer. a. Perform additional tests and/or corrective measures at no additional cost to Owner. 5 A. Form Types: 6 1. Surfaces exposed to view: 7 a. Prefabricated or job -built wood forms. 8 b. Laid out in a regular and uniform pattern with long dimensions vertical and joints 9 aligned. 10 c. Produce finished surfaces free from offsets, ridges, waves, and concave or convex 11 areas. 12 d. Construct forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 13 2. Surfaces normally submerged or not normally exposed to view: 14 a. Wood or steel forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 15 3. Other types of forms may be used: 16 a. For surfaces not restricted to plywood or lined forms. 17 b. As backing for form lining. 18 B. Grout: 19 1. Nonshrinking nonmetallic grout: General use. 20 2. Epoxy grout: 21 a. Grouting of dowels and anchor bolts into existing concrete. 22 b. Other uses indicated on Drawings. 23 3. Sand cement grout: Keyways of precast members. 24 C. Concrete: 25 1. Precast concrete: Where indicated on Drawings. 26 2. Concrete fill: Where indicated on Drawings. 27 3. Normal weight concrete: All other locations. 28 D. Concrete Finishes: 29 1. Grout cleaned finish: Where indicated on Drawings. 30 2. Slab finishes: 31 a. Use following finishes as applicable, unless otherwise indicated: 32 1) Floated finish: Surfaces intended to receive roofing, concrete topping, lean 33 concrete, concrete fill and waterproofing. 34 2) Troweled finish: Interior floor slabs, exposed roof slabs and base slabs of 35 structures, equipment bases, and column bases. 36 3) Broom finish: Sidewalks, docks, concrete stairs, and ramps. 37 3. Pedestal: per Section 13210. 38 END OF SECTION 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 03002 - 14 • • • f � t ry 1 VISI 5 M Th L • • • 1 2 3 SECTION 05522 ALUMINUM RAILINGS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Aluminum handrail and guardrail. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily Limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. The Aluminum Association (AA): 15 a. Aluminum Design Manual. 16 b. 45, Designation System For Aluminum Finishes. 17 2. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA): 18 a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 19 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineer (ASME): 20 a. Section IX, Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, 21 Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators. 22 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 23 a. A320, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel Bolting Materials for Low - Temperature 24 Service. 25 b. B 108, Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Permanent Mold Castings. 26 c. B209, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 27 d. B211, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire. 28 e. B210, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum or Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. 29 f. B221, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, 30 Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 31 g. B249, 32 h. B241, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and 33 Seamless Extruded Tube. 34 i. F593, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 35 5. American Welding Society (AWS): 36 a. C5.5, Recommended Practices for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding. 37 b. D1.2, Structural Welding Code Aluminum. 38 6. U. S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 39 a. 29 CFR 1910, OSHA Safety and Health Standards for General Industry (referred to 40 herein as OSHA standards). 41 7. Provide rails complying with 1994 Standard Building Code, ADA and OSHA Regulations. 42 B. Qualifications: 43 I. Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS and ASME 44 Section IX. 45 46 47 1.3 SUBMITTALS 072 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 05522 - 1 1 A. Shop Drawings: 2 1. See Section 01340. 3 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: 4 a. Plan showing profile, location, sections and details of each railing. 5 b. Type and details of anchorage. 6 c. Location and type of expansion joints. 7 d. Materials of construction , shop coatings and all third -party accessories. 8 3. Product technical data including: 9 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 10 b. Manufacturer's installation details. 11 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 12 1. See Section 01340. 13 2. Certification of welders and welding procedures indicating compliance with AWS 14 requirements. 15 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 16 A. Deliver and handle railings to preclude damage. 17 B. Store railings on skids, keep free of dirt and other foreign matter which will damage railings or 18 finish and protect against corrosion. 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 21 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 22 acceptable: 23 1. Welded railing systems: 24 a. Tutle Aluminum and Bronze. 25 b. Architectural Art Mfg. Inc. 26 c. Universal Products, Inc. 27 2. Expansion anchors: 28 a. Hilti, Inc. 29 b. ITW Rarnset/Redhead. 30 c. Wej -it. 31 3. Epoxy adhesive anchors: 32 a. Hilti, Inc. 33 b. ITW Ramset/Redhead. 34 4. Anchor bolt sleeves: 35 a. Sinco/Wilson. 36 B. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 37 2.2 MATERIALS 38 A. Alloy 6061 -T6, 32,000 psi tensile yield strength minimum. 39 1. ASTM B209 for sheets and plates. 40 2. ASTM B221 and B308 for shapes - beams, channels, angles, tees, and zees. 41 3. ASTM B247 for forgings. 42 B. Alloy 6063 -T5 or T6, 15,000 psi tensile yield strength minimum. 43 1. ASTM B221 and B429 for bars, rods, wires, pipes and tubes. 44 C. Cast Fittings: Aluminum, ASTM B108. 45 D. Expansion Anchor Bolts and Adhesive Anchor Bolts: 46 1. Stainless steel, Type 304. 07225- 075.036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 05522 - 2 • • • • • • 1 2. Provide minimum edge distance cover and spacing as recommended by manufacturer, or as 2 indicated on Drawings whichever is larger. 3 a. Minimum embedment as recommended by manufacturer or eight diameters of bolt, 4 whichever is larger. 5 b. Notify Engineer if required depth of embedment cannot be achieved at a particular 6 anchor bolt location. 7 c. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation and torque. 8 3. Submit manufacturer's load test data to verify at least the anchor bolt capacities at the 9 following embedment depths: 10 a. Data must be based on actual tests performed in unreinforced mass of concrete of not 11 more than 3000 psi compressive strength. 12 b. Capacity must be at a concrete temperature of at least 130 DegF. MINIMUM ULTIMATE ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT TENSION DIAMETER (IN) (IN) CAPACITY (KIP) 3/8 3 -1/2 5.1 4 -1/4 9.2 5/8 5 14.7 /. 6 -5/8 15.0 7/8 6 -5/8 20.8 1 8 -1/4 27.3 1 -1/4 12 43.6 14 15 4. Expansion anchor bolts: 16 a. Kwik Bolt by Hilti, Inc. 17 b. Trubolt by ITW Ramset/Redhead. 18 c. Powerbolt by Power Rawl. 19 5. Adhesive anchor bolts: 20 a. HVA Adhesive Anchor System by Hilti. 21 b. HIT HY 150 Adhesive Anchor by Hilti. 22 c. HSE 2411 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor by Hilti. 23 d. EPCON Ceramic 6 Epoxy by ITW Ramset/Redhead. 24 e. Power Fast by Powers Rawl. 25 f. Needle Capsule Anchor Systems by Powers Rawl. 26 E. Electrodes for Welding: 27 1. Aluminum: AWS D1.2. 28 2. Filler alloy 5356 or 4043. 29 2.3 FABRICATION 30 A. General: 31 1. Verify field conditions and dimensions prior to fabrication. 32 2. For fabrication of items which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth 33 and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks roller marks, rolled trade 34 names and roughness. 35 a. Remove blemishes by grinding and buffing or by welding and grinding, prior to 36 cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes. 37 3. Form exposed work with smooth, short radius bends, accurate angles and straight edges. 38 a. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/321N. 39 b. Form bent -metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or 40 otherwise impairing work. 41 c. Drill or punch holes with smooth edges. 42 4. Form exposed connections with flush, smooth, hairline joints, using stainless steel or 43 aluminum splice locks to splice sections together or by welding. Top rail splices and 44 expansion joints shall be located within 8 IN of post or other support. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 05522 - 3 1 5. Provide for anchorage of type indicated on Drawings or as required by field conditions. 2 6. Design railing and anchorage system to withstand: 3 a. 200 LB concentrated load applied at any point in any direction to handrail or guardrail. 4 b. 50 PLF horizontal and 100 plf vertical uniform loads applied simultaneously to the top 5 rail of the guardrail. 6 c. 200 LB concentrated horizontal load applied on a 1 SQ FT area at any point in the 7 system including intermediate rails or other elements serving this purpose. 8 d. Concentrated load need not be assumed to act concurrently with uniform load. 9 7. Custom fabricate railings to dimensions and profiles indicated. 10 a. Fabricate all guardrail top rails using minimum 2 IN nominal DIA schedule 40 pipe. 11 b. Fabricate all guardrail vertical posts using minimum 2 IN nominal DIA schedule 80 12 pipe. 13 1) Provide a 2 IN DIA x 8 IN long solid aluminum rod welded to the base plate. 14 2) Fit the vertical post over the solid rod and weld the post to the base plate. 15 c. All intermediate horizontal rails of guardrail shall be fabricated using minimum 1 % IN 16 nominal DIA schedule 40 pipe. 17 d. Floor base plate for vertical guardrail posts mounted to top of concrete surface: 18 1) As indicated on drawings, welded to the vertical post. 19 2) Predrilled to accept four anchors. 20 e. Where details are not indicated, set horizontal rails to requirements of the Building 21 Code, ADA or OSHA whichever requires the more restrictive design. 22 f. Provide 3/8 IN x 4 IN toeboards at all elevated walkways, platforms and stair landings, 23 and where indicated on the Drawings or required by the Building Code or OSHA, 24 whichever requires the more restrictive design. 25 8. Fit exposed ends of guardrails and handrails with solid terminations. 26 a. Return ends of handrail to wall, but do not attach to wall. 27 b. Where guardrail terminates at a wall provide a vertical post located 4 IN off the wall to 28 center of post. 29 9. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and 30 assembly of units at project site 31 B. Finish Mill: 32 1. Provide railings in accordance with ADA where indicated on the Drawings. 33 C. Welded Railing Fabrication: 34 1. All welding to be continuous in accordance with AWS C5.5 and D1.2. 35 a. All welded railing joints shall have full penetration welds unless noted otherwise. 36 2. All exposed welds to be ground and buffed smooth and flush to match and blend with 37 adjoining surfaces. 38 3. No ragged edges, surface defects, or undercutting of adjoining surfaces will be accepted. 39 4. Finishing joints with filler is not acceptable. 40 D. Install weeps to drain water from hollow sections of railing at exterior and high humidity 41 conditions. 42 1. Drill 1/4 IN weep hole in railing 1 IN above walkway surface at bottom of posts set in 43 concrete or otherwise closed at bottom, and at other low points where moisture can collect. 44 E. Expansion Joints: 45 1. Allow thermal expansion and contraction of railing while still meeting design loading 46 requirements. 47 PART 3 - EXECUTION 48 3.1 INSTALLATION 49 A. Provide welded type railings. 50 B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 07225 075 - 03C, City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 05522 - 4 • • • • • • 1 C. Align railings prior to securing in place to assure proper matching at butting and expansion 2 joints and correct alignment throughout their length - 3 1. Space vertical posts as required by loading requirements but not more than 4 FT on center. 4 2. Space wall brackets as required by loading requirements but not more than 4 FT on center. 5 D. Install proper sized expansion joints based on temperature at time of installation and differential 6 coefficient of expansion of materials in all railings as recommended by manufacturer. Joints to 7 be designed to allow expansion and contraction of railing and still meet design load 8 requirements. 9 E. Provide floor base plate at corner and termination posts. 10 F. Anchor railings to concrete with minimum 5/8 IN stainless steel adhesive anchors with stainless 11 steel bolts, nuts and washers unless noted otherwise in the Contract documents. 12 G. Anchor railings to metal beams and stairs stringers with minimum 1/2 IN stainless steel bolts, 13 nuts and washers. 14 H. Coat aluminum in contact with dissimilar metal or concrete in accordance with Section 09905. 15 END OF SECTION 16 07225 -075 -03 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 05522 • 5 k • • • 1 02B11 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 08110 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Metal doors and frames. 8 2. Grouting of door frames. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 08700 - Finish Hardware. 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 16 a. A115.1G Through A115.W8 as referenced and applicable. 17 b. Al23.1, Nomenclature for Steel Doors and Steel Door Frames. 18 c. A224.1, Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for 19 Steel Doors and Frames. 20 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 21 a. A153, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 22 b. A366, Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold- Rolled Commercial Quality. 23 c. A653, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy - 24 Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. 25 d. A780, Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized 26 Coatings. 27 3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's (NAAMM): 28 a. Hollow Metal Manufacturer's Association (HMMA). 29 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 30 a. 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 31 5. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 32 a. All SDI publications. 33 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.(UL): 34 a. Building Materials Directory 35 B. Qualifications: 36 1. Manufacturer must be current member of SDI, and NAAMM (HMMA). 37 C. Wipe coat galvanized steel is not acceptable as substitute for galvanizing finish specified. 38 1.3 DEFINITIONS 39 A. As identified in ANSI /SDI Al211. 40 1.4 SUBMITTALS 41 A. Shop Drawings: 42 1. See Section 01340. 43 2. Product technical data including: 44 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 45 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08110 - 1 1 3. SDI certification. 2 4. UL certification. 3 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4 A. Store doors and frames under protective covering. Place units on wood skids providing a 5 minimum 41N air space above the ground. Do not store units flat. Set frames and doors on 6 edge providing a minimum 1/2 IN air circulation space between each unit. Provide covering 7 which will ensure air flow around each unit to prevent trapping moisture. If door wrapper 8 becomes wet, remove immediately and provide dry protection equivalent to wrapper removed. 9 B. Storage recommendations by unit manufacturer shall take precedence over the above 10 requirements. 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 13 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 14 acceptable: 15 1. Metal doors and frames: 16 a. CECO Corporation. 17 b. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 18 c. Curries Company. 19 d. Or approved equal. 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Sheet Steel: Cold - rolled, commercial quality, ASTM A366. 22 B. Supports, Reinforcing and Anchors: Steel. 23 C. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard. 24 D. Primer: Manufacturer's standard ANSI A224.1. 25 E. Galvanizing Repair: ASTM A780. 26 F. Grout: As specified in Section 03002. 27 G. Insulation: Urethane or polystyrene. 28 1. CFC free. 29 H. Frames: Steel, ASTM A366. 30 2.3 ACCESSORIES 31 A. Frame Anchors: 32 1. Jamb Anchors: 33 a. 16 GA, steel galvanized per ASTM A153, G60 coating. 34 2. Floor Anchors: 35 a. Minimum 14 GA, steel galvanized per ASTM A153, G60 coating. 36 2.4 FABRICATION 37 A. General: 38 1. Fabricate rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. 39 2. Form to sizes and profiles indicated on Drawings. 40 3. Fit and assemble in shop wherever practical. 41 4. Mark work that cannot be fully assembled in shop to assure proper assembly at site. 42 5. Continuously weld all joints, dress exposed joints smooth and flush. 43 6. Fabricate doors and frames to tolerance requirements of SDI -117. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08110 - 2 • • • • • • 1 7. Fit doors to SDI and NFPA 80 clearances. 2 B. Hollow Metal Doors: 3 1. General: 4 a. 1 -3/41N thick. 5 b. 16 GA minimum face sheets. 6 c. Fabricate with flush top closures. 7 d. Weld, fill and grind all joints. 8 2. Exterior: 9 a. SDI Grade III, Model 4, seamless, insulated minimum R10. 10 b. Galvanized per ASTM A653, minimum A60. 11 3. Fire rated: 12 a. SDI Grade II, Model 4, seamless. 13 b. Sound insulated. 14 c. Galvanized per ASTM A653, minimum A60. 15 d. UL fire labeled. 16 C. Hollow Metal Frames: 17 1. Door frames: 18 a. 26 GA galvanized steel boxes welded to frame at back of all hardware cutouts. 19 b. 8 GA galvanized steel plate reinforcement welded to frame for hinge reinforcing. 20 c. 12 GA galvanized steel plate reinforcement welded to frame for strikes, closers and 21 surface - mounted hardware. 22 d. Split type frames not acceptable. 23 e. Conceal all fasteners. 24 f. Frames shall be set up, all joints welded and ground smooth. 25 g. Exterior (up to 4 FT wide): 26 1) 16 GA steel galvanized per ASTM A653, A60. 27 h. Exterior (over 4 FT wide): 28 1) 14 GA steel galvanized per ASTM A653, A60. 29 2) Coating weight 0.3002 per square foot per side. 30 i. Fire rated: 31 1) UL labeled. 32 2) Comply with NFPA 80. 33 j. Provide removable spreaders at bottom of frame. 34 D. Supports, Reinforcing and Anchors: 35 1. Minimum 16 GA steel galvanized per ASTM A153, Class B. 36 E. Prepare for finish hardware in accordance with hardware schedule, templates provided by 37 hardware supplier, and ANSI A115. 38 1. Locate finish hardware in accordance with SDI. 39 2. See Section 08700 for hardware. 40 F. Clean off mill scale and foreign materials, repair damaged galvanized surfaces per ASTM A780. 41 G. After fabrication thoroughly clean, phosphate treat and prime with rust inhibiting primer. 42 PART 3 - EXECUTION 43 3.1 INSTALLATION 44 A. Install doors and frames in accordance with SDI and manufacturer's instructions. 45 B. Where applicable, place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. 46 C. Plumb, align, and brace securely until permanently anchored. 47 D. After completion of walls, remove temporary braces and spreaders. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 081]0 -3 1 E. Install fire -rated frames in accordance with NFPA 80 and manufacturer's instructions. 2 F. Use plastic plugs to keep silencer holes clear during construction. 3 G. Grout fill all door frames. 4 H. Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat. 5 I. Touch -up prime coat with compatible primer. 6 J. Where indicated to be painted leave finish smooth for finish painting. 7 K. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single door frame and two on head of double door frame. 8 L. Number and location of anchors shall be in accordance with frame manufacturer's 9 recommendation with minimum of three anchors per jamb. 10 M. For floor anchors, provide two adjustable 3 IN wide flanged floor clips punched for anchoring.. 11 N. Protect doors and frames during construction. 12 END OF SECTION 072 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08110 - • • • • • • 1 02A14 2 3 SECTION 08334 OVERHEAD DOOR (ROLLING ALUMINUM) 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Rolling aluminum overhead doors. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 08700 - Finish Hardware. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. The Aluminum Association (AA): 15 a. Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 16 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 17 a. A924, Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic- Coated by the 18 Hot -Dip Process. 19 b. B209, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 20 c. E283, Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls 21 and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 22 B. Qualifications: 23 1. Installer shall be licensed or approved in writing by door manufacturer. 24 13 DEFINITIONS 25 A. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 26 product in the field at the Project site. 27 1. Installer or applicator are synonymous. 28 1.4 SUBMITTALS 29 A. Shop Drawings: 30 1. See Section 01340. 31 2. Product technical data including: 32 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 33 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 34 c. Manufacturer's standard color samples. 35 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 36 1. See Section 01340. 37 2. Certification of installer qualifications. 38 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 39 1. See Section 01340. 40 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 41 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 072 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08334 - 1 1 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 2 acceptable: 3 1. Rolling aluminum overhead doors: 4 a. Atlas Door, Clopay Building Products Co. 5 b. The Cookson Company. 6 c. Comell Iron Works. 7 d. Wayne Dalton. 8 e. Overhead Door Corp. 9 f. Raynor. 10 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 11 2.2 MATERIALS 12 A. Doors and Door Reinforcing: Aluminum, ASTM B209. 13 B. Weatherproofing: Neoprene or vinyl. 14 C. Frame and Guides: Extruded aluminum, ASTM B209. 15 D. Fasteners: Aluminum or Stainless Steel. 16 2.3 FABRICATION 17 A. Doors: 18 1. Non - insulated curtain: 19 a. 2 -5/8 IN high - flat profile with interlocking backing. 20 b. Minimum 0.050 IN thick extruded slats. 21 2. Weatherstripping: 22 a. Guide sealing adjustable weatherstripping at jambs and lintel (exterior doors only). 23 3. Hood: Minimum 0.040 IN aluminum or minimum 24 GA stainless steel. 24 a. Air baffle weatherstripping extending full length of all exterior door hoods. 25 B. Frames: 26 1. Mounting: 27 a. Interior face of wall. 28 2. Manufacturer's standard aluminum or stainless steel angle guide system for size of door 29 specified. 30 a. Rolled guides are not acceptable. 31 b. Finish to match door. 32 3. Furnish wind locks. 33 C. Counterbalance Assembly: Oil tempered 50,000 cycle torsion springs with 25 percent safety 34 factor, fixed to tapered cast anchors housed on pipe with 0.03 IN maximum deflection per foot 35 of span. 36 D. Trim Pieces: Material and finish to match curtain. 37 E. Wind Load: 20 psf minimum. 38 F. Operation: 39 1. Chain operated. 40 G. Locking: 41 1. Slide bolts. 42 H. Finish: 43 1. Architectural class 1 coating per AA. 44 2. Anodized: AA- M12C22A41, clear. 45 a. Coat all exposed surfaces with clear top coat. 46 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08334 - 2 • • • • 1 A. Provide 2 OZ of touch -up paint properly labeled for each different color of door. 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION • • 3 3.1 INSTALLATION 4 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5 B. Installation shall be done by manufacturer's authorized representative. 6 C. Provide all required trim, weatherstripping, closures etc. for complete weather tight installation- 7 D. Adjust for proper counter balance. 8 E. Seal along bottom of vertical track (guides), seal the vertical joint between the two separate track 9 angles (if not filled by welding) and seal all holes in vertical track (not being used for fasteners) 10 to provide a completely weather tight track and door system. 11 1. At fastener locations provide aluminum washers under bolt head to completely cover the 12 slotted holes in the vertical guide. 13 F. Provide dissimilar materials protection on all surfaces coming in contact with dissimilar 14 materials. 15 3.2 ADJUSTMENT 16 A. Prior to occupancy, adjust door for smooth operation. 17 18 07225-075-036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08334 - 3 • • • 1 01L18 2 3 4 PARTI GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 7 A. Section Includes: 1. Finish hardware. SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 08110 - Metal Doors and Frames. 12 4. Section 08334 — Overhead Door (Rolling Aluminum) 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA): 16 a. Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 17 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 18 a. A156.1, Butts and Hinges. 19 b. A156.3, Exit Devices. 20 c. A156.4, Door Controls (Closers). 21 d. A156.5, Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products. 22 e. A156.6, Architectural Door Trim. 23 f. A156.7, Template Hinge Dimensions. 24 g. A156.13, Mortise Locks and Latches. 25 h. A156.15, Closer Holder Release Devices. 26 i. A156.16, Auxiliary Hardware. 27 j. A156.18, Materials and Finishes. 28 k. A156.21, Thresholds. 29 3. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA). 30 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 31 a. 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 32 5. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 33 a. 107, Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement- Application). 34 b. 109, Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 35 c. 112, Galvanized Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 36 6. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.(UL): 37 a. Building Materials Directory. 38 B. Qualifications: 39 1. AHC certified supervisor or inspector for installation. 40 13 DEFINITIONS 41 A. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 42 product in the field at the Project site. 43 L Installer or applicator are synonymous. 44 1.4 SUBMITTALS 45 A. Shop Drawings: 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08700 - 1 1 1. See Section 01340. 2 2. Product technical data including: 3 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 4 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 5 3. Schedule of all hardware being used on each door. Number hardware sets and door 6 references same as those indicated on Drawings. 7 4. Technical data sheets on each hardware item proposed for use. 8 B. Miscellaneous Submittals. 9 1. See Section 01340. 10 2. Supervisor /inspector qualifications. 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 13 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 14 acceptable: 15 1. Locksets and latchsets: 16 a. Corbin/Russwin. 17 b. Best. 18 2. Closers•. 19 a. LCN. 20 b. Norton. 21 c. Corbin/Russwin. 22 3. Hinges: 23 a. Stanley Works. 24 b. Hager Hinge Co. 25 c. McKinney Manufacturing Co. 26 4. Door stops and holders: 27 a. Quality. 28 b. Glynn- Johnson Corp. 29 5. Overhead stops: 30 a. Glynn - Johnson Corp. 31 6. Door trim: 32 a. Quality. 33 b. Cipco Corp. 34 c. Hiawatha, Inc. 35 7. Weatherstripping and thresholds: 36 a. Pemko Manufacturing Co. 37 b. Reese Enterprises, Inc. 38 c. Zero Weatherstripping, Inc. 39 d. National Guard Products, Inc. 40 8. Exit devices: 41 a. Von Duprin, Inc. 42 b. Corbin/Russwin. 43 9. Door bolts and strikes: 44 a. Ives Division/Leigh Products Inc. 45 b. Quality. 46 c. Glynn- Johnson Corp.. 47 d. Stanley. 48 10. Other materials: As noted. 49 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 50 2.2 MATERIALS 07 225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08700 - 2 • • • • • • 1 A. Fasteners: Stainless steel or aluminum 2 B. Locking, Latching and Retracting Mechanism and Lock Case: Non - ferrous metal. 3 C. Closers: Aluminum or stainless steel case with non - ferrous internal mechanism and non - ferrous 4 arms. 5 D. Kickplates: Stainless steel. 6 E. Thresholds: Aluminum. 7 F. Keys: Nickel, silver, or brass. 8 G. Weatherstripping: Vinyl, neoprene, or EPDM. 9 2.3 ACCESSORIES 10 A. Closer Mechanism Covers: 11 1. Match finish of adjacent hardware. 12 2. Full cover. 13 B. Arms, Brackets, and Plates: As required for complete installation of closers. 14 C. Strikes: 15 1. Stainless steel. 16 2. Provide with curved lips. 17 3. Extended lips when required. 18 4. Furnish strike boxes. 19 5. Appropriate for function and hardware listed. 20 2.4 FABRICATION 21 A. Hardware - General: 22 1. Generally prepare for Phillips head machine screw installation. 23 2. Exposed screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match 24 finish of other work as closely as possible. 25 3. For mineral core doors use screws which thread to head to apply butts. 26 4. Provide concealed fasteners unless thru bolted. 27 5. Through bolt closers on all doors. 28 6. Furnish items of hardware for proper door swing. 29 7. Furnish lock devices which allow door to be opened from inside room without a key or any 30 special knowledge. 31 B. Hardware: 32 1. Provide stainless steel dustproof strikes for all doors with automatic or manual flush bolts or 33 other bolts into floor. 34 35 2. Provide following BHMA/ANSI A156.18 fmishes: 36 a. Locks: 630. 37 b. Door pulls, push bars, push plates: 630. 38 c. Kickplates: 630. 39 d. Exit devices: 630. 40 e. Butts: 630. 41 f. Door stops, dead locks, mortise bolts, and miscellaneous hardware: 630. 42 g. Door overhead stops: 626. 43 h. All parts of closers: Provide special rust inhibiting pretreatment. 44 C. Mortise Locks and Latches: 45 1. ANSI A156.13, Series 1000, Grade 1. 46 a. Meet requirements of ADA. 47 2. Corbin/Russwin. 48 a. Trim design "NSP" for all doors requiring lever handle operation. 0722 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08700 - 3 1 b. Trim design "GRM" for all doors not requiring lever handle operation. 2 3. Functions as indicated in following table in accordance with ANSI A156.13. 3 07225.075 - 036 MORTISE LOCK NUMBERS ANSI FUNCTION CORBIN/RUSSWIN F13 Entrance or Office ML2065 4 D. Door Closers: 5 1. ANSI A156.4, Grade 1. 6 2. Size door closers to comply with ANSI recommendations for door size and location. 7 3. Fabricate all closers with integral back check. 8 a. Provide all weather fluid for all closers used in exterior doors. 9 4. Provide manufacturer's standard 10 year warranty. 10 E. Butts and Hinges: 11 1. ANSI A156.1. 12 2. Hinge numbers: 13 HAGER STANLEY Type 1 SL BB 1199 FBB 199 Type 2 SL BB 1191 FBB191 14 15 3. Flat button tips on all butts. 16 4. Size butts to door size and weight, and to clear trim and allow 180 degree door swing. 17 5. Butt types: 18 a. Exterior outswinging doors: Type 1 NRP (nonLremovable pin.) 19 b. Exterior inswinging doors: Type 1. 20 c. Interior doors up to 36 IN wide: Type 2. 21 d. Interior doors 36 IN wide and over 36 IN wide: Type 1.. 22 6. Butt quantities: 23 a. Doors up to 60 IN in height: Two butts. 24 b. Doors 61 -90 IN in height: Three butts. 25 c. Doors 91 -120 IN in height: Four butts. 26 7. Butt sizes: 27 a. 1.75 IN doors: 4.5 x 4.5 IN. 28 F. Door Stops: 29 1. ANSI A156.16. 30 2. Floor stop and holder: Glynn Johnson F20x. 31 3. Wall stop and holder: Glynn Johnson W -27. 32 G. Overhead Door Holders /Stop: 33 1. ANSI A156.8. 34 2. Glynn Johnson GJ 90MA Series. 35 H. Kickplates: 36 1. ANSI A156.6. 37 2. 8 IN high x 2 IN less than door width. 38 3. Beveled on all edges. 39 4. 0.050 IN thick. 40 I. Door Pulls, Push Plates and Bars: 41 1. ANSI A156.6. 42 2. Push Plate: 4 x 16 IN, square corner, flat plate, with beveled edges. 43 3. Push Bar: Rectangular. 44 4. Pull: Straight with round bar, 8 IN high. 45 5. Provide cutouts as required for cylinders. City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08700 - 4 • • • • • • 1 J. Thresholds: 2 1. ANSI A156.21. 3 2. One piece unit. 4 a. Maximum 1/2 IN high. 5 3. Provide required bolt cutouts. 6 K. Exit Devices: 7 1. ANSI A156.3, Grade 1. 8 2. Type and function as indicated in Hardware Schedule under PART 3. 9 3. Corbin/Russwin products listed. 10 L. Astragal: UL listed for labeled doors. 11 M. Weatherstripping: 12 1. At jambs and head: Self- adhesive strip similar to Reese #797W. 13 2. At bottom of doors: Similar to Reese 701C. 14 3. Meeting edges at pairs of doors: Similar to Reese 92C each leaf. 15 N. Keying: 16 1. Establish keying with Owner. 17 a. Provide and set up complete visible card indexed system with key tags and control 18 slips. 19 b. Tag and identify keys. 20 c. Provide three keys for each lock or cylinder. 21 d. Master key and key in groups as directed. 22 e. Provide construction master keys for all exterior doors. 23 O. Bolts: 24 1. ANSI156.16. 25 2. Surface bolts similar to Glynn- Johnson GJ 1631 and GJ 1632. 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 27 3.1 INSTALLATION 28 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, supervised or 29 inspected by an AHC. 30 B. Fit hardware before final door finishing. 31 C. Permanently install hardware after door finishing operations are complete. 32 D. Use SDI mounting heights for hardware. 33 E. Mount closers on push side of doors unless noted otherwise. 34 1. Provide extended arms and brackets as required. 35 2. Provide full cover for each closer. 36 F. Install closers with integral stop at all doors scheduled to receive closer unless noted otherwise. 37 1. Do not install integral stop on closers mounted on pull side of door. 38 G. Where interior doors swing more than 105 degrees without encountering a wall and which do 39 not have a closer scheduled, provide overhead stop. 40 1. Provide concealed overhead stop on doors scheduled to receive closer mounted on pull side 41 of door. 42 H. Wall Mount Door Stops: Provide at all doors unless noted to receive overhead stop, closer with 43 integral stop or as noted otherwise on Hardware Schedule. 44 I. Install overhead stop at all inactive leafs of pairs of exterior doors unless provided with closer. 45 J. Install astragal on all pairs of UL labeled fire doors. 07225- 075 -056 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08700 - 5 1 K. Provide weatherstripping and threshold at all exterior doors and where scheduled on interior 2 doors. 3 1. Set thresholds in a full bed of sealant. 4 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to assure proper operation or function. 6 1. Lubricate moving parts with lubricant recommended by manufacturer. 7 B. During week prior to startup, make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items. 8 1. Clean and lubricate as necessary to assure proper function and operation. 9 3.3 SCHEDULES 10 A. Hardware Schedule: 11 1. Single doors indicated: HW -1. 12 B. Hardware Types: 13 1. HW -1: 14 a. Butts (Continuous Gear Hinge). 15 b. Corrosion Resistant Closer. 16 c. Lockset F13. 17 d. Kickplate. 18 19 END OF SECTION 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 08700 - 6 • • • e ath � � w �r a s r fir. 1 • • • 1 02A08 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 09905 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Painting and protective coatings. 8 2. Minimum surface preparation requirements. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 01451 — Quality Control 13 4. Section 09906 — Painting and Protective Coatings — Steel Water Storage Tanks 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards - 16 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 17 a. A224.1, Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for 18 Steel Doors and Frames. 19 b. Z535.1, Safety Color Code. 20 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 21 a. A780, Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized 22 Coatings. 23 b. D4258, Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 24 c. D4259, Practice for Abrading Concrete. 25 d. D4261, Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete Unit Masonry for Coating. 26 e. D4262, Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces. 27 f. D4263, Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 28 g. E84, Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 29 3. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE). 30 4. National Bureau of Standards (NBS): 31 a. Certified Coating Thickness Calibration Standards. 32 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 33 a. 101, Life Safety Code. 34 6. National Sanitation Foundation International (NSF): 35 a. Potable Water Paint Systems. 36 7. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): 37 a. PA -2, Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 38 b. SP -1, Solvent Cleaning. 39 c. SP -2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 40 d. SP -3, Power Tool Cleaning. 41 e. SP -5, White Metal Blast Cleaning. 42 f. SP -6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 43 g. SP -7, Brush -off Blast Cleaning. 44 h. SP -10, Near -White Blast Cleaning. 45 B. Qualifications: 46 1. Coating manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide written statement attesting 47 that Applicator has been instructed on proper preparation, mixing and application procedures 48 for coatings specified. 07225- 075 - City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 1 1 2. Contractor and applicators shall have minimum of 10 years experience in application of 2 similar products on similar project. Provide references for minimum of three different 3 projects completed m last 5 years with similar scope of work. Include name and address of 4 project, size of project in value (painting) and contact person. 5 a. Submit Painting Subcontractor's qualifications including in the following information: 6 1) References for a minimum of three (3) different projects completed in the last 7 five (5) years. Include name and address of project, size of project in value 8 (painting), name of inspector, and Owner's contact person. 9 2) Name and resume for painting subcontractor's on -site superintendent. 10 3) Name and resume for painting subcontractor's office project manager. 11 4) Letter from proposed coating products manufacturer stating that the 12 applicator has been instructed in the use of the proposed products and has 13 successfully applied them on projects of similar size and scope. Include a list 14 of projects and Owner's contact name. 15 5) Documentation that painting Subcontractors meeting the qualification 16 requirements listed herein. Submit the Contractor Questionnaire inserted at 17 the end of this Section. 18 6) Quality Control Plan for coatings application meeting the applicable 19 requirements for Field Quality Control in this section and the requirements 20 for a typical Quality Control Plan as listed in Section 01451. 21 C. Pre - painting Activities Conference 22 1. Contractor shall arrange or a pre - painting conference at the project site to ensure that all 23 parties involved, including paint supplier, and painting subcontractor, are familiar with the 24 entire Work and all specifications, safety codes, jobsite conditions, and equipment 25 requirements. 26 2. At the meeting, Contractor shall review the project schedule including the starting date, 27 duration, and completion dates for painting each major component. 28 D. Miscellaneous: 29 1. Fumish paint through one manufacturer unless noted otherwise. 30 E. Deviation from specified mil thickness or product type is not allowed without written 31 authorization of Engineer. 32 F. Material may not be thinned unless approved, in writing, by paint manufacturer's authorized 33 representative. 34 1.3 DEFINITIONS 35 A. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the 36 product in the field at the Project site. 37 1, Installer or applicator are synonymous. 38 B. Approved Factory Finish: Finish on a product in compliance with the finish specified in the 39 section where the product is specified. 40 C. Corrosive Environment: Immersion in, or not more than 6 IN above, or subject to frequent 41 condensation, spillage or splash of a corrosive material such as water, wastewater, or chemical 42 solution; or chronic exposure to corrosive, caustic or acidic agent, chemicals, chemical fumes, 43 chemical mixture, or solutions with pH range of 5 - 9. 44 D. Holiday: A void, crack, thin spot, foreign inclusion, or contamination m the coating film that 45 significantly lowers the dielectric strength of the coating. May also be identified as a holiday or 46 pinhole. 47 E. Exposed Exterior Surface: Surface which is exposed to weather but not necessarily exposed to 48 view as well as surface exposed to view. 0722 - 075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton 0011 Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 2 • • • • • • 1 F. Paint includes fillers, primers, sealers, emulsions, oils, alkyds, latex, enamels, thinners, stains, 2 epoxies, vinyls, chlorinated rubbers, urethanes, shellacs, varnishes, and any other applied coating 3 specified within this Section. 4 G. Surface Hidden from View: Surfaces such as those within pipe chases, and between top side of 5 ceilings (including drop -in tile ceilings) and underside of floor or roof structure above. 6 H. VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds. 7 1.4 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Manufacturer's statement regarding Applicator instruction on product use. 9 B. Applicator experience qualifications. 10 C. Manufacturer's recommendation for universal barrier coat. 11 D. Shop Drawings: 12 1. See Section 01340. 13 2. Product technical data including: 14 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 15 b. Manufacturer's application instructions. 16 c. Manufacturer's surface preparation instructions. 17 d. If products being used are manufactured by Company other than listed in Article 2.2, 18 provide complete individual data sheet comparison of proposed products with specified 19 products including application procedure, coverage rates and verification that product is 20 designed for intended use. 21 e. Manufacturer's factory- applied finish information. Refer to paragraph 3.02 -B. 22 f. Contractor's written plan of action for containing airborne particles created by blasting 23 operation and location of disposal of spent contaminated blasting media. 24 g. Coating manufacturer's recommendation on abrasive blasting. 25 E. Samples: 26 1. Manufacturer's full line of colors for Engineer's color selection. 27 2. After initial color selection by Engineer provide two 3 x 5 IN samples of each color selected. 28 3. Tank color to be Tnemec "Cloud" or approved equal. 29 F. Miscellaneous Submittals: 30 1. See Section 01340. 31 2. Approval of application equipment. 32 3. Applicator's daily record when requested by Engineer. 33 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 34 A. Deliver in original containers, labeled as follows: 35 1. Name or type number of material. 36 2. Manufacturer's name and item stock number. 37 3. Batch number. 38 4. Color. 39 5. Date of manufacture. 40 6. Contents, by volume, of major constituents. 41 7. Warning labels. 42 8. VOC content. 43 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 44 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 45 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, only the following manufacturers are 46 acceptable: 07225 075 - 03o City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 3 1 L Tnemec. 2 2. Carboline Protective Coatings. 3 3. Sherwin Williams (for Anti - Graffiti Coating on tank pedestal only). 4 B. No like, equivalent or "or- equal" item is permitted. 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. All materials used must contain not more than 3.5 LBS /GAL VOC as applied (in thinned state) 7 unless otherwise noted. 8 B. For unspecified materials such as thinner, provide manufacturer's recommended products. 9 C. Paint Systems - General: 10 1. P=prime coat. Fl, F2 ... Fn = first finish coat, 11 second finish coat ...... nth finish coat, color as selected by Engineer. 12 2. If two finish coats of same material are required, Contractor may, at his option and by written 13 approval from paint manufacturer, apply one coat equal to mil thickness of two coats 14 specified. 15 D. Products specified are manufactured by Tnemec. 16 E. Paint Systems: 17 1. System #1 - Polyamide Epoxy Primer with Polyamide Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic 18 Polyurethane Enamel Top Coats. 19 P1 =66 -1211 Epoxoline Primer (Polyamide Epoxy) VOC =3.42 20 1 coat, 3 mils 21 F1= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline (Polyamide Epoxy) 22 1 coat, 3 mils 23 5 F2= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline (Polyamide Epoxy) 24 1 coat, 3 mils 25 *F2E Series 74 Endura - Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.80 26 Polyurethane Enamel) 27 1 coat, 2.5 mils 28 *Replace F2 with F2E for exterior environment. 29 30 2. System #2 — Anti - Graffiti Coating 31 P 1 =HB -150 Water Repellent 32 Thickness: Apply 1 coat minimum. Approval of Engineer is required for possible 33 application of a second or third coat. 34 F1 =SWD Invisi- Sheild Anti- Graffiti Clear, B65C72000 VOC =3.22 35 1 Coat, 2 mils 36 37 3. System 63 - Polyamide Epoxy Primer with Polyamide Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic 38 Polyurethane Enamel Top Coats. 39 P1= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline VOC =3.42 40 (Polyamide Epoxy) 41 1 coat, 2 mils 42 *F1= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline 43 (Polyamide Epoxy) 44 1 coat, 2 mils 45 *F1E= Series 74 Endura - Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.80 46 Polyurethane Enamel) 47 *FIE= Series 75 Endura- Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.53 48 Polyurethane Enamel) 49 1 coat, 2.5 mils 50 *Replace Fl with FIE for exterior environment 51 07225 -072 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 4 • • • • • • 1 4. System #4 - Zinc -rich Urethane Primer with Polyamide Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic 2 Polyurethane Enamel Top Coats. 3 P1 =90 -97 Tneme -Zinc (Zinc -Rich Urethane) VOC =3.10 4 1 coat, 2.5 mils 5 *F1= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline VOC =3.42 6 (Polyamide Epoxy) 7 1 coat, 3 mils 8 *F1E= Series 74 Endura - Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.80 9 Polyurethane Enamel) 10 *F1E= Series 75 Endura - Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.53 11 Polyurethane Enamel) 12 1 coat, 2.5 mils 13 *Replace Fl with FIE for exterior environment 14 15 5. System #5 - Polyamide Epoxy Primer with Polyamide Epoxy or Aliphatic Acrylic 16 Polyurethane Enamel Top Coats. 17 P1= Series 27 F.C. Typoxy ( Polyamide Epoxy) VOC =3.50 18 1 coat, 2.0 mils 19 *F1= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline VOC =3.42 20 (Polyamide Epoxy) 21 1 coat, 2.5 mils 22 *F1E= Series 74 Endura- Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.80 23 Polyurethane Enamel) 24 *FlE= Series 75 Endura- Shield (Aliphatic Acrylic VOC =2.53 25 Polyurethane Enamel) 26 1 coat, 2.0 mils 27 *Replace Fl with FIE for exterior environment. 28 29 6. System #6 - NOT USED, 30 31 7. System #7 - NOT USED. 32 33 8. System #8 - NOT USED. 34 35 9. System #9 - NOT USED. 36 37 10. System #10 - NOT USED. 38 39 11. System #11 - Zinc -Rich Aromatic Urethane Primer. 40 P1 =90 -97 Tneme -zinc (Zinc -Rich Urethane) VOC =3.10 41 1 coat, 3.5 mils 42 43 12. System #12 - NOT USED. 44 45 13. System #13 - NOT USED. 46 47 14. System #14 - NOT USED. 48 49 15. System #15 - NOT USED. 50 51 16. System #16 - NOT USED. 52 53 17. System #17 - NOT USED. 54 55 18. System #18 - NOT USED. 07225 - 07=-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 -5 1 2 19. System #19 - Polyamide Epoxy Coating. 3 P1= Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline VOC =3.42 4 (Polyamide Epoxy) 5 1 coat, 5 mils 6 20. System # 20 — NOT USED. 7 8 21. System # 21 — NOT USED. 9 10 22. System # 22 — NOT USED. 11 12 23. System # 23 — NOT USED. 13 14 24. System # 24 — NOT USED. 15 16 25. System # 25 — NOT USED. 17 18 26. System # 26 — NOT USED. 19 20 27. System # 27 — NOT USED 21 22 28. System # 28 — NOT USED. 23 24 29. System # 29 — NOT USED. 25 26 30. System # 30 — NOT USED. 27 28 31. System # 31 — NOT USED. 29 30 32. System # 32 — NOT USED. 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE PAINTED VERSUS PAINTING SYSTEMS 33 34 PAINTING 35 SYSTEM 36 NUMBER 37 A. Ferrous Metals: 1 38 1, Except structural steel, steel joist, galvanized steel, steel doors, steel door and window 39 frames, and products with approved factory finishes, and ferrous metals subject to corrosive 40 environment. 41 2. May include bare steel handrails, guardrails, piping, stairs, exterior of tankage, tank or 42 equipment bridges, pumps, and similar items. 43 B. Galvanized Metals: 44 1. Field touch -up where top coat is required. 4 45 a. Prime paint only the cut edge. 46 2. Assembled galvanized steel items. 3 47 3. Field touch -up of galvanized surfaces not requiring a fmish 11 48 top coat. 49 a. Paint only damaged areas. 50 C. Steel doors and frames primed in 5 51 the factory in conformance with ANSI A224.1. 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 -6 • • • • • • 1 D. Steel equipment with existing paint coating or factory - applied prime 5 2 or finish coating including: 3 1. Equipment specifically indicated in the Contract Documents 4 to be painted. Factory- applied coats to remain. 5 E. Non - ferrous metals (except galvanized): Including copper, brass, 3 6 aluminum and aluminum flashing specifically indicated on the Drawings 7 to be painted. 8 F. Electrical Conduit: 9 1. Galvanized. None 10 2. PVC coated. 3 11 G. Pipe, Valves, and Fittings: 12 1. Steel, cast -iron, and uncoated ductile iron. 1 13 2. Stainless. 1 14 3. Brass and bronze. 3 15 4. PVC, FRP, and CPVC. 3 16 H. Aluminum buried in concrete and between dissimilar metals which 19 17 are not below liquid level. 18 I. Bottom 15 -feet around the circumference of the concrete base of the 2 19 water tank. Coating to be applied on all concrete and ferrous surfaces. 20 3.2 PREPARATION 21 A. General: 22 1. Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and this 23 Section. 24 2. Remove all dust, grease, oil, compounds, dirt and other foreign matter which would prevent 25 bonding of coating to surface. 26 B. Protection: 27 1. Protect surrounding surfaces not to be coated. 28 2. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, plates, fixtures, finished work, and similar items; 29 or provide ample in -place protection. 30 C. Prepare and Paint Before Assembly: Where component is subject to corrosive or highly corrosive 31 environment, prepare and paint, before assembly, all surfaces which maybe subject to 32 environment which are inaccessible after assembly. 33 D. Wood: 34 1. Sandpaper smooth, then dust. 35 2. Seal all knots, pitch and resinous sapwood after priming coat has dried. 36 3. Putty nail holes and minor defects to match wood color. 37 E. Ferrous Metal: 38 1. Complete fabrication, welding or burning before beginning surface preparation. 39 a. Chip or grind off flux, spatter, slag or other laminations left from welding. 40 b. Remove mil] scale. 41 c. Grind smooth rough welds and other sharp projections. 42 2. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP -1 all surfaces scheduled to receive additional 43 SSPC surface preparation. 44 3. Surfaces subject to corrosive or highly corrosive environment: 45 a. Near -white blast clean in accordance with SSPC SP -10. 46 4. Interior and exterior surfaces not subject to corrosive or highly corrosive environment 47 (including structural steel surfaces): 48 a. Commercial blast clean in accordance with SSPC SP -6. 49 5. Surfaces subject to high temperatures. 07225-075 -031, City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 7 1 a. Heat in excess of 600 DegF: SSPC -SP10. 2 b. Heat in excess of 200 DegF but less than 600 DegF: SSPC -SP6. 3 6. Surfaces of steel joists: 4 a. Power tool or hand clean in accordance with SSPC SP -2 or SP -3. 5 7. Restore surface of field welds and adjacent areas to original surface preparation. 6 8. All surfaces of steel lintels and steel components of precast concrete lintels used in wall 7 construction shall be completely painted with both prime and finish coats prior to placing in 8 wall. 9 F. Hollow Metal: 10 1. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP -1. 11 G. Galvanized Metal: 12 1. Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP -1 followed by abrasive brush blast in accordance 13 with SSPC SP -7 to provide 1 mil profile. 14 H. Preparation by Abrasive Blasting: 15 1. All abrasive - blasted ferrous metal and concrete surfaces shall be inspected and approved in 16 writing by Owner's coatings inspector immediately prior to application of paint coatings. 17 a. Inspection shall be performed to determine cleanliness and profile depth of blasted 18 surfaces and to certify that surface has been prepared in accordance with these 19 Specifications. 20 2. Schedule the abrasive blasting operation so blasted surfaces will not be wet after blasting and 21 before painting. 22 3. Perform additional blasting and cleaning as required to achieve surface preparation required. 23 Prior to painting, reblast surfaces allowed to set overnight and surfaces that show rust bloom. 24 a. Surfaces allowed to set overnight or surfaces which show rust bloom prior to painting 25 shall be reinspected by Owner's coating inspector. 26 4. Profile depth of blasted surface: Not less than 1 mil or greater than 2 mils unless required 27 otherwise by coating manufacturer. 28 5. Provide compressed air for blasting that is free of water and oil. Provide accessible separators 29 and traps. 30 6. Confine blast abrasives to area being blasted. 31 a. Provide shields of polyethylene sheeting or other such barriers to confine blast material. 32 b. Plug pipes, holes, or openings before blasting and keep plugged until blast operation is 33 complete and residue is removed. 34 7. Protect nameplates, valve stems, rotating equipment, motors and other items that may be 35 damaged from blasting. 36 8. Reblast surfaces not meeting requirements of these Specifications. 37 9. Abrasive blasting media may be recovered, cleaned and reused providing Contractor submits, 38 for Engineer's review, a comprehensive recovery plan outlining all procedures and equipment 39 proposed m reclamation process. 40 10. Properly dispose of blasting material contaminated with debris from blasting operation not 41 scheduled to be reused. 42 I. All Plastic Surfaces and Non - Ferrous Surfaces Except Galvanized Steel: 43 1. Sand using 80 -100 grit sandpaper to scarify surfaces. 44 3.3 APPLICATION 45 A. General: 46 1. Thin, mix and apply coatings by brush, roller, or spray in accordance with manufacturer's 47 installation instructions. 48 a. Application equipment must be inspected and approved in writing by coating 49 manufacturer. 50 2. Temperature and weather conditions: 07223-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 8 • • • • • • 1 a. Do not paint surfaces when surface temperature is below 50 DegF unless product has 2 been formulated specifically for low temperature application or approved in writing by 3 Engineer and paint manufacturer's authorized representative. 4 b. Avoid painting surfaces exposed to hot sun. 5 c. Do not paint on damp surfaces. 6 3. Immediately after surface has been inspected and accepted by Owner's coatings inspector, 7 apply miscellaneous steel prime coat in the factory. 8 a. Finish coats shall be applied in the field. 9 b. Prime coat referred to here is prime coat as indicated in this Specification. Structural and 10 miscellaneous steel prime coating applied in factory (shop) as part of Fabricator's 11 standard rust inhibiting and protection coating is not acceptable as replacement for 12 specified prime coating. 13 c. Application of all factory- applied paint coatings(s) on structural and miscellaneous steel 14 shall be continually observed and certified by Owner's coatings inspector. 15 4. Provide complete coverage to mil thickness specified. 16 a. Thickness specified is dry mil thickness. 17 b. All paint systems are "to cover." In situations of discrepancy between manufacturer's 18 square footage coverage rates and mil thickness, mil thickness requirements govern. 19 c. When color or undercoats show through, apply additional coats until paint film is of 20 uniform finish and color. 21 5. If so directed by Engineer, do not apply consecutive coats until Engineer has had an 22 opportunity to observe and approve previous coats. 23 6. Apply materials under adequate illumination. 24 7. Evenly spread to provide full, smooth coverage. 25 8. Work each application of material into comers, crevices, joints, and other difficult to work 26 areas. 27 9. Avoid degradation and contamination of blasted surfaces and avoid intercoat contamination. 28 a. Clean contaminated surfaces before applying next coat. 29 b. Owner's coatings inspector shall inspect and approve surface of prime coat prior to 30 application of factory- applied finish coating. 31 10. Smooth out runs or sags immediately, or remove and recoat entire surface. 32 11. Allow preceding coats to dry before recoating. 33 a. Recoat within time limits specified by coating manufacturer. 34 b. If recoat time limits have expired reprepare surface in accordance with coating 35 manufacturer's printed recommendations. 36 12. Allow coated surfaces to cure prior to allowing traffic or other work to proceed. 37 13. Coat all aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials. 38 B. Prime Coat Application: 39 1. Prime all surfaces indicated to be painted. Apply prime coat in accordance with coating 40 manufacturer's written instructions and as written in this Section. 41 2. Ensure field - applied coatings are compatible with factory- applied coatings. Ensure new 42 coatings applied over existing coatings are compatible. 43 a. Employ services of coating manufacturer's qualified technical representative. 44 1) Certify thru material data sheets. 45 2) Perform test patch. 46 b. If field - applied coating is found to be not compatible, require the coating manufacturer's 47 technical representative to recommend, in writing, product to be used as barrier coat, 48 thickness to be applied, surface preparation and method of application. 49 c. At Contractor's option, coatings may be removed, surface reprepared, and new coating 50 applied using appropriate paint system listed in paragraph 2.2 E. 51 1) All damage to surface as result of coating removal shall be repaired to original 52 condition or better by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 53 3. Prime ferrous metals embedded in concrete to minimum of 1 IN below exposed surfaces. 54 4. Apply zinc -rich primers while under continuous agitation. 07225-1175-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 9 SERVICE r PIPE COLOR BANDING COLOR Potable Water Light Blue, GB04 None Drains/Vents Dark Grey, IN05 None ALL Outside Exposed Piping Tnemec "Cloud" None 1 5. Ensure abrasive blasting operation does not result in embedment of abrasive particles in paint 2 film. 3 6. Brush or spray bolts, welds, edges and difficult access areas with primer prior to primer 4 application over entire surface. 5 7. Touch up damaged primer coats prior to applying finish coats. Restore primed surface equal 6 to surface before damage. 7 C. Finish Coat Application: 8 1. Apply finish coats in accordance with coating manufacturer's written instructions and in 9 accordance with this Section. 10 2. Touch up damaged finish coats using same application method and same material specified 11 for finish coat. Prepare damaged area in accordance with Article 3.4. 12 3.4 COLOR CODING 13 A. Color piping in accordance with Table 1 below 14 TABLE 1 COLOR SCHEDULE 15 16 B. All outside above ground piping shall be painted Tnemec "Cloud" color to match the Tank. 17 18 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 19 A. Maintain daily record using attached coating log form 09905A or approved equal. 20 B. Where a wall or ceiling is disturbed and patched, repaint entire wall or ceiling. 21 C. Measure wet coating with wet film thickness gages. 22 D. Measure paint dry film thickness in accordance with SSPC PA -2 using Mikrotest gage calibrated 23 against National Bureau of Standards "Certified Coating Thickness Calibration Standards." 24 1. Engineer may measure coating thickness at any time during project to assure conformance 25 with Specifications. 26 E. Measure surface temperature of items to be painted with surface temperature gage specifically 27 designed for such. 28 F. Measure substrate humidity with humidity gage specifically designed for such. 29 G. Provide wet paint signs. 30 H. Provide discontinuity testing of all wetted surfaces of all ferrous metal tankage, in accordance 31 with NACE requirements. 32 1. Repair all "Holidays" using same material as original coating being tested within 33 recommended recoat time, 34 2. Retest and recoat as required until area passes test criterion. 35 3. Contractor is responsible for all Holiday testing and shall provide at least 48 hours notice for 36 witness of the testing. 37 3.6 CLEANING 38 A. Clean paint spattered surfaces. Use care not to damage fmished surfaces. 39 B. Upon completion of painting, replace hardware, accessories, plates, fixtures, and similar items. 40 C. Remove surplus materials, scaffolding, and debris. Leave areas broom clean. 07225 -o? -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 10 • • • • 1 • • 2 3 PAINTING CONTRACTOR QUESTIONNAIRE 4 5 Contractor Name: 6 Address: 7 8 Telephone: 9 Contact: 10 11 INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR: LIST EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO BE ASSIGNED TO 12 THIS PROJECT IF YOU ARE THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER. 13 14 I. COMPRESSED AIR 15 A. Air Compressors 16 1. Manufacturer 17 Type: Screw Piston Rotary 18 Flow Rate CFM Pressure PSI 19 How Many 20 2. Manufacturer 21 Type: Screw Piston Rotary 22 Flow Rate CFM Pressure PSI 23 How Many 24 25 B. Compressed Air Surge Tanks 26 1. Size Cu. Ft. (7.48 Gal = 1.0 Cu. Ft.) 27 2. Size Cu. Ft. 28 29 C. Compressed Air Oil Filters 30 1. Size Sq. Ft. of Filter Area 31 2. Size Sq. Ft. of Filter Area 32 3. Size Sq. Ft. of Filter Area 33 4. Size Sq. Ft. of Filter Area 34 07225-075-036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 11 8 E. Compressed Air Hose 9 1. Length Ft. Dia Inches 10 2. Length Ft. Dia Inches 11 3. Length Ft. Dia Inches 12 4. Length Ft. Dia Inches 13 5. Length Ft. Dia Inches 14 15 II. SAND BLAST EQUIPMENT 16 A. Sand Blast Hose 17 1. Length Ft. Dia Inches 18 2. Length Ft. Dia Inches 19 3. Length Ft. Dia Inches 20 21 B. Sand Blast Nozzles 22 1. Size Inside Dia. Type- venturi or straight: No. Units: 23 2. Size Inside Dia. Type- venturi or straight No. Units: 24 3. Size Inside Dia. Type- venturi or straight: No. Units: 25 4. Size Inside Dia. Type- venturi or straight: No. Units: 26 27 C. Sand Blast Post 28 1. Size Cu. Ft. No. Units 29 2. Size Cu. Ft. No. Units 30 3. Size Cu. Ft. No. Units 31 32 D. Deadman Controls - No. Units 33 1 D. Compressed Air Dryers 2 1. Refrigeration Type — How Many 3 Size CFM Design Flow Rate 4 BTU/Hr. (12,000 BTU/Hr. = 1.0 Ton) 5 2. Desiccant Type — How Many 6 Size Cubic Feet. 7 34 E. Air Fed Sandblast Hoods — No Units 35 36 07225 -07_ -076 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 12 • • • • • • 1 III. COATING OR PAINT APPLICATION EQUIPMENT 2 3 A. Airless Paint Pumps 4 1. Mfg. Ratio Flow GPM 5 2. Mfg. Ratio Flow GPM 6 3. Mfg. Ratio Flow GPM 7 8 B. Airless Spray Guns 9 1. Mfg. No Units 10 2. Mfg. No Units 11 12 C. Power Paint Mixers 13 1. Air Driven Propeller Type — No. Units 14 2. Paint Can Shaker Type — No. Units 15 16 D. Air Spray Paint Pots 17 1. Size Gal with Powermiser? YES or NO No. Units 18 2. Size Gal with Powermiser? YES or NO No. Units 19 20 E. Airpsray Paint Guns 21 1. Mfg. No Units 22 2. Mfg. No Units 23 24 F. Solvent Vapor Respirators — No. Units 25 26 IV. VENTILATORS 27 28 A. Type FAN or AIR HORN CFM 29 B. Type FAN or AIR HORN CFM 30 C. Type FAN or AIR HORN CFM 31 07225 -075 -03b City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 - 13 1 V. DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT 2 3 A. Mfg. No. Units Unit Capacity 4 B. Mfg. No. Units Unit Capacity 5 C. Mfg. No. Units Unit Capacity 6 7 VI. VACUUM RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 8 9 A. Mfg. No. Units Amt. Of Recovery/Hr. 10 B. Mfg. No. Units Amt. Of Recovery/Hr. 11 C. Mfg. No. Units Amt. Of Recovery/Hr. 12 13 VII. PERSONNEL 14 15 A. Foreman — Name (attach resume) 16 B. Leadman — Name (attach resume) 17 C. Number or Sandblasters 18 D. Number of Coaters 19 F. Number of Helpers 20 21 VIII. EXPERIENCE IN PAINT AND COATING FOR OTHER MUNICIPAL 22 WATER DISTRICTS. LIST PREVIOUS PAINT AND COATING JOBS. SHOW 23 MUNICIPAL CONTACT NUMBER, NAME OF MUNICIPAL'S INSPECTOR(S) ON 24 JOB AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS COATED. 25 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank -2003 - January 2003 09905 - 14 • • • 8 3 4 5 Date: Name: 6 7 General Description of Work Performed: 9 10 1.1 AMBIENT CONDITIONS: Air Temperature: 1.2 WET BULB TEMPERATURE: 1.3 RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 1.4 SURFACE TEMPERATURE: 1.5 DEW POINT: 1.6 NOTES: 1.7 SURFACE PREPARATION: Type of Abrasive: 1.8 SIZE OF ABRASIVE: 1.9 DEGREE OF CLEANLINESS: 1.10 ANCHOR PROFILE: 1.11 HOURS LEFT UNCOATED: 1.12 APPROX. SQUARE FOOTAGE: 1.13 ADDITIONAL CLEANING METHODS: 1.14 NOTES: 07225- 075 -036 • DAILY FIELD LOG PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 -A - 1 09905 -* Location Time Value Location Time Value 1 2 3 09905 -A Coatings: 1. Manufacturer: B. Batch Number Applic. C. WFT D. Prior DFT Coat: Product Name Color Part A Part B Part C Method Min Max Min Max 2 3 Mixing Notes: Thinner Used: Batch Number: Amount/Percent: Notes: 07225-075-036 • City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09905 -A -. • • • • 1 2 SECTION 09906 3 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS - STEEL WATER STORAGE TANKS 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Coating of all interior surfaces, and the painting of all exterior surfaces for steel water storage 8 tankage. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 C. Coating and painting of all other surfaces is specified in Section 09905. All requirements in 13 Section 09905 pertain to the coating of steel water tanks as well. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. Without limiting the general aspects of other requirements of these specifications, all surface 17 preparation, coating and painting of interior and exterior surfaces and inspection shall 18 conform to the applicable requirements of the Steel Structures Painting Council, NACE 19 International, ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials), AWWA, National 20 Sanitary Foundation, and the manufacturer's printed instructions. 21 B. Qualifications: 22 1. Contractor and applicators shall have minimum of 10 years experience in application of 23 specified products to surfaces of steel water tanks. Provide references for minimum of three 24 different projects completed in last 5 years with similar scope of work. Include name and 25 address of project, size of project in value (painting) and contact person. 26 a. Submit Painting Subcontractor's qualifications including in the following information: 27 1) References for a minimum of three (3) different projects completed in the last five 28 (5) years. Include name and address of project, size of project in value (painting), 29 - name of inspector, and Owner's contact person. 30 2) Name and resume for painting subcontractor's on -site superintendent. 31 3) Name and resume for painting subcontractor's office project manager. 32 4) Letter from proposed coating products manufacturer stating that the applicator has 33 been instructed in the use of the proposed products and has successfully applied 34 them on projects of similar size and scope. Include a list of projects and Owner's 35 contact name. 36 5) Documentation that painting Subcontractors meeting the qualification requirements 37 listed herein. Submit the Contractor Questionnaire inserted at the end of Section 38 09905. 39 6) Quality Control Plan for coatings application meeting the applicable requirements 40 for Field Quality Control in this section and the requirements for a typical Quality 41 Control Plan as listed in Section 01451. 42 2. The Contractor shall submit with his bid a written statement by the coatings manufacturer 43 stating that the Contractor is familiar with the materials specified and has workers capable of 44 performing the work specified herein. 45 3. The personnel performing the work shall be knowledgeable and have the required experience 46 and skill to adequately perform the work for this project, in accordance with SSPC -PAI, 47 "Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting ". 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 1 1 C. General: 2 1. Quality assurance procedures and practices shall be utilized to monitor all phases of surface 3 preparation, application and inspection throughout the duration of the project. Procedures or 4 practices not specifically defined herein may be utilized provided they meet recognized and 5 accepted professional standards and are approved by the Engineer. Provide daily field log of 6 coatings application during all work performed, as indicated in Section 09905. 7 D. Pre - painting Activities Conference 8 1. Contractor shall arrange or a pre - painting conference at the project site to ensure that all 9 parties involved, including paint supplier, and painting subcontractor, are familiar with the 10 entire Work and all specifications, safety codes, jobsite conditions, and equipment 11 requirements. 12 2. At the meeting, Contractor shall review the project schedule including the starting date, 13 duration, and completion dates for painting each major component. 14 E. Surface Preparation: 15 1. Surface preparation will be based upon comparison with: "Pictorial Surface Preparation 16 Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces: SSPC -VIS 1 -89 ", ASTM Designation D2200 -95, 17 "Standard Methods of Evaluating Degree of Rusting on Painted Surfaces ", ASTM D 4417- 18 91, Method A and/or Method C or NACE Standard RP0287 -87, and ASTM Designation 19 D610 "Visual Standard for Surfaces of New Steel Airblast Cleaned with Sand Abrasive ". In 20 all cases the written standard shall take precedence over the visual standard. In addition, 21 NACE Standard RP0178 -91, along with the Visual Comparator, shall be used to verify the 22 surface preparation of welds. 23 F. Application: 24 1. No coating or paint shall be applied when: 25 a. The surrounding air temperature or the temperature of the surface to be coated or painted 26 is below the minimum surface temperature for the products specified herein, 27 b. Rain, snow, fog or mist is present, 28 c. The temperature is less than 5F above the dew point. 29 d. The air temperature is expected to drop below the minimum temperature for the products 30 specified within six hours after application of coating. 31 e. Dewpoint shall be measured by use of an instrument such as a Sling Psychrometer in 32 conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables. 33 2. If any of the above conditions are prevalent, coating or painting shall be delayed or 34 postponed until conditions are favorable. The day's coating or painting shall be completed in 35 time to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to damage by atmospheric conditions. 36 G. Thickness and Holiday Checking: 37 1. Thickness of coatings and paint shall be checked with a non - destructive, magnetic -type 38 thickness gauge, as per SSPC -PA 2 "Measurement of Dry Film Thickness with Magnetic 39 Gages ". References in PA 2 that allow 80% of the minimum thickness specified are not 40 acceptable. 41 2. The integrity of interior coated surfaces shall be checked with a low voltage holiday detector 42 in accordance with NACE Standard RP0I88. Non - destructive holiday detector shall not 43 exceed 67.5 volts, nor shall destructive holiday detector exceed the voltage recommended by 44 the manufacturer of the coating system. A solution of 1 -ounce non- sudsing type wetting 45 agent, such as Kodak Photo -Flo, and 1 gallon of tap water shall be used to perform the 46 holiday testing. All pinholes and/or holidays shall be marked and repaired in accordance 47 with the manufacturer's printed recommendations and retested. No pinholes or other 48 irregularities will be permitted in the final coating. Contractor is to conduct holiday testing in 49 the presence of the Engineer of the Owner's representative. The entire interior tank surface 50 will be holiday tested, which includes all surfaces wetted by direct contact with fill water or 51 water vapor. Wetted surface as used in these specifications means the entire interior of the 52 tank bowl. 53 3. See Field Quality Control in Section 09905. 072 {0 75 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 2 • • • • • • 1 H. Inspection Devices: 2 1. The contractor shall furnish, until final acceptance of coating and painting is accepted, 3 inspection devices in good working condition for detection of holidays and measurement of 4 dry film thickness of coating and paint. The Contractor shall also furnish U.S. Department of 5 Commerce, National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates and/or plastic 6 shims, depending upon the thickness gauge used, to test the accuracy of dry film thickness 7 gauges and certified instrumentation to test the accuracy of holiday detectors. Dry film 8 gauges and holiday detectors shall be made available for the Engineer's use at all times until 9 final acceptance of application. Holiday detection devices shall be operated in the presence 10 of the Engineer. 11 I. Inspection: 12 L Inspection for this project shall consist of `hold point' inspections. The Engineer, his 13 representative, or the Owner's Inspector shall inspect the surface prior to abrasive blasting, 14 after abrasive blasting but prior to application of coating materials, and between subsequent 15 coats of material. Final inspection shall take place after all coatings are applied, but prior to 16 placing the tank in service. Contractor will provide sufficient rigging so that the Engineer or 17 his representative shall be able to conduct the required inspections. 100% of all surfaces to be 18 painted (cone, shell, roof, floor, etc.) are to be inspected after abrasive blast cleaning and 19 prior to the application of the zinc primer. All inspections shall be conducted in accordance 20 with SSPC, NACE, and the contract specifications. 21 22 For shop priming, the shop operation shall be inspected and all material pertaining to the tank 23 must be shop inspected by the inspector after surface preparation and prior to prime coat 24 application. 25 26 All expenses incurred for transportation and lodging for inspections on work done at a 27 location, such as for shop surface preparation and coating work, other than the project work 28 site shall be paid for by the Contractor. Coordination and scheduling efforts shall be 29 considered to maximize the inspection productivity. The Inspector shall be notified at least 30 10 days in advance of the time the inspection will be needed. 31 J. Warranty Inspection: 32 1. Warranty inspection shall be conducted during the eleventh month following final 33 completion of the project. All defective work shall be repaired in accordance with this 34 specification and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and/or Owner. 35 1.3 SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS 36 A. General: 37 1. In accordance with requirements set forth by regulatory agencies applicable to the 38 construction industry and manufacturer's printed instructions and appropriate technical 39 bulletins and manuals, the Contractor shall provide and require use of personal protective 40 lifesaving equipment for persons working on or about the project site. Contractor is 41 responsible for the health and safety of all his employees. 42 B. Temporary Ladders and Scaffolding; 43 1. All temporary ladders and scaffolding shall conform to applicable safety requirements. They 44 shall be erected where requested by the Engineer to facilitate inspection and be moved by the 45 Contractor to locations requested by the Engineer. 46 C. Shrouding Plan 47 1. The application of all field coatings must be shrouded during installation. Partial shrouding 48 will not be acceptable — Contractor must contain area to be coated and surrounding adjacent 49 area for a width of 25 FT in all directions. 50 2. Contractor is required to prepare and submit a shrouding plan based on structural design of 51 each tank, and all coatings application procedures for Engineers review. 07225 - 0 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 • 3 1 3. Contractor is responsible for the adequacy of design of the shrouding plan and the guarantee 2 that it will meet all environmental requirements set forth by the State of Texas and the 3 Environmental Protection Agency. 4 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5 A. All materials shall be brought to the site in original sealed containers. They shall not be used 6 until the Engineer has inspected the contents and obtained data from information on containers or 7 label. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall be rejected. 8 B. All coatings and paints shall be stored in enclosed structures to protect them from weather and 9 excessive heat or cold. Flammable coatings and paints must be stored to conform with City, 10 County, State and Federal safety codes for flammable coating or paint materials. At all times 11 coatings and paints shall be protected from freezing. 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 14 A. Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. The paint and paint 15 products used for this project shall be manufactured by Tnemec Company, or an approved equal. 16 B. Requirements for an Approved Equal: 17 1 . For approval of an equal manufacturer. Bidder shall provide to the Owner in writing a 18 detailed side -by -side comparison of the proposed equal Products Characteristics, 19 Performance Characteristics, and Application Conditions for each Tnemec coating specified 20 in this specification. For consideration for approval this written comparison shall be certified 21 and notarized by manufacturer as true and correct. 22 2 . For Products Characteristics this detailed side -by -side comparison shall include for example, 23 but not limited to, Volume Solids, Weight Solids, VOC, Mix Ratio, Zinc Content in Dry Film 24 (by Weight), Spreading Rate per coat, Drying Schedule, Shelf Life and Flash Point. 25 3 . For Performance Characteristics this detailed side -by -side comparison shall include for 26 example, but not limited to, Abrasion Resistance, Corrosion Weathering, Direct Impact 27 Resistance, Dry Heat Resistance, Flexibility, Moisture Condensation Resistance, Pencil 28 Hardness, Salt Fog Resistance, Slip Coefficient and Wet Heat Resistance 29 4. In addition to the detailed side -by -side comparison for approval of an equal manufacturer, 30 Bidder shall provide to the Owner in writing three (3) similar tanks (similar size and height) 31 that have had the ¢roposed or equal coating system on each tank and date coating system was 32 put into service. In addition the tank names, locations, and owner's name with contact person 33 and telephone number shall be provided. Each of the Three (3) tanks shall be located in the 34 central Texas area or in an area with similar climatic conditions as the City of Round Rock. 35 5. For consideration for approval as an equal coating system the detailed side -by -side 36 comparison shall be submit, with successful bidder's Shop Drawing at the time of the Pre - 37 Construction Conference, along with any proposed monetary adjustments to the contract 38 price. As with all shop drawings, final approval rests with the project engineer. 39 6. As a minimum standard any equal coating system shall have a five (5) year service history 40 on its exterior prime coat and a five (5) year service history on its interior prime coat. 41 C. Manufacturer's color charts shall be submitted to the Owner at least 90 days prior to coating 42 and/or paint application. General Contractor and Painting Contractor shall coordinate work so as 43 to allow sufficient time (normally seven to ten days) for paint to be delivered to the job site. 44 Owner reserves the right to select any color or combination of colors from manufacturer's full 45 line of colors available. 46 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 47 A. All materials shall be lead -free as defined by the Consumer Product Safety Act, Part 1303. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 4 • • • • • • 1 2 3 C. All materials for the interior wetted portion of the tank shall meet the requirements of ANSUNSF 4 Standard 61 for potable water contact. 5 23 MATERIAL PREPARATION 6 A. Mix and thin materials according to manufacturer's latest printed instructions. 7 B. Do not use materials beyond manufacturer's recommended shelf life. 8 C. Do not use mixed materials beyond manufacturer's recommended pot life. 9 2.4 TANK INTERIOR COATING SYSTEM 10 A. Surface Preparation Prior to Abrasive Blast Cleaning: 11 1. Weld flux and spatter shall be removed by power tool cleaning. Sharp projections shall be 12 ground to a smooth contour. All welds shall be ground to a smooth contour as per NACE 13 Standard RP0178 and herein. 14 B. Surface Preparation: 15 1, SSPC -SP10 Near -White Metal Blast Cleaning. Anchor profile shall be 1.5 to 2.5 mils as per 16 ASTM D 4417, Method C or NACE Standard RP0287. 17 C. Coating System: 18 1st Coat: Tnemec Series 91 -H2O Hydro -Zinc 2000 applied at 2.5 to 3.0 dry mils. 19 Thin only with approved thinner, Tnemec 41 -2 or 41 -3 Thinner. 20 Stripe Coat: Tnemec Series 20 -1255 Beige Pota -Pox applied by brush and scrubbed 21 into all weld seams. In addition to weld seams, all edges, comers, bolts, 22 rivets shall receive a stripe coat as a separate step. 23 2nd Coat: Tnemec Series 20 -1255 Beige Pota -Pox applied at 4.0 to 6.0 dry mils. 24 Thin only with approved thinner, Tnemec 41 -4 Thinner. 25 3rd Coat: Tnemec Series 20 -WHO2 Tank White Pota -Pox applied at 4.0 to 6.0 dry 26 mils. Thin only with approved thinner, Tnemec 41 -4 Thinner. 27 28 Total dry film thickness shall be a minimum of 12.0 mils per SSPC -PA 2 dry film inspection 29 standards, with exception as noted in this specification. 30 For cold weather applications, substitute Tnemec Series FC20 in lieu of Series 20. 31 32 All surfaces shop primed shall be cleaned by solvent cleaning per SSPC -SP1 by pressure 33 washing at 3,500 -5,000 psi or by brush -off blast cleaning per SSPC -SP7. A prime coat of 2.5 34 to 3.5 dry mils shall be applied on all uncoated surfaces and previously shop primed surfaces 35 that require brush -off cleaning to meet the specified dry film thickness. 36 2.5 TANK EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEMS 37 A. Surface Preparation Prior to Abrasive Blast Cleaning: 38 1. Weld flux and spatter shall be removed by power tool cleaning. Sharp projections shall be 39 ground to a smooth contour. All welds shall be ground to a smooth contour as per NACE 40 Standard RP0178and herein. 41 B. Surface Preparation: 42 1. SSPC -SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Anchor profile shall be 1.5 to 2.0 mils as per ASTM 43 D 4417, Method C or NACE Standard RP0287. 44 45 46 47 B. All zinc dust pigment contained in any zinc -rich material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 520 Type II as regards zinc content and purity. 07225 - 075 - 036 C. Coating System: 1st Coat: Tnemec Series 91 -H2O Hydro -Zinc 2000 or Tnemec Series 90 -97 Tneme- Zinc applied at 2.5 to 3.5 dry mils. Thin only with approved thinner, Tnemec 41 -2 or 41 -3 Thinner. City of Round Rock Barton Bill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 5 1 2nd Coat: Tnemec Series 20 or 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline applied at 3.0 - 5.0 dry mils. 2 Thin only with approved thinner, Tnemec 41 -4 Thinner. 3 3rd Coat: Tnemec Series 74 -Color Endura - Shield applied at 2.0 to 3.0 dry mils. 4 Thin only with approved thinner, Tnemec 41 -42 Thinner for spray, 41 -39 5 for brush or roller. 6 7 Total dry film thickness shall be a minimum of 9.5 mils per SSPC -PA 2 dry film inspection 8 standards, with exception as noted in this specification. 9 10 Note: Tank color shall be Tnemec "Cloud" or approved equal. 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 GENERAL 13 A. All surface preparation, coating and painting shall conform to applicable standards of the Steel 14 Structures Painting Council, NACE International and the manufacturer's printed instructions. 15 Materials applied to the surface prior to the approval of the Engineer shall be removed and re- 16 applied to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the contractor. 17 B. All work shall be performed by skilled craftsmen qualified to perform the required work in a 18 manner comparable with the best standards of practice. Continuity of personnel shall be 19 coordinated with the Engineer. 20 C. The Contractor shall provide a supervisor at the work site during cleaning and application 21 operations. 22 D. Dust, dirt, oil, grease or any foreign matter that will affect the adhesion or durability of the 23 coating or paint must be removed by washing with clean rags dipped in an approved cleaning 24 solvent and wiped dry with clean rags. 25 E. All surface preparation, prime coating, and finish coating will be required to be shrouded when 26 exposed to the surrounding exterior environment. Contractor is required to design and submit 27 shrouding plan for tank coatings application for Engineer's review. 28 F. The Contractor's coating and painting equipment shall be designed for application of materials 29 specified and shall be maintained in good working condition. Compressors shall have suitable 30 traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. Contractor's equipment shall be subject to 31 approval of the Engineer. 32 G. Application of the first coat shall follow immediately after surface preparation and cleaning and 33 stripe coat, if applicable, before rust bloom occurs or the same day, whichever is less. Any 34 cleaned areas not receiving first coat within this period shall be recleaned prior to application of 35 first coat. Use of dehumidification equipment shall be first reviewed by the Engineer and 36 coatings manufacturer prior to deviating from this provision. 37 H. Prior to assembly, all surfaces made inaccessible after assembly shall be prepared as specified 38 herein and shall receive the coating or paint system specified. 39 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION 40 A. The latest revision of the following surface preparation specifications of the Steel Structures 41 Painting Council (SSPC) shall form a part of this specification. The summaries listed below are 42 for informational purposes; consult the actual SSPC specification for full detail. 43 1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC -SP 1): Removal of oil, grease, soil and other contaminants by use of 44 solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning or similar materials and methods 45 which involve a solvent or cleaning action. 07 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 -6 • • • • • 1 2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC -SP2): Removal of loose rust, loose mil scale and other 2 detrimental foreign matter to a degree specified by hand chipping, scraping, sanding and 3 wirebrushing 4 3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC -SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mil scale and other 5 detrimental foreign matter by power wirebrushing, power impact tools or power sanders. 6 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC- SP5/NACE No. 1): Air blast cleaning to a gray -white 7 uniform metallic color until each element of surface area is free of all visible residues. 8 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC -SP6 NACE No. 3): Air blast cleaning until at least two - 9 thirds of each element of surface area is free of all visible residues. 10 6. Brush -Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC -SP7 NACE No. 4): Air blast cleaning to remove loose rust, 11 loose mil scale and other detrimental foreign matter to a degree specified. 12 7. Near -White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC -SP 10 NACE No. 2): Air blast cleaning until at 13 least 95% of each element of surface area is free of all visible residues. 14 8. Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal (SSPC- SP11): Differs from SSPC -SP3 in that it requires 15 more thorough cleaning and a surface profile not less than 1 mil. 16 B. Slag, weld metal accumulation and spatters not removed by the Fabricator, Erector or Installer 17 shall be removed by chipping and/or grinding. All sharp edges shall be peened, ground or 18 otherwise blunted as required by the Engineer. All grinding and finishing of welds, edges, etc. 19 shall be performed prior to solvent cleaning and abrasive blasting. Welds shall be prepared as 20 per NACE Standard RP0178 for all interior and exterior surfaces: 21 1. Butt Welds: Shall be ground smooth and free of all defects, designation "D ". 22 2. Lap Welds: Shall be ground smooth and blended., designation "C" excepting that visual 23 imperfections and ripples are allowable. 24 3. Fillet Welded Tee Joint: Shall be ground smooth and blended, designation "D ". 25 C. Field blast cleaning for all surfaces shall be by dry method unless otherwise directed. Blast 26 nozzles shall be venturi -type nozzles with a minimum pressure at the nozzle of 90 psi. 27 D. Particle size of abrasives used in blast cleaning shall be that which will produce a 1.5 — 3.0 mil 28 (37.5 microns - 65.0 microns) surface profile or in accordance with recommendations of the 29 manufacturer of the specified coating or paint system to be applied. 30 E. Abrasive used in blast cleaning operations shall be new, washed, graded and free of contaminants 31 that would interfere with adhesion of coating or paint and shall not be reused unless specifically 32 approved in writing by the Engineer. 33 F. During blast cleaning operations, caution shall be exercised to insure that existing coatings or 34 paint are not exposed to abrasion from blast cleaning. 35 G. Complete all blasting and cleanup before any coatings are applied. 36 H. The Contractor shall keep the area of his work and the surrounding environment in a clean 37 condition. He shall not permit blasting materials to accumulate as to constitute a nuisance or 38 hazard to the accomplishment of the work, the operation of the existing facilities or to the 39 surrounding environment. 40 I. Blast cleaned surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of specified coatings or paint. All 41 surfaces shall be free of dust, dirt, and other residue resulting from the abrasive blasting 42 operation. No coatings or paint shall be applied over damp or moist surfaces. 43 J. All welds shall be neutralized with a suitable chemical compatible with the specified coating or 44 paint. 45 3.3 APPLICATION, GENERAL 46 A. Coating and paint application shall conform to the requirements of the Steel Structure Painting 47 Council Paint Application Specification SSPC -PAI, latest revision, for "Shop, Field and 48 Maintenance Painting ". 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 7 1 B. Thinning shall be permitted only as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the 2 Engineer, and utilizing the thinners stated in Sections 2.4 and 2.5. 3 C. Each application of coating or paint shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, with 4 no evidence of poor workmanship. Care shall be exercised to avoid lapping on glass or 5 hardware. Coatings and paints shall be sharply cut to lines. Finished surfaces shall be free from 6 defects or blemishes. 7 D. Protective coverings or drop cloths shall be used to protect floors, fixtures and equipment. Care 8 shall be exercised to prevent coatings or paints from being spattered onto surfaces which are not 9 to be coated or painted. Report to the Engineer surfaces from which materials cannot be 10 satisfactorily removed. 11 E. When two coats of coating or paint are specified, where possible, the first coat shall contain 12 sufficient approved color additive to act as an indicator of coverage or the two coats must be of 13 contrasting color. 14 F. Film thickness per coat as specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.5 are the minimum required. If roller 15 application is deemed necessary, the Contractor shall apply additional coats as to achieve the 16 specified thickness. 17 G. Surface preparation and application of prime coat may be performed at applicator's facility if, 18 after review and approval of facilities and quality control procedures, Owner and Engineer agree 19 that technique and quality will be equal to that of field preparation and application. All 20 intermediate and final coating applications must be performed in the field. All phases of coatings 21 application from surface preparation to final coat shall be completed by the same painting 22 contractor. The Contractor will be required to provide travel to and from the shop, lodging, and 23 subsistence for the Coatings Inspector to perform all required inspections. 24 3.4 COATING SYSTEMS APPLICATION 25 A. After completion of surface preparation as specified for the specific system, materials shall be 26 applied as noted in Section 2.4 and Section 2.5. 27 3.5 DISINFECTION 28 A. Disinfection of interior surfaces shall be performed m the presence of the Engineer in accordance 29 with all the requirements of applicable AWWA Standards and regulatory agencies. 30 B. Disinfection shall be performed after protective coatings have been applied to the interior surfaces 31 and allowed to thoroughly cure. 32 C. Prior to disinfecting, the complete interior shall be washed down with clean water and thoroughly 33 flushed out. In addition to flushing the tank, flush inlet line and any other line that could contain 34 sediment. Fill tank to get debris out of lines and flush tank. 35 3.6 SOLVENT VAPOR REMOVAL 36 A. All solvent vapors will be exhausted both during and after coating application at a minimum rate 37 of one air change every four hours to allow the proper curing of the coating material. High rates 38 of production may require an increase in ventilation. 39 B. Forced ventilation as noted above shall be continued for 7 days or until such time as the coating 40 has reached "full cure to immersion" as specified by the coating manufacturer, 41 C. Contractor shall submit ventilation calculations to the Engineer for approval prior to any blasting 42 or coating. 43 D. Paint manufacturer or Owner's representative will be consulted concerning points not covered 44 herein. 45 E. When dehumidification is used, blasting of all interior surfaces must be complete, cleaned and 46 accepted prior to the application of any coating. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 8 • • • • • • 1 2 1. Humidity Control 3 a. Dehumidification equipment will be used to control the environment in the space 24 4 hours a day during blast cleaning, coating application, and coating cure. Equipment will 5 conform to the following requirements: 6 2. Equipment 7 a. Desiccant dehumidifiers, as manufactured by Cargocaire Corp., will be a solid desiccant 8 design having a single rotary desiccant wheel capable of fully automatic continuous 9 operation. No liquid, granular, or loose lithium chloride drying systems will be 10 accepted. 11 b. The use of direct expansion (DX) refrigeration type dehumidifiers with reheat may be 12 considered if the expected ambient temperature will remain above 60° F. Below that, 13 coils may not remove moisture and, as noted above, reheat alone will not change the dew 14 point. Heating the space changes relative humidity only and does not change the dew 15 point; therefore not a substitute for dehumidification, unless substrate temperature is 16 high enough to meet dew point differential. 17 c. The dehumidification system may consist of a combination of desiccant and refrigerant 18 equipment for year round use to maintain very low dew points in the space. 19 3. Internal Environment 20 a. During the blasting operation, dehumidification equipment will continuously maintain a 21 lower dew point than outside ambient. A differential of 20° to 25° F between inside 22 substrate surface temperature and inside space air dew point temperature shall be 23 maintained. In addition, inside relative humidity should not exceed 40% to 45 %. For 24 most coatings, the above parameters would be advantageous, for coating application and 25 cure (or coating manufacturer's recommendation should be followed). Occasional 26 outside ambient conditions may result in temporary fluctuation in dew point spreads. In 27 all cases the visual standard called for by the specification for the steel cleanliness will 28 be adhered to. 29 4. Testing for Contaminants 30 a. Steel surfaces shall also be tested for pH and presence of chlorides and/or other non- 31 visible contaminants. 32 5. Air Changes 33 a. The air changes rate for maintaining a differential of 20° to 25° F between inside surface 34 temperature and inside space dew point temperature with a maximum relative humidity 35 of 40% to 45% in the space, will depend upon the type of equipment to be used and the 36 time of the year. Another consideration is length of time required to hold the blast. The 37 volume of a given space is a major factor in determining equipment type and size. The 38 rate of air changes per hour may be anywhere from 1 to 6.0 or more to hold the desired 39 degree of cleanliness of the blast. 40 F. Temperature Control 41 1. Auxiliary heat, cooling and/or insulation may be necessary to maintain the surface 42 temperature at an acceptable level for the coating manufacturer's application parameters. 43 This auxiliary equipment must be approved for use by the supplier of the dehumidification 44 equipment and will meet the following requirements. 45 a. Heaters and refrigerant type systems must be installed in the process air supply duct 46 between, and/or blended with, the dehumidifier as close to the space as possible. 47 b. Only electric, indirect fired combustion, or steam coil auxiliary heaters will be used. No 48 direct -fired space heaters will be allowed during the blasting, coating, and curing 49 phrases. 50 c. Heaters will be equipped with controls that automatically turn the heater off if the 51 airflow is interrupted or the internal temperature of the heater exceeds its design 52 temperature or that of the supply duct. 07 - 075 .036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 -9 1 d. The space to be controlled will be sealed off as well as possible, allowing air to escape 2 the space away from the point where the dehumidified air is being introduced. Filter the 3 air escaping the space; the filtration system must be designed so that it does not interfere 4 with the dehumidification equipment's ability to control the dew point and relative 5 humidity of space. Do not recirculate the air from the space or from filtration equipment 6 back through the dehumidifier during coating application or when solvent vapors are 7 present. 8 3.7 CLEAN UP 9 A. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers shall be removed from the 10 site or destroyed in a manner approved by the Engineer. Coating or paint spots or oil stains upon 11 adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the jobsite cleaned. All damage to surfaces resulting 12 from the work of this section shall be cleaned, repaired or refinished to the satisfaction of the 13 Engineer at no cost to the Owner. 16 END OF SECTION 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 09906 - 10 • • • t 5 q ." d +� Y PEC IALTI E • • • 1 00L29 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 10400 IDENTIFICATION, STENCILING, AND TAGGING SYSTEMS 6 A. Section Includes: 7 I. Identification, stenciling, and tagging of piping, electrical equipment, and valves. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 16010 — Electrical: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 16 a. A13.1, Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems. 17 1.3 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Shop Drawings: 19 1. See Section 01340. 20 2. Product technical data including: 21 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 22 b. Identification register listing all items to be identified, type of identification system to 23 be used, lettering, location and color. 24 c. Catalog information for all tagging systems. 25 d. Updated, complete, identification register with nonconflicting numerical assignments 26 submitted prior to project acceptance. 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS 29 A. Metal Tags (Type A): 30 1. Approved manufacturers: 31 a. W H Brady Co., Catalog S -10, #23210 (1 -1/2 IN Brass), #23211 (2 IN brass), #B -906 32 (2 IN aluminum). 33 b. National Band and Tag Co., Catalog 862, Style 81 or Style 93. 34 c. Carlton Industries, Inc., #8813 or #8814 (aluminum), #BT -220 or #BT -230 (brass). 35 2. Material: Brass or aluminum, optional, except where specified. 36 3. Size: As indicated. 37 a. 1 -1/2 IN DIA for one line of text, 2 IN DIA for two lines. 38 b. Brass: #6 39 c. Aluminum: 0.04 IN. 40 4. Legend: Stamped and filled. 41 B. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tags (Type B): 42 1. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: 43 a. W H Brady Co., Catalog S -10, #B -120. 07225 -075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 10400 - 1 1 b. Or equal. 2 2. Material: Fiberglass reinforced plastic. 3 3. Size: Approximately 2 x 2 IN. 4 4. Legend: Preprinted and permanently embedded. 5 C. Laminated Plastic Tags (Type C): 6 1. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: 7 a. W H Brady Co., Catalog S -10, #B -911. 8 b. Or equal. 9 2. Material: Polyester laminate. 10 3. Size: Approximately 2 x 2 IN. 11 4. Legend: Preprinted and permanently embedded. 12 D. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Signs (Type D): 13 I. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: 14 a. W H Brady Co., Catalog S -10, #B -120. 15 b. Or equal. 16 2. Material: Fiberglass reinforced plastic. 17 3. Size: 18 a. Surface: As scheduled. 19 b. Thickness: 0.10 IN. 20 4. Fabrication: 21 a. Rounded comers. 22 b. Drilled holes in corners with grommets. 23 5. Legend: Preprinted and permanently embedded, 24 E. Phenolic Name Plates (Type E): 25 1. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: 26 a. W H Brady Co., Catalog S -10, #B -1. 27 2. Materials: Phenolic. 28 3. Size: As indicated. 29 a. Surface: As required for text. 30 b. Thickness: 1/16 IN. 31 4. Fabrication: 32 a. Three layers laminated. 33 b. Legend engraved through top lamination into center lamination. 34 c. Drilled holes with grommets for mounting. 35 F. Pressure Sensitive Vinyl Cloth Markers (Type F): 36 1. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: 37 a. W H Brady Co., Catalog S -10, #B -946. 38 2. Material: Self - sticking vinyl. 39 3. Size: As indicated. 40 a. Surface: As required by text. 41 G. Stenciling System (Type 11): 42 1. Material: 43 a. Exterior type stenciling enamel. 44 b. Black or white for best contrast. 45 c. Either brushing grade or pressurized spray can form and grade. 46 H. Substitutions: 47 1. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 48 1. Acceptable Manufacturers and Catalog Numbers: 49 1. Products listed above by manufacturer and catalog number are approved, subject to 50 compliance with Contract Documents. 51 2.2 ACCESSORIES 07225.075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 10400 -2 • • • • • • 1 A. Fasteners: 2 1. Bead chain: #6 brass or stainless steel (BC). 3 2. Plastic strap: Nylon, urethane or polypropylene (PS). 4 3. Screws: Self - tapping, stainless (screws). 5 4. Grommets: Stainless steel. 6 5. Anchor for brass tag: per manufacturer's recommendations. 7 6. Adhesive, solvent activated. 8 2.3 EXTRA MATERIALS 9 A. Furnish minimum of 5 percent extra stock of each identification material required, including tags 10 (not less than 3). 11 B. Where stenciled markers are provided, clean and retain stencils after completion and include in 12 extra stock, along with required stock of paints and applicators. 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 INSTALLATION 15 A. Install tagging, stenciling, and identification items at required locations. 16 B. Provide arrows and markers on piping and ducts. 17 1. At 20 FT maximum centers along continuous lines. 18 2. At changes in direction (route) or obstructions. 19 3. At valves, risers, "T" joints, machinery or equipment. 20 4. Where pipes and ducts pass through floor, wall, ceiling, cladding assemblies and like 21 obstruction. 22 a. Provide markers on both sides of obstruction. 23 C. Position markers on both sides of pipe or duct with arrow markers pointing in flow direction. If 24 flow is in both directions use double headed arrow markers. 25 D. Apply tapes and stenciling in uniform manner parallel to piping and ducts. 26 E. Attach tags to equipment with sufficient surface or body area with solvent activated adhesive 27 applied to back of each tag. 28 F. Attach tags with 1/8 IN round or flat head screws to equipment without sufficient surface or 29 body area, or porous surfaces. Where attachment with screws should not or cannot penetrate 30 substrate, attach with plastic strap. 31 G. Single items of equipment enclosed in a housing or compartment to be tagged on outside of 32 housing. Several items of equipment mounted in housing to be individually tagged inside the 33 compartment. 34 H. Anchor for Brass Tag Attached to Concrete: per manufacturer's recommendations. 35 I. For electrical trenches with duct banks or directly buried cable, install underground hazard tape 36 6 IN below finished grade where conduit or duct bank is 12 IN or more below finished grade, 37 and 3 IN below finished grade where conduit or duct bank is less than 12 IN below finished 38 grade. 39 3.2 SCHEDULE 40 A. Identify, tag, or stencil the items shown in the following schedule: 41 ITEM ID TYPE FASTENER 1. Yard valves, buried, with valve box and A concrete pad. Brass only Embedded a. Fastener: Use tag with anchor. 0722=-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 10400 - 3 1 07225-0754136 Embed in concrete pad. b. Legend: valve designation as indicated 011 Contract Drawings 2. Valves and slide gates: a. Exterior: A or B BC or PS b. Interior: A or B BC or PS c. Legend: Item designation as indicated on Contract Drawings. 3. Instrumentation, e.g., flow control A or B BC or PS valves, primary elements, etc.: a. Legend: Item designation as indicated on Contract Documents. 4. Piping: F or H N/A a. Legend: Item designation as indicated on Contract Documents. b. In accordance with ANSI 13.1 c. Indicate direction of flow with arrows. 5. Buried potable water piping: G N/A a. Legend: CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION (1' line), BURIED WATER LINE (2" line). b. Letters: 1 -1/41N minimum. c. Interval: Continuous. d. Color: Blue with black letters. 6. Buried (non - potable) water piping, G N/A except 3 IN and smaller irrigation pipe: a. Legend: CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION (1' line), BURIED NON - POTABLE WATER LINE (2 " line). b. Letters: 1-1/4 IN minimum. c. Interval: Continuous. d. Color: Green with black letters. 7. Trenches with direct buried or conduit G N/A encased computer or SCADA system communication lines: a. Legend: CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION 1" line), BURIED COMPUTER LINE (2"d line). b. Letters: 1 -1/4 IN minimum. c. Interval: Continuous. d. Color: Orange with black letters. 8. Component labeling inside equipment See Section enclosures. 16010 9. Wire markers for control panels, See Section electrical gear, pull and junction boxes. 16010 10. Wire markers for manholes, handholes, See Section and exterior pad mounted electrical 16010. gear. 2 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 10400 - 4 • • • w PILITF #J+ `1"I+ • • • 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 13210 COMPOSITE STYLE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK 5 A. These specifications address the Work required to provide all labor, materials, and equipment, 6 necessary for the design, fabrication, delivery, and erection of an elevated water storage tank and 7 support structure of style, height, and capacity as indicated on the Drawings. 8 13. Included with the elevated tank shall be cleaning and painting, testing, disinfection, and all other 9 accessories as indicated on the drawings. 10 C. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Division 3 — Concrete. 14 4. Division 9 — Finishes. 15 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Referenced Standards: 17 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 18 a. C652, Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities 19 b. D100 -96, Standard for Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage. 20 c. D102 -97, Standard for Painting Steel Water - Storage Tanks. 21 d. D 105, Standard for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities. 22 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 23 a. ACI 301 -96, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 24 b. ACI 304 -89, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete 25 c. ACI 305 -91, Hot Weather Concreting 26 d. ACI 306 -88, Cold Weather Concreting 27 e. ACI 318 -95, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 28 f. ACI 347 -94, Guide to Formwork for Concrete 29 3. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): 30 a. NSF 61, Standard for Drinking Water System Components 31 B. Qualifications: 32 1. Welders to be ASME qualified. Documentation of welder's certification record to be 33 supplied as submittal. 34 2. Manufacturers must meet qualification requirements listed in the Bid Documents in 35 Division 0, Section 2. 36 3. Tank foundation design to be based on data provided by soils testing laboratory. 37 C. Composite Style Tanks: 38 1. For concrete composite style tanks, a quality assurance program shall be employed to verify 39 and document compliance with the concrete and steel dimensional tolerances specified. 40 Quality control for cast -in -place concrete shall be in accordance with Division 3 - Concrete. 41 D. Coatings: 42 1. Owner will retain the services of an independent AWS Certified Welding Inspector and 43 NACE Certified Coating Inspector for quality control of welding techniques, preparation of 44 steel, and coatings applications. Contractor is responsible for providing access to tank, 45 communicating work progress, and coordinating inspection services with Owner's 46 independent consultant. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210 - 1 1 2. All paint inspection and testing shall be in accordance with AWWA D102 and Section 09906. 2 The Contractor shall utilize inspection devices in good working condition for measurement of 3 dry film thickness of coating. Contractor shall also make available and utilize a U.S. 4 Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plate to 5 test accuracy of dry film thickness measurement device. 6 3. A coatings warranty inspection shall be conducted during the 1 lth month after acceptance of 7 the tank. Defective work shall be repaired in accordance with AWWA D 102. 8 E. Water Test: 9 1. After the tank is erected, it shall be completely filled with water. The Owner shall provide 10 water for all tests. All water - containing facilities shall be watertight. Water test will not be 11 required prior to painting. 12 F. Project Supervision: 13 1. A qualified supervisor employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times during 14 construction of the foundation and support structure. No assignments of authority for 15 superintendence from Contractor to Subcontractor shall be made. Reference Division 0. 16 1.3 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Bidding: 18 1. Each Bidder shall submit with Bid a detailed design sketch of the tank, showing materials of 19 construction, all major dimensions, elevations, and thickness of the principal steel plates. 20 2. Each Bidder shall submit with Bid a detailed design sketch of foundations, including 21 dimensional layout and quantity of drilled shafts, if required. 22 3. The Contractor shall submit with his bid a written statement by the coatings manufacturer 23 stating that the Contractor is familiar with the materials specified and has workers capable 24 of performing the work specified herein. 25 B. Shop Drawings: 26 1. See Section 01340. 27 2. Fabrication and/or erection drawings. 28 a. Include construction details and materials of construction. 29 b. Furnished equipment drawings, and electrical diagrams. 30 c. Include all accessory item fabrication drawings. 31 d. A registered professional engineer in the State of Texas shall sign and seal drawings. 32 e. Provide written certification that the design and calculations meet the requirements of 33 this Section or highlight the differences and provide and explanation for the differences. 34 f. Shrouding plan per Section 09906. 35 3. Product technical data including: 36 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 37 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 38 c. Design calculations or analysis on tank including design of foundation, signed and 39 sealed by a licensed structural engineer registered in state where tank is to be installed. 40 No excavation may begin until foundation shop drawings have been received by the 41 Engineer. 42 d. Design of the tank is the responsibility of the supplier. The Engineer will receive shop 43 drawings for informational purposes to verify that design calculations sealed by a 44 Licensed Professional Engineer have been developed and design meets the specfication 45 requirements for sizes, elevations, appurtenances, etc. The Engineer will not review 46 calculations and design details. 47 4. Certificates: 48 a. Mill test reports. 49 b. Affidavits of Compliance to required codes. 50 c. Certified weld procedures and welder certificates per ASME Section IX. 51 d. Certificates of compliance with inspection provisions of AWWA D100. 52 e. Certification that ring beam is level. 53 5. Test reports: 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210 -2 • • • • • • 1 a. Qualifications of inspection company selected. 2 b. Radiographic inspection reports. 3 c. Coatings reports - see Section 09906 and AWWA D102 -97. 4 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 5 1. See Section 01340. 6 PART2- PRODUCTS 7 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 8 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 9 acceptable. No substitution will be allowed: 10 1. Landmark Structures. 11 2. CB & I Water. 12 2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 13 A. Elevated tank meeting the following minimum requirements: 14 1. Tank type: A composite concrete /steel style as indicated on the Drawings and in the Bid 15 Form. 16 2. Capacity: 2 -MG (Base Bid Item 2) or 2.7 -MG (Alternate Bid Item 2A). 17 3. Height to top capacity line, above top of foundation: As indicated on the Drawings 18 4. Head range: 10 FT plus or minus 7 FT 30 -FT. (Addendum No. 1) 19 5. Snow load: 25 -psf. 20 6. Wind load: 100 -mph. 21 7. Earthquake zone: Zone 0. 22 8. Project location: Round Rock, Texas. 23 9. Tank manufacturer shall design, fabricate, and erect tank in accordance with AWWA D100- 24 96 and D102 -97. 25 10. Maximum fill rate: 13,000 gpm 26 11. A domed concrete slab shall be provided as structural support for the steel tank within the 27 perimeter of the support wall. A reinforced concrete ring beam shall be provided to connect 28 the steel tank, concrete dome and concrete support wall. 29 B. Foundations: 30 1. The tank manufacturer shall design and provide all foundations in accordance with the 31 recommendations of the geotechnical report and with the proper safety factors per AWWA 32 D -100. 33 2. The base diameter and interior concrete floor for each tank shall be designed with the 34 following considerations: 35 a. Slab on grade, to be constructed of reinforced concrete, supported on granular 36 compacted fill. 37 b. Floor design shall provide for a minimum live load of 125 -psf. 38 3. A geotechnical investigation has been carried out at the site and a report has been 39 incorporated within these specifications. The net allowable bearing pressure of shallow 40 foundations and/or the allowable capacity of deep foundation elements have been defined in 41 this report. The foundations shall be designed by the Contractor to safely support the 42 structure based on these recommendations. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing 43 any further geotechnical information required beyond that provided in this report. 44 4. Foundations shall be sized in accordance with AWWA D -100 and shall meet the following 45 criteria: 46 a. Allowable permanent soil pressure shall not be exceeded under D +F. 47 b. Allowable short-term soil pressure shall not be exceeded under D +F +E or D +F +W. 48 c. No uplift under D +W or D +F +.75E unless anchorage is provided 49 d. No overturning under D +1.5W or D +F +1.5E. 50 D = Effect of dead load including net weight of the foundation. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210 - 3 1 F = Effect of water load. 2 E = Effect of seismic load. 3 W = Effect of wind load. 4 C. Concrete Support Structure: 5 1. Design the concrete support structure in accordance with ACI 318. 6 2. The specified compressive strength of concrete: As required by design, but not less than 7 4000 psi at 28 days. 8 3. Construct support wall of reinforced concrete with a minimum thickness of 8 IN exclusive 9 of any architectural relief. Provide wall thickness such that the average compressive stress 10 due to the weight of the structure and stored water is limited to 25% of specified 11 compressive strength, but not greater than 1000 psi. 12 4. Tank floor: a reinforced concrete dome not less than 8 IN thick. Average compressive 13 stress due to the weight of the structure and stored water shall not exceed 15% of the 14 specified compressive strength, nor greater than 600 psi. 15 5. Openings 8 ft. 0 in. or wider used for vehicle access shall be strengthened against vehicle 16 impact and local buckling by means of an internal buttress located on each side of the 17 opening. The buttress shall consist of a thickened, reinforced concrete wall section that is 18 integrally formed and placed with the support wall. The buttress section shall be not less 19 than 3 ft. 0 in. wide and 6 in. thicker than the nominal wall dimension. 20 6. Provide ring beam of reinforced concrete with a nominal width and height of at least two 21 times the support wall thickness. The geometry of the interface shall provide for positive 22 drainage and not allow either condensate or precipitation to accumulate at the top of the 23 concrete wall or ring beam. Minimum radial and circumferential reinforcement: 0.25 24 percent. 25 7. The Contractor to provide evidence that a thorough review of the interface region has been 26 performed. Finite element and fmite difference analyses are the required methods for 27 examining such local stresses in detail. 28 D. Steel Tankage: 29 1. Material: Steel, ASTM A36. 30 2. Thickness: As required with a minimum of 1/4 IN. 31 3. All welded construction, designed in accordance with applicable sections of AW WA 32 D100. 33 4. Fully seal weld all exposed lap joints on both sides. 34 5. Provide flat bar or sealed square tubular sections for structural members supporting the roof 35 of the steel tank. I -beams or other sections with horizontal projections may be used if the 36 nominal depth is 10 IN or greater. Seal weld support beams to the underside of the roof 37 plate along the entire length of the beam. 38 6. For areas of the elevated tank where the water is supported by a steel cone, the Contractor 39 shall submit evidence that the design is based on a finite element shell analysis. The 40 analysis shall include the effects of material and geometric non - linearaties and residual 41 stresses. The modeled imperfection shall not be less than 0.04.JRT over a length of 4vkT, 42 where R is the radius normal to the plate surface at the point of consideration, and T is the 43 plate thickness. The design shall have a minimum factor of safety of 2.0 against buckling. 44 E. Inlet / Outlet Pipe: 45 1. Material: Stainless steel, ASTM A -240, Type 304L, Schedule 10S. 46 2. Diameter: As indicated on the Drawings. 47 3. Locate riser pipe inside tank. Fit with anti -vortex entrance. 48 4. Welded joints and fittings. 49 5. Provide pipe supports at entrance to tank and at least every 20 FT on vertical runs. 50 F. Overflow: 51 1. Material: Stainless steel, ASTM A -240, Type 304L, Schedule 10S. 52 2. Diameter: As indicated on the Drawings. 53 3. Location and termination for overflow to be as indicated on the Drawings. 072254175-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hi]] Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210.4 • • • • • • 1 4. Welded joints and fittings. 2 G. Tank Vent: 3 1. Vent to be centrally located on tank roof above maximum weir crest elevation. 4 2. Provide with vent cap with sufficient overhang to prevent entrance of wind driven debris 5 and precipitation. 6 3. Vent Capacity: 1,738 -SCFM at a differential pressure not to exceed 0.25 inches water 7 column. 8 4. Material: Steel, ASTM A36. 9 5. Vent Screen: 24 mesh stainless steel, type 304. 10 H. Pressure Nacuum Relief Mechanism: 11 1. Provide pressure /vacuum relief mechanism to be centrally located on tank roof above 12 maximum weir crest elevation. May be combined with vent. 13 2. Mechanism provided to operate in the event of tank vent failure. 14 3. Relief mechanism to provide automatic operation between normal and relief operations. 15 I. Pedestal Ventilation: 16 1. Ventilation shall comply with the governing building code requirements, based on 17 occupancy classification. Minimum one required. 18 2. Vents shall be accessible from the interior ladders, platforms or floors provided. 19 3. Pedestal vents shall be stainless steel or aluminum and provided with a removable insect 20 screen. 21 4. Vent louver at top of pedestal shall be coordinated with tank ladders and platforms so that 22 RTU Antenna can be mounted outside of louver on the West side of the tank. 23 3. Access Tube: 24 1. Provide minimum 48 IN DIA steel access tube from walkway to top of tank. 25 2. Provide area under the access tube with a galvanized drip pan to prevent condensation from 26 dripping onto the concrete floor slab below. Extend the drip pan 3 in. beyond the drip line 27 of the access tube. Provide a 3/4" in. PVC drain pipe. The drain shall exit the support wall 28 6" above grade. 29 K. Steel Tank Openings: 30 1. Provide one 24 IN flanged exhaust hatch opening with a 4 IN curb on tank roof adjacent to 31 access tube. 32 2. Provide one 30 IN diameter manhole through tank floor. Operable from a ladder located on 33 the walkway and designed to withstand the pressure of tank contents without leaking. 34 Including a stainless steel handwheel operator and threaded components. 35 3. Provide two 36 IN square hinged rainproof access hatches with a minimum 4 IN curb on the 36 tank roof. 37 4. Locate one hatch at the top of the access tube to allow access to the tank roof. 38 5. Locate second opening adjacent to the access tube to allow access to the interior of the tank 39 via the ladder mounted on the exterior of the access tube. 40 6. Provide aluminum covers with a 2 IN downtumed edge, gaskets, stainless steel hardware, 41 bold open arm and locking mechanism for each hatch. 42 L. Painters Rings 43 1. Provide painters rails permanently installed on the underside of the tank roof as follows: 44 a. One painter's rail near the center of the tank. 45 b. One painter's rail located approximately 18 inches from the tank shell. 46 2. One painter's rail on the exterior of the tank at the juncture of the steel and concrete. 47 3. Provide an interior inspection ring at the top of the concrete shaft for future rigging and 48 inspection. The inspection ring (including all brackets and supports) shall be galvanized. 49 The inspection ring shall be accessible from the painter's rail platform. 50 M. Ladders, Handrails and Platforms: 51 1. All ladders, handrails, and platforms shall comply with OSHA Standards if different from 52 requirements listed herein. 072251175 -0.0 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 t3210-5 1 2. Ladders shall be provided from the slab on grade inside the base of the pedestal to the upper 2 platform located below the tank floor. The tank floor manhole shall be provided with ladder 3 access from the upper platform. A ladder shall extend from the upper platform, through the 4 access tube interior, to the roof. A ladder mounted on the access tube exterior shall be 5 provided for access to the tank interior, extending from the roof manhole to the tank floor. 6 3. Ladders shall have a continuous flat type safety rail. 7 4. Ladders that terminate at platforms or landings shall extend a minimum of 48 in. beyond the 8 platform elevations. 9 5. Ladders located in the pedestal column and access tube interior shall be galvanized steel. 10 Tank interior ladders shall be coated in accordance with the tank interior coating system. 11 6. Ladder side rails shall be a minimum 3/8 in. by 2 in. with a 16 -in. clear spacing. Rungs 12 shall be minimum 3 /4 -in. diameter, spaced at I2 -in. centers and plug welded into holes 13 drilled in the side rails. Tank interior ladders shall be provided with 1 -in. diameter rungs 14 and 1/2 in. by 2 -in. side rails. 15 7. Ladder shall be secured to the adjacent structure by brackets located at intervals not 16 exceeding 1011. Brackets shall be of sufficient length to provide a minimum distance of 7 17 in. from the center of rung to the nearest permanent object behind the ladder. Ladder 18 brackets located on the access tube exterior shall be reinforced at the access tube shell so 19 that potential ice damage is confined to the ladder and bracket and not the access tube shell. 20 8. High strength aluminum, rigid rail safe climbing devices shall be provided on all ladders, 21 SAF -T -CLIMB or equal. The ladder safety device shall comply with OSHA standards. 22 Rails shall be flat type and center mounted and extend from 3 feet above the ladder bottom 23 to the top of the ladder section. Mounting brackets, fasteners and splice bars shall be 24 provided as required for a rigid installation. Three (3) trolleys and harnesses shall be 25 provided. The trolley shall be designed specifically to be operated with the rail provided. 26 Each trolley shall be supplied with one full body safety harness (total three) with front and 27 side rings. 28 9. 4 ft. wide Resting platforms shall be Iocated as indicated on the drawings at 25 FT intervals 29 (Addendum No. 1) and at the top of the pedestal to provide access from the pedestal ladder 30 to the roof access ladder located on the interior of the access tube. Platforms shall be 31 provided with handrails, midrails and toe plates in accordance with OSHA requirements. 32 Grating shall be used for the walking surface. All components shall be galvanized steel. 33 10. Provide exterior hand railing and kickplate around the circumference of tank top to enclose 34 all centrally located accessories. 35 N. Nameplate: 36 I. Provide a stainless steel data nameplate that lists the following: 37 a. Tank manufacturer. 38 b. Date of Construction. 39 c. Volume. 40 d. Overflow Elevation (MSL) 41 e. Foundation Elevation (MSL) 42 O. Cathodic Protection System. To be provided per Section 16640. 43 P. Electrical, Lighting and Receptacles: To be provided as indicated on the Drawings and as 44 specified in Division 16. 45 Q. Lightning Protection: 46 I. Provide lightning protection for the elevated tank structure and any roof mounted equipment 47 that may be damaged by lightning. 48 2. Minimum requirements include two 28 strand by 14 gauge copper conductors bonded to the 49 steel tank 180 degrees apart. The conductors shall be fastened to the interior pedestal wall 50 at 3 foot minimum spacing, and shall terminate with buried 5/8 inch diameter by 8 foot long 51 copper clad ground rods. Drilling may be required. Fill annular space with concrete. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210 - 6 • • • • 1 3. Lightning protection for obstruction lights shall consist of an air terminal mounted on the 2 support and formed to fit around the fixture. The 1/2 inch diameter copper air terminal shall 3 extend a minimum of 10 inches above the light fixture and shall connect to a copper 4 conductor that terminates in a bonding plate secured to the tank roof. 5 R. RTU Antenna: 6 1. Provide Antenna for RTU and SCADA system to be mounted on the exterior of the concrete 7 pedestal at the base of the tank. 8 2. Antenna to be placed on the West by Southwest side facing the Water Treatment Facility. 9 Contractor to coordinate location of stairs, access vents, etc. to facilitate this requirement. 10 3. Antenna to be installed and mounted adjacent to a 24IN square hinged grated access panel 11 for maintenance purposes. 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLATION 14 A. Foundation: 15 1. Excavate the footings in accordance with Section 02200, Earthwork. Owner will retain the 16 services of a Soils Engineer to observe foundation excavation and placement. Before 17 placement of the foundation, the Soils Engineer will examine the areas and conditions under 18 which the foundation and tank will be constructed and notify the Engineer in writing of 19 conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed 20 with the work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 21 2. Form foundations, place reinforcing steel and place concrete in accordance with Division 3 22 Concrete. 23 B. Concrete Support Structure Construction 24 1. The pedestal wall shall be constructed using a jump form process. The form system shall 25 use curved, prefabricated form segments of the largest practical size to minimize panel 26 joints. Concrete pour height shall be a minimum of 6 ft and a maximum of 12 -ft. Form 27 panels shall extend the full height of the concrete pour using only vertical panel joints. Form 28 system shall incorporate a positive means of adjustment to maintain dimensional tolerances. 29 Wall forms shall be adjusted for vertical plumb and circularity and secured using through 30 wall forum bolts prior to concrete placement. Panels shall be designed for lateral pressures 31 associated with full height plastic concrete head, and support and bracing shall be provided 32 for construction related impact loads and wind loads Working platforms that allow safe 33 access for inspection and concrete placement shall be provided. Form facing material shall 34 be metal, or plywood faced with plastic or fiberglass. 35 2. The form system shall incorporate a uniform pattern of vertical and horizontal rustications 36 to provide architectural relief to the exterior wall surface. Construction joints and panel 37 joints shall be located in rustications. Vertical panel joints shall be sealed using closures, 38 which combine with the form pattern to prevent grout leakage and panel joint lines. The top 39 of each concrete placement shall be finished with a grade strip. The vertical and horizontal 40 rustications shall be proportioned and combined to impart a symmetrical architectural 41 pattern to the completed structure. Form ties shall be located so as to impart a uniform 42 patterned effect. No architectural form treatment is required on the interior surface. 43 3. Wall forms shall not be disturbed or removed until the concrete has attained sufficient 44 strength such that forming operations and construction loads do not cause surface damage or 45 excessive stress to the section. Support wall concreting operations shall occur a maximum 46 of once per day. Multiple form movements and concrete placements within a day are not 47 permitted. 48 4. Pedestal wall radius, plumb and thickness shall be verified for each concrete pour at 45 49 degree intervals. Dimensional tolerances to conform to ACI 371, Section 3.6, Tolerances. A 50 certified inspection report shall be provided to the Owner on project completion. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210.7 1 5. Provide a smooth form finish without rub for the interior and exterior support wall. Tie 2 holes shall be plugged using grout on the interior and manufactured plugs on the exterior 3 which match the color of the cured concrete as closely as possible. Provide a light sandblast 4 or abrasive or water blast to the exposed exterior concrete support wall surface. 5 6. Drop chutes or tremies shall be used in walls and columns to prevent free -fall of the 6 concrete over 4 ft and to allow the concrete to be placed through the cage of reinforcing 7 steel. These shall be moved at short intervals to prevent stacking of concrete. 8 7. The formwork system for the domed structural floor shall be designed to support all 9 construction loads. Adequate shoring and bracing shall be provided to transfer loads to the 10 pedestal or ground without appreciable movements. Form surfaces shall be steel, plastic or 11 fiberglass coated material. 12 8. The interface between the steel tank floor plate and the supporting structural concrete slab 13 shall be constructed with a minimum 1 -in. void. Subsequent to testing all welds to insure 14 there are no leaks, the void shall be filled with a flowable grout mix. 15 9. The ring beam shall be verified to be level before tank erection. If the ring beam is not 16 level, the Contractor shall take the necessary corrective actions, at no additional cost to 17 the Owner, to make the ring beam level before further tank erection will be permitted. 18 Submit certification letter to Owner and Engineer when the ring beam is level and 19 describe any corrective actions needed to make the ring beam level. 20 C. Steel Tankage Construction 21 1. Welding: Welding procedures and general welding requirements shall be in accordance with 22 AWWA D100, Section 8, "Welding ". Welding shall only be done by ASME qualified 23 welders. No structural welding is permitted to any steel embedded in hardened concrete, 24 unless the weld is at least 2 ft. from the embedment interface. Grinding of weld contour 25 shall approximate Condition "D" of NACE Standard RP0178. 26 2. Fabrication: Layout, cutting, forming, edge preparation and workmanship for steel tank 27 components and fabrications shall be in accordance with AWWA D100, Section 9, "Shop 28 Fabrication ". 29 3. Erection: Steel tank erection procedures and general requirements shall be in accordance 30 with AWWA D100, Section 10, "Erection ". 31 4. Underside of roof shall be seal welded per specifications. 32 5. Erection tolerance of the steel cone in the radial direction shall be measured. The deviation 33 from a conical surface shall not exceed 0.032v RT when measured over a gage length of 34 4vRT. A quality assurance program shall verify and document conformance by taking field 35 measurements at 30 degree intervals. A certified inspection report detailing the 36 measurements taken and conformance shall be provided to the Owner on project 37 completion. 38 D. Tank Painting: 39 1. Paint inside and outside surfaces in accordance with AWWA D102, NSF Standard 61, and 40 Section 09906. 41 2. All painting shall be done in the field so that Owner's representative can observe surface 42 preparation and coating application. Shop priming will be allowed if Contractor bears the 43 cost of transportation and lodging for the Owner's representative. 44 E. Electrical: 45 1. Install wiring in steel conduit, light switches, lights, and duplex outlets as required. 46 Terminate wiring in electrical panel located inside pedestal or fluted column at base. 47 2. Ground tank in accordance with Section 16450. 48 F. Tank Disinfection: Disinfection shall be in accordance with AWWA C652. Water and sufficient 49 pressure for flushing, cleaning, initial testing and disinfection shall be supplied by the Owner at 50 no cost to the Contractor. 51 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 52 A. Provide radiographic inspection of structure in accordance with Section 14 of AWWA D100 -96. 07225 -075.036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210 - 8 • • • • 1 B. Employ and pay for services of manufacturer's service representative(s) to: 2 1. Examine installation and components to ensure installation in accordance with 3 manufacturers recommendations. 4 2. Supervise final adjustments and field check units in installed condition. 5 3. Conduct startup. 6 4. Instruct Owner's personnel regarding normal and extraordinary operation and maintenance 7 instructions. 8 C. Disinfect tank in accordance with AWWA C652. 9 D. Obtain satisfactory bacteriological reports from water samples from tank in conformance with 10 requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. 11 END OF SECTION 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13210 - 9 • • • 1 99J19 2 SECTION 13440 3 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS CONTROL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Basic requirements for complete instrumentation system for process control. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 10400 - Identification, Stenciling, and Tagging Systems. 12 4. Section 11005 - Equipment: Basic Requirements. 13 5. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 14 6. Section 16120 - Wire and Cable - 600 Volt and Below. 15 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Referenced Standards: 17 1. International Society for Measurement and Control (ISA): 18 a. S5.1, Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. 19 b. S5.2, Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations. 20 c. S5.3, Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display Instrumentation, Logic 21 and Computer Systems. 22 d. S5.4, Standard Instrument Loop Diagrams. 23 e. S20, Standard Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, 24 Primary Elements and Control Valves. 25 f. RP7.1 -56, Pneumatic Control Circuit Pressure Test. 26 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 27 B. Miscellaneous: 28 1. Comply with electrical classifications and NEMA enclosure types shown on Drawings. 29 C. Qualifications: 30 1. Instrumentation subcontractor: See requirements for single source responsibility in Section 31 01060. 32 13 DEFINITIONS 33 A. Calibrate: To standardize a device so that it provides a specified response to known inputs. 34 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 35 A. Control System Requirements: 36 1. This Specification Section 13440 provides the general requirements for the instrument and 37 control system. 38 2. The instrument and control system consists of all primary elements, transmitters, switches, 39 controllers, computers, recorders, indicators, panels, signal converters, signal boosters, 40 amplifiers, special power supplies, special or shielded cable, special grounding or isolation, 41 auxiliaries, software, wiring, and other devices required to provide complete control of the 42 plant as specified in the Contract Documents. 43 B. Unless otherwise required for instrument compatibility, electric control signals shall be 4 to 20 44 mA, 24 V DC. 07225-073-03G City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13440 - 1 1 C. All signals shall be directly linearly proportional to measured variable unless specifically noted 2 otherwise. 3 D. Single Instrumentation Subcontractor: 4 1. The instrumentation subcontractor shall be responsible for functional operations of all 5 systems, performance of control system engineering, supervision of installation, final 6 connections, calibrations, preparation of drawings and operation and maintenance manuals, 7 startup, training, demonstration of substantial completion and all other aspects of the control 8 system. 9 2. Ensure coordination of instrumentation with other work to ensure that necessary wiring, 10 conduits, contacts, relays, converters, and incidentals are provided in order to transmit, 11 receive, and control necessary signals to other control elements, to control panels, and to 12 receiving stations. 13 1.5 SUBMITTALS 14 A. Shop Drawings: 15 1. See Section 01340. 16 2. Submittals shall be original printed material or clear unblemished photocopies of original 17 printed material. Facsimile information is not acceptable. 18 3. Product technical data including: 19 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 20 b. Equipment catalog cut sheets. 21 c. Instrument data sheets: 22 1) ISA S20 or approved equal. 23 2) Separate data sheet for each instrument. 24 d. Materials of construction. 25 e. Physical limits of components including temperature and pressure limits. 26 f Size and weight. 27 g. Electrical power requirements and wiring diagrams. 28 h. NEMA rating of housings. 29 i. Submittals shall be marked with arrows to show exact features to be provided. 30 4. Loop diagrams per ISA S5.4. 31 a. Each loop diagram on a separate sheet. 32 b. Each sheet shall contain the following minimum information. 33 1) All loop devices clearly identified. 34 2) Identification of the loop and each loop component, including connections to such 35 things as recorders and computers. Numbering and tagging must agree with the 36 P &ID. 37 3) All interconnections with identifying numbers for: 38 a) Electrical cables. 39 b) Conductor pairs. 40 c) Pneumatic or hydraulic tubing. 41 4) Identification of connections including: 42 a) Junction boxes. 43 b) Terminals. 44 c) Bulkheads. 45 d) Ports. 46 e) Computer input/output connections. 47 f) Grounding systems. 48 5) Signal levels and ranges. 49 6) Device location, 50 7) Energy sources designating voltage, pressure, and other applicable requirements. 51 8) Enough process lines and equipment to clearly show the process side of the loop 52 and provide clarity of control action. This includes: 53 a) What is being measured. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hi]] Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13440 -2 • • • • • • 1 b) What is being controlled. 2 c) Other information required to complete the process loop. 3 9) Reference to supplementary records and drawings to show inter - relation to other 4 control loops. 5 10) Controller action. 6 11) Control valve action upon electronic, hydraulic, or pneumatic failure. 7 5, Process connected instrument installation details containing the following minimum 8 information: 9 a. Bill of materials providing as a minimum the following information: 10 1) Tube material and size. 11 2) Connection size. 12 3) Fitting size, material, and rating. 13 4) Valve type and material. 14 5) Instrument description. 15 6) Pipe stand size and material. 16 b. Tube slope requirements. 17 c. Required elevations and dimensions. 18 6. Comprehensive set of point -to -point wiring diagrams showing all interconnections between 19 packaged systems or equipment control panels, motor control centers, instrumentation and 20 all other electrical equipment as required to depict a complete and functional plant -wide 21 electrical control system. Instrumentation wiring already shown on loop diagrams need not 22 be included on point -to -point wiring diagrams. 23 a. Diagrams shall provide the following minimum information: 24 1) Terminal block identification (includes terminals on remote equipment furnished 25 by Others). 26 2) Wire size. 27 3) Wire type. 28 4) Wire color. 29 5) Wire shielding and insulation type. 30 6) Conductor quantities and associated conduit size. 31 7) Ground points. 32 8) Interconnection requirements to existing systems or equipment furnished by 33 Others. 34 b. Diagrams shall be provided on Drawings of sufficient size so as to minimize the 35 number of drawings. 36 1) Maximum drawing size 24 x 36 IN. 37 2) Minimum drawing size: 11 x 17 IN. 38 7. Electrical schematic control diagrams. Diagrams shall include: 39 a. Terminal identification. 40 b. Unique identification of all control devices and contacts. 41 1) Utilize Owner's device identification numbers where applicable. 42 c. Wire identification. 43 d. Equipment identification. 44 e. Indication of remote and local devices and wiring. 45 f. Overcurrent protection indication. 46 g. Voltage. 47 h. All control logic. 48 8. Panel fabrication drawings. 49 9. RTU equipment drawings. 50 10. Graphic layouts. 51 11. Graphic component construction. 52 12. Nameplate layout drawings. 07225 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13440 - 3 1 13. Drawings, systems, and other elements are represented schematically in accordance with 2 ISA S5.1 and S5.3. The nomenclature, tag numbers, equipment numbers, panel numbers, 3 and related series identification contained in the Contract Documents shall be employed 4 exclusively throughout submittals. 5 14. Certifications: 6 a. Documentation verifying that calibration equipment is certified with NIST traceability. 7 b. Approvals from independent testing laboratories or approval agencies, such as UL, FM 8 or CSA. Certification documentation is required for all equipment for which the 9 specifications require independent agency approval. 10 15. Testing reports: 11 a. Source quality control reports. 12 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 13 1. See Section 01340. 14 2. Warranties: Provide copies of warranties and list of factory authorized service agents. 15 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16 A. Do not remove shipping blocks, plugs, caps, and desiccant dryers installed to protect the 17 instrumentation during shipment until the instruments are installed and permanent connections 18 are made. 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20 2.1 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 21 A. System Operating Criteria: 22 1. Stability: After controls have taken corrective action, as result of a change in the controlled 23 variable or a change in setpoint, oscillation of final control element shall not exceed two 24 cycles per minute or a magnitude of movement of 0.5 percent full travel. 25 2. Response: Any change in setpoint or change in controlled variable shall produce a 26 corresponding corrective change in position of final control element and become stabilized 27 within 30 seconds. 28 3. Agreement: Setpoint indication of controlled variable and measured indication of controlled 29 variable shall agree within 3 percent of full scale over a 6:1 operating range. 30 4. Repeatability: For any repeated magnitude of control signal, from either an increasing or 31 decreasing direction, the final control element shall take a repeated position within 0.5 32 percent of full travel regardless of force required to position final element. 33 5. Sensitivity: Controls shall respond to setpoint deviations and measured variable deviations 34 within 1.0 percent of full scale. 35 6. Performance: All instruments and control devices shall perform in accordance with 36 manufacturer's specifications. 37 2.2 ACCESSORIES 38 A. Provide instruments with manufacturer's identification nameplate showing: 39 1. Manufacturer's model number. 40 2. Manufacturer's serial number. 41 3. Range. 42 a. Utilize the same units of measurement as are utilized in the Contract Documents. 43 4. Power supply requirement. 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 3.1 INSTALLATION 07 075 -03t City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13440 - 4 • • • • • • 2 A. Use bottom entry for all conduit entry to instruments and junction boxes. B. Install electrical components per Division 16. 3 C. Panel - Mounted Instruments: 4 1. Mount and wire so removal or replacement may be accomplished without intermption of 5 service to adjacent devices. 6 2. Locate all devices mounted inside enclosures so terminals and adjustment devices are 7 readily accessible without use of special tools and with terminal markings clearly visible. 8 D. See Section 16120. 9 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 10 A. See Section 01650. 11 B. Maintain accurate daily log of all startup activities, calibration functions, and fmal setpoint 12 adjustments. 13 1. Documentation requirements include the utilization of the forms located at the end of this 14 section. 15 a. Loop Checkout Sheet. 16 b. Instrument Certification Sheet. 17 c. Final Control Element Certification Sheet. 18 C. Instrumentation Calibration: 19 1. Verify that all instruments and control devices are calibrated to provide the performance 20 required by the Contract Documents. 21 2. Calibrate all field - mounted instruments, other than local pressure and temperature gages, 22 after the device is mounted in place to assure proper installed operation. 23 3. Calibrate in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 24 4. Bench calibrate pressure gages. Field mount gage within 1 day of calibration. 25 5. Check the calibration of each transmitter and gage across its specified range at 0, 25, 50, 75, 26 and 100 percent. Check for both increasing and decreasing input signals to detect hysteresis. 27 6. Replace any instrument that cannot be properly adjusted. 28 7. Stroke control valves with clean dry air to verify control action, positioner settings, and 29 solenoid functions. 30 8. Mark range, date, setpoint and calibrators initials on each instrument by means of blue or 31 black ink on a waterproof tag affixed to the instrument. 32 9. Calibration equipment shall be certified by an independent agency with traceability to NIST. 33 Certification shall be up -to -date. Use of equipment with expired certifications shall not be 34 permitted. 35 10. Calibration equipment shall be at least three times more accurate as the device being 36 calibrated. 37 D. Loop checkout requirements are as follows: 38 1. Check control signal generation, transmission, reception and response for all control loops 39 under simulated operating conditions by imposing a signal on the loop at the instrument 40 connections. Use actual signals where available. Closely observe controllers, recorders, 41 alarm and trip units, remote setpoints, ratio systems, and other control components. Make 42 corrections as required. Following any corrections, retest the loop as before. 43 2. Check all interlocks to the maximum extent possible. 44 3. In addition to any other as- recorded documents, record all setpoint and calibration changes 45 on all affected Contract Documents and turn over to the Owner. 46 E. Provide verification of system assembly, power, ground, and I/O tests. 47 F. Verify existence and measure adequacy of all grounds required for instrumentation and controls. 48 G. Provide up to 16 hours of instruction to Owner's personnel on instrumentation operation and 49 maintenance. 57225 -075 -035 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13440 - 5 I-D:1 • • • Project Name: Project Owner: HDR Project No. Control Loop No.: Tag No. Description: Manufacturer: Model No. Serial No. Actuator: Pneumatic: Electric: Positioner: Direct: Reverse: Positioner: Input: Output: I/P Converter: Input: Output: Valve to on air failure Valve to on power failure Specified I/P converte accuracy: (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No (if applicable): Date: I/P CONVERTER % of span. FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED Final Control Element Certification Sheet Remarks: DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY Certified by Task 3034 NIST TRACEABILITY? Date Certified: 111- 3034 -7 INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT % OF SPAN INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of span) INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of span) 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% I-D:1 • • • Project Name: Project Owner: HDR Project No. Control Loop No.: Tag No. Description: Manufacturer: Model No. Serial No. Actuator: Pneumatic: Electric: Positioner: Direct: Reverse: Positioner: Input: Output: I/P Converter: Input: Output: Valve to on air failure Valve to on power failure Specified I/P converte accuracy: (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No (if applicable): Date: I/P CONVERTER % of span. FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED Final Control Element Certification Sheet Remarks: DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY Certified by Task 3034 NIST TRACEABILITY? Date Certified: 111- 3034 -7 INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT % OF SPAN INPUT TRAVEL ERROR (% of full travel) INPUT TRAVEL ERROR (% of full travel) 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% I-D:1 • • • Project Name: Project Owner: HDR Project No. Control Loop No.: Tag No. Description: Manufacturer: Model No. Serial No. Actuator: Pneumatic: Electric: Positioner: Direct: Reverse: Positioner: Input: Output: I/P Converter: Input: Output: Valve to on air failure Valve to on power failure Specified I/P converte accuracy: (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No (if applicable): Date: I/P CONVERTER % of span. FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED Final Control Element Certification Sheet Remarks: DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY Certified by Task 3034 NIST TRACEABILITY? Date Certified: 111- 3034 -7 DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Multi -fct calibrator Fluke- XL743B 0.01 % Rdg + 0.015% FS Yes Pressure Module Fluke- XL700POS (0 -30") 0.05% FS Yes • • • Project Name: BIG PROJECT Project Owner: ABC Company HDR Project NO. 10050- 211 -134 Control Loop No.: 056 Tag No. LCV -056A Description: Control Valve Manufacturer: ACE, Inc. Model No. XYZ -123 Serial No. 748569AP2 Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No. Of applicable): Date: 12/19/98 ERRO (% of sari) 08 % OF SPAN 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% INCREASING INPUT INPUT 4.00 mA 8.00 mA 12.00 mA 16.00 mA 20.00 mA OUTPUT 3.01 psO 6.04 psi 9.00 psi 0.00 0:08 8.00 mA 12.00 mA 16.00 mA 20.00 mA ECREASING INP OUTPUT 3.02 psi 6.05 psi 9.01 psi 12.03 psi 14.99 psi ) Specified I/P converte accura Certified by: Joe Smith (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc, 0.50% y; span. -- Actuator: Pneumatic: X A Electric: Posiuoner: Direct: X Posilioner: Input: 9 -15 osl ' I/P Converter: Inpu,(: Valve to Valve to I/P CONV T-ER INAL CONTROL ELEMENT Final Control Element Certification Sheet % OF SP INCREASING INPUT VEL ERROR (% of full travel) 9.00 psi 10.50 ps} ' l2.0Qsi .50 psi 15.00 psi 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% INPUT TRAVEL 9.00 psi 10.50 psi 12.00 psi 13.50 psi 15.00 psi DECREASING INP 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% ) Remarks: - CV -056A is not furnished with position transmitter so travel checks were visual. CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED Task 3034 Date Certified: 12/19/98 UT ERROR (% of span 0.17 UT 0.42 0.08 0.25 0.08 ERROR % of full travel I11- 3034 -7 Project Name: Owner's Project No. (If applicable): Project Owner: Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): HDR Project No. Date: Control Loop No.: INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of span) Instrument Tag No. Transmitter /gauge span: Manufacturer: Switch set - point: Model No. Switch dead band: Serial No. Switch range: 1-D3 Instrument Certification Sheet TRANSMITTERS AND INDICATORS SWITCHES Maximum allowable error (per Cont act Documents): Remarks: CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFRIMODEL NO. ACCURACY • Certified by (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Task 3034 NIST TRACEABILITY? Date Certified: 111- 3034 -6 INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT % OF SPAN INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of span) INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of span) 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Other (if applicable) Other (if applicable) 1-D3 Instrument Certification Sheet TRANSMITTERS AND INDICATORS SWITCHES Maximum allowable error (per Cont act Documents): Remarks: CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFRIMODEL NO. ACCURACY • Certified by (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Task 3034 NIST TRACEABILITY? Date Certified: 111- 3034 -6 INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT ACTUATION POINT INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of range) INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of range) High (Increasing input) Low (Decreasing input) 1-D3 Instrument Certification Sheet TRANSMITTERS AND INDICATORS SWITCHES Maximum allowable error (per Cont act Documents): Remarks: CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFRIMODEL NO. ACCURACY • Certified by (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Task 3034 NIST TRACEABILITY? Date Certified: 111- 3034 -6 DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT ACTUATION POINT INP 'UTPUT Yes ERROR (% of range) INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of range) High (In�O sing 49 F u Contact Close 0.1 % 45.1 F Contact Open 0.2% Lowecreasing put) DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Temperature (dry block) calibrator Hart Scientific XL5897T 0.1 F Yes I-D:1 • • • Project Name: BIG PROJECT Project Owner: ABC Company HDR Project No, 10050- 211 -134 Control Loop No.: 222 Instrument Tag No. TSH -222 Manufacturer: Model No. ACE, Inc. TL- 2983 -SH5 Regulatory Agency Project No. (0 applicable): Serial No. if Maxi Tfowable errs (per Cont act Documents): Certified by: 10293583 Joe Smith (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Owners Project No. (if applicable): Date: 12/19/98 Transmitter /gauge span: Switch set - point: Switch dead band: Switch range: TRANSMITTERS ANDINDICA OR Task 3034 Instrument Certification Sheet 50: % OF SPAN 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Other (if applicable) Other (if applicable) INPUT INCREASING INPUT SWITCHES INP DECREASING INP OUTPUT 1.0% Switch Range Remarks: ` 4 CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED 2 -200 F " ^F Date Certified: 12/19/98 T ERROR (% of span 1I1- 3034 -6 DEVICE TYPE a - INCREANG INPUT DECREASING INPUT ACTUATION POINT IN _V UTPUT ERROR rU of range) INPUT OUTPUT ERROR (% of range) High (Irr real ng input) Yes Loecreasing t) DEVICE TYPE MFR./MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? Pressure calibrator Hathaway /Beta XL5946P 0.025% full scale Yes Pressure module Hathaway /Beta XL5948P -6:0 -150 psi 0.025% full scale Yes I-D:1 • • • Project Name: BIG PROJECT Project Owner: ABC Company HDR Project No, 10050- 211 -134 Control Loop No.: 106 Instrument Tag No. PIT -106A Manufacturer: ACE, Inc. Model No. 1275 -X Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): Date: 12/19/98 Switch set - point: Serial No. 3049569TSH % OF SPAN 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Other (if applicable) Other (if applicable) 50.00 psi 100.00 psi 150.00 psi 200.00 psi OUTPUT 4.02 mA INCREASING INPUT INPUT 0.00 psi 16.00 mA 0.00 150.00 psi 8.00 m 0.00 0 psi 12.01 mA '100.00 psi DECREASING INP OUTPUT 4.00 mA 8.01 mA 12.00 mA 16.01 mA 19.99 mA 20.00 mA 0.00 200.00 psi Certified by: Maxim owable err x. (per Contract Documents) 0.15% span Remarks: Adiris ed zero - otherwise no adjustments required Joe Smith (Version I.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Transmitter /gauge span: _ p0 psi Switch dead band: Switch range: TRANSMITTERS AND%9NDIC SWITCHES I RS CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED Task 3034 Instrument Certification Sheet Date Certified: 12/19/98 UT ERROR (% of span) 0.00 0.06 0.00 0.06 0.06 111- 3034 -6 DESCRIPTION FIELD CONTROL CAB LEAK CHECK) TERM /CONT CHECK1zi TERM /CONT CHECKI21 TAG NO. Device Tag No. Process Conn. Signal Tube Device Tag No. Termination (dent. Device Tag No. Termination (dent. EQUIP STATUS ALARM POINT PARAMETER TYPE TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. PROCESS VAR PV Set Point EQUIP STATUS ALARM POINT TAG NO. SWITCH & ALARM SP CONTROLLERS Gain Reset, rpm Deriv. (rate), min PV Set Point I-D:1 • • Project Name: Project Owner: Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): HDR Project No.: Date: LEAK AND TERMINATION /CONTINUITY CHECKS 1. Leak check for pneumatic signal tubing to be per ISA- PR7.1. 2. Termination /continuity check includes check at terminated equipment for: (a) correct polarity, (b) appropriate signal generation, transmission and reception, and (c) correct shield & ground terminations. OPERATOR INTERFACE CHECK -OUT MONITORING POINTS OBSERVED OPERATOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS CHECKED FUNCTION TYPE TAG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. AS LEFT SETTINGS (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Loop Check -out Sheet Page of LOCATION Describe all interlocks checked, equipment started /stopped, valves /operators stroked. Describe modes of operation checked, and location of operator interface (local /remote). I certify that the control loop referenced on this page has been completely checked and functions in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications. Certified by Date: (Work Performed By) 111- 3034 -5 DESCRIPTION FIELD CONTR.: TERM /4)NT.CHECKr2h Device Tag. na No. B Termination (dent. LEAK CHECK( ) TERM/CONT CFEG TAG NO. Device Tag No. Process Conn. Signal Tube Device Tag No. „,» Terrnin - ent. A P201 Start Sig EQUIP STATUS P201 ON VFD -10 22 `+ X 28 LC 0 103, 104 P201, Speed inp ALARM POINT PAH -107 S/ h VFD;7,#7T MCC C Cab 67, 68, 69 P201 Start out 17FD -107 1, 32 #PLC Cab 72, 73, 74 Press transmit PIT -107 JS — ' T -107 +/ - PLC Cab 98, 99, 100 PARAMETER TYPE TAG NO. TAG NO. N TAG 10: TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. PROCESS VAR PI-107A %, SI -107 120 psi EQUIP STATUS P201 ON =, =2 - FF V- open V -107 close 0.2 80 psi ALARM POINT PAH -107 S/ h HS' 107C p MCC HS -1070 MCC FUNCTION TYPE -AG NO. LAT TAG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION H -O -A sel ay! -107A V,- -107 120 psi L -O -R sersw ' : = ` "- 2.0 5.0 0.2 80 psi r (dl P201 S/ h HS' 107C p MCC HS -1070 MCC Td41 SWIY-CH & ALARM SP CONTROLLERS _ r Gain Reset, rpm Deriv. (rate), min PV Set Point PAH -107 120 psi SC -107 t 2.0 5.0 0.2 80 psi ha • • • Project Name: BIG PROJECT Project Owner: ABC Company HEIR Project No.: 10050 -211 -134 Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Date: 12/19/98 Control Loop No. 107 1. Leak check for pneumatic signal tubing to be per ISA- PR7.1. 2. Termination /continuity check includes check at terminated equipment fora(a transmission and reception, and (c) correct shield & ground terminations.': Certified by: Joe Smith Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): LEAK AND TERMINATION /CONTINUITY CHECKS OPERAIO ]N1 MONITOR NG RFACEliCHE ;OUT .w � fL3NkSERVED OPERATOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS CHECKED AS LEFT SETTINGS (Work Performed By) (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, lnc. Loop Check -out Sheet Page 1,02 `approp late signal generation, Describe all interlocks checked, equipment started /stopped, valves /operators stroked. Describe modes of operation checked, and location of operator interface (local /remote). (1) HS -107B in Local: (a) start/stop operation via HS -107A and HS -107C, D (b) Manual /auto operation via HS -107A. In auto. pump stopped on hi press. started on to press. (2) HS -107B in Remote: Observed operation from PLC -pump stopped on hi press, started on to press. (3) Observed V -107 open /close automatically in accord with pump run condition. (4) Observed all indications and terminations shown above. (5) Tuned SC -107 I certify that the control loop referenced on this page has been completely checked and functions in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications. Date: 12/19/98 111- 3034 -5 PARAMETER TYPE TAG NO. TAG NO. '1 ;e_ TAGJO:' TAG NO. TAG NO. TAG NO. PROCESS VAR PV Set Point 1' EQUIP STATUS ZOI- 107'. -a_ 07 ALARM POINT .g mo FUNCTION TYPE j.G NO. Lt9CATJON TAG NO. LOCATION TAG NO. LOCATION Deriv. (rate), min PV Set Point 1' T! ° °: ® SW$ 'H & ALARM SP CONTROLLERS ' Gain Reset, rpm Deriv. (rate), min PV Set Point • • • Project Name: BIG PROJECT Project Owner: ABC Company HDR Project No.: 10050 - 211 -134 Control Loop No. 107 DESCRIPTION V -107 open ZS V -107 close ZS Device Tag No. Process Conn. Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): Date: 12/19/98 LEAK AND TERMINATION /CONTINUITY CHECKS FIELD LEAK CHECK0I Signal Tube TERM /CONT CHg Device Tag No. ZSO - 10`° S CONTR TERM /GON Termin k .ent. Device Ta No. LC caa6' Ff', Cab R) 1. Leak check for pneumatic signal tubing to be per ISA PR7.1. 2. Termination /continuity check includes check at terminated equipment fo`,':(a "- ct polarity, b approp late signal generation, transmission and reception, and (c) correct shield & ground terminations OPER O*1NTERFACECHEC :OUT MONITOF G 'R * S OPERA`!OR CONTROL FUNCTIONS CHECKED AS LEFT SETTINGS Describe all interlocks checked, equipment started /stopped, valves/operators stroked. Describe modes of operation checked, and location of operator interface (local /remote). Checked terminations and verified indications shown above. I certify that the control loop referenced on this page has been completely checked and functions in accordance with applicable drawings and specifications. Certified by: Joe Smith (Work Performed By) (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Task 3034 Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. BSER ED Loop Check -out Sheet Date: 12/19/98 TJ HECK Termination (dent. 112, 113 114, 115 11I- 3034 -5 • • • 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 13441 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Instrumentation control loops. 7 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 9 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 10 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 A. See Section 13440. 12 B. See requirements for single source responsibility in Section 01060. 13 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 14 A. Functional descriptions contained are for informational purposes intended to supplement and 15 complement instrumentation control schematics and other details when included in drawings and 16 specifications. Provide instrumentation hardware and software as necessary to perform control 17 functions specified herein and shown 011 drawings. Ensure coordination of instrumentation 18 manufacturer with other work to ensure that necessary wiring, conduits, contacts, relays, 19 converters, and incidentals are provided in order to transmit, receive, and control necessary 20 signals to other control elements, to control panels, and to receiving stations. 21 B. The control loop descriptions are not intended to be an inclusive listing of all elements and 22 appurtenances required to execute loop functions and shall not be considered equal to a bill of 23 materials. 24 1.4 SUBMITTALS 25 A. See Section 01340. 26 B. Secure from instrumentation manufacturer and include with submittals control loop descriptions 27 for each loop in system Ensure that tag numbers cross - reference with loop diagrams and tag 28 numbers shown on instrument specification forms. Describe each element and include 29 appropriate tag number in parenthesis. When additional elements are necessary, use and assign 30 tag number not in conflict with others and in accordance with ISA procedures. 31 C. Operation and maintenance manuals: 32 1. See Section 01340. 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION 35 3.1 CONTROL LOOPS 36 A. Elevated Tank Water Level Measurement: 077225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13441 - 1 1 1. The level of the water in the elevated tank shall be measured by a pressure transmitter 2 installed in the riser pipe. The transmitter shall measure the static head pressure in the tank 3 and transmit a 4 -20 mA DC signal corresponding to tank level to RTU. The RTU shall be 4 programmed to provide output signal to altitude valve to open and close the valve. The 5 water level will also be transmitted to the Owner's water treatment plant. 6 2. The water level will be transmitted from the RTU to a local level indicator /readout which 7 will be mounted adjacent to the RTU. 8 B. Altitude Valve: 9 1. The altitude valve shall be controlled both locally and remotely. Local control of the valve 10 includes open and closing the valve based on measured water levels. The valve shall also be 11 controlled from the Owner's water treatment plant, overriding local control of the valve 12 based on water levels. 13 2. Valve position status shall be monitored and transmitted to the Owner's water treatment 14 plant. 15 END OF SECTION 07225- 075-136 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13441 - 2 • • • • • • 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 13442 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Pressure components. 7 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Section 15060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 9 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 A. Referenced Standards: 11 1. American Gas Association (AGA): 12 a. Gas Measurement Committee Report #3. 13 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 14 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 15 a. B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 16 b. PTC 19.3, Instruments and Apparatus, Part 3 Temperature Measurement. 17 c. MC96.1, Temperature Measurement Thermocouples. 18 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 19 a. Fluid Meters, Sixth Edition. 20 5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 21 a. Al26, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe 22 Fittings. 23 b. A182, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy - Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged 24 Fittings and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service. 25 c. A240, Standard Specification for Heat - Resisting Chromium and Chromium- Nickel 26 Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 27 d. B61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 28 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 29 a. ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. 30 B. See requirements for single source responsibility in Section 01060. 31 1.3 SUBMITTALS 32 A. Shop Drawings: 33 1. See Sections 01340. 34 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 35 1. See Section 01340. 36 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 37 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 38 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the Manufacturers listed in the articles 39 describing the elements are acceptable. 40 B. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 41 2.2 PRESSURE COMPONENTS 072254)75-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13442 - 1 A. Pressure Gage: 2 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 3 a. Ashcroft. 4 b. Ametek. 5 2. Materials: 6 a. Bourdon tube, socket, connecting tube: 316 stainless steel. 7 b. Case: Phenolic. 8 3. Accessories: 9 a. Provide valve at point of connection to equipment and at panel if panel mounted. 10 4. Design and fabrication: 11 a. All components suitable for service at: 12 1) 250 DegF. 13 2) The maximum process temperature to which the gage is to be exposed. 14 b. Provide viewer protection from element rupture. 15 c. Calibrate gages at jobsite for pressure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 16 d. Unless otherwise required by codes, provide stem mounted or flush mounted, as 17 required, with dial diameter as follows: 18 PIPE SIZE 1-1/2 IN or less Larger than 1-1/2 IN DIAL SIZE 2 -1/2 IN 4 -1/2 IN GAGE CONNECTION I 1/4 IN 1/2 IN 19 e. Equip with white faces, black numerals and black pointers. 20 f. Gage tapping position to be clear of equipment functions and movements, and protected 21 from maintenance and operation of equipment. Gage to be readable from an accessible 22 standing position. 23 g. Gage accuracy: 1 percent of hill range. 24 h. Select gage range so that: 25 1) The normal operating value is in the middle third of the dial. 26 2) Maximum operating pressure does not exceed 75 percent of the full scale range. 27 B. Differential Pressure Transmitters: 28 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 29 a. Invensys (Foxboro brand). 30 2. Materials: 31 3. Design and fabrication: 32 a. Output: 4 -20 mA DC proportional to: 33 1) Non -flow applications: Differential pressure. 34 b. Solid -state electronics. 35 c. Power supply: 24 V DC. 36 d. Adjustable zero and span. 37 e. Temperature limits: -20 to 160 DegF. 38 f. Overpressure limits: 39 1) Withstand body rated pressure on either side without damage or loss of calibration. 40 2) Withstand 150 percent of stated maximum service pressure without damage. 41 g. Humidity limits 0 to 100 percent relative humidity. 42 h. Damping: Time constant adjustable between 0.2 and 1.67 seconds. 43 i. Accuracy (includes effects of linearity, repeatability and hesteresis): ±0.2 percent of 44 calibrated span. 45 j. Linearity: ±0.1 percent of calibrated span. 46 k. Hysteresis: ±0.1 percent of calibrated span. 47 1. Stability: ±0.2 percent of upper range limit for 6 month. 48 m. Temperature effect at maximum calibrated span: 49 1) Zero error: ±0.5 percent of span per 100 DegF. 50 2) Total effect including span and zero errors. ±1.0 percent of span per 100 DegF. 51 n. Temperature effect at minimum calibrated span: 52 1) Zero error: ±3.0 percent of span per 100 DegF. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13442 - 2 • • • • • • 1 2) Total effect including span and zero errors: ±3.5 percent of span per 100 DegF. 2 o. Minimum 1/4 IN pressure connection. 3 p. Zero elevation: 600 percent of calibrated span. 4 q. Zero suppression: 500 percent of calibrated span. 5 r. If transmitter is associated with any trip or alarm setpoints, range so that setpoints do 6 not fall within 5 percent of the high or low end of the range. 7 s. Range: 10 -15 percent over the actual process operating range. 8 t Equip with test jacks or accessible terminals for testing output. 9 u. Equip with a five -valve manifold as follows: 10 1) Two blowdown valves. 11 2) Two transmitter isolating valves. 12 3) Two test connections plugged. 13 4) One transmitter equalizing valve. 14 2.3 DIGITAL PANEL METER (LOCAL WATER LEVEL READOUT) 15 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 16 a. Newport. 17 b. Chessell Corporation. 18 2. Materials: 19 a. Case: Polycarbonate or equal. 20 3. Design and fabrication: 21 a. Solid -state electronics. 22 b. Capable of receiving signals linearly proportional to process variable indicated. 23 c. Display: 24 1) Minimum of two updates per second of process variable indication. 25 2) Seven segment digits. Digits shall be: 26 a) LED or vacuum fluorescent. 27 b) Minimum 0.50 IN high. 28 3) Use of multipliers not acceptable. 29 4) Engineering units. 30 d. Accuracy: +0.1 percent of full scale. +1 count at 77 DegF. 31 e. Operating temperature: 32 to 140 DegF. 32 f. Relative humidity: 95 percent at 104 DegF (non - condensing). 33 g. 1/8 DIN indicating meter. 34 h. Splash cover. 35 i. 4 -20 mA DC input. 36 2.4 ACCESSORIES 37 A. Furnish all mounting brackets, hardware and appurtenances required for mounting primary 38 elements and transmitters. 39 1. Materials, unless otherwise specified, shall be as follows: 40 a. Bolts, nuts, washers, expansion anchors: 316 stainless steel. 41 b. Mounting brackets: 42 1) Standard: 316 stainless steel. 43 2) Highly corrosive areas: aluminum. 44 c. Mounting plates, angles: 45 1) Standard: carbon steel. 46 2) Corrosive areas: aluminum. 47 PART 3 - EXECUTION 48 3.1 INSTALLATION 49 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 0722= -075 -U36 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13442 - 3 • • • 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 13447 TELEMETRY SYSTEM 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Remote Terminal Unit (RTU). 7 2. Radio System 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 — General Requirements. 11 3. Section 13441 — Control Loop Descriptions. 12 4. Section 16010 — Electrical: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 SUBMITTALS 14 A. Shop Drawings: 15 1. Equipment description, dimensions, wiring diagrams showing external connections. 16 2. Control panel front and interior layouts. 17 3. Bill of material with manufacturer and part number of all components. 18 4. Panel interior wiring diagrams. 19 B. Certifications: 20 1. Provide qualifications and documentation that instrumentation and controls subcontractors 21 has been trained and is certified in installing, programming, and operating both the Modicon 22 RTU and the Wonderware software. 23 2. See requirements for single source responsibility in Section 01060. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 26 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 27 acceptable: 28 1. Remote Terminal Unit (RTU): 29 a. Modicon. 30 2. Radio System 31 a. Microwave Data System (MDS) 32 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION 33 A. The water level in the elevated storage tank shall be measured by a pressure sensor with a 4 -20 34 mAdc output signal proportional to tank level that is sent locally to the Remote Terminal Unit 35 (RTU). The RTU shall be programmed to provide an output signal to the altitude valve. The 36 elevated tank level, altitude valve status, and AC power status signals shall be transmitted to the 37 main control host station by a 900 MHz class radio via an antenna. The host system will be 38 programmed (W onderware to receive the signals from the elevated storage tank site. 39 2.3 TELEMETRY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 40 A. Telemetry System: 41 1. 900 MHz class MDS Radio: 42 a. Fully synthesized transceiver. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 13447 . 1 1 b. Programmable to any 6.25 kHz channel. 2 c. All RF and interface options in one case. 3 d. Compact die -cast metal enclosure. 4 2. Antenna: 5 a. To be mounted on exterior of concrete pedestal facing Southwest. Contractor to 6 provide mounting per Section 13210. 7 B. Remote Terminal Unit (RTU): 8 1. Modicon Micro 612 PLC. 9 a. 16 discrete inputs / 12 discrete outputs. 10 b. 4 analog inputs / 2 analog outputs. 11 c. 120 Series UO bus connector. 12 d. High speed I/O expansion port. 13 e. Battery backup. 14 C. Enclosure: 15 1. NEMA 4 type enclosure. 16 D. Surge and Voltage Transient Protection: 17 1. Furnish and install transient voltage protection devices for all electronic equipment in the 18 instrumentation and control systems. Protect the equipment at its connections to both the 19 antenna and power lines, and to the I/O signals. Locate voltage transient protection devices 20 inside or within a distance of one foot of the protected electronic equipment. 21 E. Antenna: 22 1. Yagitype: 23 a. 3/8 IN solid 6061 — T6 aluminum seamless construction. 24 b. Stainless steel mounting hardware. 25 c. "N" female termination. 26 2. Antenna cable: 27 a. % IN heliax. 28 PART 3 - INSTALLATION 29 3.1 GENERAL 30 A. The Contractor shall provide a turnkey telemetry system including, but not limited to, power 31 supply 900 MHz radio, Remote Terminal Unit (RTU), antenna with cable, conduit and 32 mounting, programming at Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) and main control host station. 33 B. The Contractor shall contact: The City of Round Rock to coordinate programming of main 34 control host station. 35 C. The Contractor, prior to shipment, shall furnish a complete list of all equipment and materials 36 that will be supplied. The Contractor shall supply three copies of the following: 37 1. System Test Plan and Procedures. 38 2. Equipment Instruction Manual. 39 3. Installation Drawings. 40 4. Wiring Diagrams. 41 5. Test Data. 42 6. Software Setup and Programming Manual. 43 D. System performance shall be demonstrated by the Contractor, The acceptance testing shall 44 consist of putting the system through all phases of its functional capability. Acceptance of the 45 system shall be made by the Engineer on the basis of the above acceptance tests and the 46 completeness of the documentation. 47 E. Ensure that all data sensitive equipment meets year 2001 compliance requirements. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank • 2003 - January 2003 13447 - 2 • • • • • • 1 F. Provide up to 16 hours of instruction to Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance. 2 END OF SECTION 3 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 ]3447 - 3 H �. • • • 1 02A14 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Process piping systems. 8 2. Utility piping systems. 9 3. Plumbing piping systems. 10 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 11 I. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 02221 - Trenching, Backfrlling, and Compacting for Utilities. 14 4. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 15 5. Section 10400 - Identification, Stenciling, and Tagging Systems. 16 6. Section 15100 - Valves: Basic Requirements. 17 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Referenced Standards: 19 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 20 a. B16.3, Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 21 b. B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 22 c. B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt- Welding Fittings. 23 d. B16.22, Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder - Joint Pressure Fittings. 24 e. B16.26, Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes. 25 f. B36.19, Stainless Steel Pipe. 26 g. B40.1, Gauges - Pressure Indicating Dial Type - Elastic Element. 27 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) /American Water Works Association 28 (AWWA): 29 a. ANSUAW WA C110 /A21.10, Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 IN through 48 IN 30 for Water and Other Liquids. 31 b. ANSUAW WA C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 32 c. ANSI/AWWA C151, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast In Metal Molds or Sand - 33 Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids. 34 d. ANSI /AWWA C153/A21.53, Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 IN Through 16 IN, for 35 Water and Other Liquids. 36 e. C207, Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service ❑ Sizes 4 IN through 37 144 IN. 38 3. ASTM Intemational (ASTM): 39 a. A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc- Coated 40 Welded and Seamless. 41 b. A74, Cast -Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 42 c. A106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High - Temperature 43 Service. 44 d. Al26, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe 45 Fittings. 46 e. A182, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged 47 Fittings and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service. 48 f. A197, Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. 07225 - 075 -030 SECTION 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS: BASIC REQUIREMENTS City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 1 1 g. A234, Standard Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy 2 Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. 3 h. A269, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 4 Tubing for General Service. 5 i. A312, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel 6 Pipes. 7 j. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 8 k. A778, Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel 9 Tubular Products. 10 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 11 a. B300, Standard for Hypochlorites. 12 b. C111, Rubber- Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 13 c. C200, Steel Water Pipe 6 IN and Larger. 14 d. C207, Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 15 IN. 16 e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 17 f. C651, Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. 18 5. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI): 19 a. 301, Hubless Cast -Iron Sanitary System: With No Hub Pipe and Fittings. 20 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 21 7. Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (UL). 22 B. Coordinate flange dimensions and drillings between piping, valves, and equipment. 23 13 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 24 A. Piping Systems Organization and Definition: 25 1. Piping services are grouped into designated systems according to the chemical and physical 26 properties of the fluid conveyed, system pressure, piping size and system materials of 27 construction. 28 2. Table A below defines each service classification, its symbol, and the designated system 29 classification number of each service. 30 TABLE A. PIPING SERVICES 31 32 33 1.4 SUBMITTALS 07225 -075 -036 SYMBOL 1 SERVICE f SYSTEM PW DRN Potable Water Drain 1 2 3. See PIPING SPECIFICATION SCHEDULES in PART 3. 34 A. Shop Drawings: 35 1. See Section 01340. 36 2. Fabrication and/or layout drawings: 37 a. Exterior yard piping drawings (minimum scale 1 IN equals 10 FT) with information 38 including: 39 1) Dimensions of piping lengths. 40 2) Invert or centerline elevations of piping crossings. 41 3) Acknowledgement of bury depth requirements. 42 4) Details of fittings, tapping locations, thrust blocks, restrained joint segments, 43 harnessed joint segments, hydrants, and related appurtenances. 44 3. Acknowledge designated valve or gate tag numbers, manhole numbers, instrument tag 45 numbers, pipe and line numbers. 46 4. Line slopes and vents. 47 a. Interior piping drawings (minimum scale 1/8 IN equals 1 FT) with information 48 including: 49 1) Dimensions of piping from column lines or wall surfaces. City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 2 • • • • • • 1 2) Invert or Centerline dimensions of piping. 2 3) Centerline elevation and size of intersecting ductwork, conduit/conduit racks, or 3 other potential interferences requiring coordination. 4 4) Location and type of pipe supports and anchors. 5 5) Locations of valves and valve actuator type. 6 6) Details of fittings, tapping locations, equipment connections, flexible expansion 7 joints, connections to equipment, and related appurtenances. 8 7) Acknowledgement of valve, equipment and instrument tag numbers. 9 8) Provisions for expansion and contraction. 10 9) Line slopes and air release vents. 11 10) Rough -in data for plumbing fixtures. 12 b. Schedule of interconnections to existing piping and method of connection. 13 5. Product technical data including: 14 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 15 b. Copies of manufacturer's written directions regarding material handling, delivery, 16 storage and installation. 17 c. Separate schedule sheet for each piping system scheduled in this Section showing 18 compliance of all system components. Attach technical product data on gaskets, pipe, 19 fittings, and other components. 20 6. Qualifications of lab performing disinfection analysis on water systems. 21 7. Test reports: 22 a. Copies of pressure test results on all piping systems. 23 b. Reports defining results of dielectric testing and corrective action taken. 24 c. Disinfection test report. 25 d. Notification of time and date of piping pressure tests. 26 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 27 1. See Section 01340. 28 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Protect pipe coating during handling using methods recommended by manufacturer. Use of bare 30 cables, chains, hooks, metal bars or narrow skids in contact with coated pipe is not permitted. 31 B. Prevent damage to pipe during transit. Repair abrasions, scars, and blemishes. If repair of 32 satisfactory quality cannot be achieved, replace damaged material immediately. 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 35 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 36 acceptable: 37 1. Insulating unions: 38 a. "Dielectric" by Epco. 39 2. Dielectric flange kit: 40 a. PSI. 41 b. Maloney. 42 c. Central Plastics. 43 3. Pipe saddles (for gage installation): 44 a. Dresser Style 91 (steel and ductile iron systems). 45 b. Dresser Style 194 (non - metallic systems). 46 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 47 2.2 PIPING SPECIFICATION SCHEDULES 07225-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 3 A. Piping system materials, fittings and appurtenances are subject to requirements of specific piping 2 specification schedules located at the end of PART 3 of this Section. 3 23 COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES 4 A. Insulating Components: 5 1. Dielectric flange kits: 6 a, Flat faced. 7 b. 1/8 IN thick dielectric gasket, phenolic, non - asbestos. 8 c. Suitable for 175 psi, 210 DegF. 9 d. 1/32 IN wall thickness bolt sleeves. 10 e. 1/8 IN thick phenolic insulating washers. 11 2. Dielectric unions: 12 a. Screwed end connections. 13 b. Rated at 175 psi, 210 DegF. 14 c. Provide dielectric gaskets suitable for continuous operation at union rated temperature 15 and pressure. 16 B. Dirt Strainers: 17 1. Y -type. 18 2. Composition bronze. 19 3. Rated for test pressure and temperature of system in which they are installed. 20 4. 20 mesh monel screen. 21 5. Threaded bronze plug in the blowoff outlet. 22 6. Threaded NPT end connections. 23 C. Strainers for Chemical Applications: 24 1. Y -type. 25 2. Strainers of same material, test pressure, and temperature rating as system in which strainer 26 is placed. 27 D. Reducers: 28 1. Furnish appropriate size reducers and reducing fittings to mate pipe to equipment 29 connections. Connection size requirements may change from those shown on Drawings 30 depending on equipment furnished. 31 E. Protective Coating and Lining: 32 1. Include pipe, fittings, and appurtenances where coatings, linings, paint, tests and other items 33 are specified. 34 2. Field paint pipe in accordance with Section 09905. 35 F. Pressure Gages: 36 1. See Sections 13442. 37 PART 3 - EXECUTION 38 3.1 EXTERIOR BURIED PIPING INSTALLATION 39 A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide a minimum of 4 FT and maximum of 8 FT 40 earth cover over exterior buried piping systems and appurtenances conveying water, fluids, or 41 solutions subject to freezing. 42 B. Enter and exit through structure walls, floors, and ceilings by using penetrations and seals 43 specified in Section 01800 and as shown on Drawings. 44 C. When entering or leaving structures with buried mechanical joint piping, install joint within 2 FT 45 of point where pipe enters or leaves structure. Install second joint not more than 6 FT nor less 46 than 4 FT from first joint. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton 110] Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 4 • • • • • 1 D. Install expansion devices as necessary to allow expansion and contraction movement. 2 E. Laying Pipe In Trench: 3 1. Excavate and backfill trench in accordance with Section 02221. 4 2. Clean each pipe length thoroughly and inspect for compliance to Specifications. 5 3. Grade trench bottom and excavate for pipe bell and lay pipe on trench bottom. 6 4. Install gasket or joint material according to manufacturer's directions after joints have been 7 thoroughly cleaned and examined. 8 5. Except for first two joints, before making final connections of joints, install two full sections 9 of pipe with earth tamped along side of pipe or final with bedding material placed. 10 6. Lay pipe in only suitable weather with good trench conditions. Never lay pipe in water 11 except where approved by Engineer. 12 7. Seal open end of line with watertight plug if pipe laying stopped. 13 8. Remove water in trench before removal of plug. 14 F. Lining Up Push -On Joint Piping: 15 1. Lay piping on route lines shown on Drawings. 16 2. Deflect from straight alignments or grades by vertical or horizontal curves or offsets. 17 3. Observe maximum deflection values stated in manufacturer's written literature, 18 4. Provide special bends when specified or where required alignment exceeds allowable 19 deflections stipulated. 20 5. Install shorter lengths of pipe in such length and number that angular deflection of any joint, 21 as represented by specified maximum deflection, is not exceeded. 22 G. Anchorage and Blocking: 23 1. Provide reaction blocking, anchors, joint hamesses, or other acceptable means for 24 preventing movement of piping caused by forces in or on buried piping tees, wye branches, 25 plugs, or bends. 26 2. Place concrete blocking so that it extends from fitting into solid undisturbed earth wall. 27 Concrete blocks shall not cover pipe joints. 28 3. Provide bearing area of concrete in accordance with drawing detail. 29 H. Install insulating components where dissimilar metals are joined together. 30 3.2 INTERIOR AND EXPOSED EXTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION 31 A. Install piping in vertical and horizontal alignment as shown on Drawings. 32 B. Alignment of piping smaller than 4 IN may not be shown. However, install according to 33 Drawing intent and with clearance and allowance for: 34 1. Expansion and contraction. 35 2. Operation and access to equipment, doors, windows, hoists, moving equipment. 36 3. Headroom and walking space for working areas and aisles. 37 4. System drainage and air removal. 38 C. Enter and exit through structure walls, floor and ceilings using penetrations and seals specified 39 in Section 01800 and as shown on the Drawings. 40 D. Install vertical piping runs plumb and horizontal piping runs parallel with structure walls. 41 E. Pipe Support: 42 1. Use methods of piping support as shown on Drawings. 43 F. Locate and size sleeves and castings required for piping system Arrange for chases, recesses, 44 inserts or anchors at proper elevation and location. 45 G. Use reducing fittings throughout piping systems. Bushings will not be allowed unless 46 specifically approved. 47 H. Condensate Drainage and Miscellaneous Piping: 48 1. Provide drip pans and piping at equipment where condensation may occur. 07225 -075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 5 2 3 2. Collect system condensate at drip pockets, traps and blowoff valves. 3. Provide drainage for process piping at locations shown on Drawings in accordance with Drawing details. 4 I. Unions: 5 1. Install in position which will permit valve or equipment to be removed without dismantling 6 adjacent piping. 7 2. Mechanical type couplings may serve as unions. 8 3. Additional flange unions are not required at flanged connections. 9 J. Install expansion devices as necessary to allow expansion/contraction movement. 10 K. Provide full face gaskets on all systems. 11 L. Anchorage and Blocking: 12 1. Block, anchor, or harness exposed piping subjected to forces in which joints are installed to 13 prevent separation of joints and transmission of stress into equipment or structural 14 components not designed to resist those stresses. 15 M. Provide insulating components where dissimilar metals are joined together. 16 N. Gages: 17 1. Assure gage position is clear of equipment functions and movements and location is 18 protected from maintenance and operation of equipment. 19 2. Assure gage is readable from an accessible standing position. 20 3. Tap piping 4 IN and larger and all non - metallic pipe for gage installation. 21 4. For piping to 4 IN, utilize tee with branch reduced for gage. 22 3.3 CONNECTIONS WITH EXISTING PIPING 23 A. Where connection between new work and existing work is made, use suitable and proper fittings 24 to suit conditions encountered. 25 B. Perform connections with existing piping at time and under conditions which will least interfere 26 with service to customers affected by such operation. 27 C. Undertake connections in fashion which will disturb system as little as possible. 28 D. Provide suitable equipment and facilities to dewater, drain., and dispose of liquid removed 29 without damage to adjacent property. 30 E. Where connections to existing systems necessitate employment of past installation methods not 31 currently part of trade practice, utilize necessary special piping components. 32 F. Where connection involves potable water systems, provide disinfection methods as prescribed in 33 these Specifications. 34 G. Once tie -in to each existing system is initiated, continue work continuously until tie -in is made 35 and tested. 36 3.4 CATHODIC PROTECTION 37 A. Isolate, dielectrically, all piping from all other metals including reinforcing bars in concrete 38 slabs, other pipe lines, and miscellaneous metal. 39 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 40 A. Pipe Testing - General: 41 1. Test piping systems as follows: 42 a. Test exposed, non - insulated piping systems upon completion of system. 43 b. Test exposed, insulated piping systems upon completion of system but prior to 44 application of insulation. 07225 -M5 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 6 • • • • • • 1 c. Test concealed interior piping systems prior to concealment and, if system is insulated, 2 prior to application of insulation. 3 2. Utilize pressures, media and pressure test durations as specified on Piping Specification 4 Schedules. 5 3. Isolate equipment which may be damaged by the specified pressure test conditions. 6 4. Perform pressure test using calibrated pressure gages and calibrated volumetric measuring 7 equipment to determine leakage rates. 8 a, Select each gage so that the specified test pressure falls within the upper half of the 9 gage's range. 10 b. Notify the Engineer 24 HRS prior to each test. 11 5. Completely assemble and test new piping systems prior to connection to existing pipe 12 systems. 13 6. Acknowledge satisfactory performance of tests and inspections in writing to Engineer prior 14 to final acceptance. 15 7. Bear the cost of all testing and inspecting, locating and remedying of leaks and any 16 necessary retesting and re- examination. 17 B. Pressure Testing: 18 1. Test procedure: The specified test pressures will be based on the elevation of the lowest 19 point of the line or section under test. The test section shall be bled of air and presoaked in 20 a manner and for a time determined by the Engineer or Inspector. The entire project, or 21 each valved section, shall be tested at 200 PSI for a sufficient period (approximately 10 22 minutes) to discover all defective materials and/or workmanship. 23 2. Leakage test: The test pressure shall be 150 PSI actual hydrostatic pressure on the test 24 section. The pressure gauge shall be no more than 30 feet above or below the lowest point; 25 the gauge reading shall compensate for the actual difference in elevation and any movement 26 (change in elevation) of the gauge shall necessitate beginning the test again. The actual 27 hydrostatic pressure shall not exceed 155 PSI at any time and not be less than 145 PSI for 28 more than 15 minutes. Every effort shall be made to maintain an average pressure of 150 29 PSI at the lowest point in the test sections throughout the test. Test duration shall be 4 HRS. 30 3. Allowable leakage: 31 = 10 gal. —per INDIA — per mile — per 24-HR period 32 33 =10 x DIA (IN) x Length (FT) x HR 34 5,280 24 35 36 4. Gallon/Hour: 37 = DIA (IN) x Length (FT) 38 12,672 39 40 5. Hydrostatic pressure testing methodology: 41 a. General: 42 1) All joints, including welds, are to be left exposed for examination during the test. 43 2) Provide additional temporary supports for piping systems designed for vapor or gas 44 to support the weight of the test water. 45 3) Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints for additional pressure load under 46 test. 47 4) Isolate equipment in piping system with rated pressure lower than pipe test 48 pressure. 49 5) Do not paint or insulate exposed piping until successful performance of pressure 50 test. 51 b. Waste, drain and vent systems (air or water): 52 1) Test at completion of installation of each stack or section of piping by filling 53 system with water and checking joints and fittings for leaks. 54 2) Eliminate leaks before proceeding with work or concealing piping. 55 3) Minimum test heights shall be 10 FT above highest stack inlet. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 -7 1 4) Test duration shall be 6 hours. 2 3.6 CLEANING, DISINFECTION AND PURGING 3 A. Cleaning: 4 1. Clean interior of piping systems thoroughly before installing. 5 2. Maintain pipe in clean condition during installation. 6 3. Before jointing piping, thoroughly clean and wipe joint contact surfaces and then properly 7 dress and make joint. 8 4. Immediately prior to pressure testing, clean and remove grease, metal cuttings, dirt, or other 9 foreign materials which may have entered the system. 10 5. At completion of work and prior to Final Acceptance, thoroughly clean work installed under 11 these Specifications. Clean equipment, fixtures, pipe, valves, and fittings of grease, metal 12 cuttings, and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of system, from testing, or 13 from other causes. Repair any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of 14 building, its finish, or fumishings, due to failure to properly clean piping system, without 15 cost to Owner. 16 6. Clean chlorine piping by pulling a cloth saturated with trichlorethylene or other suitable 17 chlorinated solvent through each length of pipe. Disassemble valves and clean with suitable 18 solvent. All surfaces which may come in contact with chlorine gas shall be thoroughly dry, 19 and free of oil or grease before placing in service. 20 13. Sealing, Flushing, and Disinfection of Potable Water Systems: 21 1. See Drawing OG03 for general notes. 22 2. Maintain interior of all pipes, fittings and other accessories free from dirt and foreign 23 material at all times. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pipe contains dirt that will not be 24 removed by flushing, the pipe interior shall be cleaned and swabbed with bactericidal 25 solution. 26 3. At close of day's work or whenever workmen are absent from jobsite, plug, cap or otherwise 27 provide watertight seal from open ends of pipe to prevent ingress of foreign material. If 28 water is in trench, seal shall remain in place until trench is pumped dry. 29 4. After favorable performance of pressure test and prior to final acceptance, thoroughly flush 30 the entire potable water piping system and perform disinfection as prescribed. 31 5. Perform all work including preventative measures during construction in full compliance to 32 AWWA C651. 33 6. Prior to application of disinfectants, clean piping of any loose materials that might become 34 suspended. Flush pipe mains in accordance with AWWA C65I until discharged water is 35 clear of color and suspended materials. Provide temporary pipes, ditches, and other conduits 36 as needed to dispose of flushing water without damage to adjacent properties. 37 7. Perform disinfection using sodium hypochlorite complying with AWWA B300 and 38 ANSI/NSF 61. 39 8. Application of chlorine shall be by continuous feed method. 40 9. During disinfection procedure, ensure that initial and residual chlorine concentrations meet 41 AWWA C651 requirements by testing by an approved method as directed by the Owner. 42 10. Tag the system during the disinfection procedure. 43 11. Owner will provide sampling and bacteriological test (one time per system) at no cost to the 44 Contractor. 45 12. Following disinfection for required contact period, neutralize chlorine residual in water by 46 treating with reducing agent. (Refer to AWWA C651) Flush all treated water from pipeline 47 at its extremities until replacement water throughout pipe, upon test is proved comparable in 48 quality to water in existing system. Take two samples to test for bacteriological quality as 49 directed by Engineer. Repeat disinfection procedure until two satisfactory results are 50 obtained. 51 13. Drain all flushing water to location approved by the Owner. Do not drain flushing water to 52 receiving stream unless required permits have been secured by Contractor and flush water is 53 dechlorinated prior to release. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 8 • • • • • • 1 14. Disinfect connections to existing pipelines per AWWA C651. 2 15. Quality of water delivered by the new water main to remain satisfactory for a minimum 3 period of 2 days. 4 16. Cost of disinfection, flushing, and coordination of testing of potable water systems shall be 5 included in the lump sum price bid for the new elevated storage tank. 6 17. The Owner will provide the water required to fill the main initially and will pay for the 7 water required to flush the main once. Filling and flushing shall be performed during 8 periods of low usage, between the hours of 11:00 PM and 5:00 AM. Flushing water will be 9 based on a maximum of 8 HRS total. Any additional refilling or reflushing to be at the 10 Contractor's expense at the City's commercial water rates. 11 3.7 LOCATION OF BURIED OBSTACLES 12 A. Furnish exact location and description of buried utilities encountered and thrust block placement. 13 B. Reference items to definitive reference point locations such as found property corners, entrances 14 to buildings, existing structure lines, fire hydrants and related fixed structures. 15 C. Include such information as location, elevation, coverage, supports and additional pertinent 16 information. 17 D. Incorporate information on "As- Recorded" Drawings. 18 3.8 SCHEDULES 19 A. PIPING SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE - SYSTEM 1 20 1. General: 21 a. Piping symbol and service: 22 1) PW — Potable Water. 23 b. Test requirements: 24 1) Test medium: Water. 25 2) Pressure Test: 200 psig for 10 minutes. 26 3) Leakage Test: 150 psig for 4 hours. 27 c. Gaskets: 28 1) Flanged, push0on, and mechanical joints (ductile iron): Rubber, AWWA C111. 29 2. System components: 30 a. Pipe size: 3 through 48 IN. 31 1) Exposed service (except Inlet/Outlet and Overflow pipe inside tank pedestal): 32 a) Ductile iron pipe: 33 (1) Material: Ductile iron, Class 200 if flanged. If grooved type joint system, 34 use pipe thickness per AWWA C606. 35 (2) References: ANSI C115. 36 (3) Lining: Cement. 37 (4) Coating: Paint. 38 (5) Fittings: Either ANSI C110 ductile or gray iron. 39 (6) Joints: ANSI C115 flanged joints with flanges at valves and structure 40 penetrations. 41 (7) Protection: Dielectric flange kits at connections to different pipe material. 42 b) Steel Pipe (3 IN through 48 IN) 43 (1) Materials: Steel fabricated in accordance with AWWA 200. 44 (2) References: AWWA 200. 45 (3) Lining Cement Mortar. 46 (4) Coating: Paint. 47 (5) Fittings: Provide welded fittings in accordance with Section 15061. 48 (6) Joints AWWA C207. 49 (7) Protection: Dielectric flange kits at connections to different pipe material. 50 2) Exposed Service (Inlet/Outlet and Overflow Pipe inside tank pedestal): 51 a) See Section 13210. 07225 -075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 9 1 3) Buried service: 2 a) Ductile iron pipe: 3 (1) Materials: Ductile iron, Class 200, or as indicated on drawings. 4 (2) Reference: ANSI C151. 5 (3) Lining: Cement. 6 (4) Coating: Bituminous. • 7 (5) Fittings: Either ANSI C110 ductile or gray iron. Optional ANSI C153 8 ductile iron compact fittings for sizes 3 to 16 IN. 9 (6) Joints: Push —on joints with mechanical (stuffing box type) joints at 10 fittings and valves. 11 (7) Provide restrained joint piping at all joints. 12 (8) Install in polyethylene encasement. 13 B. PIPING SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE - SYSTEM 2 14 1. General: 15 a. Piping symbol and service: 16 1) DRN— Drain. 17 b. Test requirements: 18 1) Test medium: Water. 19 2) Pressure: Stack height plus 10 feet. 20 3) Duration: 6 HRS. 21 c. Gaskets: Rubber, ASTM C564. 22 2. System components: 23 a. Pipe size: Less than 12 IN. 24 1) Exposed service: 25 a) Materials: Ductile iron, Class 350, or as indicated on drawings. 26 b) Reference: ANSI C151. 27 c) Lining: Cement. 28 d) Coating: Bituminous. 29 e) Fittings: Either ANSI C110 ductile or gray iron. Optional ANSI C153 ductile 30 iron compact fittings for sizes 3 to 16 IN. 31 f) Joints: Push_onjoints with mechanical (stuffing box type) joints at fittings 32 and valves. 33 g) Provide restrained joint piping at all joints. 34 h) Install in polyethylene encasement. 35 2) Buried service (to 5 FT outside of structure): 36 a) Materials: Ductile iron, Class 350, or as indicated on drawings. 37 b) Reference: ANSI C151. 38 c) Lining: Cement. 39 d) Coating: Bituminous. 40 e) Fittings: Either ANSI C110 ductile or gray iron. Optional ANSI C153 ductile 41 iron compact fittings for sizes 3 to 16 IN. 42 f) Joints: Push —on joints with mechanical (stuffing box type) joints at fittings 43 and valves. 44 g) Provide restrained joint piping at all joints. 45 h) Install in polyethylene encasement. 46 3. Soil and Waste Piping Installation: 47 a. Install horizontal soil or waste lines less than 4 IN diameter with a slope of not less than 48 1/4 IN/FT or 2 percent toward the point of disposal. 49 b. Install 4 IN and larger piping at 1/8 IN per foot. 50 c. Install as close to construction as possible to maintain maximum head room. 51 d. Make changes of direction with 1/8 bends and junctions with wye fittings. 52 e. Use short wye fittings in vertical pipe only. 53 f. Install handhole test tee at base of each stack. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 -10 • • • • • • 1 g. Install cleanouts at dead ends, at changes of direction and at 50 FT intervals on 2 horizontal runs. Where cleanouts occur in concealed spaces, provide with extensions to 3 floors above or to walls as required. 4 h. Install piping true to grade and alignment. Begin at the system low point. 5 i. Locate vertical extensions of underground piping below partition walls for concealment 6 in wall. In locations where hubs are wider than partition, set hubs 1 IN below final 7 floor. 8 j. Install concealed in finished structures such as administration and office facilities and at 9 locations shown on Drawings. 10 k. For hub and spigot joints, install hub facing downstream 11 12 07225-075 -1136 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15060 - 11 • • • 1 02A14 2 SECTION 15061 3 PIPE: STEEL 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Steel pipe, fittings, and appurtenances. 8 13. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 15060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 16 a. B16.3, Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 17 b. B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 18 c. B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt- Welding Fittings. 19 d. 1316.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded. 20 e. B31.1, Power Piping.. 21 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 22 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 23 b. A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Dipped, Zinc- Coated 24 Welded and Seamless. 25 c. A106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High - Temperature 26 Service. 27 d. A181, Standard Specification for Forgings, Carbon Steel, for General- Purpose Piping. 28 e. A234, Standard Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy 29 Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. 30 f. A283, Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. 31 g. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile 32 Strength. 33 h. A570, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot - Rolled, Structural 34 Quality. 35 i. A572, Standard Specification for High - Strength Low -Alloy Columbium - Vanadium 36 Structural Steel. 37 j. B6, Standard Specification for Zinc. 38 k. D1330, Rubber Sheet Gaskets. 39 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 40 a. C200, Steel Water Pipe 6 IN and Larger. 41 b. C205, Standard for CementDMortar Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 4 IN and 42 Larger Shop Applied. 43 c. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 44 d. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 45 e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings. 46 4. Military Specifications: 47 a. QQ- P -416F, Plating, Cadmium Electro Deposited. 48 B. Qualifications: 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15061 - 1 1 1. Application of lining and coating materials including preparation of surfaces, priming, and 2 lining and coating of pipe, fittings, and specials, in shop, repairs of any damage to lining or 3 coating occurring during shipment or any other time, and field lining and coating of ends 4 where linings or coatings have been held back for welded field joints, shall be done by 5 established and recognized pipe company acceptable to Engineer. 6 2. Use only certified welders meeting procedures and performance outlined in Section 9 of the 7 ASME, Section 3.3.3 of AW WA C200 and other codes and requirements per local building 8 and utility requirements. 9 13 SUBMITTALS 10 A. Shop Drawings: 11 1. See Section 15060. 12 2. Factory test reports. 13 3. If mechanical grooved type coupling system is used, submit piping, fittings, and appurtenant 14 items which will be utilized. 15 4. Coating manufacturer's qualifications. 16 5. Welders certificates. 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 19 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 20 acceptable: 21 1. Flanged adaptors: 22 a. Rockwell (Style 913 (steel)). 23 b. Dresser (Style 128 (steel)). 24 2. Insulating couplings: 25 a. Rockwell (Style 416). 26 b. Dresser (Style 39). 27 3. Reducing couplings: 28 a. Rockwell (Style 415). 29 b. Dresser (Style 62). 30 4. Transition coupling: 31 a. Rockwell (Style 413). 32 b. Dresser (Style 62). 33 5. Compression sleeve coupling: 34 a. Rockwell (Style 411 (steel)). 35 b. Dresser (Style 38 (steel)). 36 6. Mechanical couplings and fittings: 37 a. Victaulic (Style 07 or 77). 38 b. Gustin Bacon (Series 100).. 39 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 40 2.2 MATERIALS 41 A. All materials used in steel piping systems defined in Section 15060 shall meet or exceed 42 pressure test requirements specified for each respective system. 43 B. Steel Pipe (Fabricated Type): 44 1. AWWA C200: 45 C. Steel Pipe (Mill Type): 46 1. ASTM A53, Type E or S. 47 D. Fittings (For Fabricated Pipe): 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15061 - 2 • • • • • • 1 1. AWWA C208. 2 E. Flanges (Fabricated Pipe): 3 1. AWWA C207 4 2. Flange material: ASTM A283, Grade C or D, ASTM A181 Grade 1. 5 3. Flange finish: Flat faced. 6 F. Nuts and Bolts: 7 1. Buried: Cadmium- plated meeting Military Specification QQP416F, Type 1, Class 2 (Cor- 8 Ten) for buried application. 9 2. Exposed: Mechanical galvanized ASTM B695, Class 40. 10 3. Heads and dimensions per ANSI B1.1. 11 4. Threaded per ANSI B1.1. 12 5. Project ends 1/4 to 1/2 IN beyond nuts. 13 G. Gaskets: See individual piping systems in Section 15060. 14 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 15 A. Couplings: 16 1. Flanged adaptors: 17 a. Steel or carbon steel body sleeve, flange, followers and Grade 30 rubber gaskets. 18 b. Provide units equal to those specified in Article 2.1. 19 c. Flanges meeting standards of adjoining flanges. 20 d. Entire assembly to be rated for test pressure specified on Piping Schedule for each 21 respective application. 22 2. Compression sleeve coupling: 23 a. Steel sleeve, followers Grade 30 and rubber gaskets. 24 b. Provide units equal to those specified in Article 2.1. 25 c. Flanges meeting standards of adjoining flanges. 26 d. Entire assembly to be rated for test pressure specified on Piping Schedule for each 27 respective application. 28 e. Provide field coating for buried couplings per AWWA C203. 29 3. Mechanical coupling joint: 30 a. Use of mechanical grooved (AWWA C606) type couplings and fittings in lieu of 31 flanged joints is acceptable where specifically specified in Section 15060. 32 b. Utilize units defined in Article 2.1. 33 c. Restrained Joints: 34 1) Provide joint restraint where indicated on the drawings. 35 2.4 FABRICATION 36 A. Provide piping (mill or fabricated) for use in this Project with minimum wall thicknesses as 37 follows: 38 1. 1/8 - 5 IN DIA pipe: Schedule 40. 39 2. 6 - 10 IN DIA pipe: 3 /16IN. 40 3. 12 - 14 IN DIA pipe: 7/32 IN. 41 4. 16 - 48 IN DIA pipe: 1/4 IN. 42 5. Sizes through 24 IN are nominal OD. Sizes greater than 24 are ID. 43 6. Wall thicknesses indicated are for standard weight pipe. Design pipe in accordance with 44 operating pressures shown in Piping Schedules for a design stress limited to 50 percent of 45 yield. 46 B. Furnish cast parts with lacquer finish compatible with finish coating. 47 C. Furnish without outside coating of bituminous material any exposed pipe scheduled to be 48 painted. 49 D. Fabricated Fittings: 50 1. AWWA C208. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15061 - 3 1 2. Assure ratio of radius of bend to diameter of pipe equal to or greater than 1.0. 2 E. Taper cement mortar linings as required for valve interfacing. 3 F. Protective Coatings and Linings: 4 1. Provide cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C205. 5 2. Field paint exterior in accordance with Section 09905. 6 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Testing: 8 1. Shop hydrostatic test fabricated steel pipe and fittings. 9 2. Field hydrostatic test all pipe as specified in Section 15060. 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLATION 12 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 13 B. Joining Methods - Flanges: 14 1. Facing method: 15 a. Insert slip -on flange on pipe. 16 b. Assure maximum tolerances for flange faces from normal with respect to axis of pipe is 17 0.005 IN per foot of flange diameter. 18 c. Test flanges after welding to pipe for true to face condition and reface, if necessary, to 19 bring to specified tolerance. 20 2. Joining method: 21 a. Leave 1/8 to 3/8 IN of flange bolts projecting beyond face of nut after tightening. 22 b. Coordinate dimensions and drillings of flanges with flanges for valves, pumps, 23 equipment, tank, and other interconnecting piping systems. 24 c. When bolting flange joints, exercise extreme care to assure that there is no restraint on 25 opposite end of pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket compression or 26 cause unnecessary stress, bending or torsional strains being applied to cast flanges or 27 flanged fittings. Allow one flange free movement in any direction while bolts are being 28 tightened. 29 d. Do not assemble adjoining flexible coupled, mechanical coupled or welded joints until 30 flanged joints in piping system have been tightened. 31 e. Gradually tighten flange bolts uniformly to permit even gasket compression. 32 f. Do not overstress bolts to compensate for poor installation. 33 C. Joining Method - Welded Joints: 34 1. Perform welding in accordance with AWWA C206 and this Section. 35 2. For flange attachment perform in accordance with AWWA C207. 36 3. Have each welding operator affix an assigned symbol to all his welds. Mark each 37 longitudinal joint at the extent of each operator's welding. Mark each circumferential joint, 38 nozzle, or other weld into places 180 degrees apart. 39 4. Welding for all process piping shall conform with ANSI B31.3. Welding of utility piping 40 125 psi and less shall be welded per ANSI B31.9. Utility piping above 125 psi shall 41 conform to ANSI B31.1. 42 5. Provide caps, tees, elbows, reducers, etc. manufactured for welded applications. 43 6. Weldolets may be used for 5 IN and larger pipe provided all slag is removed from inside the 44 pipe. 45 7. Weld -in nozzles may be used for branch connections to mains and where approved by 46 Engineer. 47 8. Use all long radius welding elbows for expansion loops and bends. 48 9. Use long radius reducing welding elbows 90 degree bends and size changes are required. 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15061 - 4 • • • • • • 1 D. Joining Method - Couplings: 2 1. Compression sleeve: 3 a. Install coupling to allow space of not less than 1/4 IN but not more than 1 IN. 4 b. Provide harnessed joint. Use joint harness arrangements detailed in AWWA M11. 5 c. Design harness assembly with adequate number of tie rods for test pressures indicated 6 in Section 15060 and allow for expansion of pipe. 7 d. Provide ends to be joined or fitted with compression sleeve couplings of the plain end 8 type. 9 e. Grind smooth welds the length of one coupling on either side of joint to be fitted with 10 any coupling. 11 f. Assure that outside diameter and out -of -round tolerances are within limits required by 12 coupling manufacturer. 13 2. Mechanical coupling: 14 a. Arrange piping so that pipe ends are in full contact. 15 b. Groove and shoulder ends of piping in accordance with manufacturer's 16 recommendations. 17 c. Provide coupling and grooving technique assuring a connection which passes pressure 18 testing requirements. 19 E. Joining Method - Threaded and Coupled (T /C): 20 1. Provide T/C end conditions that meet ANSI B2.1 requirements. 21 2. Furnish pipe with factory-made T/C ends. 22 3. Field cut additional threads full and clean with sharp dies. 23 4. Leave not more than three pipe threads exposed at each branch connection. 24 5. Ream ends of pipe after threading and before assembly to remove burrs. 25 6. Use teflon thread tape on male thread in mating joints. 26 F. Support exposed piping in accordance with Section 15060. 27 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28 A. Test piping systems in accordance with Section 15060. 29 30 07225-070-036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15061 - 5 • 1 02A14 2 SECTION 15062 3 PIPE: DUCTILE • • 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Ductile iron piping, fittings, and appurtenances. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 15 a. B1.1, Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form). 16 b. B16.1, Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800. 17 c. B16.21, Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 18 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 19 a. A183, Carbon Steel Track Bolts. 20 b. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for 21 High - Temperature Service. 22 c. A194, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High - 23 Pressure and High - Temperature Service. 24 d. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile 25 Strength. 26 e. B695, Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and 27 Steel. 28 f. D1330, Rubber Sheet Gaskets. 29 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 30 a. C104, Cement - Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 31 b. C105, Polyethylene Encasement for Gray and Ductile Cast -Iron Piping for Water and 32 Other Liquids. 33 c. C110, Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 IN through 48 IN for Water and Other 34 Liquids. 35 d. C111, Gasket Joints for Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 36 e. C115, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 37 f C150, Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe. 38 g. C151, Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast -In -Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for 39 Water or Other Liquids. 40 h. C153, Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 in. through 16 in. for Water and Other Liquids. 41 i. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines- Enamel and 42 Tape -Hot Applied. 43 j. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 44 4. Military Specification (Mil Spec): 45 a. QQ- P -416F, Plating, Cadmium Electro Deposited. 46 13 SUBMITTALS 47 A. Shop Drawings: 072254)75-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15062 - 1 1 1. See Section 15060. 2 2. Certification of factory hydrostatic testing. 3 3. If mechanical coupling system is used, submit piping, fittings, and appurtenant items which 4 will be utilized to meet system requirements. 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 7 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents the following manufacturers are acceptable: 8 1. Compression sleeve coupling: 9 a. Rockwell (Style 411 (steel)). 10 b. Dresser (Style 38 (steel)). 11 c. Or approved equal. 12 2. Mechanical coupling: 13 a. Victaulic (Style 31). 14 b. Tyler. 15 c. Or approved equal. 16 3. Insulating couplings: 17 a. Rockwell (Style 416). 18 b. Dresser (Style 39). 19 4. Reducing couplings: 20 a. Rockwell (Style 415). 21 b. Dresser (Style 62). 22 5. Transition coupling: 23 a. Rockwell (Style 413). 24 b. Dresser (Style 62). 25 c. Or approved equal. 26 6. Polyethylene encasement tape: 27 a. Chase (Chasekote 750). 28 b. Kendall (Polyken 900). 29 c. 3 M (Scotchrap 50). 30 d. Or approved equal. 31 7. Restrained joints: 32 a. American (Lock Fast). 33 b. US Pipe (TR- Flex). 34 c. Field Lock (less than 20 IN). 35 d. Fast Lock (greater than 20 IN). 36 e. EBAA Iron Megalug 37 f. Or approved equal. 38 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 39 2.2 MATERIALS 40 A. Ductile Iron Pipe: 41 1. AWWAC115. 42 2. AWWAC150. 43 3. AWWAC151. 44 B. Fittings and Flanges: 45 1. AWWAC110. 46 2. AWWAC115. 47 3. Flanges drilled and faced per ANSI B16.1 for both 125 and 250 psi applications. 48 C. Nuts and Bolts: 07223- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15062 - 2 • • • • • • 1 1. Buried: Cadmium- plated meeting Military Specification QQP416F, Type 1, Class 2 (Cor- 2 Ten) for buried application. Exposed: Mechanical galvanized ASTM B695, Class 40. 3 2. Heads and dimensions per ANSI B1.1. 4 3. Threaded per ANSI B1.1. 5 4. Project ends 1/4 to 1/2 IN beyond nuts. 6 D. Gaskets: See individual piping system requirements in Section 15060. 7 E. If mechanical coupling system is used, utilize pipe thickness and grade in accordance with 8 AWWA C606. 9 F. Polyethylene Encasement: Polyethylene film shall be low density, cross laminated, 8 mil 10 thickness in accordance with AWWA C105. 11 G. See Piping Schedules in Section 15060. 12 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 13 A. Couplings: 14 1. Compression sleeve coupling: 15 a. Unit consisting of steel sleeve, followers, Grade 30 rubber gaskets. 16 b. Provide units equal to those specified in Article 2.1. 17 c. Supply flanges meeting standards of adjoining flanges. 18 d. Entire assembly to be rated for test pressure specified on piping schedule for each 19 respective application. 20 e. Provide field coating for buried couplings per AWWA C203. 21 f. Provide manufacturers standard restraint system for all equipment. Restraint to be rated 22 for system test pressure. 23 2. Mechanical couplings: 24 a. Use of mechanical couplings and fittings in lieu of flanged joints is acceptable where 25 specifically specified in Section 15060. Utilize units defined in Article 2.1. 26 b. Provide manufacturers standard restraint system for all equipment. Restraint to be rated 27 for system test pressure. 28 2.4 FABRICATION 29 A. Furnish and install without outside coatings of bituminous material any exposed pipe scheduled 30 to be painted. 31 B. Furnish cast parts with lacquer finish compatible with finish coat. 32 2.5 LININGS AND COATINGS 33 A. Provide cement -mortar linings in accordance with AWWA C104. 34 B. Provide all exposed piping coated in accordance with Section 09905. 35 C. All buried piping to be bituminous coated and polyethylene encased in accordance with AWWA 36 C105. 37 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 38 A. Factory Test: 39 1. Subject pipe to hydrostatic test of not less than 500 psi with the pipe under the full test 40 pressure for at least 10 seconds. 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION 42 3.1 INSTALLATION 43 A. Joining Method - Push -On Mechanical (Gland -Type) Joints: 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank .2003 - January 2003 15062 -3 1 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C111. 2 2. Assemble mechanical joints carefully according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3 3. If effective sealing is not obtained, disassemble, thoroughly clean, and reassemble the joint. 4 4. Do not overstress bolts. 5 5. Where piping utilizes mechanical joints with tie rods, align joint holes to permit installation 6 of harness bolts. 7 13. Joining Method - Push -On Joints: 8 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C151. 9 2. Assemble push -on joints in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 10 3. Bevel and lubricate spigot end of pipe to facilitate assembly without damage to gasket. Use • 11 lubricant that is non - toxic, does not support the growth of bacteria, has no deteriorating 12 effects on the gasket material, and imparts no taste or odor to water in pipe. 13 4. Assure the gasket groove is thoroughly clean. 14 5. For cold weather installation, warm gasket prior to placement in bell. 15 6. Taper of bevel shall be approximately 30 degrees with centerline of pipe and approximately 16 1/4 IN back. 17 C. Joining Method - Flanged Joints: 18 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C115. 19 2. Extend pipe completely through screwed -on flanged and machine flange face and pipe in 20 single operation. 21 3. Make flange faces flat and perpendicular to pipe centerline. 22 4. When bolting flange joints, exercise extreme care to ensure that there is no restraint on 23 opposite end of pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket compression or would 24 cause unnecessary stress, bending or torsional strains to be applied to cast flanges or flanged 25 fittings. 26 5. Allow one flange free movement in any direction while bolts are being tightened. 27 6. Do not assemble adjoining flexible joints until flanged joints in piping system have been 28 tightened. 29 7. Gradually tighten flange bolts uniformly to permit even gasket compression. 30 D. Joining Method - Mechanical Coupling Joint: 31 1. Arrange piping so that pipe ends are in full contact. 32 2. Groove and shoulder ends of piping in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 33 3. Provide coupling and grooving technique assuring a connection which passes pressure 34 testing requirements. 35 E. Flange Adapters 12 IN and Less: 36 1. Locate and drill holes for anchor studs after pipe is in place and bolted tight. 37 2. Drill holes not more than 1/8 IN larger than diameter of stud projection. 38 F. Cutting: 39 1. Do not damage interior lining material during cutting. 40 2. Use abrasive wheel cutters or saws. 41 3. Make square cuts. 42 4. Bevel and free cut ends of sharp edges after cutting. 43 G. Support exposed pipe in accordance with Section 15060. 44 H. Install buried piping in accordance with Sections 15060. 45 I. Install restrained joint systems where specified in Section 15060 under specific piping system. 46 47 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 48 A. Test piping systems in accordance with Section 15060. 49 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hitt Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15062 - 4 • • • • • • 1 02A14 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 15090 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Pipe support and anchor systems. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 15 a. B31.1, Power Piping. 16 b. B31.3, Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping. 17 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 18 a. A575, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M- Grades. 19 3. American Welding Society (AWS): 20 a. D1.1, Structural Welding Code Steel. 21 4. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS): 22 a. SP -58, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture. 23 b. SP -69, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 24 1.3 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Shop Drawings: 26 1. See Section 01340. 27 2. Product technical data including: 28 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 29 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 30 c. Itemized list of wall sleeves, anchors, support devices and all other items related to pipe 31 support system. 32 d. Scale drawings showing guides, hangers, supports, anchors, structural members and 33 appurtenances to describe the pipe support system 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS 36 A. Hangers: 37 1. Hangers for use directly on copper pipe: Copper or cadmium plated. 38 2. Hangers for use other than directly on copper pipe: Cadmium plated or galvanized. 39 3. Hanger type schedule: 40 07225 APPLICATION PIPE SIZE HANGER TYPE All except noted 4 IN & less ANVIL Figure 108 with Figure 114 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15090 - 1 1 B. Concrete Inserts for Hanger Rods: 2 1. Continuous slots: Unistrut #P1000. 3 2. Individual inserts: ANVIL Figure 281. 4 3. Self - drilling expansion anchors: Phillips flush -end or snap -off end type. 5 C. Beam Clamps for Hanger Rods: 6 1. Heavy duty. 7 2. ITT Grinnell Figure 133. 8 D. Trapeze Hangers for Suspended Piping: 9 1. Material: Steel. 10 2. Galvanized. 11 3. Angles, channels, or other structural shapes. 12 4. Curved roller surfaces at support point corresponding with type of hanger required. 13 E. Vertical Pipe Supports: 14 1. At base of riser: 15 2. Lateral movement: 16 a. Clamps or brackets: 17 1) ITT Grinnell. 18 F. Expanding Pipe Supports: 19 1. Spring hanger type. 20 2. MSS SP -58. 21 G. Pipe Support Saddle: 22 1. For pipe located 3 FT or less from floor elevation, except as otherwise indicated on 23 Drawings. 24 2. ITT Grinnell Figure 259. 25 H. Pipe Support Risers: 26 1. Schedule 40 pipe. 27 2. Galvanized. 28 3. As recommended by saddle manufacturer. 29 I. Pipe Support Base Plate: 30 1. 4 IN larger than support. 31 2. Collar 3/16 IN thickness, circular in shape, and sleeve type connection to pipe. 32 3. Collar fitted over outside of support pipe and extended 2 IN from floor plate. 33 4. Collar welded to floor plate. 34 5. Edges ground smooth. 35 6. Assembly hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 36 J. Pipe Covering Protection Saddle: 37 1. For insulated pipe at point of support. 38 2. ITT Grinnell Figure 167, Type B. 39 K. Wall Brackets: 40 1. For pipe located near walls and 8 FT or more above floor elevation or as otherwise indicated 41 on the Drawings. 42 2. ITT Grinnell Figure 199. 43 L. Pipe Anchors: 44 1. For locations shown on the Drawings. 45 2. 1/4 IN steel plate construction. 46 3. Hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 47 4. Designed to prevent movement of pipe at point of attachment. 48 M. Pipe Guides: 07225 075 - 036 All except noted Over 4 IN ANVIL Figure 590 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15090 -2 • • • • • • 1 2 3 4 N. Substitutions: 5 1. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 6 2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 7 A. Supports capable of supporting the pipe for all service and testing conditions. 8 B. Allow free expansion and contraction of the piping to prevent excessive stress resulting from 9 service and testing conditions or from weight transferred from the piping or attached equipment. 10 C. Design supports and hangers to allow for proper pitch of pipes. 11 D. For chemical and waste piping, design, materials of construction and installation of pipe hangers, 12 supports, guides, restraints, and anchors: 13 1. ANSI B31.3. 14 2. MSS SP -58 and SP -69. 15 3. Except where modified by this Specification. 16 E. For cold water piping, design, materials of construction and installation of pipe hangers, 17 supports, guides, restraints, and anchors: 18 1. ANSI B31.1. 19 2. MSS SP -58 and SP -69. 20 F. Check all physical clearances between piping, support system and structure. 21 1. Provide for vertical adjustment after erection. 22 G. Support vertical pipe runs in pipe chases at base of riser. Support pipes for lateral movement 23 with clamps or brackets. 24 H. Place hangers on outside of pipe insulation. Use a pipe covering protection saddle for insulated 25 pipe at support point. 26 1. Insulated piping 1 -1/2 IN and less: 27 a. Provide a 9 IN length of 9 LB density fiberglass insulation at saddle. 28 2. Insulated piping over 1 -1/2 IN: 29 a. Provide a 12 IN length of 9 LB density fiberglass insulation on saddle. 30 I. Provide 20 GA galvanized steel pipe saddle for fiberglass and plastic support points to ensure 31 minimum contact width of 4 IN. 32 J. Pipe Support Spacing: 33 L General: 34 a. Locate pipe supports at maximum spacing scheduled unless indicated otherwise on the 35 Drawings. 36 b. Provide at least one support for each length of pipe at each change of direction and at 37 each valve. 38 2. Steel, stainless steel, cast -iron pipe support schedule: 39 40 41 42 07222 - 075 - 036 1. For locations on both sides on each expansion joint or loop. 2. To ensure proper alignment of expanding or contracting pipe. 3. ITT Grinnell Figure 256. PIPE SIZES — IN MAXIMUM SPAN - FT 1 -1/2 and less 5 2thru4 10 5thru8 15 10 and greater 20 3. Copper pipe support schedule: PIPE SIZES — IN MAXIMUM SPAN - FT City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003. January 2003 15090 • 3 2 -1/2 and less 5 3 thru 6 10 8 and greater 15 1 2 4. PVC pipe support schedule: 3 PIPE SIZES — IN MAXIMUM SPAN — FT 1 -1/4 and less 3 1- 1 /2thru3 4 4 and greater 5 4 * Maximum fluid temperature of 120 DegF. 5 6 5. Support each length and every fitting: 7 a. Bell and spigot piping: 8 1) At least one hanger. 9 2) Applied at bell. 10 b. Mechanical coupling joints: 11 1) Place hanger within 2 FT of each side of fittings to keep pipes in alignment. 12 6. Space supports for soil and waste pipe and other piping systems not included above every 5 13 FT. 14 7. Provide continuous support for nylon tubing. 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLATION 17 A. Provide piping systems exhibiting pulsation, vibration, swaying, or impact with suitable 18 constraints to correct the condition. 19 1. Included in this requirement are movements from: 20 a. Trap discharge. 21 b. Water hammer. 22 c. Similar internal forces. 23 B. Weld Supports: 24 1. AWS D1.1. 25 2. Weld anchors to pipe in accordance with ANSI B31.3. 26 C. Locate piping and pipe supports as to not interfere with open accesses, walkways, platforms, and 27 with maintenance or disassembly of equipment. 28 D. Inspect hangers for: 29 1. Design offset. 30 2. Adequacy of clearance for piping and supports m the hot and cold positions. 31 3. Guides to permit movement without binding. 32 4. Adequacy of anchors. 33 E. Inspect hangers after erection of piping systems and prior to pipe testing and flushing. 34 F. Install individual or continuous slot concrete inserts for use with hangers for piping and 35 equipment. 36 1. Install concrete inserts as concrete forms are installed. 37 G. Welding: 38 1. Welding rods: ASTM and AWS standards. 39 2. Integral attachments: 40 a. Include welded -on ears, shoes, plates and angle clips. 41 b. Ensure material for integral attachments is of good weldable quality. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15090 - 4 • • • • • • 1 3. Preheating, welding and postheat treating: ANSI B313, Chapter V. 2 H. Field Painting: 3 1. Comply with Section 09905. 4 5 07225- 075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15090 - 5 • • • 1 00L29 2 3 4 PART1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 15100 VALVES: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Valving, actuators, and valving appurtenances. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 15060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 16 a. B1.20.1, Pipe Threads, General Purpose. 17 b. B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 18 c. B16.18, Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 19 d. B16.34, Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End. 20 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 21 a. C111, Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 22 b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 23 c. C500, Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. 24 d. C504, Rubber - Seated Butterfly Valves. 25 e. C509, Resilient- Seated Gate Valves 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. 26 f. C550, Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 27 g. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 28 3. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.(MSS). 29 1.3 SUBMITTALS 30 A. Shop Drawings: 31 1. See Section 01340. 32 2. Product technical data including: 33 a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. 34 b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 35 c. Valve pressure and temperature rating. 36 d. Valve material of construction. 37 e. Special linings. 38 f. Valve dimensions and weight. 39 g. Valve flow coefficient. 40 h. Wiring and control diagrams for electric or cylinder actuators. 41 3. Test reports. 42 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 43 1. See Section 01340. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15100 - 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Refer to individual valve specification sections. 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Refer to individual valve specification sections. 6 2.3 VALVE ACTUATORS 7 A. Valve Actuators - General: 8 1. Provide actuators as shown on Drawings or specified. 9 2. Counter clockwise opening as viewed from the top. 10 3. Direction of opening and the word OPEN to be cast in handwheel or valve bonnet. 11 4. Size actuator to produce required torque with a maximum pull of 80 LB at the maximum 12 pressure rating of the valve provided and withstand without damage a pull of 200 LB on 13 handwheel or chainwheel or 300 foot - pounds torque on the operating nut. 14 5. Unless otherwise specified, actuators for valves to be buried, submerged or installed in 15 vaults or manholes shall be sealed to withstand at least 20 FT of submergence. 16 6. Extension Stem: 17 a. Install where shown or specified. 18 b. Solid steel with actuator key and nut, diameter not less than stem of valve actuator 19 shaft. 20 c. Pin all stem connections. 21 d. Center in valve box or grating opening band with guide bushing. 22 B. Buried Valve Actuators: 23 1. Provide screw or slide type adjustable cast iron valve box, 5 IN minimum diameter, 3/16 IN 24 minimum thickness, and identifying cast iron cover. Valve box is to be traffic rated. 25 2. Box base to enclose buried valve gear box or bonnet. 26 3. Provide 2 IN standard actuator nuts complying with Section 3.16 of AWWA C500. 27 4. Provide at least two teehandle keys for actuator nuts, with 5 FT extension between key and 28 handle. 29 5. Extension Stem: 30 a. Provide for buried valves greater than 4 FT below finish grade. 31 b. Extend to within 6 IN of finish grade. 32 6. Provide concrete pad encasement of valve box as shown for all buried valves unless shown 33 otherwise. 34 C. Exposed Valve Manual Actuators: 35 1. Provide for all exposed valves not having electric or cylinder actuators. 36 2. Provide handwheels for gate and globe valves. 37 a. Size handwheels for valves in accordance with AWWA C500. 38 3. Provide lever actuators for plug valves, butterfly valves and ball valves 3 IN DIA and 39 smaller. 40 a. Lever actuators for butterfly valves shall have a minimum of 5 intermediate lock 41 positions between full open and full close. 42 b. Provide at least two levers for each type and size of valve furnished. 43 4. Gear actuators required for plug valves, butterfly valves, and ball valves 4 IN DIA and 44 larger. 45 5. Provide gearing for gate valves 20 IN and larger in accordance with AWWA C500. 46 6. Gear actuators to be totally enclosed, permanently lubricated and with sealed bearings. 47 7. Provide chain actuators for valves 6 FT or higher from finish floor to valve centerline. 48 a. Cadmium- plated chain looped to within 3 FT of fetish floor. 49 b. Equip chain wheels with chain guides to permit rapid operation with reasonable side 50 pull without "gagging" the wheel. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15100 - 2 • • • • • • 1 8. Provide cast iron floor stands where shown on Drawings. Stands to be furnished by valve 2 manufacturer with actuator. 3 a. Stand or actuator to include thrust bearings for valve operation and weight of 4 accessories. 5 6 2.4 FABRICATION 7 A. End Connections: 8 1. Provide the type of end connections for valves as required in the Piping Schedules presented 9 in Section 15060 or as shown on the Drawings. 10 2. Comply with the following standards: 11 a. Threaded: ANSI B1.20.1. 12 b. Flanged: ANSI B16.1 Class 125 unless otherwise noted or AWWA C207. 13 c. Bell and spigot or mechanical (gland) type: AWWA C111. 14 d. Soldered: ANSI B16.18. 15 e. Grooved: Rigid joints per Table 5 of AW WA C606. 16 B. Refer to individual valve sections for specifications of each type of valve on Project. 17 C. Nuts, Bolts, and Washers: 18 1. Wetted or internal to be bronze or stainless steel. Exposed to be zinc or cadmium plated. 19 D. On Insulated Piping: Provide valves with extended stems to permit proper insulation application 20 without interference from handle. 21 E. Epoxy Interior Coating: 22 1. Provide epoxy interior coating for all ferrous surfaces in accordance with AWWA C550. 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLATION 25 A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 26 B. Painting Requirements: 27 1. Comply with Section 09905 for painting and protective coatings. 28 C. Setting Buried Valves: 29 1. Locate valves installed in pipe trenches where buried pipe indicated on Drawings. 30 2. Set valves and valve boxes plumb. 31 3. Place valve boxes directly over valves with top of box being brought to surface of finished 32 grade. 33 4. Install in closed position. 34 5. Place valve on firm footing in trench to prevent settling and excessive strain on connection 35 to pipe. 36 6. After installation, backfill up to top of box for a minimum distance of 4 FT on each side of 37 box. 38 D. Support exposed valves and piping adjacent to valves independently to eliminate pipe loads 39 being transferred to valve and valve loads being transferred to the piping. 40 E. For ground coupling valves, install rigid type couplings or provide separate support to prevent 41 rotation of valve from installed position. 42 F. Install electric or cylinder actuators above or horizontally adjacent to valve and gear box to 43 optimize access to controls and external handwheel. 44 G. For threaded valves, provide union on one side within 2 FT of valve to allow valve removal. 45 H. Install valves accessible for operation, inspection, and maintenance. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15100 - 3 1 3.2 ADJUSTING 2 A. Operate valve, open and close at system pressures. 3 3.3 SCHEDULES 4 A. Refer to Drawings for schedule of valves 4 IN and larger. 5 B. Fumish valves less than 4 IN m accordance with following: 6 C. METALLIC BALL VALVES 1/4 TO 3 IN DIA 7 1. Comply with Federal Specification WW -V -35C Type II, Class A. 8 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: 9 a. Apollo. 10 b. Jamesbury. 11 c. Watts. 12 d. Stockham 13 e. Nibco. 14 f. Or equal. 15 3. Materials: 16 a. Body: Bronze. 17 b. Stem, stem gland nut: Brass. 18 c. Ball: Brass, chrome plated. I9 d. Seats, stuffing box ring, and thrust washer: Reinforced Teflon. 20 e. Handle: Vinyl coated or zinc- or cadmium- plated steel. 21 4. Design Requirements: 22 a. Rated for 400 psi and 250 DegF, WOG for threaded end applications and 285 psi WOG 23 and 150 psi saturated steam service for flanged end applications. 24 b. Handles showing direction of opening. 25 c. Stuffing boxes capable of being repacked under pressure and adjustable for wear. 26 d. Stem with reinforced Teflon stuffing box ring and blowout -proof design. 27 e. Renewable reinforced Teflon seats. 28 f. Ball design which does not allow media contact with stem. 29 g. Balancing stop for all applications. 30 5. Bodies with mounting pad for applications requiring actuators. 32 END OF SECTION 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hi]] Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15100 - 4 • • • • • • 1 98C19 2 SECTION 15101 3 GATE VALVES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Gate valves. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15100 - Valves: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 15 a. C500, Metal- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 16 b. C509, Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. 17 c. C550, Protective Epoxy Interior Castings for Valves and Hydrants. 18 2. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc (MSS): 19 a. SP -9, Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges. 20 b. SP -70, Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 21 c. SP -80, Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 22 1.3 DEFINITIONS 23 A. OS &Y: Outside Screw and Yoke. 24 B. NRS: Non - rising Stem. 25 C. RS: Rising Stem. 26 1.4 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Shop Drawings: 28 1. See Section 15100. 29 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 30 I. See Section 01340. 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the manufacturers listed under the specific 34 valve types are acceptable. 35 2.2 VALVE: WATER; 2 -1/2 IN AND SMALLER 36 A. Class 125 bronze gate valve. 37 B. Comply with MSS SP -80. 38 C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15101 - 1 1 1. Nibco. 2 2. Stockham. 3 3. Or equal. 4 D. Materials: 5 1. Body, bonnet, wedge: Bronze. 6 2. Stem: Silicon bronze. 7 3. Packing: Teflon or TFE impregnated fibre. 8 E. Design Requirements: 9 1. 125 psi steam, 200 psi nonshock WOG. 10 2. Screw in bonnet, non - rising stem, solid wedge. 11 2.3 VALVES: POTABLE WATER; 3 TO 36 IN DIA AND LARGER 12 A. Resilient Seat Gate Valves: 13 1. Comply with AWWA C509. 14 2. Materials: 15 a. Stem and stem nut - bronze. 16 1) Wetted bronze parts in low zinc bronze. 17 2) Aluminum bronze components: heat treated per AWWA CSO4. 18 b. Body, gate - cast iron. 19 c. Resilient seat - Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR). 20 d. Disc /gate — Grade A Bronze. 21 e. Stem Seal — o- rings. 22 3. Design requirements: 23 a. 200 psi working pressure. 24 b. Buried - NRS 0-ring stem seal. 25 c. Exposed - NRS, 0-ring, stem seal, handwheel. 26 d. Counter clockwise open rotation. 27 4. Fusion bonded epoxy coating interior and exterior except stainless steel and bearing 28 surfaces. 29 a. Comply with AWWA C550. 30 1) Wetted bronze parts in low zinc bronze. 31 2) Aluminum bronze components: heat treated per AWWA C504. 32 B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 33 1. Clow. 34 2. Mueller. 35 3. American Flow Control. 36 4. M & H. 37 5. Or equal. 38 2.4 ACCESSORIES 39 A. Refer to Drawings and valve schedule for type of actuators. Furnish actuator integral with valve. 40 B. Refer to Section 15100 for actuator requirements. 41 2.5 FABRICATION 42 A. General: 43 1. Provide valves with clear waterways the full diameter of the valve. 44 B. Spot valves in accordance with MSS SP -9. 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION 46 3.1 INSTALLATION 072254175-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15101 -2 • • • • • • 1 A. See Section 15100. 2 B. Where larger buried valves utilize smaller bypass valves, provide a second valve box installed 3 over the bypass valve operating nut. 4 C. Do not install gate valves inverted or with the stems sloped more than 45 degrees from the 5 upright unless the valve was ordered and manufactured specifically for this orientation. 6 7 07225 4)75 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15101 - 3 • • • 1 02A14 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 15103 BUTTERFLY VALVES 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Butterfly valves. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings: Basic Requirements, 12 4. Section 15100 - Valves: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 16 a. B16.1, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 17 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 18 a. A48, Standard Specifications for Gray Iron Castings. 19 b. Al26, Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. 20 c. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 21 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 22 a. C504, Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves. 23 1.3 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Shop Drawings: 25 1. See Section 15100. 26 2. For valves 8 IN and larger, furnish "Affidavit of Compliance" with Owner in accordance 27 with AWWA C504. 28 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 29 1. See Section 01340. 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 32 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 33 acceptable: 34 1. DeZurik. 35 2. Clow. 36 3. Dresser. 37 4. Mueller. 38 5. Pratt. 39 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 40 2.2 BUTTERFLY VALVES (AWWA C504) 41 A. Comply with AWWA C504. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15103 - 1 1 B. Materials: 2 1. Valve bodies: 3 a. ASTM A536 Grade 65 -45 -12 ductile iron. 4 2. Valve shafts: 5 a. Stainless steel, 18 -8, Type 304 or 316. 6 3. Valve discs: 7 a. Potable and nonpotable water: 8 1) Bronze in accordance with AWWA C504. 9 4. Valve seats: 10 a. Buna -N or EPDM. 11 5. Mating surfaces: 12 a. Valves less than 30 IN: ASTM A276, 18 -8, stainless steel or bronze. 13 b. Valves 30 IN and larger: ASTM A276, 18 -8, stainless steel. 14 C. Design Requirements: 15 1. Seat type: Resilient. Comply with AWWA C504. 16 2. Exposed and submerged valves 3 through 20 IN. 17 a. Body type: Short body flange (laying length may vary from AWWA C504). 18 b. Working pressure: Rated for 150 psi (Class 150B per AWWA C504). 19 3. Direct buried valves: 20 a. All valves: Working pressure rated for 150 psi (Class 150B per AWWA C504). 21 2.3 ACCESSORIES 22 A. Refer to Drawings and/or valve schedule for type of actuators. Furnish actuator integral with 23 valve. 24 B. Refer to Section 15100 for actuator requirements. 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 3.1 INSTALLATION 27 A. See Section 15100. 28 07225-075-036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15103 -2 • • • • • • 1 98C19 2 SECTION 15106 3 CHECK VALVES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Check valves. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 15100 - Valves: Basic Requirements. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. American National Standard Institute (ANSI): 15 a. B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. 16 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 17 a. C111, Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 18 b. C508, Swing Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 through 24 IN NPS. 19 3. Manufacturer's Standardization, Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc (MSS): 20 a. SP -9, Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges. 21 b. SP -71, Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 22 c. SP -80, Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 23 1.3 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Shop Drawings: 25 1. See Section 15100. 26 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 27 1. See Section 01340. 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, manufacturers listed under the valve with 31 types are acceptable. 32 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 33 2.2 SWING CHECK: VALVES (3 TO 24 IN) 34 A. Swing Check Valve: 35 1. Comply with AWWA C508. 36 2. Acceptable manufacturers: 37 a. Clow. 38 b. American Darling. 39 c. Or approved equal. 40 3. Materials: 41 a. Body and cover: Cast iron. 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15106 - 1 1 b. Seat ring, hinge: Bronze. 2 c. Disc: 3 1) 3 to 4 IN: Bronze. 4 2) 6 to 24 IN: Cast iron with bronze face. 5 3) 6 to 24 IN: Cast iron with rubber face. 6 d. Hinge shaft: Stainless steel. 7 e. Bearings, connecting hardware: Bronze. 8 4. Design requirements: 9 a. 175 psi working pressure (3 to 12 IN). 10 b. 150 psi working pressure (14 to 24 IN). 11 c. Furnish with outside weight and lever or lever and spring. 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLATION 14 A. See Section 15100. 15 B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 16 END OF SECTION 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15106 - 2 • • • • 1 00I13 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 7 8 A. Section Includes: 1. Altitude valves. 2. Flap valves. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 15100 - Valves: Basic Requirements. 13 L2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American Gas Association (AGA). 16 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 17 a. B16.1, Cast -Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800. 18 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 19 a. C550, Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 20 13 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Shop Drawings: 22 1. See Section 15100. 23 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 24 1. See Section 01340. 25 PART 2 PRODUCTS 26 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 27 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the manufacturers listed under the specific 28 valve types are acceptable. 29 13. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 30 2.2 ALTITUDE VALVES 31 A. Basic Valve: 32 1. Type: 33 a. Diaphragm - actuated hydraulically operated. 34 1) Acceptable manufacturers (Model as shown for specific valve): 35 a) Clayton 36 b) Watts ACV. 37 2) Materials: 38 a) Body: Ductile iron. 39 b) Seat insert: Renewable bronze. 40 c) Disc: Buna -N. 41 d) Diaphragm: Nylon fabric bonded with synthetic rubber. 072 -075 -035 SECTION 15114 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15114- 1 1 3) Design requirements: 2 a) Do not use diaphragm as seating surface. 3 B. Control: 4 1. Type: 5 a. Altitude Valve: 6 1) Acceptable manufacturers: 7 a) Clayton. 8 2) Design requirements: 9 a) Modulate basic valve to control high water level in the reservoir. 10 b) Close valve at high water level and open when water level lowers. 11 c) Valve to operate based on signal from pressure transmitter. 3 -way solenoid 12 valve to control valve open/close position. Provide valve with Normally Open 13 condition. 14 d) Provide all solenoid sensing lines with in -line Y- filters. 15 e) Provide valve with optional accessory item to provide opening and closing 16 speed control. Speed control to be field adjustable. 17 f) Provide valve with limit switch assembly to remotely signal open/close status 18 of valve. 19 g) Provide solenoid valve with 24 -V DC operation. 20 h) Size and type: 24 -inch, full port globe (Addendum No. 2) 21 23 FLAP VALVES 22 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 23 a. Clow 24 b. Kennedy 25 c. M &H 26 B. Materials 27 a. Iron Body 28 b. Hinge Pine: Bronze 29 c. Flap Ring: Bronze 30 d. Seat Ring: Bronze 31 2.4 ACCESSORIES 32 A. Furnish any accessories required to provide a completely operable valve. 33 2.5 FABRICATION 34 A. Completely shop assemble unit including any interconnecting piping, speed control valves, 35 control isolation valves and electrical components. 36 B. Provide intemal epoxy coating suitable for potable water for all iron body valves in accordance 37 with AWWA C550. 38 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 39 A. Shop hydrostatically test to piping system test pressure. 40 2.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 41 A. Provide one set of any special tools or wrenches required for operation or maintenance for each 42 type valve. 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION 44 3.1 INSTALLATION 072 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15114 - 2 • • • • 1 A. General: 2 1- See Sections 15100. 3 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Clean, inspect, and operate valve to ensure all parts are operable and valve seats properly. 5 B. Check and adjust valves and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and 6 place into operation. 7 C. Provide up to 8 hours of instruction to Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of 8 Altitude Valve. 9 END OF SECTION 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 15114 - 3 DIVISION 1 ELECTRICAL • • • 1 00G26 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL: BASIC REQUIREMENTS 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Basic requirements for electrical systems. 8 2. See section 01060 for single source responsibility requirements. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Division 3 - Concrete. 13 4. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 14 5. Section 10400 — Identification, Stenciling, and Tagging Systems. 15 6. Division 15 - Mechanical. 16 1.2 DEFINITIONS 17 A. Outdoor Areas: 18 I. Exterior locations where the equipment is normally exposed to the weather and including 19 below grade structures, such as vaults, manholes, handholes and in- ground pump stations. 20 B. Shop Fabricated: 21 1. Manufactured or assembled equipment for which a UL test procedure has not been 22 established. 23 13 QUALITY ASSURANCE 24 A. Referenced Standards: 25 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 26 a. C2, National Electrical Safety Code. 27 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 29 b. Al23, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel 30 Products. 31 c. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 32 d. Z535.1, Safety Color Code. 33 e. Z535.2, Environmental and Facility Safety Signs. 34 f. Z535.3, Criteria for Safety Symbols. 35 g. Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels. 36 3. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL). 37 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 38 a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 39 b. ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. 40 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 41 a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 42 6. Occupational, Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) 43 a. 1910.145, Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 44 7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): 45 a. 508, Safety Industrial Control Equipment. 46 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16010 - 1 I A. Provide functioning systems in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, performance 2 requirements specified or shown on the Drawings, and modifications resulting from reviewed 3 shop drawings and field coordinated drawings. 4 B. Coordinate installation of the service transformer and metering with the serving utility. 5 1. The serving utility for this Project is ONCOR. 6 2. The utility will furnish the pole - mounted transformer, primary service conduit and wire, 7 meter and meter socket, and make all connections at the transformer, CT's and meter socket. 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS 9 A. See Section 01340. 10 B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 11 1. See individual Division 16 sections for specific requirements. 12 2. Provide manufacturer's technical information on products to be used, including product I3 descriptive bulletin. 14 3. Ensure that all submittals clearly indicate the equipment is UL or ETL listed or is 15 constructed utilizing UL or ETL listed or UL recognized components. Where a UL standard 16 has not been established clearly identify that no UL standard exists for that equipment. 17 C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 18 1. See Section 01340. 19 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 20 A. See Section 01600. 21 B. Ensure that equipment is not used as steps, ladders, scaffolds, platforms, or for storage -either 22 inside or on top of enclosures. 23 C. Protect nameplates on electrical equipment to prevent defacing. 24 1.7 AREA DESIGNATIONS 25 A. Designation of an area will determine the NEMA rating of the electrical equipment enclosures to 26 be used in that area. Select electrical equipment enclosures in accordance with the following 27 criteria: 28 1. Outdoor areas may be Wet, Corrosive or Hazardous; indoor areas may be Dry, Wet, 29 Corrosive or Hazardous. 30 a. Outdoor areas are considered Wet unless specifically designated on the Drawings or in 31 the specifications as Corrosive or Hazardous. 32 b. Indoor areas are considered Dry unless specifically designated on the Drawings or in 33 the specifications as Wet, Corrosive or Hazardous. 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 36 A. Refer to related Division 16 sections. 37 B. Provide all equipment of a similar type by one manufacturer unless otherwise noted in the 38 Specifications. 39 C. Trade names and catalog numbers may be used in the Drawings or Specifications to establish 40 quality standards and basics of design. 41 1. Other listed manufacturers in the applicable specification sections with equal equipment 42 may be acceptable. 43 2. If no other manufacturer is listed, then manufacturers of equal equipment may be 44 acceptable. 072 25-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16010 -2 • • • • • • 1 D. Listed: 2 1. Where UL test procedures have been established for the product type, use UL or ETL 3 approved electrical equipment and provide with the UL or ETL label. 4 E. Nameplates, Safety Signs and Markers: See Article 2.2. 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Electrical Equipment Supports: 7 1. Galvanized steel: 8 a. Standard: ASTM A36, ASTM Al23 and ASTM A153. 9 2. Stainless steel: 10 a. Standards: 11 1) Stainless steel, AISI Type 316. 12 2) Stainless steel AISI Type 304. 13 3. PVC coated galvanized steel. 14 a. NEMA RN -1. 15 B. Electrical Equipment Enclosures: 16 1. Standards: NEMA ICS -6, UL 508 and UL 698. 17 C. Nameplates for labeling equipment enclosures and equipment that is visible with the enclosure 18 door closed: 19 1. Approved manufacturers catalog numbers: 20 a. W. H. Brady Co., #B -1. 21 b. Seton, "Setonply ". 22 2. Materials: Phenolic, 2 -ply engraved. 23 3. Size: 24 a. Surface: As required for the text. 25 b. Thickness: 1/16 IN. 26 4. Fabrication: 27 a. Two layer laminated. 28 b. Legend engraved through top lamination into bottom lamination. 29 c. Drilled holes m each comer, for screw mounting. 30 5. Lettering: 31 a. 3/8 IN high minimum for switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards 32 and transformers. 33 b. 3/16 IN high minimum for all other equipment. 34 6. Colors: Black top surface, white core, unless otherwise indicated. 35 D. Nameplates for labeling components inside equipment enclosures: 36 1. Approved manufacturers catalog numbers: 37 a. W. H. Brady Co, "Industrial Strength Tape" #42018. 38 b. Seton, "Component and General Identification Labels" #45553. 39 c. Panduit, "Standard Labeling Tape" LS4 -33. 40 2. Materials: vinyl tape or vinyl cloth with printable topcoat. 41 3. Size: % IN high, length as required by the text. 42 4. Colors: White background, black printing. 43 E. Wire markers for control panels, electrical gear, pull and junction boxes: 44 1. Material: vinyl or polyester tape. 45 a. Approved manufacturer's catalog numbers: 46 1) W. H. Brady Co., Indoor /Outdoor Vinyl Tape, B -580. 47 2) Seton, "Self- Laminating Wire Marker Labels" M7340. 48 3) Panduit, LS4M "Industrial Labeling Tape ". 49 2. Material: Heat shrinkable polyolefm: 50 a. Approved manufacturer's catalog numbers: 51 1) Seton, Welded Wire Marking Sleeves. 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16010 - 3 1 3. Colors: White background, black printing, 2 F. Wire markers for manholes, handholes and exterior pad mounted electrical gear: 3 1. Material: Aluminum or stainless steel. 4 a. Approved manufacturer's catalog numbers: 5 1) Panduit META -X or META54 -X. 6 2. Legend: Embossed. 7 3. Fasteners: Nylon, urethane or polypropylene strap. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLATION 10 A. See Section 01800 for openings and penetrations in structures. 11 B. Install and wire all equipment, including prepurchased equipment, and perform all tests 12 necessary to assure conformance to the Drawings and Specifications and ensure that equipment 13 is ready and safe for energization. 14 C. Install equipment in accordance with the requirements of: 15 1. The NEC. 16 2. The manufacturer's instructions. 17 D. Equipment Finishes: 18 1. Paint interiors of control panels white or light gray. 19 E. Do not use equipment that exceed dimensions or reduce clearances indicated on the Drawings or 20 as required by the NEC. 21 F. Coordinate the installation of electrical equipment with other trades. 22 1. Arrange for the building in of equipment during structure construction. 23 2. Where equipment cannot be built -in during construction, arrange for sleeves, box -outs, 24 openings, etc., as required to allow installation of equipment after structure construction is 25 complete. 26 G. Install equipment plumbed, square and true with construction features and securely fastened. 27 H. Install electrical equipment, including pull and junction boxes, minimum of 6 IN from process, 28 gas, air and water piping and equipment. 29 1. Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance, is not blocked or 30 concealed and does not interfere with normal operating and maintenance requirements of other 31 equipment. 32 J. Device Mounting Schedule: 33 1. Mounting heights as indicated below: 34 a. Light switch (to center): 48 IN. 35 b. Receptacle in offices and other finished areas (to bottom): 18 IN. 36 c. Receptacle in all other locations (to bottom): 48 IN. 37 d. Safety switch (to center of operating handle): 54 IN. 38 e. Panelboard (to top): 72 IN. 39 f. Motor starter (to center of operating handle): 54 IN. 40 g. Pushbutton motor control station (to center): 48 IN. 41 K. Avoid interference of electrical equipment operation and maintenance with structural members, 42 building features and equipment of other trades. When it is necessary to adjust the intended 43 location of electrical equipment, unless specifically dimensioned or detailed, the Contractor may 44 make adjustments in equipment locations in accordance with the following without obtaining the 45 Engineer's approval: 46 1. 1 FT at grade, floor and roof level in any direction in the horizontal plane. 07225 -075 -0311 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16010 -4 • • • • • • 1 2. 1 FT on walls m a horizontal direction within the vertical plane. 2 3. Changes in equipment location exceeding those defined above require the Engineer's 3 approval. 4 L. Electrical Equipment Supports: 5 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the detailed specifications use: 6 a. PVC - coated galvanized steel in areas that may contain chlorine, ferric chloride or 7 hydrochloric acid. 8 b. Type 316 stainless steel or PVC - coated galvanized steel in areas where sulfuric acid 9 may be present. 10 c. Type 304 stainless steel in wet, corrosive or hazardous areas not restricted by the above. 11 1) Type 316 stainless steel or PVC- coated galvanized steel may also be used in these 12 areas. 13 d. Galvanized steel in dry areas. 14 M. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports as detailed on the Drawings and rated for 15 the equipment load based on dimensions and weights verified from approved submittals, or as 16 recommended by the manufacturer. 17 1. Do not cut, or weld to, building structural members. 18 2. Do not mount safety switches or other equipment to equipment enclosures, unless enclosure 19 mounting surface is properly braced to accept mounting of external equipment. 20 N. Electrical Equipment Enclosures: 21 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the detailed specifications use: 22 a. NEMA 12 in dry areas. 23 b. NEMA 4 in wet areas. 24 c. NEMA 4X in corrosive areas. 25 O. Provide corrosion resistant spacers to maintain V. IN separation between equipment and 26 mounting surface in Wet areas, on below grade walls and on walls of liquid containment or 27 processing areas such as Clarifiers, Digesters, Reservoirs, etc. 28 P. Install floor - mounted equipment on concrete pads or foundations. 29 Q. Do not place equipment fabricated from aluminum in direct contact with earth or concrete. 30 R. Screen or seal all openings into equipment mounted outdoors to prevent the entrance of rodents 31 and insects. 32 S. Do not use materials that may cause the walls or roof of a building to discolor or rust. 33 T. Tag equipment enclosures and components that are visible with the enclosure door closed in 34 accordance with the following: 35 1. All equipment including, but not limited to, transformers, switchgear, switchboards, 36 panelboards, motor control centers, motor starters, circuit breakers, safety switches, cable 37 tray, wireway and control panels. 38 2. Legend: Name and number of enclosure or device as indicated on the Drawings such as LP- 39 101 and P -206. 40 U. Tag components inside equipment enclosures in accordance with the following: 41 1. All components including, but not limited to, circuit breakers, fuses, control power 42 transformers, relays, contactors, and timers. 43 2. Legend: Function of equipment such as M -I01, CR -101 and TR -101. 44 V. Field paint in accordance with Section 09905. 45 W. See Section 16010 for electrical equipment labeling. 46 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 47 A. Verify exact rough -in location and dimensions for connection to electrical items furnished by 48 Others. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank . 2003 - January 2003 16010 -5 1 1. Secure shop drawings from those furnishing the equipment. 2 2. Provide sleeves wherever openings are required through new concrete or masonry members. 3 3. Place sleeves accurately and coordinate locations with the Engineer. 4 4. Should any cutting and patching be required due to failure to coordinate penetrations, such 5 cutting and patching shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. 6 5. Contractor shall not endanger the stability of any structural member by cutting, digging, 7 chasing, or drilling and shall not, at any time, cut or alter the work without the Engineer's 8 written consent. 9 a. Provide additional reinforcing if required. 10 6. Use workmen skilled in their particular field for subsequent patching to restore walls, 11 ceilings, or floors to their original condition. 12 B. Repair or replace fireproofing materials removed or damaged during installation of electrical 13 equipment. 14 C. Set circuit breaker solid state trip settings as indicated on the Drawings. 15 D. Testing: 16 1. After installation test all equipment as recommended by the manufacturer and verify all 17 components are operational. 18 2. Continuity test all system and equipment grounding. 19 3. Test Equipment Interface and verify protection, coordination and operation. 20 4. Adjust installed equipment for proper operation of all electrical and mechanical 21 components. 22 E. Replace equipment and systems found inoperative or defective and re -test. 23 F. Cleaning: 24 1. See Section 01710. 25 2. Apply touch -up paint as required to repair scratches and other marks. 26 3. Replace nameplates damaged during installation. 27 4. Thoroughly vacuum the interior of all enclosures to remove dirt and debris. 28 3.3 DEMONSTRATION 29 A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 01650. 30 END OF SECTION 07225 -075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 • January 2003 16010 - 6 • • • • • • 1 00E08 2 SECTION 16111 3 CONDUIT, CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS AND CONDUIT SUPPORTS 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Conduits, conduit bodies, fittings, and conduit supports. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Division 3 - Concrete. 12 4. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 13 5. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 14 6. Section 16115 - Underground Conduit, Ducts, Manholes, and Handholes. 15 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Referenced Standards - 17 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 18 a. C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc - Coated. 19 b. C80.5, Rigid Aluminum Conduit. 20 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 21 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel, 22 b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 23 c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile 24 Strength. 25 d. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 26 e. A569, Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot - Rolled 27 Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. 28 f. A570, Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. 29 g. A575, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M- Grades. 30 b. A635, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy - Thickness Coils, 31 Carbon, Hot - Rolled. 32 i. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and 33 Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 34 j. D2564, Solvent Cements for (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. 35 k. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials/ 36 1. (ANSI /ASTM) F512, Standard Specification for Smooth -Wall Poly(Vinyl Chloride) 37 (PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation. 38 3. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL). 39 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 40 a. RN -1, Polyvinyl - Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit 41 and Intermediate Metal Conduit. 42 b. TC -2, Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC -40 and EPC -80). 43 c. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). 44 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 45 a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 46 6. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL): 47 a. 6, Rigid Metal Conduit. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 1 1 b. 94, Standard for Safety Test for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices 2 and Appliances. 3 c. 360, Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. 4 d. 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 5 e. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 6 1.3 SUBMITTALS 7 A. Shop Drawings: 8 1. See Sections 01340. 9 2. Proposed routing of conduits buried under floor slabs -on -grade (where permitted). 10 a. Identify conduit by tag number of equipment served or by circuit schedule number. 11 3. Proposed routing and details of construction, including conduit and rebar, of conduits 12 embedded in floor slabs, columns, etc. 13 a. Identify conduit by tag number of equipment served or by circuit schedule number. 14 4. Proposed location and details of construction for openings in slabs and walls for raceway 15 runs. 16 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17 A. Rigid, Non - Metallic Conduit and Fittings: 18 1. Shall not be stored exposed to sunlight or other UV rays. 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 21 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the listed manufacturers are acceptable. 22 B. Substitution: Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 23 2.2 PVC - COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (PVC -RGS) 24 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 25 1. Occidental Coating Company. 26 2. Perma -Cote. 27 3. Rob -Roy Ind. 28 B. Acceptable Manufacturers of PVC Coating Repair Kits: 29 1. Occidental Coating Company. 30 2. Perma -Cote. 31 3. Rob -Roy Ind. 32 4. Raychem "GelTek" tape. 33 C. Nominal 40 mil Polyvinyl Chloride Exterior Coating: 34 1. Coating: Bonded to hot - dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to ANSI C80.1. 35 2. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface: Greater than the tensile 36 strength of the coating. 37 D. Nominal 2 mil, minimum, urethane interior coating. 38 E. Urethane coating on threads. 39 F. Conduit: 40 1. Epoxy prime coated prior to application of PVC and urethane coatings. 41 G. Female Ends: Have a plastic sleeve extending a minimum of 1 pipe diameter or 2 IN, whichever 42 is less beyond the opening 43 1. Inside diameter of the sleeve: 44 a. The same as the outside diameter of the conduit to be used with it. 07225 -015 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 -2 • • • • • • 2 3 4 H. Standards: 1. ANSI C80.1. 2. UL 6. 3. NEMA RN -1. 5 2.3 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT (RAC) 6 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 7 1. ALUMAX Extrusions, Inc. 8 2. EASCO Aluminum. 9 3. VAW of American, Inc. 10 B. 6063 aluminum alloy, T -1 temper. 11 C. Maximum copper content of 0.10 percent. 12 D. Extruded, seamless. 13 E. Standards: 14 1. ANSI C80.5. 15 2. UL 6. 16 2.4 RIGID NON - METALLIC CONDUIT 17 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 18 1. Poly -vinyl chloride (PVC) conduit: 19 a. Carlon. 20 b. Certainteed Corporation. 21 c. Western Plastics Corporation. 22 B. Schedules 40 (PVC -40) and 80 (PVC -80): 23 1. Polyvinyl - chloride (PVC) plastic compound which meets, as a minimum, ASTM D1784 cell 24 classification PVC 12233 -A, B, or C. 25 2. Rated for direct sunlight exposure. 26 3. Fire retardant and low smoke emission. 27 4. Shall be suitable for use with 90 DegC wire and shall be marked "maximum 90 DegC". 28 5. Standards: 29 a. ASTMD1784. 30 b. NEMA TC -2. 31 c. UL 651. 32 2.5 PVC - COATED FLEXIBLE GALVANIZED STEEL (LIQUID - TIGHT) CONDUIT (FLEX - 33 LT) 34 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 35 1. Anamet, Inc. 36 2. Electri -Flex Company. 37 3. International Metal Hose Company. 38 B. Core formed of continuous, spiral wound, hot -dip galvanized steel strip with successive 39 convolutions securely interlocked. 40 C. Extruded PVC outer jacket positively locked to the steel core. 41 D. Liquid and vaportight. 42 E. Standard: 43 1. UL 360. 44 2.6 CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 45 A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 07225 -075 -0.36 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 3 1 1. Adalet. 2 2. Appleton. 3 3. Carlon. 4 4. Certainteed. 5 5. Crouse - Hinds. 6 6. Killark. 7 7. Occidental Coating Company. 8 8. OZ Gedney Company. 9 9. Perma -Cote. 10 10. RACO. 11 11. Rob -Roy Ind. 12 12. Steel City. 13 13. Thomas and Betts. 14 14. Western Plastics Company. 15 B. See Section 01800. 16 C. Conduit Bodies and Fittings for Use with RAC in Non - Hazardous Locations: 17 1. Materials: The following are minimum requirements unless otherwise noted. 18 a. Body: 19 1) RGS: Malleable iron, zinc- or cadmium- plated; steel, hot- dipped galvanized; or 20 steel zinc plated with aluminum lacquer or aluminum enamel finish. 21 2) RAC: Copper -free cast aluminum, aluminum lacquer finish. Copper content shall 22 not exceed 0.4 percent. 23 b. Covers: 24 1) RGS: Malleable iron, zinc plated. 25 2) RAC: Stamped aluminum, natural finish. 26 c. Gaskets: Neoprene or PVC, integrally fused to or recessed into the body. 27 d. Insulators- phenolic, thermosetting: 28 1) Minimum 105 DegC UL rating. 29 e. Grounding saddles tin - plated copper or bronze suitable for use with copper and 30 aluminum conductors. 31 f. Bonding jumpers: Tinned copper flexible braid. 32 g. Locknuts: 33 1) RGS: Malleable iron, zinc plated. 34 2) RAC: Stainless steel. 35 2. All fittings: Threaded unless otherwise noted. 36 3. All covers: Gasketed. 37 4. Standards: 38 a. UL 6. 39 b. UL 467. 40 c. UL 514B. 41 d. UL 1242. 42 5. Hubs shall be raintight. 43 6. Straight couplings: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are used. 44 7. Expansion couplings: 45 a. 2 or 4 IN nominal straight -line conduit movement in either direction. 46 b. Weathertight. 47 c. Insulating bushing. 48 d. Sleeve - steel, zinc plated. 49 8. Expansion/deflection couplings: 50 a. 3/4 IN nominal straight -line conduit movement in either direction. 51 b. 30- degree nominal deflection from the normal in all directions. 52 c. Watertight. 53 d. Insulating bushing. 07225-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 -4 • • • • • • 1 e. End couplings/hubs - bronze; or steel zinc - plated with aluminum cellulose lacquer 2 finish. 3 f. Outerjacket- neoprene. 4 g. Jacket clamps - stainless steel. 5 h. Inner sleeve (when used) - molded plastic. 6 9. Pulling elbows and tees: 7 a. Raintight. 8 b. Cover - steel, zinc- plated. 9 10. Mogul pulling elbows: 10 a. Die cast copper free aluminum. 11 D. Conduit Bodies and Fittings for Use with PVC -RGS: 12 1. The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph "Conduit Bodies 13 and Fittings for Use with RGS and RAC in Non - Hazardous Locations"; and coated as 14 defined under paragraph "PVC- RGS." 15 E. Fittings for Use with Rigid Non - Metallic Conduit: 16 1. Fittings shall be of the same material, thickness, and construction as the conduits with which 17 they are used. 18 a. Standards: 19 1) UL 651. 20 2) NEMA TC-2. 21 2. Solvent cement for welding fittings shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the 22 conduit and fittings. 23 a. Shall not be more than 1 year past date of manufacture. 24 b. Standard: ASTM D2564. 25 3. Fittings shall be squeeze or clamp -type. 26 a. Set -screw type shall not be used. 27 4. Standard: UL 514. 28 F. Fittings for Use with FLEX -LT: 29 1. Fittings shall meet the following minimum requirements unless otherwise noted: 30 a. Body: Malleable iron, zinc - plated. 31 b. Ferrule: Steel, zinc - plated. 32 c. Locknuts and compression nuts: Malleable iron, zinc - plated. 33 d. Sealing ring: Neoprene. 34 2. Standard: UL 514. 35 2.7 CONDUIT SUPPORT SYSTEMS 36 A. For Use with RGS: 37 I. Acceptable manufacturers: 38 a. Unistrut Building Systems. 39 b. B -Line Systems Inc. 40 c. Kindorf. 41 d. Mono - Systems, Inc. 42 2. RGS: All components shall be hot - dipped galvanized. 43 a. Standard: ASTM A153. 44 3. Channels and brackets: 45 a. RGS: Formed from hot rolled carbon steel sheet and strip. 46 1) Standard: ASTM A570. 47 4. Fittings: 48 a. Formed from structural steel or hot - rolled carbon steel sheet and strip. 49 b. Standards: 50 1) ASTM A36 and A635. 51 5. Clamps: 52 a. Formed from low carbon hot rolled steel sheet and strip. 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 5 1 b. Standard: ASTM A569. 2 6. Channel nuts: 3 a. Formed from mild steel bar stock, case hardened. 4 b. Standard: ASTM A575. 5 7. Screws, nuts, bolts and continuous threaded rods. 6 a. Formed from mild steel bar stock. 7 b. Standards: 8 1) ASTM A307 and A563. 9 B. For Use with PVC -RGS: 10 1. All components: Comply with the requirements of paragraph For Use with RGS' ; and with 11 the coating requirements of paragraph "PVC- RGS' ; except screws, nuts and bolts shall be 12 stainless steel. 13 a. Stainless steel channels, brackets, fittings, clamps, channel nuts and continuous 14 threaded rod may be used in lieu of PVC coating these components. 15 C. For Use with RAC: 16 1. All components: Fabricated of stainless steel, including channels, brackets, fittings, clamps, 17 channel nuts and continuous threaded rod. 18 2.8 SLEEVES THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS 19 A. See Section 01800. 20 B. Uncoated or Galvanized Iron or Steel: 21 1. Wall thickness: Not less than standard Schedule 40 pipe. 22 2.9 ALL RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 23 A. Mark Products: 24 1. UL or ETL listed. 25 2. Identify the nominal trade size on the product. 26 3. Stamp with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLATION 29 A. Conduits shall be routed in the field unless otherwise indicated. 30 1. Whenever possible avoid routing conduits through areas of high ambient temperature or 31 radiant heat. 32 B. Size of Raceways and Conduits: 33 1. Raceway sizes are normally shown on the Drawings. If a size is not shown on the Drawings, 34 or if a minimum size is not stated in the Specifications, then size m accordance with the 35 NEC. 36 2. Conduits shall not be smaller than 3/4 IN trade size, unless otherwise shown on the 37 Drawings. 38 C. Provide all required openings in walls, floors, and ceilings for conduit penetration. 39 1. See Section 01800. 40 D. Conduit Runs: 41 1. All conduits within a structure shall be installed exposed except as follows: 42 a. Above suspended ceilings. 43 b. Within stud, masonry and concrete walls of finished areas. 44 c. With the Engineer's permission, or where shown on the Contract Drawings, may be 45 embedded in floor slabs and columns or buried under floor slabs. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 6 • • • • • • 1 2. Conduit shall not be routed on the exterior of structures except as specifically indicated on 2 the Drawings. 3 E. Conduit shall not interfere with, or prevent access to, piping, valves, ductwork, or other 4 equipment for operation, maintenance and repair. 5 F. Total of Bends m a Conduit Run: 6 1. Less than 360 degrees. 7 2. Provide pull boxes, condulets, or pulling elbows or tees as needed. 8 G. Raceway runs, where shown, indicate the preferred location. Site conditions may affect actual 9 routing. Coordinate routing and measurement with other trades and with equipment suppliers to 10 avoid interference with equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. 11 H. RGS: 12 1. Install: 13 a. Where concealed in stud, masonry and concrete walls. 14 b. In ductbanks within 5 FT of exterior walls of structures. Does not apply to manholes 15 and hndholes. 16 c. For long sweep bends in ductbanks. 17 d. For instrumentation conduit runs in ductbanks. 18 e. Embedded in concrete floor slabs. 19 I. PVC -RGS: 20 1. Install: 21 a. In corrosive areas, indoors or outdoors. 22 b. Direct buried conduit runs. 23 J. ALUM: 24 1. Not installed: 25 a. Direct buried 26 b. In contact with concrete 27 2. Where not restricted by the above, install: 28 a. Exposed, indoors or outdoors. 29 b. In crawl spaces. • 30 K. PVC Schedule 40: 31 1. Install for power conduits in concrete encased ductbanks. 32 L. FLEX -LT: 33 1. Install as the final conduit to motors, electrically operated valves, primary elements 34 (instrumentation), and electrical equipment that is liable to vibrate. 35 2. Shall not be used as a conduit run: 36 a. Maximum length shall not exceed: 37 1) 361N to motors. 38 2) 24 IN to all other equipment. 39 M. Conduit Seals: 40 1. Installed: 41 a. In each conduit in a corrosive area entering or leaving that area and entering or leaving 42 an electrical equipment enclosure m that area. 43 b. So that the filler plug and drain are accessible. 44 c. Complete with sealing fiber and compound. 45 N. Field Bending and Cutting of Conduits: 46 1. Utilize tools and equipment recommended by the manufacturer of the conduit, designed for 47 the purpose and the conduit material to make all field bends and cuts. 48 2. Do not reduce the internal diameter of the conduit when making conduit bends. 49 3. Prepare tools and equipment to prevent damage to the PVC coating. 50 4. Degrease threads after threading and apply a zinc rich paint. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 7 1 5. Debur interior and exterior after cutting. 2 0. Conduit Installation: 3 1. Install conduit and fittings, as required (including offsets and crossovers), for a complete 4 system that has a neat appearance and is in compliance with all applicable codes. 5 2. Accessible conduit and wireway: 6 a. Run in straight lines parallel to or at right angles to building lines. 7 1) Install conduit adjacent to walls and floors. 8 2) Maintain minimum 6 IN separation between instrumentation and power conduits. 9 b. Maintain minimum 6 IN separation from process, gas, air and water pipes. 10 3. Conduit support systems: 11 a. Support conduit from the building structure. 12 1) Do not support conduit from process, gas, air or water piping; or from other 13 conduits. 14 b. Provide hangers and brackets to limit the maximum uniform load on a single support to 15 25 LBS; or to the maximum uniform Load recommended by the manufacturer if the 16 support is rated less than 25 LBS. 17 1) Do not exceed maximum concentrated load recommended by the manufacturer on 18 any support. 19 2) Conduit hangers: Continuous threaded rods combined with struts or conduit 20 clamps: 21 a) Do not use perforated strap hangers and iron bailing wire. 22 3) Do not use suspended ceiling support systems to support raceways. 23 4) Hangers in metal roof decks: 24 a) Utilize fender washers. 25 b) Not extend above top of ribs. 26 c) Not interfere with vapor barrier, insulation, or roofing. 27 c. Conduit support system fasteners: 28 1) Use sleeve -type expansion anchors as fasteners in masonry wall construction. Do 29 not use concrete nails and powder - driven fasteners. 30 2) Comply with the requirements of Section 05505 for fasteners in cast -in -place 31 concrete construction. 32 d. Maximum spacing between conduit supports: 33 1) RGS and ALUM: 10 FT. 34 e. Support all conduits within 3 FT of the conduit ternrination. 35 f. Support all conduits at 90- degree bends and at vertical drops. 36 g. Provide substantial vertical support for all conduit drops for stability and to minimize 37 vibration. 38 h. Where sufficient room exists within the housing, conduit to roof - mounted equipment 39 shall be stubbed up inside the housing. 40 4. Conduit embedded in columns and floor slabs or buried under slab -on- grade: 41 a. Run in the most direct, practical route. 42 b. Not to be installed under equipment pads. 43 c. No crossovers. 44 d. Secured in place to prevent movement during the backfill and pour. 45 e. Maintain minimum 6 IN separation between instrumentation and power conduits. 46 f. Maintain minimum 6 IN separation from process, gas, air and water pipes. 47 5. Conduits and accessories embedded in concrete where shown on the Contract Drawings: 48 a. Aluminum conduit not used. 49 b. Requires approval of the Engineer. 50 c. Shall not be considered to replace structurally the displaced concrete except as 51 indicated in the following: 52 1) Conduit and fittings shall not displace more than 4 percent of the area of the cross - 53 section of a column on which stress is calculated or which is required for fire 54 protection. 07225 -0? -03ti City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 8 • • • • • • 1 2) Size and locate sleeves or conduits passing through floors, walls, or beams so as 2 not to significantly impair the strength of the construction. 3 3) Sleeves or conduits passing through floors, walls or beams may be considered as 4 replacing the displaced concrete structurally in compression. 5 a) Shall not be exposed to rusting or other deterioration. 6 b) Nominal inside diameter shall not exceed 2 IN. 7 c) Minimum spacing: 3 DIA OC. 8 d. Shall not be larger in outside diameter than one -third the thickness of the slab, column 9 or beam. 10 e. Minimum spacing: 3 DIA OC. 11 f. Reinforced concrete construction: 12 1) Conduit not run in beams. 13 2) Place conduit after reinforcing steel has been laid and the reinforcement steel shall 14 not be displaced. 15 3) Provide a minimum of 1 -1/2 IN of cover over conduit, excluding surface finish. 16 4) Locate on the span center line conduits that do not run parallel with the principal 17 reinforcing steel. 18 6. Underground conduit: 19 a. See Section 16115. 20 7. Male threads of conduit systems shall be coated with an electrically conductive anti-seize 21 compound. 22 8. Threaded connections shall be made wrench- tight. 23 9. Conduit joints shall be watertight. 24 a. Where exposed to possible submersion. 25 b. In areas classified as wet. 26 c. Underground. 27 10. Conduits shall be installed to eliminate moisture pockets. Where water cannot drain to 28 openings, provide drain fittings in the low spots of the conduit run. 29 11. Rigid non - metallic conduit and fittings shall be joined utilizing solvent cement. 30 a. Immediately after installation of conduit and fitting, the fitting or conduit shall be 31 rotated 1/4 turn to provide uniform contact. 32 12. Install expansion fittings: 33 a. Where conduits span structural expansions joints. 34 b. In long conduit runs. 35 c. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings. 36 1) Provide fittings with 2 IN straight -line movement in either direction. 37 a) Except where identified on the Drawings as requiring 4 IN straight -line 38 movement in either direction. 39 13. Install expansion/deflection fittings: 40 a. Where conduits enter a structure. 41 1) Except electrical manholes and handholes. 42 2) Except where the ductbank is tied to the structure with rebar. 43 b. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings. 44 14. Provide conduit seals: 45 a. Not more than 18 IN from where they are required. 46 15. Terminate conduits: 47 a. In NEMA 1 and 12 type enclosures: 48 1) With an insulated grounding bushing on the interior. 49 2) With a locknut on the exterior. 50 b. In NEMA 3R, 4, and 4X type enclosures: 51 1) Into a threaded hub. 52 2) With an insulating bushing unless the hub provides equivalent protection to the 53 conductors. 54 c. When stubbed up through the floor: 55 1) With an insulated grounding bushing. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 9 1 P. The protective coating integrity of conduits, fittings, and accessories shall be maintained. 2 1. Repair RGS utilizing a zinc rich paint. 3 2. Repair PVC -RGS utilizing a patching compound, of the same material as the coating, 4 provided by the manufacturer of the conduit; or a self - adhesive, highly conformable, cross - 5 linked silicone composition strip, followed by a protective coating of vinyl tape. 6 a. The total nominal thickness: 40 mil. 7 3. Repair surfaces that will be inaccessible after installation prior to installation. 8 Q. Remove moisture and debris from conduit before wire is pulled into place. 9 1. Pull mandrel with diameter nominally 1/4 IN smaller than the interior of the conduit, to 10 remove obstructions. 11 2. Swab conduit by pulling a clean, tight- fitting rag through the conduit. 12 3. Tightly plug ends of conduit with tapered wood plugs or plastic inserts until wire is pulled. 13 R. Only nylon or polyethylene rope shall be used to pull wire and cable in conduit systems. 14 S. Fill openings in walls, floors, and ceilings and finish flush with surface. 15 T. Painting: 16 1. See Section 09905. 17 END OF SECTION 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16111 - 10 • • • • • • 1 00E09 2 3 SECTION 16115 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, DUCTS, MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Underground power, control, and instrumentation conduits and ductbanks. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 02221 - Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities. 12 4. Division 3 - Concrete. 13 5. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 14 6. Section 16111 - Conduit, Conduit Bodies and Fittings, and Conduit Supports. 15 7. Section 16120 - Wire and Cable - 600 Volt and Below. 16 8. Section 16450 - Grounding. 17 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Referenced Standards: 19 1. American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 20 2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM): 21 a. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 22 3. National Fire Protection Association (NEPA): 23 a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 24 B. Miscellaneous: 25 1. Drawings indicate the intended location of manholes and handholes; and routing of 26 ductbanks and direct buried conduit. Field conditions may affect actual routing. 27 1.3 DEFINITIONS 28 A. Direct - buried conduit means individual (single) underground conduits without concrete 29 encasement. 30 B. Direct - buried ductbank means multiple underground conduits, in a common trench, without 31 concrete encasement. 32 C. Concrete encased ductbank means any underground conduit or combination of underground 33 conduits encased in a common concrete envelope. 34 1.4 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Shop Drawings: 36 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 37 2. Fabrication and layout drawings: 38 a. Provide cross - sectioned sketch of each ductbank. 39 1) Dimension spacing between conduits. 40 2) Dimension concrete envelope and reinforcing, where applicable. 41 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 42 1. See Section 01340. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16115 - 1 1 PART2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Ground rods and grounding equipment: 6 a. See Section 16450. 7 2. Ground wire: 8 a. See Section 16120. 9 3. Duct terminators: 10 a. Condux International, Inc. 11 4. Conduit: 12 a. See Section 16111. 13 5. Duct spacers: 14 a. Underground Devices, Inc. 15 b. Condux International, Inc. 16 6. Warning Tape: 17 a. W. H. Brady Company. 18 b. Seton Nameplate Company. 19 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Ground Rods and Grounding Equipment: 22 1. See Section 16450. 23 B. Ground Wire: 24 1. See Section 16120. 25 C. Duct Terminators: 26 1. Window type. 27 2. ABS plastic. 28 3. Provide for conduit entrance. 29 4. Designed for installation into manhole or handhole walls for a watertight seal. 30 5. Sufficient space between terminator walls to allow for placement of rebar and concrete. 31 D. Conduit: 32 1. See Section 16111. 33 E. Duct Spacers: 34 1. High density polyethylene or high impact polystyrene. 35 2. Interlocking. 36 3. Provide 2 IN minimum spacing between conduits. 37 F. Warning Tape: 38 L Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: 39 a. W H Brady Company, Catalog S -10, #91296. 40 2. Material: Polyethylene. 41 3. Thickness: 3.5 mils. 42 4. Tensile strength: 1750 psi. 43 5. Size: 6 IN wide (minimum). 44 6. Legend: Preprinted and permanently imbedded: 45 a. Message continuously printed. 46 1) Legend: CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION (1st line), BURIED ELECTRIC LINE 47 (2nd line). 48 2) Letters: 1 -1/4 IN minimum. 49 3) Interval: Continuous. 07225 -075.035 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16115 - 2 • • • • • • 1 4) Color: Red and black letters. 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLATION 4 A. General: 5 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6 2. Comply with Section 02221 for trenching, backfilling and compacting. 7 B. Underground Conduits: 8 1. Concrete encased ductbank: 9 a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits completely encased in minimum 2 10 IN of concrete. 11 b. For circuits 600 V and below, install so that top of concrete encased duct, at any point, 12 is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300 -5 and 13 exceptions): 14 1) RGS conduit: 6 IN. 15 2) Rigid PVC conduit: 12 IN. 16 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: 17 a) All applications: 24 IN. 18 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Drawings. 19 c. Under traffic areas (roadways, parking lots, etc.) and for a distance 10 FT either side of 20 the traffic area, and elsewhere as defined on the Drawings or specified, the concrete 21 shall be reinforced in accordance with Section 03002. 22 2. Direct- buried ductbank or conduit: 23 a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits directly buried in earth. 24 b. For circuits 600 V and below, install so that top of conduit, at any point, is not less than 25 the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300 -5 and exceptions). 26 1) RGS conduit: 6 IN. 27 2) Rigid PVC conduit: 18 IN. 28 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: 29 a) All applications: 24 IN. 30 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Drawings. 31 3. Underground conduits and ductbanks shall comply with the following: 32 a. Minimum grade shall be 4 IN per 100 FT or as detailed on the Drawings. 33 1) Low point shall be at one end of the conduit run. 34 b. . During construction and after conduit installation is complete, plug the ends of all 35 conduits. 36 c. Provide conduit supports and separators of concrete, plastic, or other suitable 37 nonmetallic, nondecaying material designed for that purpose. 38 1) Concrete encasement supports shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 2 IN 39 between the bottom of the trench and the bottom row of conduit. 40 2) Separators shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 2 IN between conduits. 41 3) Place supports and separators for rigid nonmetallic conduit on maximum centers as 42 indicated for the following trade sizes: 43 a) 1 IN and less: 3 FT. 44 b) 1 -1/4 to 3 IN: 5 FT. 45 c) 3 -1/2 to 61N: 7 FT. 46 4) Place supports and separators for rigid steel conduit on maximum centers as 47 indicated for the following trade sizes: 48 a) 1 IN and less: 10 FT. 49 b) 1 -1/4 to 2-1/2 IN: 14 FT. 50 c) 3 IN and larger: 20 FT. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16115 -3 1 5) Securely anchor conduits to supports and separators to prevent movement during 2 placement of concrete or soil. 3 6) Do not place concrete or soil until conduits have been observed by the Engineer. 4 d. Stagger conduit joints at intervals of 6 IN vertically. 5 e. Make conduit joints watertight and in accordance with manufacturer's 6 recommendations, 7 1) Make plastic conduit joints by uniformly brushing a plastic solvent cement on 8 inside of plastic coupling fitting and outside of conduit ends. Slip conduit and 9 fitting together with a quick one - quarter turn twist to set joint tightly. 10 f. Accomplish changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 15 degrees by long sweep 11 RGS bends having a minimum radius of 25 FT. 12 1) Sweep bends may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections or 13 combinations thereof. 14 g. Furnish manufactured bends at end of runs. 15 1) Minimum radius of 18 IN for conduits less than 3 IN trade size and 36 IN for 16 conduits 3 IN trade size and larger. 17 h. Field cuts requiring tapers shall be made with the proper tools and shall match factory 18 tapers. 19 i. After the conduit run has been completed, pull a standard flexible mandrel having a 20 length of not less than 12 IN and a diameter approximately 1/4 IN less than the inside 21 diameter of the conduit through each conduit. Then pull a brush with stiff bristles 22 through each conduit to remove any foreign material left in conduit. 23 j. Pneumatic rodding may be used to draw in lead wire. 24 1) Install a heavy nylon cord free of kinks and splices in all unused new ducts. 25 2) Extend cord 3 FT beyond ends of conduit. 26 k. Transition from PVC to RGS conduit a minimum of 5 FT prior to entering a structure 27 or from PVC to PVC -RGS prior to going above ground. 28 1) Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 29 2) PVC conduit may be extended directly to manholes and handholes. 30 1. Where conduits enter pull, junction and transformer boxes; manholes and handholes: 31 1) Terminate rigid PVC conduits in end bells. 32 2) Terminate steel conduits in insulated bushings. 33 C. Warning Tape: 34 1. Place warning tape in trench directly over ductbanks, direct - buried conduit, and direct - 35 buried wire and cable. 36 a. 6 IN below finished grade where conduit or ductbank is 121N or more below finished 37 grade. 38 b. 3 IN below finished grade where conduit or ductbank is less than 12 IN below finished 39 grade. 40 41 07225 -075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16115 - 4 • • • • • • 1 97C07 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE - 600 VOLT AND BELOW 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Building wire and cable (600 V and below), instrumentation cable, splices, taps, electrical 8 tape and pulling lubricant. 9 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. Insulated Cable Engineers Association/National Electrical Manufacturers Association 16 (ICEA/NEMA): 17 a. S- 61- 402/WC 5, Thermoplastic- Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and 18 Distribution of Electrical Energy. 19 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 20 a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 21 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): 22 a. 44, Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables. 23 b. 486A, Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for use with Copper Conductors. 24 c. 510, Insulating Tape. 25 d. 83, Thermoplastic- Insulated Wires and Cables. 26 1.3 DEFINITIONS 27 A. Cable: Multi - conductor, insulated, with outer sheath. 28 1. May contain either power, control, or instrumentation wire. 29 B. Instrumentation Cable: Multiple conductors, insulated, twisted with outer sheath, intended for 30 transmission and distribution of low current (4 -20 mA DC) or low voltage (0-10 V DC) analog 31 signals, No. 16 AWG and smaller. Commonly used types are defined in the following: 32 1. TP: Twisted pair without shield. 33 2. TSP: Twisted - shielded pair. 34 3. TST: Twisted - shielded triad. 35 C. Power Cable: Containing multi- conductor insulated building wire, No. 12 AWG and larger. 36 D. Control Cable: Containing multi - conductor insulated control wires, No. 16, No. 14 or No. 12 37 AWG. 38 E. Wire: Single conductor, insulated, with or without outer jacket depending upon type. 39 1.4 SUBMITTALS 40 A. Shop Drawings: 41 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 42 B. Samples: 43 1. Provide sample of largest size of each type of wire or cable for review prior to installation. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16120 - 1 a. Sample shall have a legible and complete surface printing of identification. 2 PART2 PRODUCTS 3 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS 4 A. Building wire, power and control cable: 5 1. All conductors shall be copper. 6 2. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 7 acceptable: 8 a. American Insulated Wire Corporation. 9 b. Cablec Corporation. 10 c. Carol Cable Company, Inc. 11 d. Rome Cable Corporation. 12 e. Southwire Company. 13 3. Conform to ICEA/NEMA S- 61- 402/WC 5 and UL 83 for type THHN /THWN insulation. 14 4. Wire: 15 a. Concentric -lay, strand Class B. 16 1) #12 AWG wiring for lighting and receptacle branch circuits only, may be solid 17 instead of stranded. 18 5. Control Cable: 19 a. 7 or 19 strands, concentric -lay, conductors. 20 b. Not less than 15 mils average PVC insulation. 21 c. Conform to UL 83 and 1277. 22 B. Instrumentation Cable: 23 1. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 24 acceptable: 25 a. Alpha Wire Corporation. 26 b. American Insulated Wire Corporation. 27 c. Belden Wire and Cable. 28 d. Caro] Cable Company. 29 e. Dekoron. 30 f. Rome Cable Corporation. 31 2. Construction: 32 a. Soft annealed bare copper conductors. 33 b. PVC insulated with a nylon overcoat, 90 C PVC jacket. 34 c. 90 C temperature rating. 35 d. Suitable for wet or dry locations. 36 e. Sunlight resistant, impervious to moisture. 37 f. Aluminum- polyester shield. 38 g. Individually twisted and shielded pair(s) or triad(s) with overall shield to provide 100 39 percent coverage. 40 h. Separate stranded copper drain wire, 20 AWG minimum. 41 i. Conform to UL 1277. 42 C. Building wire, power cable, control cable and instrumentation cable: 43 1. UL listed or UL recognized. 44 2. Surface mark with manufacturers name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type and 45 UL label. 46 3. Rated for 600 volts. 47 D. Splices and Taps: 48 1. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 49 acceptable: 50 a. Bumdy Corporation. 03 -03 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16120 - 2 • • • • 1 b. Ideal. 2 c. 3M Co. 3 d. Penn Union. 4 e. Thomas and Betts. 5 2. UL listed. 6 3. Conform to UL 486A. 7 E. Electrical Tape: 8 1. Pressure sensitive vinyl. 9 2. Premium grade. 10 3. Heat, cold, moisture, and sunlight resistant. 11 4. UL listed. 12 5. Thickness, depending on use conditions: 7, 8.5, or 10 mil. 13 6. For cold weather or outdoor location, tape must also be all- weather. 14 7. Comply with UL 510. 15 F. Pulling Lubricant: Cable manufacturer's standard containing no petroleum or other products that 16 will deteriorate insulation. 17 G. Wire Markers: 18 1. Materials: Vinyl or polyester tape. 19 a. Approved manufacturer's catalog numbers: 20 1) W. H. Brady Co., Indoor /Outdoor Vinyl Tape, B -580. 21 2) Seton, "Self- Laminating Wire Marker Labels" M7340. 22 3) Panduit, LS4M "Industrial Labeling Tape ". 23 b. Size: Height as required by the wire size, length as required by the text. 24 c. Colors: White background, black printing. 25 2. Materials: Heat shrinkable polyolefm: 26 a. Approved manufacturer's catalog numbers: 27 1) Seton, Welded Wire Marking Sleeves. 28 b. Size: Height as required by the wire size, length as required by the text. 29 H. Submit requests for substitutions in accordance with Specification Section 01640, 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLATION 32 A. Usage of Insulation Types: 33 1. Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors shall be used. 34 B. Conductor size limitations: 35 1. Power conductors shall not be smaller than #12 AWG unless otherwise indicated on the 36 Drawings. 37 2. Control conductors shall not be smaller than #14 AWG unless otherwise indicated on the 38 Drawings. 39 3. Instrumentation conductors shall not be smaller than #18 AWG unless otherwise indicated 40 on the Drawings. 41 C. Color code all wiring as follows: 42 1. Lighting and power wiring: 43 • 44 07225 - 075 - 03t 120/240 V Phase 1 Black or Red Neutrals White Ground Green City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16120 - 3 1 2. Color code ends of feeder phase conductors only. 2 D. Install all wiring in raceway unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3 E. Feeder, branch, control and instrumentation circuits shall not be combined in conduit, wireway, 4 junction or pull boxes; except as permitted in the following: 5 1. Where specifically indicated on the Drawings or field conditions dictate and written 6 permission is obtained from the Engineer. 7 a. Feeder and branch circuits shall be isolated from each other and from all control and 8 instrumentation circuits. 9 b. Control circuits shall be isolated from feeder, branch and instrumentation circuits. 10 1) Where combining of control circuits is permitted the combinations shall comply 11 with the following: 12 a) 12 VDC, 24 VDC and 48 VDC may utilize a common raceway. 13 2) AC control circuits shall be isolated from all DC circuits. 14 c. Instrumentation circuits shall be isolated from feeder, branch and control circuits. 15 2. For lighting circuits, multiple branch circuits may be installed in a raceway as allowed by 16 the NEC, with the wire ampacity derated in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. 17 Raceway fill shall not exceed the limits established by the NEC. 18 F. Ground the drain wire of shielded cables at one end only. 19 1. The preferred grounding location is at the load, not at the source. 20 G. Maintain electrical continuity of the shield when splicing twisted shielded conductors. 21 H. Make splices and taps only at pull or junction boxes. 22 1. Stranded wire shall be spliced by crimp or indenter -type connectors. Installation shall be 23 made using a ratchet type compression tool. 24 2. Solderless lugs and screw type connectors may be used for #6 AWG and larger wire. 25 3. Insulated conical spring type connectors maybe used for solid (not stranded) wire smaller 26 than #6 AWG. 27 I. Electrical Tape Usage: 28 1. For insulating connections of #8 AWG wire and smaller: 7 mil vinyl tape. 29 2. For insulating splices and taps of #6 AWG wire or larger: 10 mil vinyl tape. 30 3. For insulating connections made in cold weather or in outdoor locations: 8.5 mil, all weather 31 vinyl tape. 32 J. Terminate instrumentation and control wiring, including spare wires, at control panels and motor 33 control centers on terminal boards mounted inside the equipment. 34 I. Contractor shall supply terminal boards as required. 35 2. Do not field wire directly to devices. 36 3. Ground both ends of spare wires. 37 K. Equipment terminations: 38 1. Stranded wire shall be terminated by die type compression lugs, or by pressure type 39 connectors. Stranded wire shall not be wrapped around screw type terminals. 40 L. Tag wires with wire markers in control panels, and in pull or junction boxes, handholes and 41 manholes where multiple circuits exist 42 1. Tag wire at both ends and in junction and pull boxes, handholes and manholes. 43 2. Legend: Circuit number or wire number as shown on the Drawings or as furnished with the 44 equipment. 45 M. Wire and cable shall not be pulled tight against bushings nor pressed heavily against enclosures. 46 N. Wire and cable in vertical risers shall be supported by Kellums, or equal, woven grips where 47 necessary to prevent heavy loading on wire or cable connections. 48 0. All wire and cable, including grounds, m one conduit over 1 FT in length or with any bends, 49 shall be pulled in or out simultaneously. 07225 - 075 -016 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16120 .4 • • • • • • 1 P. Wire and cable shall not be bent to a radius of less than the manufacturer's recommended 2 minimum bending radius. 3 Q. After wire and cable have been installed and connected, conduit ends shall be sealed by a non- 4 hardening sealing compound forced into conduits to a minimum depth equal to the conduit 5 diameter. This shall apply at hndholes, manholes, and building entrance junction boxes. 6 7 07225 -075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16120 - 5 • • • 1 95C24 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Outlet, pull and junction boxes. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 09905 - Painting and Protective Coatings. 12 4. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 13 5. Section 16111 - Conduit, Conduit Bodies and Fittings, and Conduit Supports. 14 6. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices. 15 7. Section 16450 - Grounding. 16 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17 A. Referenced Standards: 18 1. Refer to Section 16010. 19 13 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Shop Drawings: 21 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 22 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. See Section 16010. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS SECTION 16130 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 27 acceptable: 28 1. Galvanized steel boxes: 29 a. Appleton Electric Co. 30 b. Steel City. 31 c. Raco. 32 2. Sheet metal boxes for non - classified areas: 33 a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 34 3. Corrosion - resistant boxes: 35 a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 36 b. Crouse - Hinds. 37 4. Raintight and watertight boxes: 38 a. Appleton Electric Co. 39 b. Crouse- Hinds. 40 5. Terminal boxes: 41 a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 42 6. Boxes in sidewalk: 07 075 -056 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16130 - 1 1 a. Appleton Electric Co. 2 b. Crouse - Hinds. 3 c. O- Z/Gedney. 4 7. Boxes in earth: 5 a. Carlon Electric Products. 6 8. Exposed switch and receptacle boxes: 7 a. Appleton Electric Co. 8 b. Crouse -Hinds 9 c. Killark. 10 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 11 2.2 MATERIALS 12 A. Pull and Junction Boxes for General Use Unclassified Areas Suitable for NEMA 12 Enclosures: 13 1. Material: 14 GA galvanized steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth and no 14 knockouts. 15 1 Zinc rich coating on all seams. 16 3. Stainless steel captivated cover screws threaded into sealed wells. 17 4. Flat door with oil resistant gasket. 18 5. NEMA 12 classification. 19 6. UL listed. 20 B. Pull and Junction Boxes for Wet Areas: 21 1. Material: 316 SS. 22 2. Seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts. 23 3. Stainless steel clamps on four sides. 24 4. Flat cover with oil resistant gasket. 25 5. NEMA 4X classification, 26 6. UL listed. 27 C. Pull and Junction Boxes for Sidewalks: 28 1. Cast -iron box and cover, hot -dip galvanized. 29 2. Flange for flush mounting. 30 3. Checkered cover with neoprene gasket, pry bar slots and stainless steel screws. 31 4. UL listed. 32 5. Drilled and tapped holes. 33 6. Watertight NEMA 4 classification. 34 D. Large Pull and Junction Boxes (100 CU IN and larger): 35 1. Located in general use areas: 36 a. NEMA 12 construction: 37 1) Welded steel. 38 2) Fumished with gray enamel inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. 39 2. Located in wet and corrosive areas: 40 a. NEMA 4X with stainless steel screws. 41 b. Type 316 welded stainless steel: 42 3. Constructed of 14 GA steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts. 43 4. Rolled lip around all sides. 44 5. Rigid handles for covers larger than 9 SF or heavier than 25 LBS. 45 6. Split covers when heavier than 25 LBS. 46 E. Fiberglass Cable- Pulling Enclosure: 47 1. Use: Access points to facilitate pulling of electrical cables in buried conduit runs. 48 2. Size and quantity: As shown on Drawings. 49 3. Type: Rectangular fiberglass composite, suitable for direct burial pedestrian traffic on top, - 50 50 DegF, chemical, sunlight, and weather resistant. 51 4. Provide matching top with "ELECTRIC" logo. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16130 - 2 • • • • • • 1 F. Outlet Boxes: 2 1. Use: Installation of wiring devices. 3 2. Boxes for exposed wiring: 4 a. Cadmium plated, cast, ferrous metal, with threaded hubs. 5 3. Boxes for concealed wiring: 6 a. Code gage, hot -dip galvanized steel. 7 b. Include bar hangers for metal stud partitions. 8 c. Provide barriers between switches in boxes with 277 V switches on opposite phases. 9 d. Use extension and plaster rings where required. 10 e. Provide grounding screw. 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 INSTALLATION 13 A. Use locknut and bushing for boxes in non - classified areas. 14 B. Use Type FS and FD boxes in wet areas and where exposed rigid steel conduit is required. 15 C. Fill unused punched -out, tapped, or threaded hub openings with insert plugs. 16 D. Paint boxes in accordance with Section 09905. 17 E. Use outlet boxes sized to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed. 18 F. Use boxes sized to accommodate conduit tying into box. 19 G. Install pull boxes or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to facilitate 20 pulling of wires or making connections. 21 1. Make covers of boxes accessible. 22 H. Install pull boxes or junction boxes rated for the area classification. 23 I. Install rigid conduit squarely into boxes which do not have hubs or are drilled and tapped. 24 1. Install with locknut on the outside and bushing on inside. 25 J. Install conduit into boxes with hubs, or that are tapped, using thread lubricant. 26 K. Do not use back -to -back boxes on this Project. 27 L. Seal all points of conduit entry into fiberglass cable - pulling enclosures for a waterproof 28 installation. 29 30 07225 -075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16130 - 3 • • • 1 98G16 2 SECTION 16140 3 WIRING DEVICES 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Light switches, receptacles and device plates. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 12 4. Section 16130 - Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes. 13 5. Section 16450 - Grounding. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Referenced Standards: 16 1. Refer to Section 16010. 17 1.3 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Shop Drawings: 19 1. Refer to Sections 01340 and 16010. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 22 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 23 acceptable: 24 1. Light switches: 25 a. Hubbell. 26 b. Slater. 27 c. P &S. 28 d. Arrow Hart. 29 e. General Electric. 30 f. Leviton. 31 2. Receptacles 32 a. Hubbell. 33 b. Slater. 34 c. P &S. 35 d. Arrow Hart. 36 e. General Electric. 37 f. Leviton. 38 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 39 2.2 MATERIALS 40 A. Light Switches for Unclassified Areas: 41 1. Toggle type, quiet action, Standard Specification grade with grounding terminal. 42 2. Back and side wired. 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16140 - 1 1 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 2 4. One -piece switch arm. 3 5. Rated 20 A, 120/277 V AC. 4 6. UL listed. 5 7. Color: Ivory. 6 8. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel. 7 9. SPST unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 8 B. Receptacles for Unclassified Areas: 9 1. Straight blade, grounding type, Standard Specification grade. 10 2. Back and side wired with wrap- around bridge. 11 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 12 4. UL listed. 13 5. Color: 14 a. For use on normal power: Ivory. 15 b. For use on UPS systems: Red. 16 c. For use on isolated ground systems: Orange. 17 6. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel. 18 7. Duplex unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 19 C. Light Switches for Wet Areas: 20 1. Presswitch type, quiet action, Standard Specification grade, with grounding terminal. 21 2. Back and side wired. 22 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 23 4. One -piece switch arm. 24 5. Rated 20 A, 120/277 V AC. 25 6. UL listed. 26 7. Color: Ivory. 27 8. Wall plate: Gray weatherproof presswitch type. 28 9. SPST unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 29 D. Receptacles for Wet Areas: 30 1. Straight blade, grounding type, Standard Specification grade. 31 2. Back and side wired with wrap around bridge. 32 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 33 4. UL listed. 34 5. Color: Ivory. 35 6. Wall plate: Weatherproof, phenolic, UL listed, WDL open and closed. 36 7. Duplex unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 37 E. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles: 38 1. Straight blade, grounding type, Standard Specification grade. 39 2. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC. 40 3. UL listed. 41 4. Test and reset buttons. 42 5. Wall plate: Indoor or weatherproof as required. 43 6. Feed -thru type. 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 3.1 INSTALLATION 46 A. Mount devices where indicated on the Drawings and as scheduled in Section 16010. 47 B. Surface mount receptacles and light switches in concrete construction. 48 C. Where more than one receptacle is installed in a room, they shall be symmetrically arranged. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton 1-011 Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16140 - 2 • • • • • • 1 D. Set switches and receptacles plumb and vertical to the floor. 2 E. Set recess - mounted switches and receptacles flush with face of walls. 3 F. Provide blank plates for empty outlets. 4 5 07225-075-036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16140 - 3 • • • 1 SECTION 16150 2 PANELBOARDS 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Lighting panelboards. 7 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 8 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 9 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 10 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 11 4. Section 16450 - Grounding. 12 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Referenced Standards: 14 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 15 a. PB 1, Panelboards. 16 2. National Fire Protection Association (NEPA): 17 a. National Electrical Code (NEC). 18 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): 19 a. 67, Panelboards. 20 b. 50, Cabinets and Boxes. 21 c. 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers. 22 d. 943, GFCI. 23 e. 1449, Safety Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 24 1.3 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Shop Drawings: 26 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 27 2. Panel layout with alphanumeric designation, branch circuit breaker sizes and types, as 28 indicated in the panel schedules. 29 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 30 1. See Section 01340. 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 34 acceptable: 35 1. Panelboards and circuit breakers: 36 a. General Electric. 37 b. Square D. 38 c. Cutler - Hammer. 39 d. Siemens. 40 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 41 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 072 25-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16150 -1 1 A. Panelboards: 2 1. UL 67 listed. 3 2. Designed in accordance with NEC Article 384. 4 3. Dead -front type. 5 4. Fronts: 6 a. Steel reinforced. 7 b. Concealed or semi- concealed hinges. 8 c. Trim adjusting screws. 9 d. Directory card mounted inside front door. 10 e. Corrosionproof lock with retractable latch. 11 f. Surface or flush mounting as required. 12 5. Bus bars: 13 a. Sequenced phased. 14 b. Fully insulated. 15 c. Drilled and tapped on circuit pole centers. 16 d. Copper 17 6. Main lugs: 18 a. Solderless type. 19 7. Solid neutral bar with solderless mechanical type connectors. 20 8. Non - insulated grounding strip including: 21 a. Main ground lug. 22 b. Individual grounding terminals for each circuit breaker and circuit breaker space. 23 9. Maximum panel voltage: 24 a. 240 V AC for lighting panelboards. 25 10. See Drawings for additional requirements. 26 B. Panel Boxes and Cabinets: 27 1. UL 50 listed. 28 2. Gutter space per NEC and UL requirements. 29 3. Code gage galvanized steel. 30 4. Furnish with knockouts in side, top and bottom panels. 31 5. Nominal 5 -3/4 IN deep. 32 C. Circuit Breakers: 33 1. Current rating as indicated on the Drawings. 34 2. Thermal- magnetic type, UL listed: 35 a. Over - center, toggle handle operated. 36 b. Quick -make, quick -break action. 37 1) Independent of toggle handle operation. 38 c. Common tripping of all poles. 39 d. Molded -in ON and OFF markings on breaker cover. 40 e. Bolt -on type. 41 f. Three - position handles indicating ON, OFF and TRIPPED. 42 g. Removable from front of panelboard without disturbing adjacent circuit breakers. 43 h. One -, two- or three -pole as indicated on the Drawings. 44 i. Rated 10,000 AIC, minimum, unless a higher interrupting rating is noted on the 45 Drawings. 46 j. Tandem or half -size circuit breakers shall not be used. 47 3. GFCI type, UL listed: 48 a. Characteristics as indicated for the thermal- magnetic type above: 49 1) Except one- or two -pole as indicated on the Drawings. 50 2) Plus the following features: 51 a) Class A ground fault circuit. 52 b) Trip on 5 mA ground fault (4 -6 mA range). 53 D. Provide surge protector for each 240 volt and below panelboard. 54 1. Leviton 5200 series for 120/240 volt, single phase panels. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hitt Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16150 - 2 • • • • 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLATION 3 A. Install per manufacturer's instructions. 4 B. Install in accordance with the NEC. 5 C. Provide each panelboard with a typed as installed" directory. • • 6 7 07225 - 075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16150 - 3 • • • 1 99H24 2 SECTION 16450 3 GROUNDING 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Grounding. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 12 4. Section 16111 - Conduit, Conduit Bodies and Fittings, Conduit Supports, and Wireway. 13 5. Section 16120 - Wire and Cable - 600 Volt and Below. 14 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Assure ground continuity is continuous throughout the entire Project. 16 B. Referenced Standards: 17 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 18 a. B8, Standard Specification for Concentric- Lay - Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, 19 Medium -Hard, or Soft. 20 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 21 a. National Electrical Code (NEC). 22 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 23 a. 467, Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 24 b. 1449, Safety Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 25 1.3 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Shop Drawings: 27 1. See Section 01340. 28 2. Grounding system details for: 29 a. Building grounding system. 30 b. Service entrance grounding. 31 c. Equipment grounding. 32 3. After installation is complete: 33 a. Test reports: 34 1) Ground rod and grid test results. 35 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 37 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 38 acceptable: 39 1. Wire and cable: 40 a. As specified in Section 16120 except as modified in the following. 41 2. Conduit: 42 a. As specified in Section 16111. 43 3. Ground rods: 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16450 - 1 1 a. Thompson. 2 b. Joslyn. 3 c. Heary Brothers. 4 4. Grounding clamps and connectors: 5 a. Thompson. 6 b. Bumdy. 7 c. Heary Brothers. 8 d. Joslyn. 9 5. Exothermic weld connections: 10 a. Erico Products Inc., Cadweld. 11 b. Bumdy. 12 6. Fall -of- potential test device: 13 a. "Ground Megger" device: 14 1) James G. Biddle Co. 15 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 16 2.2 COMPONENTS 17 A. Wire and Cable: 18 1. As specified in Section 16120 except as modified by the following. 19 2. Grounding electrode conductor: 20 a. Bare copper ground cable: 21 1) Soft drawn stranded bare copper cable. 22 2) ASTM B8. 23 b. Sized as required by NEC 250 , except where a larger size conductor is indicated. 24 1) Minimum conductor allowed: 2/0. 25 3. Grounding conductor: 26 a. Bare copper ground cable: 27 1) Soft drawn stranded bare copper cable. 28 2) ASTM B8. 29 b. 2/0 unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. 30 4. Equipment grounding conductor: 31 a. Identical insulation to phase conductors. 32 1) Insulation to be green colored. 33 a) Green tape on black - colored insulation may be used for large conductors. 34 Tape shall be applied to all exposed locations such as manholes, handholes, 35 pull and junction boxes. The entire exposed length of conductor shall be 36 taped. 37 b. Sized as required by NEC 250, except where a larger size conductor is indicated. 38 B. Conduit: As specified in Section 16111. 39 C. Grounding Clamps: 40 1. High copper alloy content: Compression type. 41 2. UL 467 listed. 42 3. Noncorrosive. 43 D. Ground Rods: 44 1. 3/4 IN x 10 FT, except as otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. 45 2. Copperclad: 46 a. Heavy uniform coating of electrolytic copper molecularly bonded to a rigid steel core. 47 b. Corrosion resistant bond between the copper and steel. 48 3. Hard drawn for a scar - resistant surface. 49 4, UL listed. 50 E. Exothermic Weld Connections: 51 1. Copper oxide reduction by aluminum process. 07225- 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16450 -2 • • • • 1 • • 2. Molds properly sized for each application. 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLATION 4 A. General: 5 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6 2. Remove paint, rust, or other nonconducting material from contact surfaces before making 7 ground connections. 8 3. Where ground conductors pass through floor slabs or building walls, sleeves of intermediate 9 metal conduit of the required size, shape, and length shall be provided, unless otherwise 10 specified or shown on Drawings. 11 B. System Ground Grid: 12 1. Ground all voltage levels at the supply transformer from the secondary neutral to the ground 13 grid. 14 2. Locate ground rods at approximate locations indicated on Drawings. 15 3. Install rods in firm soil outside of excavated areas. 16 4. Place perimeter rods a minimum of 10 FT from the building foundation. 17 5. Drive top of rod to minimum depth of 2 FT -6 IN below grade unless otherwise noted on 18 Contract Drawings. 19 6. Use driving studs or other suitable means to prevent damage to threaded ends of sectional 20 rods. 21 7. Interconnect all ground rods with ground electrode conductor: 22 a. Sized per the NEC unless a larger size is indicated on the Drawings. 23 8. Do not splice grounding electrode conductor. 24 9. Provide excavation required for installation of ground conductors buried in earth. 25 10. Allow sufficient slack to prevent conductor breakage during backfill or due to ground 26 movement. 27 11. Leave taps, junctions, and splices uncovered until inspected by Engineer. 28 12. Backfill around ground grid completely, thoroughly tamping to provide good contact 29 between backfill materials and ground rods and conductors. 30 13. Bond underground metal piping to the ground grid in accordance with NEC 250. Grounding 31 clamps may be utilized on piping if exothermic welds may damage structural integrity. 32 14. Underground connections may be made with ground clamps listed for the purpose of 33 exothermically welded. 34 15. Complete grid system: 35 a. Resistance of 5 ohms or less. 36 b. Drive additional rods as required. 37 C. Raceway Grounding- Conduit: 38 1. All metallic conduit shall be electrically continuous. 39 2. Provide grounding -type insulating bushings: 40 a. For all equipment not supplied with a conduit hub. 41 b. On ends of metallic ductbank conduit. 42 3. Bond all conduit, at entrance and exit of equipment, to equipment ground bus or ground lug. 43 4. Use double loclmuts at all panels. 44 5. Provide bonding jumpers if conduit are installed in concentric knockouts. 45 6. Make all metallic raceway fittings and grounding clamps tight to ensure equipment 46 grounding system will operate continuously at ground potential to provide low impedance 47 current path for proper operation of overcurrent devices during possible ground fault 48 conditions. 49 7. Provide bonding jumper from equipment ground lug to metallic conduit, if flexible conduit 50 is utilized for equipment connections. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16450 - 3 8. Provide bonding jumpers identical in conductor size to the largest ground conductor run 2 within the conduit. 1 3 D. Equipment Grounding: 4 1. Ground all equipment supplied from switchgear through the distribution equipment ground 5 bus. 6 2. Ground all equipment fed from lighting panels through the lighting panel ground bus. 7 Provide ground conductors for all connections. 8 3. Consider control devices (switches, indicating lights, meters, starters, relays, etc.) mounted 9 in control panels, or other metal enclosures to be adequately grounded, if the enclosure 10 ground lug or ground bus is properly grounded. 11 4. Do not splice grounding conductors. 12 5. Run all equipment grounding conductors in conduit. 13 6. Provide separate grounding conductors bonded to the ground grid for all DC equipment. 14 7. Ground unused and spare power and control cable at both ends. 15 8. Size all grounding conductors in accordance with NEC 250 unless larger size is shown on 16 the Drawings. 17 E. Structural Grounding: 18 1. Bond concrete foundation reinforcing steel to the ground at all corners of the structure and 19 at locations along the perimeter. Maximum spacing between bonds shall not exceed 50 FT, 20 Utilize a bare 2/0 conductor, unless otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings. Do not use 21 exothermic welding if it will damage structural integrity of the foundation. 22 2. Make all reinforcing steel electrically continuous. 23 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 24 A. Test resistance of installed ground system after backfilling and before connection to any other 25 grounded system including underground piping, utility services or other building ground 26 systems. 27 1. Test ground grid resistance by fall -of- potential method. 28 29 30 31 07225- 075 -036 END OF SECTION City of Round Rock Barton Hi]] Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16450 - 4 • • • • • • 1 98F04 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 16474 CONTROL EQUIPMENT & SEPARATELY MOUNTED DEVICES 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Separately mounted circuit breakers and control equipment. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 12 4. Section 16450 - Grounding. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 16 a. C62.41, Guide for Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 17 2. Canadian Standards Association (CSA). 18 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 19 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 20 a. ICS 2, Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies. 21 b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). 22 5. National Fire Protection Association (NEPA): 23 a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 24 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): 25 a. 1449, Safety Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. 26 B. Miscellaneous: 27 1. Verify motor horsepower loads, other equipment loads, and controls from approved shop 28 drawings and notify Engineer of any discrepancies. 29 2. Verify the required instrumentation and control wiring for a complete system and notify 30 Engineer of any discrepancies. 31 13 SUBMITTALS 32 A. Shop Drawings: 33 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 34 2. Typical wiring diagrams for all control equipment. 35 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 36 1. See Section 01340. 37 PART2 PRODUCTS 38 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 39 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 40 acceptable: 41 1. Separately mounted circuit breakers: 42 a. General Electric. 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16474 -1 1 b. Square D. 2 c. Cutler Hammer/Westinghouse. 3 d. Siemens. 4 B. Submit requests for substitution m accordance with Specification Section 01640. 5 2.2 COMPONENTS 6 A. Main and Feeder Circuit Breakers separately mounted: 7 1. Molded case thermal magnetic or solid state trip type, with minimum interrupting rating 8 equal to the main bus fault current rating: 9 2. Circuit breaker frame sizes 150 A and less: 10 a. Non - interchangeable, non - adjustable thermal magnetic trip units. 11 3. Circuit breaker frame sizes 225 A and higher: 12 a. Interchangeable and adjustable thermal magnetic trip units. 13 4. Provide main circuit breaker with service entrance label. 14 5. All circuit breakers to be provided with padlocking provision in the OFF position for up to 15 three padlocks. 16 B. Provide ambient compensated devices. 17 C. Enclosures and Control Panels: 18 1. NEMA 12 for unclassified areas. 19 2. NEMA 4 for outdoor or wet areas. 20 3, NEMA 4X for corrosive areas. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLATION 23 A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 24 B. Mount equipment as scheduled in Section 16010. 25 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26 A. Field test and verify operation of the equipment. 27 END OF SECTION 28 07225-075-036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16474 -2 • • • • • • 1 94E26 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Safety switches. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 12 4. Section 16450 - Grounding. 13 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. Referenced Standards: 15 1. See Section 16010. 16 1.3 SUBMITTALS 24 I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 07225 -073 -030 SECTION 16475 SAFETY SWITCHES 17 A. Shop Drawings: 18 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 19 2. Provide a tabulation showing safety switch and equipment coordination. 20 3. Identify each item of equipment requiring a safety switch, and show catalog number of 21 safety switch provided for that equipment. 22 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 23 1. See Section 01340. 26 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following safety switch manufacturers 27 are acceptable: 28 1. Square D. 29 2. General Electric. 30 3. Cutler - Hammer/Westinghouse. 31 4. Siemens. 32 B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 33 2.2 SAFETY SWITCHES 34 A. General: 35 1. Non - fusible, unless otherwise indicated. 36 2. NEMA Type HD heavy -duty construction. 37 3. Minimum of a NEMA 12 enclosure. 38 4. Switch blades will be fully visible in the OFF position with the enclosure door open. 39 5. Contact operation will be quick -make, quick- break. 40 6. Provide padlocking provisions in OFF position. 41 a. Minimum of three- padlock capability. City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16475 -1 2 3 4 7. UL 98 listed. 8. Provide defeater mechanism for use by authorized personnel. 13. Weatherproof Switches: 1. NEMA 4 stainless steel type watertight enclosures. 5 C. Corrosion - Resistant Switches: 6 1. NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure. 7 2. Crouse -Hinds "Krydon" enclosure. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLATION 10 A. Install as indicated and in accordance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations. 11 1. Securely mount and support safety switches. 12 a. Switch enclosures will not vibrate, turn or shake when the handle is actuated. 13 2. Switches shall be installed adjacent to the equipment they are intended to serve unless 14 otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 15 END OF SECTION 07225 -055 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16475 -2 • • • • • • 1 99B25 2 SECTION 16510 3 LIGHTING 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Lamps. 8 2. Fixtures. 9 3. Emergency Lighting. 10 4. Lighting Contactors. 11 5. Photo - electric Switches. 12 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 16 4. Section 16130 - Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes. 17 5. Section 16450 - Grounding. 18 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. Referenced Standards: 20 1. See Section 16010. 21 B. Miscellaneous: 22 1. Lighting fixtures and electrical components: 23 a. UL labeled. 24 b. Rated for area classification as indicated on Drawings. 25 1.3 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Shop Drawings: 27 1. See Sections 01340 and 16010. 28 2. Photometric performance data fixtures. 29 3. Identification of fixtures by Lighting Fixture Schedule number. 30 4. Finishes, colors, and mountings available. 31 5. Ballast data. 32 6. Volts -watts trace overlaid on lamp manufacturer's trapezoid for HPS fixtures. 33 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 34 1. See Section 01340. 35 1.4 WARRANTY 36 A. Warrant lenses to provide satisfactory performance without objectionable discoloration. 37 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 38 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 39 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are 40 acceptable: 41 1. Lamps: 07225 - 075 -030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 • January 2003 16510 - 1 1 a. General Electric. 2 b. Phillips. 3 c. Osram - Sylvania. 4 2. Lighting fixtures: As indicated in Article 2.2 below. 5 3. Ballasts: 6 a. Valmont (General Electric). 7 b. Advance. 8 c. Jefferson. 9 d. Universal. 10 e. Bodine. 11 f. Lithonia. 12 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS 13 A. Lamps: 14 1. Incandescent Lamps: 15 a. Types: 16 1) 30 -135 watts: Energy efficient. 17 2) 200 -500 watts: Standard. 18 b. Inside frost. 19 c. Base: Aluminum or brass. 20 2. High- Pressure Sodium Lamps: 21 a. Bulb fmish: Clear. 22 b. Any buming position. 23 c. 98 percent white -light corrected. 24 B. Incandescent Lighting Fixtures: 25 1. Lamp base: 26 a. Up to and including 300 W: Medium base. 27 b. Above 300 up to 1500 W: Mogul base. 28 2. Shall be visibly marked to indicate maximum lamp wattage that can be used with the 29 fixture. 30 3. Vaportight type: 31 a. Bodies and guards: Copper -free aluminum. 32 b. Globes: Clear glass. 33 c. Reflectors: Fiberglass reinforced polyester. 34 C. HID Lighting Fixtures: 35 1. Ballasts for high pressure sodium lighting fixtures: 36 a. Type: Regulating. 37 b. Ballast design center variance: Maximum 5 percent from rated lamp wattage. 38 c. Lamp wattage regulation spread at the lamp voltage: Maximum 10 percent for ±10 39 percent line voltage variation. 40 d. Ballast primary current during starting not to exceed normal operating current. 41 e. Lamp current crest factor: Maximum 1.8 for ±10 percent line voltage variation at any 42 lamp voltage, from nominal through life. 43 f. Power factor: Shall not drop below 90 percent for +10 percent line voltage variations at 44 any lamp voltage, from nominal through life. 45 g. Capacitor variance: Tolerance of +6 percent which will not cause more than a ±8 46 percent variation in regulation throughout rated lamp life for nominal line voltage. 47 h. Capable of operation with an open circuit condition for a maximum of 6 months 48 without significant loss of ballast or starting circuitry life. 49 2. Ballasts: 50 a. Type: Auto - regulator. 51 b. Voltage input range: +10 percent. 52 c Lamp regulation spread: 20 percent maximum. 53 d. Power factor: 90 to 95 percent. 07 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barion Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16510 - 2 • • • • • • 1 e. Input voltage dip (4 sec.): 40 to 50 percent. 2 f. Crest factor of lamp current: 1.6 to 2.0. 3 D. All Fixtures: 4 1. Fabricate fixtures as a complete unit, ready to be mounted and wired in field. 5 2. Fixtures to be furnished with lamps. 6 3. Finish fixtures in manufacturer's standard polyester or acrylic enamel or epoxy powder 7 coating. 8 4. Reflector coating to have a minimum 89 percent reflectance factor. 9 5. There shall be no live parts normally exposed to contact. 10 6. When intended for use in wet areas: 11 a. Mark fixtures "Suitable for wet locations." 12 7. When intended for use in damp areas: 13 a. Mark fixtures "Suitable for damp locations" or "Suitable for wet locations." 14 E. Fixture Schedule: 15 1. The fixture schedule in the Contract Drawings: 16 a. Identifies the required fixtures, including lamps, wattage, and voltage. 17 b. Establishes a standard of quality including, but not necessarily limited to: 18 1) Construction features. 19 2) Materials of construction. 20 3) Finish. 21 4) Photometrics. 22 F. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01640. 23 G. Lighting Contactors and Photoelectric Switches: 24 1. Lighting Contactors: 25 a. 120 VAC coil, electrically held. 26 b. Multipole. 27 c. 30 ampere contact rating. 28 d. Enclosure: 29 1) NEMA 4X, SST for outdoor use. 30 2) NEMA 12 for indoor use. 31 e. Provide ON- OFF -AUTO selector switch on cover. 32 2. Photoelectric Switches: 33 a. Heavy -duty spec grade. 34 b. ' IN conduit mounting. 35 c. Turn — ON: 1.5 to 5.5 footcandles. 36 d. Delay of up to two minutes to prevent false switching. 37 e. Heavy -duty enclosure, gasketed for maximum weatherproofing. 38 f. Suitable for 120 VAC; contact rating: 2000 watt tungsten load. 39 g. Designed to energize lighting contactor. 40 2.3 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 41 A. Furnish Owner with a minimum of two lamps or 20 percent of total of each type and watt rating, 42 whichever is greater. 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION 44 3.1 INSTALLATION 45 A. Install lighting fixtures, where indicated and at heights indicated or as detailed on Drawings. 46 13. Install lamps in all fixtures. 47 C. Provide mounting brackets and/or structural mounting support for wall- mounted fixtures. 07225 - 075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16510 - 3 2 3 1. Do not support fixture from conduit system. 2. Do not support fixture from outlet boxes. D. Fixtures and ballasts shall be grounded. 4 E. Replace all incandescent lamps operated during construction and all failed fluorescent and HID 5 lamps with new lamps prior to final acceptance by Owner. 6 1. Relamping to be done at end of Project. 7 END OF SECTION 07225-075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16510 - 4 • • • • • • 1 97C07 2 3 4 PART 1 GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Design and installation of cathodic protection system. 8 B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. Referenced Standards: 13 1. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): 14 a. RP0169, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping 15 Systems. 16 b. RP0188, Standard Recommended Practice for Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of 17 Protective Coatings. 18 c. RP0388, Impressed Current Cathodic Protection of Internal Submerged Surfaces of 19 Steel Water Storage Tanks. 20 2. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): 21 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 22 1.3 DEFINITIONS 23 A. Confined Space: As defined by OSHA 24 1.4 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Shop Drawings: 26 1. See Section 01340. 27 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 28 1. See Section 01340. 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS SECTION 16640 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 30 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 31 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 32 1. Cathodic protection system: 33 a. Harco. 34 b. Wallace and Tiernan, Pennwalt Corporation. 35 2.2 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 36 A. Contractor shall provide complete automatic impressed current -type cathodic protection system 37 designed to prevent corrosion on the interior submerged surfaces of potable water storage tanks 38 and standpipes. 39 B. Work shall include systems designed, manufactured and installed by same manufacturer. 07225-075-030 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16640 - 1 1 C. Cathodic protection supplier shall have a minimum of 5 years continuous experience in the 2 design, fabrication and installation of systems with similar scope. 3 1. System shall be designed, fabricated and installed in accordance with AWWA Standard 4 D104 -97 and features included in this specification. 5 2. All engineering services shall be provided by a Corrosion Specialist who is accredited by 6 the National Association of Corrosion Engineers International as a Senior Corrosion 7 Technologist, Corrosion Specialist, or Cathodic Protection Specialist. 8 D. System Design: 9 1. The following parameters shall be used as a basis for design. 10 a. Total submerged surface area of the tank. Total surface area includes HWL in bowl and 11 wet risers in elevated tanks, which are 30 IN diameter or larger. 12 b. Type of coating and condition of coating. 13 c. Total bare surface area to be protected will be a minimum of 25% of total surface area. 14 d. Minimum current density of 0.5 MA/ft.' bare surface area. 15 e. Chemical analysis of water including resistivity expressed in ohm -cm, 16 f. Tank is not susceptible to icing. 17 g. Minimum anode design life of twenty (20) years. 18 2. Designed to maintain an adequate level of protection in accordance with criteria for steel or 19 stipulated in NACE Publication RP -01 -69 and shall as a minimum provide: 20 a. Negative (cathodic) voltage of at least 0.85 V as measured between structure surface 21 and a saturated copper- copper sulfate half -cell contacting the electrolyte. 22 Determination of this voltage shall be made with cathodic protection system in 23 operation and shall be free of "IR" drop error. 24 b. Negative (cathode) voltage not to exceed 1.1 V (to mitigate disbonding of interior tank 25 protective coating) as measured between structure surface and a saturated 26 copper- copper sulfate half -cell reference electrode located between 0.65 and 1.25 27 centimeters from the steel surface but not touching it. 28 E. Materials and Manufactured Units: 29 1. Rectifier unit: Shall be of solid state circuitry, air - cooled and consist of the necessary 30 potential control circuitry. It shall be equipped with a selenium or silicon rectifier, a unit 31 voltmeter, a separate ammeter for each output circuit, meter wiring, circuit breaker, terminal 32 and appurtenances of adequate capacity to meet the requirements of the system. It shall 33 have provisions for manually adjusting the voltage output of 20 or more equal steps from 34 0 -100 percent of rated capacity. The power unit shall have the following features: 35 a. Designed to operate on 115 V, 1 PH, 60 cycle AC input. 36 b. Capable of continuously providing a minimum direct current output of 15 A at 37 maximum of45 V. 38 c. Auto - restart after power outage. 39 d. Lightning, surge, and overload protection. 40 e. Dead front panel. 41 f. Accept all standard reference electrodes. 42 g. Adjustable current limit. 43 h. Display potential for any operating mode continuously or on demand. 44 i. Automatic temperature compensating circuit. 45 j. Clock circuit. 46 k. Able to be field serviceable. 47 2. Automatic controller: The controller shall be housed integrally with the rectifier unit. The 48 automatic controller shall be of completely solid state design, having no moving parts, 49 equipped with a calibrated voltmeter, and shall be capable of automatically regulating the 50 protective current as required to maintain the tank -to -water potential at ( -) 900 mV with 51 respect to a copper- copper sulfate reference electrode within an accuracy of 25 mV. The 52 tank -to -water potential measured and maintained by the controller shall be free of "IR" drop 53 error. 07225 -075 -036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16640.2 • • • • • • 1 3. Rectifier controller enclosure combination shall be capable of supplying full rated output at 2 an ambient temperature of 112 DegF in full sunlight with expected life of not less than 10 3 years. 4 4. Mode of operation: The power unit shall have, as a minimum, the following operating 5 modes, the selection of which, can be made on the front panel without the use of additional 6 equipment or tools: 7 a. Manual mode: The power unit shall operate as a conventional rectifier continuously 8 delivering preselected current to the anodes. In this mode, the automatic control shall 9 be locked out without affecting the pre - programmed settings for other modes of 10 operation. The output of the power unit shall be regulated from 0 -100 percent of rated 11 capacity. 12 b. Auto mode: In this mode, the controller shall automatically and continuously monitor 13 the potential and make the necessary adjustments in the current output to maintain the 14 potential at the preselected value. A single reference electrode placed within 1 to 2 cm 15 from the submerged steel tank surface and at some distance from the tank wall shall be 16 used to measure the potential and control the operation of the power unit. The 17 measured potential shal] be free of "IR" error. 18 5. Anodes: Anodes shall be supported from the roof, and attached to the bottom of the tank by 19 means of brackets and porcelain insulators. They shall be placed in a vertical position for 20 optimum current distribution to all submerged surfaces of the tank that are consistent with 21 accepted industry practices. Installation shall not require wall penetrations below the high 22 water line or the use of pressure fittings. Anodes shall be a minimum 0.062 IN diameter 23 platinized niobium with 25 micro inches of platinum or titanium with a precious metal oxide 24 coating dependant upon design parameters. The wire Anode shall be continuous with a 25 maximum of two (2) anode to header connections. Anode wire supporting fixture shall be 26 of an electrical insulating material. 27 6. Reference electrode: Copper- copper electrodes shall be used to measure the level or 28 protection on the submerged steel surfaces. The electrodes shall be constructed so that a 29 super - saturated solution of copper sulfate is in continuous contact with an electrolytically 30 pure copper slug. The electrodes shall be constructed for extended usage (permanent -type) 31 and remain stable for a minimum of 10 years. Reference electrode shall be suspended in the 32 same manner as the anodes. 33 7, Wiring: Unless noted otherwise, all wiring shall be insulated stranded copper and shall be sized 34 in accordance with the NEC for allowable current capacity but not smaller the #12 AWG. 35 Control signal wires shall be insulated copper not smaller than #22 AWG suitable for the 36 mechanical and environmental exposure anticipated. The wires to connect the components of 37 the power unit shall be stranded or solid copper. The direct current output terminals shall be 38 conveniently located and shall be of the solderless pressure -type sized to accommodate wires as 39 required for safe operation of the cathodic protection system. Anode and anode header and 40 distribution wire shall be stranded copper wire #8 AWG minimum with Type CP high 41 molecular weight polyethylene 600 V insulation. Cable -to -anode contact resistance shal] be 42 0.003 ohms maximum Where split bolts are used as minimum of two split bolt shall be used 43 per connection. All under -roof electric wire splices shall be made above the high waterline and 44 sealed watertight. Provisions for connecting alternating current power shall be made available 45 in the form of insulated pigtails or terminal blocks. 46 8. Conduit: The wiring between the rectifier unit and the under -roof anode feeders shall be run 47 in rigid galvanized steel electrical grade conduit of a type and size conforming to NEC and 48 all other applicable codes. 49 9. The entire power unit shall be housed in a NEMA 3R (minimum) metal cabinet suitable for 50 outdoor use with provisions for locking. 51 10. The grounding system for grounding rectifier cabinets shall have a resistance to earth of not 52 more than 25 ohms. Grounding provisions shall conform to NFPA 70 and UL 467, 53 including a ground terminal in the cabinet. The grounding conductor from the terminal to 54 earth grounding system shall be solid or stranded copper not smaller than #6 AWG. 07225- 075 -0.36 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 - January 2003 16640 - 3 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 CLEAN -UP AND DISINFECTION 3 A. See Section 13210. 4 3.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 5 A. Confined Space Procedures: 6 1. Tanks identified under the Contract may be designated as a "confined space" in accordance 7 with OSHA. As such, the Contractor shall conform to all applicable requirements regarding 8 work in tanks. 9 3.3 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM 10 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 11 B. Start-up and Testing: 12 1. After the system is installed and the tank is filled, the cathodic protection constructor shall 13 provide service which includes energizing, testing and adjusting the system for optimum 14 performance of the cathodic protection system. This startup service shall be in accordance 15 with ANSI/AWWA D104-97 Section 5.2 Testing, 5,2.1 Field Test for Type A, IR Drop - 16 Free System. This startup service shall be coordinated with the Owner or his representative. 17 2. All tank -to -water potential measurements shall be conducted with a calibrated portable 18 copper- copper sulfate reference electrode and a portable high impedance voltmeter. A 19 minimum of five (5) locations shall be measured. All test data shall be reviewed and 20 evaluated by the Corrosion Specialist. 21 3. The final test and adjustment of the system shall be conducted approximately twelve (12) 22 months after the startup service. 23 4. In addition to the startup service, "as- built" drawings and an Owners Maintenance Manual 24 shall be submitted to the purchaser. 25 END OF SECTION 07225 - 075.036 City of Round Rock Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank . 2003 - January 2003 16640 - 4 • • 1__ • ADDENDA • • • • • This Addendum will be considered part of the Contract Documents and is issued to change, amplify, add to, delete from, or otherwise explain the Contract Documents dated January 2003. Where provisions of this Addendum differ from those of the original Contract Documents, this Addendum will take precedence and govern. Bidders are hereby notified that they will incorporate this Addendum into their bids, and it will be construed that the Contractor's Bid will reflect with full knowledge all items, changes, and modifications to the Contract Documents herein specified. Bidders will specifically acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. General CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DRAWINGS FOR City of Round Rock, Texas Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 1. Minutes from the Prebid Conference held on January 28, 2003 and a current plan holders list are attached. 2. Engineer's Opinion of Probable Construction Cost is: 2.0 MG Tank - 82,500,000. 2.7 MG Tank - $3,200,000. Contract Documents and Specifications 1. 2.0 BID DOCUMENTS: Pages BD -8 to BD-18. Delete and replace with the revised Proposal Bidding Sheet, which is attached. Renumber the remaining pages in the Bid Documents section accordingly. 2. 4.0 POST BID DOCUMENTS: Pages PBD -1 to PBD -2. Delete and replace with the revised Agreement, which is attached. Renumber the remaining pages in the Post Bid Documents section accordingly. 3. Section 13210: Page 13210 -6. Delete "4-ft wide ". Delete "at 25 -FT intervals" and replace with "as indicated on the drawings ". 4. Section 13210: Page 13210 -3, Line 18. Delete "40 -FT, plus or minus 2 -FT" and replace with "30 -FT". Contract Drawings 1. 2P01: General Note H. Replace "aluminum "with "galvanized steel ". Issued By 07225 - 076 - 036 Neil A. Gra Vice President ADDENDUM NO. 1 END OF ADDENDUM _v £ OF T \, F 1 sy�P.•' kq y NEIL A. <3RAFF ''4 79287 k ..4 In fO��! 1�A •. City of Round Rock, Texas Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 ADDENDUM NO. I Page ADD] -I January 2003 • City of Ro Rock, TX Barton Hill Elevat rage Tank -2003 • A B C D E F G H 1 Type ' Company Name - Contact Person Shipping Address. City, State Zip. Code Phone Number Fax Number 2 Owner City of Round Rock Don Rundell 2008 Enterprise Round Rock, TX 78664 512- 218 -5554 512 - 218 -5563 3 Enqr. HDR Troy St. Tours 2211 S. 11-135, Suite 300 Austin, TX 78741 512- 912 -5162 512- 912 -5158 4 Enqr. HDR David Basinger 4435 Main St. # 450 Kansas City, MO 64111 816- 360 -2700 816- 360 -2777 5 Plnhse AGC Clementine Rodriguez 609 S. Lamar Austin, TX 78704 512-442-7887 512 -442 -3503 6 Plnhse AGC Dana Culpepper 10806 Gulf Dale San Antonio, TX 78216 210-349-4921 210-349-4017 7 Plnhse AGC Brenda 4500 Waco Dr. Waco, TX 76710 254-772 -5400 254 -772 -5451 6 Plnhse F.W. Dodge Reports Nicole 505 E. Hunlland, Suite 310 Austin, TX 78752 512-458-1341 512-467-2806 0 Plnhse F.W. Dodge Reports Susan Smith 404 East Ramsey, No. 108 San Antonio, TX 78126 210 -344 -0158 210- 342 -1302 10 11 Contractor C B & I Chris Martell 27351 Blueberry Hill #35 Conroe, TX 77385 281- 298 -6666 281 - 298 -6760 12 Contractor C B & I Tim Mills 11125 Hwy 280 Harpersville, AL 35078 205 -678 -9224 205- 678 -6053 13 Contractor C B & I Rob Schick 9550 Hickman Rd Clive, IA 50325 515-254-9550 515 - 254-9510 14 Contractor Landmark Structures Eric Lamon 1665 Harmon Rd. Ft. Worth, TX 76177 817-439-8888 817-439-9001 15 Subcontactor Crouch/KST Interprises Gilbert Calbadue 14215 N. FM 973 Manor, TX 78653 512 - 272 -8841 512- 272 -5151 16 Subcontactor T. Morales Company LLC Farrell Prewitt 601 S. Patterson (Hwy 195) Florence, TX 76527 254-793-4344 254 - 793 -3044 17 16 Bld Date: 02104/03 2:00 PM 07225075 -036 Pre -bid: 1728/03 Addenda No. 1 Issued 1/30/03 via fax and UPS 2:00 PM • City of Round Rock, Texas Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Prebid Conference Minutes 2:00 PM January 28, 2003 City of Round Rock 221 East Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78664 1. WELCOME AND INTRODUCTIONS Troy St. Tours with HDR welcomed all who attended and thanked them for attending. The following were in attendance: Troy S. Tours HDR 512 -912 -5162 Don Rundell City of Round Rock (CORR) 512- 218 -5554 Jeff Bell City of Round Rock 512 - 801 -4461 John Konzen HOT Inspection 512- 244 -2523 Bob Theroux Landmark 817 -439 -8888 • 2. BID OPENING DATE AND TIME: The following was stated about the bid opening date and time: February 4, 2003 2:00 PM City of Round Rock 221 East Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78664 3. WORK INCLUDES: It was stated that the work to be performed would include the following: • The construction of a new 2.0 MG composite style elevated water storage tank along with related items such as site work, paving, piping, valving, and other items required to complete the project identified for the completion of the new 2.0 MG tank. • The installation of all electrical equipment and installation and programming of a SCADA & TELEMETRY control system for communication. OR • The construction of a new 2.7 MG composite style elevated water storage tank, along with related items such as site work, paving, piping, valving, and other items required to complete the project identified for the completion of the new 2.7 MG tank. • The installation of all electrical equipment and installation and programming of a Page 1 Bart�ilrEltedstorage fan 4. BID PROPOSAL: The following was stated about the bid proposal: Include ALL information requested. Prebid Conference Minutes SCADA & TELEMETRY control system for communication. Note: BOTH tank sizes must be bid. The City of Round Rock will decide which tank size will be awarded for construction after the bids are evaluated. Use Proposal Bidding Schedules (Section 2.0, Division 0) in Specifications. Bid will consist of two separate bid schedules, one for each tank size. The bid schedule for a 2.0 MG elevated tank consists of 22 bid items, and the bid schedule for the 2.7 MG tank consists of 23 bid items. Both tank sizes must be bid. Include the following with the bid proposal: • Bid Security • Bidder's Qualifications Requirements • Detailed sketch of the tank, showing all major dimensions, and thickness of principal steel plates. • Each Bidder shall submit with Bid a detailed design of foundations, including dimensional layout and quantity of drilled shafts, if recommended. • The Contractor shall submit with his bid a written statement by the coatings manufacturer stating that the Contractor is familiar with the materials specified and has workers capable of perfommng the work specified herein. • Each Bidder shall complete and submit with Bid the Painting Contractor Questionnaire in Section 09905. 5. BIDDERS QUESTIONAIRRE, PAINTING CONTRACTOR QUESTSIONNAIRE, AND SUBCONTRACTORS The following was stated regarding the Questionnaires and Subcontractors: A listing of all subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons or organizations performing work is required on the Bidder's Questionnaire. In addition to the information required in the Bidder's Questionnaire, the Painting Contractor Questionnaire will include a list of equipment and personnel that will be assigned to the project and provide documentation of experience. All electrical and instrumentation and programming must be provided by the contractor or by one subcontractor. Separate subcontractors for electrical and instrumentation work will not be allowed. 6. FUNDING: The following was stated regarding funding: Page 2 • Funding will be from revenues generated from funds and contractual obligations dedicated by City of Round Rock for the Work. 7. WAGE RATES: The following was stated regarding wage rates: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Prebid Conference Minutes A prevailing wage determination and requirements for prevailing wage rates is included in the Section 6.0, Division 0 of the Specifications. 8. BASIS OF AWARD: The following was stated regarding the basis of award: In the case of ambiguity, duplication, or obscurity on the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received. Until award of the contract, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any technicalities; to advertise for new proposal; or to do the work otherwise when the best interest of the City of Round Rock will be thereby promoted. 9. SOIIJGEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION: • The following was stated regarding geotechnical information: See Section 3.0, Division 0. The Geotechnical Investigation Report by Fugro South, Inc. dated June 25,2002, and amended October 15, 2002, is included for BIDDER's convenience. Bidders are responsible to interpret report and/or obtain their own additional data. 10. BID DOCUMENT INTERPRETATIONS: The following was stated regarding bid document interpretations: Only addenda can modify bid documents, verbal responses from ENGINEER or OWNER are not binding unless included in an addendum. Submit questions in writing to: Neil A. Graff, PE HDR Engineering, Inc. 2211 South EH 35, Suite 300 Austin, Texas 78741 Telephone: (512) 912 -5111 Fax: (512) 912 -5158 It was noted also that Troy St. Tours could be contacted (512 -912- 5162). 11. TIME OF COMPLETION: • The following was stated regarding the time of completion: Page 3 t a,1521-1z11 Storage Yank - Prebid Conference Minutes Project must be substantially complete by within 390 calendar days after Notice to Proceed, and ready for final payment upon final completion within 450 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. Liquidated damages are included in the amount of $1,000 per day for each day that expires after 390 calendar days from Notice to Proceed until the Work is substantially complete. Liquidated damages are included in the amount of $500 per day for each day that expires after 450 calendar days until the Work is ready for final payment. 12. BONDS AND INSURANCE: The following was stated regarding bonds and insurance: Several levels of insurance are required. See Special Conditions Section 3. 13. PAYMENTS: The following was stated regarding payments: A Performance Bond and a Payment Bond are required in an amount at least equal to the Contract Amount. A Warranty Bond is required in an amount at least equal to the Contract Amount as a guarantee against defects in materials or workmanship which may develop during a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner. Payments will be made on the basis of Contractor's application for payment on or before the 1 day of each month for work completed up to and including the 25 day of the preceding month. Payment based on the approved Schedule of Values, and unit price quantities approved in place. Retainage Provisions: • 5% retainage on Work completed. • Owner will pay the invoice amount for materials properly stored on hand. It was also noted to refer to Specification Section 01025 for more information regarding the schedule of values. •I • • .n • • .1 • - • . - 1 - • . 11 1 • 1. • 1 • .T • - .5. 14. PERMITS, FEES, & UTILITIES: The following was stated regarding permits, fees, and utilities: Contractor is responsible for all permits, fees and utilities required. See General Conditions, Article 3. Permits and fees include all costs associated with disposal of excavated materials, System (TPDES) storm water pollution prevention plan and Notice of Intent. Page 4 • • 15. STORM WATER PERMITTING The following was stated regarding storm water permitting: See Section 01560. Contractor will create a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan meeting the requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES general permit that is tailored to meet the construction means and method selected. The provisions set forth in the drawings and specifications serve a minimum controls to be included in the plan. Contractor shall also file a Notice of Intent with the TCEQ as required by the TPDES regulations. 16. TESTING: The following was stated regarding testing: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Prebid Conference Minutes OWNER will pay for all passing soils and concrete tests. Costs for corrective action, failing tests, and testing associated with establishment of concrete mix design are responsibility of CONTRACTOR. OWNER will retain a coatings inspector to perform various "hold point" inspections during surface preparation and coatings application. See Section — 09906 for special requirements. It was also stated that the OWNER's inspector would also perform welding inspections. See • Section 13210. Other testing specified in the individual specification sections is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 17. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: The following was stated regarding the construction schedule: See Section 01060. A critical path construction schedule including activities of subcontractors and time for submittals shall be submitted within 10 days after award of contract. Schedule shall be updated at least monthly and submitted to ENGINEER with pay application. Contractor must follow the Sequence of Construction as outlined in Section 01060. 18. COORDINATION OF PROJECTS The following was stated regarding coordination of projects: There are several other construction projects being constructed in conjunction with the Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank work. Owner will coordinate work with Contractor and activities occurring within the limits of construction. Contractor will coordinate construction activities with the other projects. See Section 01060. It was also stated the projects that may require coordination include the East Transmission Line Page 5 Prebid Conference Minutes - Phase 1 and installation of new electric service. 19. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: The following was stated regarding the schedule of values: A detailed schedule of values shall be submitted within 10 days after the date of the agreement. Schedule shall include breakdown of costs by structures, units, equipment, etc. and be described by specification section. See Section 01025. ENGINEER must approve schedule of values prior to first progress payment. Schedule of values will be the basis for all progress payments. 20. SHOP DRAWINGS: The following was stated regarding shop drawings: evat- r an 2003 A detailed list of submittals and schedule for submittals shall be submitted within 15 days after the notice to proceed. All shop drawings must be submitted and approved prior to 25% completion of the Work. Operation and Maintenance (O &M) manuals must be submitted within 60 days after the date the corresponding shop drawing is approved. O &M manuals must be approved prior to equipment start-up. 21. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: The following was stated regarding the preconstruction conference: A Preconstruction Conference will be held after contract award. Contractor's Project Manager, Project Superintendent, and appropriate Subcontractor Representatives shall attend. - 22 - . - MONTHLY PROM The following was stated regarding monthly progress meetings: Progress Meetings will be held monthly at City of Round Rock Public Works. Contractor's project manager an superintendent attend the progress meetings, and any subcontractors deemed appropriate. 23. CARE OF WATER AND WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The following was stated regarding the care of water and water for construction: OWNER will supply all water required for construction. Contractor will be required to secure a meter—from--the Contractor is responsible for care of water, dewatering the Work during construction, and Page 6 • removing temporary provisions. Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Prebid Conference Minutes 24. PROJECT MANAGEMENT The following was stated regarding project management: Contractor shall provide a Project Manager for the contract to be the single point of contact throughout the duration of the contract. The Project Manager and Superintendent shall be available by telephone at all times during the project. 25. OWNER's REPRESENTATIVE The following was stated regarding the Owner's representative: OWNER will supply a resident project representative during construction. 26. SUBSTITUTIONS The following was stated regarding substitutions: Substitutions for the acceptable manufacturers listed in the individual specification sections will be considered after the bid in accordance with Section 01640. 27. QUESTIONS Question: Can bidders submit subcontractor information required in the questionnaires post bid? Response: If at the time the bids are submitted the bidder does not have the documented experience for the subcontractor(s), the bidder will still provide with the bids a list of subcontractors proposed to be used on the project. If more than one subcontractor is being considered for a single work item, each of the subcontractors should be listed. Post bid documentation of experience for the subcontractors must be submitted to the Engineer by 12:00 PM on Friday, February 7, 2003. Consideration for award of the contract will be contingent upon receiving this required information. Question: Would the Owner consider changing the substantial and final completion dates? The schedule will be tight, especially for the size of tanks being built. Response: The Owner would consider adding alternate completion dates and include with the alternate dates a deduct item on the bid form. If this change is included as part of the bid it will be added by addendum. Question: Would the Owner consider having a lump sum bid for the entire project (for each tank size) instead of the way the bid fonn is set up now and allowing the bidders to provide the cost breakdown of individual items post bid? Response: No. • Question: Can the control piping on drawing 1P01 be moved so that the overflow and fill risers can be located closer to the pedestal wall? Page 7 nrtonittt , • _ 6D3 Prebid Conference Minutes Page 8 Response: The piping shown could be moved so the overflow and fill risers are closer to the pedestal wall provided there is a minimum of 3-feet clearance between all piping and the wall to provide adequate working room. Any such proposed change should be included in the detailed drawings the contractor submits with the bids for consideration and on the shop drawings. Question: Would it be acceptable to provide overflow and fill risers made of carbon steel, the same material as the tank bowl, instead of stainless steel that is currently specified? Response: No. There should not be a problem with corrosion issues due to dissimilar metals since the materials are relatively close in the galvanic series. PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET •OB NAME: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 JOB LOCATION: Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: , 2003 Gentlemen: Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the work on which he bids as provided by the attached supplemental specifications, and as shown on the plans for the construction of Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 and binds himself on acceptance of this proposal to execute a contract and bond for completing said project within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda (provide Addenda number and date sealed): • Note: Bidder must submit bids for the 2.0 MG tank and the 2.7 MG tank. Separate Bid Schedules follow for each tank size. • BD -8 Bid Item 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Reference Section 01025 for description of Measurement and Payment) Item Description Total Ouantitv Unit and Written Unit Price Amount 1. 1 Lump Mobilization (maximum 5% of total bid) Sum for dollars and cents. $ 2. 3. 4. -= 5. 1,000 Linear ` ` Amount to incIude all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Silt Fencing. for dollars • -__ and cents. $ 190 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Construction Barrier Fencing. for dollars and cents. $ 1 - Lump - - -- Amount to include all indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the installation, maintenance, and removal of the Stabilized Construction Entrance. for dollars and cents. $ 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum - and as specified for the construction related to the_new2.0- MG Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank. Work includes furnishing and installing a composite pedestal style elevated tank, all interior piping and equipment, and other di on a rawmgs or comple et construction of the 2.0 MG tank except as covered specifically by other bid items. for dollars and - cents. $ BD -9 • ,' • • 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) 1 Allowance Amount included in Bid as an Allowance for Ordering and Installing the 24 -inch Altitude Valve. This allowance includes all materials, labor, equipment, and all items required for a complete installation of the altitude valve. For Fifty Thousand dollars And no cents. $50,000.00 7. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting the Tank and Tank Accessory Components. This bid item does NOT include painting of piping and equipment. for dollars and cents. $ 8. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting Piping, Equipment, and All Other Items not specifically covered in Bid Item No. 7. for dollars and cents. $ 1 Lump Amount required for preparing a Shrouding Plan Sum and for installing, maintaining, and removing shrouding for tank painting work related to Bid Item 7. for dollars and cents. $ 10. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on-the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 36 -inch, 24 -inch, and 16 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for dollars and cents. $ 11. 245 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 12 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for dollars and cents. $ BD -10 12. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings • Sum for Relocating the Existing 36 -inch Gate Valve and Valve Operator. for dollars and cents. $ 13. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 36 -inch Site Pipes and Fittings. for - dollars and cents. $ 14. 140 Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings _Linear Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 24 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valves. for dollars and cents. $ 15. - 185 _ Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 16 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valve, and Connection to the • Existing 12 -inch Waterline. for dollars and cents. $ 16. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Excavating and Installing Piping and Fittings to Connect the Existing 16 -inch Waterline to the Existing_12-inch _- ester me. - - - for dollars and cents. $ 17 75 Dear u include alFWork mdica d one I awings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 4 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valve. for dollars and cents. $ • BD -11 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) 18. 1 Lump Amount required for Installing, Maintaining, and • Sum Removing approximately 1,105 linear feet of Trench Safety Systems, and approximately 9,680 -sf of Excavation Safety Systems. for dollars and cents. $ • 19. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for construction of the Discharge Structure and Gabion Mattress. for dollars and cents. $ 20. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for construction of the Asphalt Drive and Ribbon Curb, including Subgrade Preparation. for dollars and cents. $ 21. 22. 1 Acre Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for Final Site Grading, Topsoiling, and Revegetation. for dollars and cents. $ Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for installation of all Electrical, Instrumentation, and SCADA Equipment. for dollars and cents. $ 2.0 MG TANK TOTAL BID (Items 1 -22): Total Amount of Bid $ (words) 2.0 MG TANK STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Materials: $ All Other Charges: $ Total: $ (Note: The total of the two items immediately above should equal the 2.0 MG Tank Total Bid) BD -12 2.0 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) The 2.0 MG Tank Total Bid above is based on having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment within the following number of calendar days: Substantial Completion: 390 calendar days Final Completion: 450 calendar days The Owner will consider for construction of the 2.0 MG Tank the following alternate number of days for having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment: Alternate Substantial Completion: 435 calendar days Alternate Final Completion: 495 calendar days Ded -1. 1 Lump Amount to be deducted from the 2.0 MG Tank Total Bid Sum for having the work substantially complete within 435 calendar days and ready for final payment within 495 calendar days. for dollars and cents. $ BD -13 • 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE • (Reference Section 01025 for description of Measurement and Payment) Bid Item Description Total Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Amount • 1. 1 Lump Mobilization (maximum 5% of total bid) Sum for dollars and cents. BD -14 $ 2. 1,000 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Silt Fencing. for dollars and cents. $ 3. 190 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for installation, maintenance, and removal of Construction Barrier Fencing. for dollars and cents. $ 0 4. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the installation, maintenance, and removal of the Stabilized Construction Entrance. for dollars and cents. $ 5. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for the construction related to the new 2.7 MG Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank. Work includes furnishing and installing a composite pedestal style elevated tank, all interior piping and equipment, and other Work as indicated on the drawings for complete construction of the 2.7 MG tank except as covered specifically by other bid items. for dollars and cents. $ 1 1 Allowance Amount included in Bid as an Allowance for Ordering and Installing the 24 - inch Altitude Valve. This allowance includes all materials, labor, equipment, and all items required for a complete installation of the altitude valve. For Fifty Thousand dollars And no cents. $50,000.00 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting the Tank and Tank Accessory Components. This bid item does NOT include painting of piping and equipment. for dollars and cents. $ 8 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Painting Piping, Equipment, and All Other Items not specifically covered in Bid Item No. 7. for dollars and cents. 9. 1 Lump Amount required for preparing a Shrouding Plan • Sum and for installing, maintaining, and removing shrouding for tank painting work related to Bid Item 7. for dollars and cents. $ 10. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 36 -inch, 24 -inch, and 16 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for dollars and cents. $ 11. 245 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet for Excavating and Removing Existing 12 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for and dollars cents. • • 1 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum for Relocating the Existing 36 -inch Gate Valve and Valve Operator. for dollars and cents. $ 13. 230 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 36 -inch Site Piping and Fittings. for dollars and cents. $ 14. 185 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 24 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valves. for dollars ' and cents. $ 15. 185 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings • Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 16 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valve, and Connection to the Existing 12 -inch Waterline. for dollars and cents. $ 16. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specified for Excavating and Installing Piping and Fittings to Connect the Existing 16 -inch Waterline to the Existing 12 -inch Waterline. for dollars and cents. $ 17. 100 Linear Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Feet and as specified for Excavating and Installing 4 -inch Site Piping, Fittings, and Valve. for dollars and cents. $ BD -16 18. 1 • Lump Amount required for Installing, Maintaining, and Sum Removing approximately 1,175 linear feet of Trench Safety Systems, and approximately 13,480 -sf of Excavation Safety Systems. for dollars and cents. $ 19. 1 Lump Sum Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for construction of thel ischarge Structure and Gabion Mattress. for dollars and cents. $ 20. 1 Lump Sum Amount to include all Work indicated o n the Drawings and as specified for construction of the Asphalt Drive and Ribbon Curb, including Subgrade Preparation. for dollars and cents. $ 21. 2 Acre Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for Final Site Grading, Topsoiling, and • Revegetation. for dollars and cents. $ 22. 1 Lump Sum Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings and as specified for installation of all Electrical, Instrumentation, and SCADA Equipment. for Aollars - and cents. $ 23. 1 Lump Amount to include all Work indicated on the Drawings Sum and as specked tor Removal of the Gravel Drive Turnaround and Installing Fill. for dollars and cents. $ BD -17 2.7 MG TANK BID SCHEDULE (Continued) Ilk.7 MG TANK TOTAL BID (Items 1 -23): Total Amount of Bid $ 2.7 MG TANK STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Materials: $ All Other Charges: $ Total: $ (Note: The total of the two items immediately above should equal the 2.7 MG Tank Total Bid) The 2.7 MG Tank Total Bid above is based on having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment within the following number of calendar days: Substantial Completion: 420 calendar days Final Completion: 480 calendar days The Owner will consider for construction of the 2.7 MG Tank the following alternate number of days Ig or having the work substantially complete and ready for final payment: Alternate Substantial Completion: 465 calendar days Alternate Final Completion: 525 calendar days Ded -1. 1 Lump Amount to be deducted from the 2.7 MG Tank Total Bid Sum for having the work substantially complete within 465 calendar days and ready for final payment within 525 calendar days. for dollars and cents. $ BD -18 (words) If this proposal is accepted for either tank size, the undersigned agrees to execute the contract and provide necessary bonds and insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders and commence • di work within ten (10) days after written Notice to Proceed. BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions and Special Conditions within the number of calendar days below: 2.0 MG Tank Substantial Completion Final Completion Alternate Substantial Completion Alternate Final Completion OR Signature Pr nt Na_ e 2.7 MG Tank Substantial Completion Final Completion Alternate Substantial Completion Alternate Final Completion BD -19 390 days 450 days 435 days 495 days 420 days 480 days 465 days 525 days BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Special Conditions as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified. Liquidated damages for failing to complete the Work indicated shall be assessed as indicated below: Substantial Completion $1,000/ day Final Completion $500/ day The undersigned_ certifies that_the_bid_grices containedin- the=proposaLhave_beemearefully checke and are submitted as correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any informalities. t�esped y u min , •Title for Telephone • Name of Firm Date Secretary, if Contractor is a Corporation BD -20 • • • THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 2003, by and between (Owner) City of Round Rock, Texas of the State of Texas, acting through , Mayor, thereunto duly authorized so to do, hereinafter termed OWNER, and (Contractor) of Texas, County of , and State of Texas, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by OWNER, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the said OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 Further described as the work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereof, and in accordance with the Notice to Contractors, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Plans, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory material thereof, and the Specifications and Addenda therefor, as prepared by HDR Engineering, Inc. 2211 South HI 35, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78741, herein entitled the ENGINEER, each of which has been identified by the CONTRACTOR'S written Proposal, the General Conditions of the Agreement, and the Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds hereof, and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) calendar days after the date written notice to do so have been given to him, and all Work will be Substantially Complete after the date of the written Notice to Proceed and ready for final payment after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the General and Special Conditions, in accordance with the following number of days for the tank to be constructed as selected by the Owner : PBD -1 2.0 MG Tank • Substantial Completion 390 days _ Final Completion 450 days Alternate Substantial Completion 435 days Alternate Final Completion 495 days OR 2.7 MG Tank • Substantial Completion 420 days Final Completion = 4$O days Alternate Substantial Completion 465 days Alternate Final Completion 525 days The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current fiords the price or prices shown in the Proposal, which forms a part of this Contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Spada Conditions of e Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in the year and day- first above written.-- - - _- -... CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) BY: BY: Nyle Maxwell Mayor & (Typed name) (Title) ATTEST: ATTEST: City Secretary Secretary, if Contractor is a Corporation or otherwise registered with the Secretary of State PBD -2 • • I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Contractor herein; that , who signed this Contract on behalf of the Contractor was then (official title) of said Corporation, that said Contract was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation, that said Corporation by authority of its governing body, and is within the scope of its corporate powers. Corporate Seal Signed: PBD -3 • • • Issued By: 07225 -076-036 ADDENDUM NO. 2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DRAWINGS FOR City of Round Rock, Texas Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 This Addendum will be considered part of the Contract Documents and is issued to change, amplify, add to, delete from, or otherwise explain the Contract Documents dated January 2003. Where provisions of this Addendum differ from those of the original Contract Documents, this Addendum will take precedence and govern. Bidders are hereby notified that they will incorporate this Addendum into their bids, and it will be construed that the Contractor's Bid will reflect with full knowledge all items, changes, and modifications to the Contract Documents herein specified. Bidders will specifically acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. General 1. None. Contract Documents and Specifications 1. Section 15114: Page 15114 -2. Line 19. Add the following sentence after line 19: h) Size and type: 24 -inch, full port globe. Contract Drawings 1. None. END OF ADDENDUM 1e05 SP OF T F, - I. t, � 9 5 � ® I15 w a 4 1044.6 ®. RSA MOM Richard A. Shoemaker, PE f 9 p , ..% pis 8 S Vice President °0 ®ONAL ®9Att3s• City of Round Rock, Texas Barton Hill Elevated Storage Tank - 2003 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page ADD2 -1 Z— 3 —v3 January 2003 • City of Ro ock, TX Barton Hill Elevate go Tank - 2003 Addenda No. 1 Issued 1/30/03 via fax and UPS Addenda No. 2 Issued 2/3/03 via fax and UPS Bld Date: 02/04/03 2:00 PM Prebld: 1/20/03 2:00 PM 07225 -075 -036 A B C D E F G H 1 Type - Company Name - erson 'Contact Pere' - - Shipping Address - City, State Zip Code Phone Number Fax Number ' 2 Owner City of Round Rock Don Rundell 2008 Enterprise Round Rock, TX 78664 512 - 218-5554 512- 218 -5563 3 Enqr. HDR Troy St. Tours 2211 S. 1H 35, Suite 300 Austin, TX 78741 512 - 912 -5162 512 - 912 -5158 4 Enqr. HDR David Basinger 4435 Main SI. # 450 Kansas City, MO 64111 816 -360 -2700 816- 360 -2777 5 Plnhse AGC Clementina Rodriguez 609 S. Lamar Austin, TX 78704 512-442-7887 512 -442 -3503 6 Plnhse AGC Dana Culpepper 10806 Gulf Dale San Antonio, TX 78216 210 - 349 -4921 210-349-4017 7 Plnhse AGC Brenda 4500 Waco Dr. Waco, TX 76710 254- 772 -5400 254- 772 -5451 8 Plnhse F.W. Dodge Reports Nicole 505 E. Huntland, Suite 310 Austin, TX 78752 512-458-1341 512-467-2806 9 Plnhse F.W. Dodge Reports Susan Smith 404 East Ramsey, No. 108 San Antonio, TX 78126 210-344-0158 210- 342 -1302 10 11 Contractor C B & I Chris Martell 27351 Blueberry Hill #35 Conroe, TX 77385 281 - 298 -6666 281 -298 -6760 12 Contractor C B & I Tim Mills 11125 Hwy 280 Harpersville, AL 35078 205 -678 -9224 205 -678 -6053 13 Contractor C B & I Rob Schick 9550 Hickman Rd Clive, IA 50325 515 -254 -9550 515- 254 -9510 14 Contractor Landmark Structures Eric Lamon 1665 Harmon Rd. Ft. Worth, TX 76177 817-439-8888 817-439-9001 15 Subcontactor Crouch/KST Interprises Gilbert Calbadue 14215 N. FM 973 Manor, TX 78653 512 - 272 -8841 512 - 272 -5151 16 Subcontactor T. Morales Company, LLC Farrell Prewitt 601 S. Patterson (Hwy 195) Florence, TX 76527 254-793-4344 254- 793 -3044 • City of Ro ock, TX Barton Hill Elevate go Tank - 2003 Addenda No. 1 Issued 1/30/03 via fax and UPS Addenda No. 2 Issued 2/3/03 via fax and UPS Bld Date: 02/04/03 2:00 PM Prebld: 1/20/03 2:00 PM 07225 -075 -036